<PAGE>
FILED PURSUANT TO RULE 424(b)(3) REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333-76401
[LOGO]
June 23, 1999
Dear Shareholder:
We cordially invite you to attend our annual meeting of shareholders. At the
meeting we will vote on the acquisition of The Bank of Hemet by Pacific
Community Banking Group. If Pacific Community Banking Group acquires The Bank of
Hemet you will receive the following in exchange for each share of The Bank of
Hemet common stock:
- 3.4 shares of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock AND
- a ten-year warrant for one share of Pacific Community Banking Group common
stock at 122% of the common stock's initial price to the public.
The stock you receive will be eligible for immediate sale in the public
offering of Pacific Community Banking Group, subject to a requirement that the
shareholders of The Bank of Hemet as a group must sell between 75% and 88% of
the stock received. In the public offering, Pacific Community Banking Group will
sell the shares for a minimum of $15.00 per share. This is equivalent to a
minimum of $51.00 for each share of The Bank of Hemet common stock that you hold
now, not counting the warrants.
You will be subject to income tax on any gain you have by selling the shares
of Pacific Community Banking Group stock you receive in the acquisition. You
will not be taxed on Pacific Community Banking Group stock you receive and hold,
until the time you sell it. You should consult your tax advisor to learn how
this transaction may affect you.
YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE ACQUISITION AND THE
OTHER PROPOSALS AND RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE IN FAVOR OF THEM.
BEFORE YOU MAKE A DECISION, YOU SHOULD CONSIDER THE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING
ON PAGE 12 OF THE ATTACHED PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.
To ensure that you vote your shares at the annual meeting, please sign and
date the enclosed proxy and return it in the envelope provided. YOUR VOTE IS
IMPORTANT.
Sincerely,
[LOGO]
James B. Jaqua
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pacific Community Banking Group intends to offer approximately 3,700,000
shares of common stock to the public by July 28, 1999, at a price we estimate at
between $15 and $16 per share. The common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq
National Market under the trading symbol "PCBG."
Please do not send any stock certificates in your proxy envelope.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS
PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT SAVINGS OR DEPOSIT
ACCOUNTS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY BANK OR NONBANK SUBSIDIARY OF ANY OF THE
PARTIES, AND THEY ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
THE BANK INSURANCE FUND OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THESE SECURITIES ARE
SUBJECT TO RISK, INCLUDING LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.
This proxy statement/prospectus was first mailed to shareholders on or about
June 28, 1999.
<PAGE>
[LOGO]
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
DATE: Friday, July 23, 1999 TIME: 10:00 a.m.
PLACE: The Anchor Restaurant, 2524 East Florida Avenue, Hemet, California
MATTERS TO BE VOTED ON:
1. The acquisition of The Bank of Hemet by Pacific Community Banking Group.
2. Increasing the permitted number of directors from a range of 5 to 9 to a
range of 7 to 13.
3. The election of 7 directors to The Bank of Hemet's board of directors.
4. Any other matters properly presented to the shareholders for action at
the meeting.
RECORD DATE: Shareholders of record at the close of business on June 23,
1999 are entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting and to vote at the
annual meeting and any adjournment of the annual meeting.
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS: Shareholders who do not vote in favor of the
transaction, and take all the steps required under the California General
Corporation Law to perfect dissenters' rights, may have the right to receive a
cash amount determined on a statutory basis. The proxy statement/prospectus
describes dissenters' rights in detail.
NOMINEES: The board of directors has nominated the following persons to
serve as directors: John B. Brudin, Jack E. Gosch, E. Kenneth Hyatt, James B.
Jaqua, John J. McDonough, Joseph D. Pehl, Clayton A. Record, Jr.
Section 2.11 of the bylaws establishes the following procedure for
nominating directors:
"Nominations for election of members of the board of directors may
be made by the board of directors or by any shareholder of any
outstanding class of capital stock of the corporation entitled to
vote for the election of directors. Notice of intention to make
any nominations (other than for persons named in the notice of the
meeting at which such nomination is to be made) shall be made in
writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the
corporation by the later of the close of business 21 days prior to
any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors
or 10 days after the date of mailing of notice of the meeting to
shareholders. Such notification shall contain the following
information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder: (a)
the name and address of each proposed nominee; (b) the principal
occupation of each proposed nominee; (c) the number of shares of
capital stock of the corporation owned by each proposed nominee;
(d) the name and residence address of the notifying shareholder;
(e) the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation owned
by the notifying shareholder; (f) with the written consent of the
proposed nominee, a copy of which shall be furnished with the
notification, whether the proposed nominee has ever been convicted
of or pleaded nolo contendere to any criminal offense involving
dishonesty or breach of trust, filed a petition in bankruptcy, or
been adjudged bankrupt. The notice shall be signed by the
nominating shareholder and by the nominee. Nominations not made in
accordance herewith shall be disregarded by the chairman of the
meeting, and upon his instructions, the inspectors of election
shall disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. The
restrictions set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to
nomination of a person to replace a proposed nominee who has died
or otherwise become incapacitated to serve as director between the
last day for giving notice hereunder and the date of election of
directors if the procedure called for in this paragraph was
followed with respect to the nomination of the proposed nominee."
<PAGE>
PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Questions and Answers for Shareholders of The Bank of Hemet........................... 2
Summary............................................................................... 3
Risk Factors.......................................................................... 12
The Bank of Hemet Acquisition......................................................... 21
The Bank of Hemet Agreement........................................................... 36
The Valley Bank Acquisition........................................................... 45
The Valley Bank Agreement............................................................. 59
Pacific Community Banking Group:
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information.................................. 66
Selected Financial Data............................................................. 71
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations........................................................................ 72
Business............................................................................ 73
The Bank of Hemet:
Selected Financial Data............................................................. 76
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations........................................................................ 78
Business............................................................................ 96
The Annual Meeting.................................................................. 112
Future Shareholder Proposals........................................................ 121
Valley Bank:
Selected Financial Data............................................................. 122
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations........................................................................ 124
Business............................................................................ 141
Additional Information.............................................................. 162
Supervision and Regulation............................................................ 169
Management of Pacific Community Banking Group Following Reorganization................ 176
Pacific Community Banking Group--Executive Compensation............................... 180
Certain Transactions.................................................................. 184
Stock Ownership of Pacific Community Banking Group Following Reorganization........... 185
Capital Stock and Comparison of Shareholder Rights.................................... 187
Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal....................................................... 194
Experts............................................................................... 196
Legal Matters......................................................................... 197
Where You Can Find More Information................................................... 197
Financial Statements.................................................................. F-1
Appendix A--First Restatement of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization Dated January 5,
1999 Between The Bank of Hemet and Pacific Community Banking Group.................. A-1
Appendix B--The Bank of Hemet Fairness Opinion........................................ B-1
Appendix C--Chapter 13 of California General Corporation Law.......................... C-1
</TABLE>
1
<PAGE>
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR SHAREHOLDERS OF THE BANK OF HEMET
Q: HOW DO I CAST MY VOTE?
A: Please mail your signed proxy card in the enclosed return envelope as soon
as possible, so that your shares may be represented at the annual meeting.
In addition, you may attend the annual meeting in person, rather than
signing and mailing your proxy card.
Q: IF MY SHARES ARE HELD IN "STREET NAME" BY MY BROKER, WILL MY BROKER VOTE MY
SHARES FOR ME?
A: Your broker will vote your shares on the issue of the acquisition only if
you provide instructions on how to vote. You should instruct your broker to
vote your shares, following the directions provided by your broker. Without
instructions, your shares will not be voted on the issue of the acquisition,
though they may be voted on the bylaw amendment and the election of
directors.
Q: SHOULD I SEND IN MY STOCK CERTIFICATES NOW?
A: Yes. Enclosed you will find a set of shareholder documents. Use these
documents to designate how many of your shares of Pacific Community Banking
Group common stock to include in the public offering, and to submit your
stock certificates. You will receive cash and Pacific Community Banking
Group shares within 15 business days after the acquisition. Detailed
instructions are also enclosed with the shareholder documents. Certificates
for shares of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock that are not sold
in the offering will be returned to you. If the acquisition is not
completed, we will send The Bank of Hemet stock certificates back to you.
Q: WHOM SHOULD I CALL WITH QUESTIONS?
A: If you have any questions about the acquisition and the other matters to be
considered at the meeting, please call Leslie Besic, Assistant Corporate
Secretary of The Bank of Hemet, at (909) 784-5771 extension 127.
2
<PAGE>
SUMMARY
THIS SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS SELECTED INFORMATION FROM THIS PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND MAY NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION THAT IS
IMPORTANT TO YOU. TO UNDERSTAND THE BANK OF HEMET ACQUISITION OR THE VALLEY BANK
ACQUISITION FULLY, AND FOR A MORE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE LEGAL TERMS OF THE
ACQUISITIONS, YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THIS ENTIRE DOCUMENT AND THE DOCUMENTS
TO WHICH WE HAVE REFERRED YOU. REFER TO THE SECTION ENTITLED "WHERE YOU CAN FIND
MORE INFORMATION" ON PAGE 197 FOR ADDITIONAL SOURCES OF INFORMATION.
THE COMPANIES
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
23332 Mill Creek Drive, Suite 230
Laguna Hills, California 92653
(949) 460-4540
A group of individual investors led by E. Lynn Caswell, an experienced
California community banker, formed Pacific Community Banking Group in 1997. The
goal of Pacific Community Banking Group is to become the preeminent financial
services company for independent banks in high growth areas of Southern
California, commencing with Riverside and San Bernardino counties. In pursuit of
that goal, it plans to acquire two community banks headquartered in Riverside
county, California--The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank. The service areas of
these two banks overlap. After it acquires these banks, Pacific Community
Banking Group plans to combine their operations and increase market share in the
areas they now serve. Pacific Community Banking Group then plans to launch a new
community bank in Orange county.
The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank primarily serve Riverside and San
Bernardino counties, a region commonly known as the "Inland Empire." The Inland
Empire will be the fastest growing U.S. primary metropolitan statistical area
during the years 1993 to 2005, according to a 1996 report of the U.S. Department
of Commerce. The department projects that population will grow 32.4% during that
period.
Pacific Community Banking Group currently has no operations and only a
minimal amount of start-up capital.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The business strategy of Pacific Community Banking Group is to:
- develop a banking presence primarily in high-growth areas of Southern
California through acquisition of strongly performing, well regarded
community banks;
- operate most acquired banks as separate subsidiaries to retain their
boards of directors and the goodwill of the communities they serve;
- consolidate operations of acquired banks which serve overlapping market
areas;
- form community banks in areas of Southern California that may have lost
many of their independent community banks through consolidation, merger,
acquisition and regulatory action;
- cross-sell services of our constituent banks;
3
<PAGE>
- realize efficiencies by combining functions like financial administration,
data processing, insurance, bonding, employee benefits and contracts for
services; and
- take advantage of the combined size and diversity of our constituent banks
to access capital at lower costs.
We believe that banking customers value doing business with locally managed
institutions that can provide a full service commercial banking relationship,
understand customers' financial needs and have the flexibility to customize
products and services to meet those needs. We also believe that banks are better
able to build successful customer relationships by affiliating with a holding
company that provides cost effective administrative support services while
promoting bank autonomy and individualized service.
THE BANK OF HEMET
3715 Sunnyside Drive
Riverside, California 92506
(909) 784-5771
The Bank of Hemet is a California community bank headquartered in Hemet,
California. It is licensed by the California Department of Financial
Institutions. Its deposits are insured up to the $100,000 legal limits by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. In addition to its headquarters, The Bank
of Hemet maintains five branches in Riverside county. The Bank of Hemet
emphasizes community-based commercial banking. It serves small-to-medium size
businesses, professionals, retired individuals and residents in the Hemet area,
as well as businesses and real estate owners and developers primarily throughout
Riverside, San Bernardino, Orange, Los Angeles and San Diego counties. The Bank
of Hemet also makes loans outside of its primary service area if they are
attractive to management. Most of its loans are secured by commercial real
estate. The Bank of Hemet's wholly owned subsidiary, BankLink Corporation,
provides data processing services for The Bank of Hemet and seven other banks
and item processing services for The Bank of Hemet and three other banks.
VALLEY BANK
24010 Sunnymead Boulevard
Moreno Valley, California 92553
(909) 242-1959
Valley Bank is a California community bank headquartered in Moreno Valley,
California. In addition to its headquarters, Valley Bank maintains six branches
in Riverside and San Bernardino counties and two loan production offices, one in
Moreno Valley and the other in Portland, Oregon. It is licensed by the
California Department of Financial Institutions. Its deposits are insured up to
the $100,000 legal limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Moreno
Valley, located in Riverside County, is part of the Inland Empire. Valley Bank
emphasizes community-based banking, with emphasis on both business and
individual customers. It serves small-to-medium size businesses, professionals,
retired individuals and residents in the Inland Empire area, as well as
businesses and real estate owners/developers throughout the Inland Empire, and
makes loans guaranteed by the United States Small Business Administration and by
the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Business and Industry Program in the Inland
Empire and in the vicinity of its Portland, Oregon loan office. Over half of the
loans in its portfolio are secured by real estate.
4
<PAGE>
PROFILES OF THE BANK OF HEMET AND VALLEY BANK
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THE BANK OF HEMET VALLEY BANK
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Total assets at March 31, 1999...... $254 million $87 million
Offices............................. Five branches in Riverside county Six branches in Riverside and San
Bernardino counties and two loan
production offices, one in Moreno
Valley and one in Portland, Oregon
Principal service area.............. Riverside, San Bernardino, Orange, Riverside and San Bernardino
Los Angeles and San Diego counties counties, Portland, Oregon and
southern Washington state
Loan portfolio...................... High percentage of commercial real High percentage of real estate
estate loans loans, with a significant portion
in Small Business Administration
loans
Active subsidiaries................. Data processing subsidiary none
</TABLE>
INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS OF THE BANK OF HEMET
OUR REASONS FOR THE ACQUISITION
The Bank of Hemet believes that it must grow in order to compete with
larger, more efficient financial institutions within its marketplace. The need
has become more acute with recent consolidations in the banking industry.
Pacific Community Banking Group plans to develop and increase The Bank of
Hemet's business with other community banks. The board of directors of The Bank
of Hemet has received an opinion from its financial advisors, Baxter Fentriss &
Company, that the price offered by Pacific Community Banking Group is fair from
a financial point of view to the shareholders of The Bank of Hemet. The board of
directors believes that at this time The Bank of Hemet acquisition represents a
better opportunity for The Bank of Hemet's shareholders than pursuing a strategy
of increasing its business on its own. To review The Bank of Hemet's reasons for
the acquisition in further detail, refer to the section entitled "The Bank of
Hemet Acquisition," beginning on page 21.
THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THE ACQUISITION
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK OF HEMET HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE
BANK OF HEMET ACQUISITION AND RECOMMENDS YOU VOTE YOUR SHARES "FOR" THE BANK OF
HEMET ACQUISITION. AT THE ANNUAL MEETING, HOLDERS OF THE BANK OF HEMET COMMON
STOCK WILL ALSO BE ASKED TO APPROVE A PROPOSAL TO AMEND THE BYLAWS TO INCREASE
THE NUMBER OF THE BANK OF HEMET'S DIRECTORS FROM A RANGE OF FIVE TO SEVEN TO A
RANGE OF SEVEN TO 13. THE HOLDERS OF THE BANK OF HEMET COMMON STOCK WILL ALSO BE
ASKED TO VOTE TO ELECT SEVEN PERSONS TO SERVE ON THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. THE
DIRECTORS OF THE BANK OF HEMET HAVE INDICATED THAT THEY INTEND TO VOTE THE BANK
OF HEMET COMMON STOCK OWNED BY THEM "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE ACQUISITION AND THE
AGREEMENT, "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE PROPOSAL AMENDMENT TO THE BYLAWS, AND
"AUTHORITY GIVEN" FOR THE ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.
5
<PAGE>
WHO CAN VOTE
You are entitled to vote at the annual meeting if you owned shares as of the
close of business on June 23, 1999, the record date for voting at the annual
meeting.
On the record date, there were 844,252 shares of The Bank of Hemet common
stock entitled to vote at the annual meeting. Each holder of The Bank of Hemet
common stock will have one vote at the annual meeting for each share of The Bank
of Hemet common stock they own on the record date. A majority of the shares must
be represented in person or by proxy at the meeting in order for the meeting to
be held.
THE ACQUISITION REQUIRES A MAJORITY VOTE
Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of The Bank of Hemet common
stock must vote in favor to approve the acquisition and the related acquisition
agreement. Your failure to vote will have the effect of a vote against the
acquisition.
WHERE YOU CAN READ THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
You will find a complete copy of the First Restatement of Agreement and Plan
of Reorganization, as amended, attached at the back of this proxy
statement/prospectus as Appendix A. The agreement states the terms of the
acquisition of The Bank of Hemet. We encourage you to read the agreement.
WHAT YOU WILL RECEIVE IN THE ACQUISITION
If The Bank of Hemet acquisition is approved, holders of The Bank of Hemet
common stock will receive, for each share of The Bank of Hemet common stock, 3.4
shares of common stock of Pacific Community Banking Group and a warrant for the
purchase of one share of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock at 122% of
the price to the public in Pacific Community Banking Group's initial public
offering. Between 75% and 88% of the shares of stock received by all holders of
The Bank of Hemet common stock will be immediately sold in a public offering, as
described more fully on page 37. Members of management of The Bank of Hemet will
be subject to the same rules as other shareholders regarding the sale and
retention of shares, unless the initial allowance fails to result in the 75%
minimum sold shares. In that case, the members of the board of directors have
agreed to sell as many shares as needed to meet the 75% minimum.
YOU WILL RECEIVE DIVIDENDS BEFORE, BUT NOT AFTER THE ACQUISITION
Pacific Community Banking Group has consented to the payment by The Bank of
Hemet of a regular quarterly dividend of $.60 per share, to holders of record on
May 10, 1999, on May 18, 1999. After the acquisition, Pacific Community Banking
Group does not intend to pay dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable
future.
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS HAVE INTERESTS IN THE ACQUISITION THAT DIFFER FROM
YOURS
When considering the recommendation of the board of directors of The Bank of
Hemet regarding the acquisition, please be aware that the interests of directors
and officers conflict with your interests as a shareholder. Individuals with
these interests include James B. Jaqua, President, Chief Executive Officer and
director of The Bank of Hemet, who is proposed to
6
<PAGE>
become a director of Pacific Community Banking Group, and Harold R. Williams
Jr., Chief Operating and Financial Officer of The Bank of Hemet, who is proposed
to become an officer and director of Pacific Community Banking Group after the
acquisition. John J. McDonough has a consulting and noncompete agreement with
The Bank of Hemet, and five directors of The Bank of Hemet will serve on Pacific
Community Banking Group's board.
These interests include severance agreements, salary continuation
agreements, noncompetition and consulting agreements. The board of directors
knew about these interests and considered them in approving The Bank of Hemet
agreement. Refer to page 119 for more information concerning these employment
and severance agreements.
PRECONDITIONS TO THE ACQUISITION
Pacific Community Banking Group and The Bank of Hemet are not obligated to
close The Bank of Hemet acquisition until all required approvals have been
received from regulatory authorities and a majority of shareholders of The Bank
of Hemet have consented to the transaction, with no more than 10% of the
shareholders voting against The Bank of Hemet acquisition or asserting
dissenters' rights. Also, Pacific Community Banking Group is not obligated to
consummate the transaction unless all conditions to the initial public offering
of its common stock are satisfied. Even if the shareholders vote to approve the
acquisition, the acquisition will not occur unless Pacific Community Banking
Group is able to arrange for the initial public offering. The Bank of Hemet
acquisition is, however, independent from and is not conditioned on the Valley
Bank acquisition.
IF THE ACQUISITION DOESN'T OCCUR, THE BANK MAY OWE TERMINATION FEES
The Bank of Hemet and Pacific Community Banking Group can terminate the
acquisition agreement by mutual consent at any time. Either party may terminate
the agreement if the other party breaches the agreement and does not cure the
breach within a period of thirty days. In that case, the party that breached
must pay the other party's costs and expenses in the terminated transaction,
plus an additional 50% of those expenses, up to a maximum of $500,000. The Bank
of Hemet must pay Pacific Community Banking Group all of its expenses in the
transaction plus 50% if Pacific Community Banking Group terminates for any of
the following reasons: The Bank of Hemet approves another sale or executed
another letter of intent, or a third party acquires 25% or more of the
outstanding shares of The Bank of Hemet, The Bank of Hemet fails to report a
material adverse change in its condition or a change in its beneficial
ownership, the shareholders of The Bank of Hemet fail to approve the
transaction, or The Bank of Hemet engages in an alternative transaction for the
sale of The Bank of Hemet. If Pacific Community Banking Group fails to satisfy
the conditions for its initial public offering, either party may terminate The
Bank of Hemet agreement without an obligation to pay costs of the other party.
IF THE ACQUISITION DOESN'T OCCUR, PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP MAY BECOME
A SHAREHOLDER
In order to increase the likelihood that the acquisition will be completed
and to protect Pacific Community Banking Group if the acquisition is not
completed, The Bank of Hemet has granted to Pacific Community Banking Group an
option to purchase up to 210,800 shares of The Bank of Hemet common stock. This
would represent 19.9 percent of the shares of The
7
<PAGE>
Bank of Hemet common stock outstanding. The warrant is exercisable for $46.50
per share, subject to adjustment based on any future changes in The Bank of
Hemet's capitalization. Pacific Community Banking Group can exercise the warrant
if the acquisition does not occur because an alternative transaction occurs.
The warrant agreement could have the effect of discouraging companies other
than Pacific Community Banking Group from acquiring The Bank of Hemet.
YOU WILL BE TAXED IF YOU SELL SHARES YOU RECEIVE, BUT NOT IF YOU HOLD THEM
Pacific Community Banking Group has received an opinion from Arthur Andersen
LLP, Pacific Community Banking Group's accountants, that The Bank of Hemet
acquisition will qualify as a tax-free reorganization. Neither The Bank of Hemet
nor Pacific Community Banking Group will recognize any gain or loss and you will
not recognize any gain or loss upon your exchange of The Bank of Hemet common
stock for Pacific Community Banking Group common stock and warrants in the
acquisition, except for cash received by you in lieu of a fractional share
interest of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock. However, you will be
subject to federal income tax on any gain from your sale of shares of Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock or warrants, including a sale of Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock in the public offering.
To learn more about the federal income tax consequences of The Bank of Hemet
acquisition, please refer to "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences" on page
55 and consult your own tax adviser and financial planner about consequences
that are specific to you.
THE FAIRNESS ADVISER BELIEVES THE ACQUISITION IS FAIR TO YOU FROM A
FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEW
In deciding to approve the acquisition, the board of directors of The Bank
of Hemet considered an opinion from its financial advisor, Baxter Fentriss &
Company. Baxter Fentriss & Company delivered an opinion that the consideration
to be received by The Bank of Hemet shareholders in the acquisition is fair to
the shareholders from a financial point of view. The opinion applies only if the
Valley Bank acquisition also occurs. The opinion is attached as Appendix B to
this proxy statement/prospectus. We encourage you to read the opinion.
YOU ARE ENTITLED TO DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL
Under California law, if The Bank of Hemet acquisition is completed, a
shareholder who does not vote in favor of the transaction may have dissenters'
rights. A shareholder who follows all required procedures will be entitled to
receive cash in the amount of the "fair market value" of The Bank of Hemet
common stock on the day before The Bank of Hemet acquisition was publicly
announced. Refer to page 194 for summary of the California dissenters' rights
statute, and Appendix C to this proxy statement/prospectus for the full text of
the statute.
8
<PAGE>
SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Pacific Community Banking Group was formed in October 1997, for the sole
purpose of acquiring community banking organizations. The following tables set
forth summary financial data of Pacific Community Banking Group, The Bank of
Hemet and Valley Bank. It includes pro forma financial data for the combined
companies. The historical information presented below at or for the periods
ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 is derived from the financial statements of the
respective companies, which have been audited by their independent public
accountants, as indicated in their reports thereon included in this proxy
statement/prospectus. The information at or for the periods ended March 31, 1999
and 1998 is unaudited, and in the opinion of management of the respective
companies gives effect to all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information. The
unaudited pro forma information at or for the year ended December 31, 1998 and
the period March 31, 1999 are derived from the unaudited pro forma combined
financial information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The data should be
read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition" for each of the companies and their audited financial statements
appearing in this proxy statement/ prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA COMBINED
--------------------------
AT OR FOR AT OR FOR
AT OR FOR THE THREE AT OR FOR THE INCEPTION AT OR FOR THE
MONTHS ENDED YEAR (OCTOBER 17, THE YEAR THREE MONTHS
------------------------ ENDED 1997) TO ENDED ENDED
MARCH 31, MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
1999 1998 1998 1997 1998 1999
----------- ----------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
Interest income...................... $ -- $ - $ -- $ -- $ 25,597 $ 6,141
Interest expense..................... -- -- -- -- 10,623 2,501
----------- ----------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Net interest income.................. -- -- -- -- 14,974 3,640
----------- ----------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Provision for loan losses............ -- -- -- -- 200 90
Noninterest income................... -- -- -- -- 4,278 1,096
Noninterest expense.................. 137 77 513 82 14,485 3,668
Net income (loss).................... (137) (77) (513) (82) 2,313 489
Earnings (loss) per share............ $ (13.66) $ (7.71) $ (51.34) $ (8.17) $ 0.58 $ 0.12
BALANCE SHEET:
Cash and cash equivalents............ $ 113 $ 396 $ 170 $ 30,406
Investment securities................ -- -- -- 48,969
Loans and leases, net................ -- -- -- 249,817
Other assets......................... 616 205 27 22,785
----------- ------------- ------------- ------------
Total assets......................... $ 729 $ 601 $ 197 $ 351,977
----------- ------------- ------------- ------------
----------- ------------- ------------- ------------
Deposits............................. $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 309,295
Accrued interest and other
liabilities........................ 174 94 139 5,369
Stockholders' equity................. 555 507 58 37,313
----------- ------------- ------------- ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders'
equity............................. $ 729 $ 601 $ 197 $ 351,977
----------- ------------- ------------- ------------
----------- ------------- ------------- ------------
</TABLE>
9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT OR FOR THE
THREE MONTHS ENDED AT OR FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
MARCH 31, 31,
1999 1998 1998 1997 1996
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
THE BANK OF HEMET
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
Interest income...................................... $ 4,719 $ 4,887 $ 19,416 $ 18,991 $ 19,127
Interest expense..................................... 2,135 2,316 9,185 8,946 8,823
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net interest income.................................. 2,584 2,571 10,231 10,045 10,304
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Provision for loan losses............................ -- -- -- 250 988
Noninterest income................................... 384 305 1,363 1,204 1,248
Noninterest expense.................................. 1,801 1,709 6,736 6,200 8,182
Net income........................................... $ 686 $ 679 $ 2,823 $ 2,802 $ 1,373
BALANCE SHEET:
Cash and cash equivalents............................ $ 15,892 $ 16,996 $ 19,521 $ 15,982
Investments securities............................... 24,892 24,882 24,833 24,779
Loan and leases, net................................. 207,273 205,570 190,171 185,200
Other assets......................................... 5,560 5,429 6,798 8,296
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total assets......................................... $ 253,617 $ 252,877 $ 241,323 $ 234,257
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Deposits............................................. $ 230,865 $ 230,385 $ 219,211 $ 212,268
Accrued interest and other liabilities............... 1,548 1,468 1,884 1,887
Stockholders' equity................................. 21,204 21,024 20,228 20,102
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........... $ 253,617 $ 252,877 $ 241,323 $ 234,257
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT OR FOR THE THREE
MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, AT OR FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
---------------------- 31,
1998 1997 1996 1999 1998
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
VALLEY BANK
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
Interest income...................................... $ 1,422 $ 1,559 $ 6,181 $ 5,978 $ 5,338
Interest expense..................................... 366 342 1,438 1,282 1,119
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net interest income.................................. 1,056 1,217 4,743 4,696 4,219
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Provision for loan losses............................ 90 150 200 980 360
Noninterest income................................... 712 459 2,915 2,719 2,135
Noninterest expense.................................. 1,452 1,553 6,085 5,637 5,211
Net income (loss).................................... $ 131 $ (9) $ 789 $ 556 $ 454
BALANCE SHEET:
Cash and cash equivalents............................ $ 15,010 $ 20,265 $ 10,287 $ 10,860
Investment securities................................ 24,077 15,585 13,856 12,928
Loans and leases, net................................ 41,734 42,031 44,202 42,534
Other assets......................................... 6,678 6,828 6,221 5,038
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total assets......................................... $ 87,499 $ 84,709 $ 74,566 $ 71,360
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Deposits............................................. $ 78,430 $ 75,739 $ 66,239 $ 63,286
Accrued interest and other liabilities............... 63035 716 1,035 1,172
Stockholders' equity................................. 8,439 8,254 7,292 6,902
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........... $ 87,499 $ 84,709 $ 74,566 $ 71,360
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
10
<PAGE>
SELECTED UNAUDITED COMPARATIVE PER SHARE DATA
We have summarized below the per share data of The Bank of Hemet on a
historical basis and pro forma equivalent basis, and the per share data of
Valley Bank on a historical basis and pro forma equivalent basis. The
information in the table is only a summary and you should read it together with
the financial statements in this proxy statement/prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF OR FOR THE THREE
MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, AS OF OR FOR THE YEARS
1999 ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
------------------------ ------------------------
THE BANK OF THE BANK OF
HEMET VALLEY BANK HEMET VALLEY BANK
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Diluted earnings per share
Historical................................ $ 0.79 $ 0.12 $ 3.23 $ .65
Equivalent pro forma(1)................... 0.41 0.08 1.99 .39
Cash dividends per share
Historical................................ $ 0.60 $ -- $ 2.40 $ --
Equivalent pro forma(1, 3)................ -- -- -- --
Book value per share
Historical(2)............................. $ 25.11 $ 6.73 $ 24.90 $ 6.55
Equivalent pro forma(1)................... 32.03 6.31 31.64 6.20
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Equivalent pro forma amounts are based on the pro forma combined
information, per share of Pacific Community Banking Group that will be held
after the acquisitions. Accordingly, amounts for The Bank of Hemet are
adjusted to reflect the ratio of 3.4 shares of Pacific Community Banking
Group common stock to be received for each share of The Bank of Hemet common
stock, and the amounts for Valley Bank are adjusted to reflect the ratio of
.6666 shares of Pacific Banking Group common stock to be received for each
share of Valley Bank common stock.
(2) The historical book value per share for Valley Bank is calculated on the
basis of shares outstanding including unearned shares held in an employee
stock ownership plan.
(3) After the business combinations, Pacific Community Banking Group does not
intend to pay dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future.
Accordingly, no pro forma equivalent cash dividends per share are presented.
11
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION WE PROVIDE IN THIS PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS, YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING RISKS BEFORE
DECIDING WHETHER TO VOTE FOR THE ACQUISITIONS. THESE ARE NOT THE ONLY RISKS WE
FACE. SOME RISKS ARE NOT YET KNOWN TO US AND THERE ARE OTHERS WE DO NOT
CURRENTLY BELIEVE ARE MATERIAL BUT COULD LATER TURN OUT TO BE SO. ALL OF THESE
COULD IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS, OPERATING RESULTS OR FINANCIAL CONDITION. THE TRADING
PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD DECLINE BECAUSE OF GENERAL MARKET CONDITIONS OR
IF ANY OR ALL OF THESE RISKS CAME TO PASS, AND YOU COULD LOSE ALL OR PART OF
YOUR INVESTMENT. IN EVALUATING THE RISKS OF INVESTING IN US, YOU SHOULD ALSO
EVALUATE THE OTHER INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS,
INCLUDING OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
WE MAY NOT SUCCESSFULLY INTEGRATE AND MANAGE THE OPERATIONS OF THE BANK OF
HEMET AND VALLEY BANK, AND THOSE OF OTHER BANKING OPERATIONS WE MAY ACQUIRE. If
we cannot do so, Pacific Community Banking Group will not succeed. Pacific
Community Banking Group has no operating history. We formed in October 1997 to
act as a bank holding company. We have agreed to acquire The Bank of Hemet and
Valley Bank. Each of these banks has an operating history but not under our
management. After Pacific Community Banking Group acquires the banks, the banks
will hold substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our
business. If we cannot manage the banks successfully, it will reduce our
operating results. We face the same kinds of risks in future acquisitions. The
risks of acquisitions include the following:
- Management will have to divert time to integrate the new businesses;
- The acquired banks may have unexpected problems or risks in operations,
personnel, technology or credit.
- We may lose the customers and employees of the acquired banks;
- New management may not work smoothly with our employees and customers;
- The assimilation of new operations, sites and personnel could divert
resources from regular banking operations;
- When we make acquisitions, a portion of the purchase price, referred to as
goodwill, may appear on our financial statements as an expense, which will
reduce our reported income;
- New banks or branches may not generate enough revenue to offset
acquisition costs;
- We may have trouble instituting and maintaining uniform standards,
controls, procedures and policies.
WE MAY NOT REALIZE ANTICIPATED OPERATING EFFICIENCIES. Our business plan
calls for us to increase profits by reducing costs, expanding services and
integrating administrative functions. We may not realize these operating
efficiencies, or we may not realize them as soon as we anticipate. If we do not
realize operating efficiencies as anticipated, it could hurt our profitability.
WE MAY NOT ACHIEVE SUFFICIENT MARKET PRESENCE OR ECONOMIES OF SCALE IF WE DO
NOT SUCCESSFULLY ACQUIRE ADDITIONAL BANKING ASSETS. Our business plan
contemplates that we acquire additional community banks or branches of other
community banks. However, we may not
12
<PAGE>
find appropriate community banking assets to acquire, or we may not find them on
terms we believe appropriate. If we do not, we may not achieve a sufficient
competitive presence in our markets or achieve desired economies of sale.
FUTURE SALES OF SECURITIES COULD DIMINISH THE INTERESTS OF OUR
SHAREHOLDERS. If we raise additional funds or make acquisitions by issuing
equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our
shareholders will be diluted. Also, any new securities could have rights,
preferences and privileges senior to those of our common stock. We currently do
not have any commitments for additional financing. We cannot be certain that
additional financing will be available in the future to the extent required or
that, if available, it will be made on acceptable terms.
IF WE LOSE KEY EMPLOYEES, OUR BUSINESS MAY SUFFER. If we lost key employees
temporarily or permanently, it could hurt our business. We could be particularly
hurt if our key employees went to work for competitors. Our future success
depends on the continued contributions of our existing senior management
personnel, particularly on the efforts of E. Lynn Caswell, the Chief Executive
Officer and the Chairman of the Board of Pacific Community Banking Group. We
will also depend on the continuing services of key management and staff of The
Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank, including Harold R. Williams, Jr., and Robert I.
Robie. Mr. Caswell has an employment agreement with us, which includes
provisions that limit his ability to compete against us at another company.
DETERIORATION OF ECONOMIC CONDITIONS IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA COULD ADVERSELY
AFFECT OUR LOAN PORTFOLIO AND REDUCE THE DEMAND FOR OUR SERVICES. We focus our
business in Southern California, primarily in Riverside county. In the early
1990's, the California economy experienced an economic recession that increased
the level of delinquencies and losses for The Bank of Hemet, Valley Bank and
many of the state's other financial institutions. Another recession could occur.
An economic slow-down in Southern California could have the following
consequences, any of which could reduce our net income:
- Loan delinquencies may increase;
- Problem assets and foreclosures may increase;
- Claims and lawsuits may increase;
- Demand for the banks' products and services may decline;
- Collateral for loans made by the banks, especially real estate, may
decline in value, in turn reducing customers' borrowing power, reducing
the value of assets associated with problem loans and reducing collateral
coverage of the banks' existing loans.
A DOWNTURN IN THE REAL ESTATE MARKET COULD SERIOUSLY IMPAIR OUR LOAN
PORTFOLIO. As of December 31, 1998, approximately 95 percent of the value of
The Bank of Hemet's loan portfolio and 93 percent of the value of Valley Bank's
loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by various types of real estate. Most
of The Bank of Hemet's and Valley Bank's real property collateral is located in
Southern California. If real estate values decline significantly, especially in
California, higher vacancies and other factors could harm the financial
condition of our borrowers, the collateral for our loans will provide less
security, and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans.
13
<PAGE>
ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS COULD FORCE THE BANKS TO PAY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
PROBLEMS. The cost of cleaning up or paying damages and penalties associated
with environmental problems could increase our operating expenses. When a
borrower defaults on a loan secured by real property, the banks often purchase
the property in foreclosure or accept a deed to the property surrendered by the
borrower. The banks may also take over the management of commercial properties
whose owners have defaulted on loans. The banks also own and lease premises
where their branches and other facilities are located. While the banks have
lending, foreclosure and facilities guidelines intended to exclude properties
with an unreasonable risk of contamination, hazardous substances may exist on
some of the properties that the banks own, manage or occupy. The banks face the
risk that environmental laws could force them to clean the properties at their
expense. It may cost much more to clean a property than the property is worth.
The banks could also be liable for pollution generated by a borrower's
operations if a bank took a role in managing those operations after a default.
The banks may also find it difficult or impossible to sell contaminated
properties.
WE ARE EXPOSED TO THE RISKS OF NATURAL DISASTERS. A major earthquake could
result in material loss to the banks. Our operations are concentrated in
Southern California, especially Riverside county. A significant percentage of
our loans will be secured by real estate. California is an earthquake-prone
region. The San Andreas Fault runs directly through our service area. Both of
the banks have a disaster-recovery plan with offsite data processing resources
located in Scottsdale, Arizona. However, the banks' properties and most of the
real and personal property securing loans in the banks' portfolios are in
Southern California. Many of our borrowers could suffer uninsured property
damage, experience interruption of their businesses or lose their jobs after an
earthquake. Those borrowers might not be able to repay their loans, and the
collateral for loans could decline significantly in value. Unlike a bank with
operations that are more geographically diversified, we are vulnerable to
greater losses if an earthquake, fire, flood or other natural catastrophe occurs
in Southern California.
LOAN LOSS RESERVES MAY NOT COVER ACTUAL LOAN LOSSES. If the actual loan
losses exceed the amount reserved, it will hurt our business. The banks try to
limit the risk that borrowers will fail to repay loans by carefully underwriting
the loans. Losses nevertheless occur. The banks create reserves for estimated
loan losses in their accounting records. They base these allowances on estimates
of the following:
- industry standards;
- historical experience with our loans;
- evaluation of current and predicted economic conditions;
- regular reviews of the quality mix and size of the overall loan portfolio;
- regular reviews of delinquencies; and
- the quality of the collateral underlying their loans.
AN INCREASE IN NON-PERFORMING ASSETS WOULD REDUCE OUR INCOME AND INCREASE
OUR EXPENSES. If the level of non-performing assets rises in the future, it
could adversely affect our operating results. Non-performing assets are mainly
loans on which the borrowers are not making their required payments.
Non-performing assets also include loans that have been restructured to permit
the borrower to have smaller payments and real estate that has been
14
<PAGE>
acquired through foreclosure of unpaid loans. To the extent that assets are
non-performing, the banks have less cash available for lending and other
activities.
CURTAILMENT OF GOVERNMENT GUARANTEED LOAN PROGRAMS COULD CUT OFF AN
IMPORTANT SEGMENT OF OUR BUSINESS. If Valley Bank cannot continue making and
selling government guaranteed loans, it will have less origination fees and less
ability to generate gains on sale of loans. A major part of Valley Bank's
business is originating and selling government guaranteed loans. From time to
time, the government agencies that guarantee these loans reach their internal
limits, and cease to guarantee loans for a stated time period. In addition,
these agencies may change their rules for loans. Also, Congress may adopt
legislation that would have the effect of discontinuing or changing the
programs. Nongovernmental programs could replace government programs for some
borrowers, but the terms might not be equally acceptable. Therefore, if these
changes occur, the volume of loans to small business, industrial and
agricultural borrowers of the types that now qualify for government guaranteed
loans could decline. Also, the profitability of these loans could decline.
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION MAY IMPAIR OUR OPERATIONS OR RESTRICT OUR
GROWTH. If we fail to comply with the federal and state bank regulations, the
regulators may limit our activities or growth, fine us or ultimately put us out
of business. Banking laws and regulations change from time to time. Bank
regulation can hinder our ability to compete with financial services companies
that are not regulated or are less regulated. In addition, bank regulators
impose material compliance costs on us.
Federal and state bank regulatory agencies regulate many aspects of our
operations. These areas include:
- the capital we must maintain;
- the kinds of activities we can do;
- the kinds and amounts of investments we can make;
- the locations of our offices;
- how much interest we can pay on demand deposits;
- insurance of our deposits and the premiums we must pay for this insurance;
and
- how much cash we must set aside as reserves for deposits.
IF VALLEY BANK FAILS TO MEET ITS COMMITMENTS TO BANK REGULATORS, IT COULD
SUBJECT US TO REGULATORY ENFORCEMENT PROCEEDINGS. In October, 1998, the board
of directors of Valley Bank adopted resolutions making a commitment to bank
regulators that Valley Bank would accomplish the goals described below. The
commitments include:
- to develop a formal written testing plan for Year 2000 issues;
- to maintain capital equal to 8% of Valley Bank's adjusted total assets;
- to improve asset quality;
- to improve earnings;
- to adopt procedures to ensure compliance with applicable law and
regulations; and
15
<PAGE>
- to obtain prior Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approval for new
directors and senior officers.
Valley Bank's management believes that Valley Bank is in compliance in these
matters. In May 1999, Valley Bank developed and submitted a formal written Year
2000 compliance plan to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Valley Bank
may not continue to meet these commitments.
FAILURE TO ADDRESS YEAR 2000 PROBLEMS COULD IMPAIR OUR OWN OPERATIONS AND
SUBJECT US TO LIABILITY FROM OUR CUSTOMERS AND OTHERS. If the banks, their
vendors, customers or other third parties suffer a computer failure, it could
require us to correct the consequences. After the acquisition transaction is
completed, we will rely primarily on the data processing systems, hardware and
software of The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank to conduct our operations. Each of
the banks has taken steps to make its own information and environmental systems
Year 2000 compliant by the third quarter of 1999. Each bank has developed
contingency plans to reduce the impact of any failures which may occur. However,
each also relies heavily on the information systems of vendors, customers and
other third parties. These third parties may not become Year 2000 compliant soon
enough. Moreover, the contingency and remediation efforts of the two banks may
not succeed. For more information on the specific steps that the banks are
taking, please refer to "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations of Bank of Hemet--Year 2000 Compliance" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations of Valley Bank--Year 2000 Compliance" below.
FAILURE OF BANKLINK CORPORATION TO UPDATE ITS SYSTEMS COULD REDUCE ITS
ABILITY TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY. BankLink Corporation is The Bank of Hemet's
subsidiary that does data processing and item processing for several banks,
including The Bank of Hemet and, in the near future, Valley Bank. If its systems
do not remain competitive, it may lose customers. However, the cost of upgrading
systems to remain competitive may be a financial burden. The ability of BankLink
Corporation to remain as the service provider for these banks depends on its
continuing to offer competitive services.
WE FACE POTENTIAL EXPOSURE TO LEGAL EXPENSES AND DAMAGES IN A LAWSUIT. The
Bank of Hemet is currently the defendant in a class action lawsuit. If this
lawsuit is lost or settled, to the extent that insurance does not cover the
cost, it will be an expense to us. After Pacific Community Banking Group
acquires The Bank of Hemet, it will be at risk for the future results in this
lawsuit. The lawsuit relates to The Bank of Hemet's 1992 acquisition of Inland
Savings and Loan Association. These class action plaintiffs allege that the bank
improperly adjusted the value of The Bank of Hemet preferred stock that was
issued to the plaintiffs when The Bank of Hemet acquired Inland Savings and Loan
Association. On January 14, 1999, the court certified the case as a class
action. The complaint alleges breach of contract and breach of fiduciary duty by
the directors of The Bank of Hemet, and seeks compensatory damages in excess of
$2 million, together with punitive damages. The court has dismissed allegations
of fraud that were the primary basis for punitive damages, although fiduciary
claims could still be the basis for punitive damages. The Bank of Hemet is
vigorously defending against these claims and has filed a motion for summary
judgment on the breach of fiduciary duty claim. The Bank of Hemet believes that
its insurance company will bear a substantial portion of the costs of any
judgment relating to damages other than punitive
16
<PAGE>
damages. As a result, The Bank of Hemet has not established a reserve in its
consolidated financial statements for any possible loss caused by this lawsuit.
YOU MAY HAVE DIFFICULTY SELLING YOUR SHARES IN THE FUTURE IF AN ACTIVE
TRADING MARKET FOR OUR STOCK DOES NOT DEVELOP. Any reduction in the number of
firms making a trading market in our stock may impair your ability to sell your
shares of common stock. If that happens after the offering, and if you then want
to sell your Pacific Community Banking Group stock, you may encounter delay or
have to accept a reduced price. Pacific Community Banking Group intends to list
its stock on the Nasdaq National Market after the initial public offering. Sutro
& Co. Incorporated and Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. have indicated
that they intend to act as market makers of our common stock as long as the
volume of trading and other market-making considerations justify it. We cannot
be sure how active the trading market for our common stock will be after the
initial public offering.
BECAUE THE PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK MAY VARY WIDELY, WHEN YOU DECIDE TO
SELL IT, YOU MAY ENCOUNTER DELAY OR HAVE TO ACCEPT A REDUCED PRICE. The initial
public offering price of Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock results
from negotiations between us and the underwriters. Given the lack of any trading
history of our common stock and our inability to predict where our common stock
will trade in the future, we cannot be sure that the initial public offering
price of our common stock will approximate the trading price of our common stock
after the offering. The price of our common stock may fluctuate widely,
depending on many factors. Some of these factors have little to do with our
operating results or our intrinsic worth. For example, the market value of our
common stock may be affected by the trading volume of the shares, announcements
of expanded services by us or our competitors, general banks in the banking
industry, general price and volume fluctuations in the stock market,
acquisitions of related companies, variations in quarterly operating results,
and the dilutive effects of future issuances of common or convertible preferred
stock. Also, if the trading market for our common stock remains limited, that
may exaggerate changes in market value, leading to more price volatility than
would occur in a more active trading market.
YOU WILL NOT RECEIVE DIVIDENDS. We do not intend to pay dividends on
Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock for the foreseeable future.
Instead, we intend to reinvest our earnings in our business. In addition, to pay
dividends to our shareholders, Pacific Community Banking Group would need to
obtain funds from our bank subsidiaries. Their ability, in turn, to pay
dividends to us is limited by California law and federal banking law. In
particular, neither bank may pay a dividend that exceeds either of the
following:
- the bank's retained earnings; or
- the bank's net income for its last three fiscal years, minus the amount of
any prior dividend during those three years.
With the approval of the regulators, a bank may pay dividends above those
amounts, but not more than the greater of the bank's retained earnings, its net
income for its last fiscal year, or its net income for the current fiscal year.
Even if one of the banks were able to meet the dividend test described above, it
might not be able to pay dividends if the result would cause its capital to fall
below federal capital standards that apply to banks.
17
<PAGE>
SUBSTANTIAL SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR STOCK
PRICE. Sales of substantial amounts of Pacific Community Banking Group's common
stock in the public market after the completion of the initial public offering
could hurt the market price of our common stock. Some shares of our common stock
are subject to a contractual lock-up agreement. Under this agreement, some
shareholders will be restricted from selling their shares for either 90 or 180
days after the initial public offering. Former shareholders of The Bank of Hemet
and Valley Bank who were directors of those banks and non-director holders of
Pacific Community Banking Group before the acquisition will be restricted for 90
days. Directors of Pacific Community Banking Group before the acquisition will
be restricted for 180 days. Still, sales of substantial amounts of common stock
after the offering could cause the price of Pacific Community Banking Group's
common stock to decline. That could reduce our ability to raise capital by
issuing additional common stock.
At the completion of the initial public offering and the bank acquisitions,
various shares of common stock will be subject to possible sale and issuance by
Pacific Community Banking Group. The sale of those shares could dilute the
already issued common stock. For example, after the closing of the offering and
the bank acquisitions:
- In connection with the acquisitions of The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank,
the shareholders of those banks will receive warrants to purchase our
common stock, and shares of our common stock will be issued whenever those
warrants are exercised.
- Mr. Caswell's employment agreement provides that at the close of the
acquisitions and public offering he will be granted options to purchase up
to 5% of our common stock or 250,000 shares, whichever is greater. These
options will be issued under an option plan that has received shareholder
approval.
- We intend to grant stock options to employees, consultants and directors
of Pacific Community Banking Group, The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank.
These options, too, will be issued under an option plan that has received
approval of the shareholder of Pacific Community Banking Group. Additional
shares of common stock will be issued when these people exercise their
options.
- We intend to pursue acquisitions of other financial institutions from time
to time in exchange for the issuance of additional shares of our common
stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable for our common
stock.
- We will be authorized under our articles of incorporation to issue
additional shares of common stock, and preferred stock that may be
convertible into common stock, without further shareholder approval.
BANK REGULATORY LAWS COULD DISCOURAGE CHANGES IN OUR OWNERSHIP. These
regulations would delay and possibly discourage a potential acquirer who would
have been willing to pay a premium price to amass a large block of our common
stock. That in turn could decrease the value of our common stock and the price
that you will receive if you sell your shares in the future. Bank regulators
must approve before anyone can buy enough voting stock to exercise control over
a bank holding company like us. A shareholder must apply for regulatory approval
to own 10 percent or more of our common stock, unless the shareholder can show
that he or she will not actually exert control over us. In no case can a
shareholder own more than 25 percent of our stock without applying for
regulatory approval.
18
<PAGE>
PROVISIONS IN OUR CHARTER DOCUMENTS AND AGREEMENTS WE HAVE MADE WILL DELAY
OR PREVENT CHANGES IN CONTROL OF OUR CORPORATION OR OUR MANAGEMENT. These
provisions make it more difficult for another company to acquire us, which could
reduce the market price of our common stock and the price that you will receive
if you sell your shares in the future. These provisions include the following:
- A provision requiring a two-thirds vote when shareholders approve business
combinations, approve amendments to the charter and bylaws and take action
by written consent;
- A requirement that shareholders give advance notice of matters to be
raised at a meeting of shareholders; and
- Staggered terms of office for members of the board of directors.
Contractual arrangements that impede changes in control include severance
agreements for our executive officers and commitments to issue options.
THE WARRANTS MAY BE DIFFICULT TO SELL AT AN ACCEPTABLE PRICE. If an active
market does not develop, you may not be able to sell your warrants, or to
receive a price for them that you find acceptable. The warrants will be
registered under the Securities Exchange Act, and therefore will be tradeable.
While we intend to list the shares of Pacific Community Banking Group common
stock for trading on the Nasdaq National Market, the warrants will not be traded
there. Sutro & Co. Incorporated plans to make a market in the warrants. But no
assurance can be given that an active market will develop.
THE WARRANTS MAY NOT HAVE A SIGNIFICANT VALUE. Holders of the warrants have
a right to purchase Pacific Community Banking Group common stock during the next
ten years by paying an exercise price that is 122% of the price of the common
stock to the public in the initial offering. Therefore, the warrants will have
value only to the extent that you or other investors think that the price of
Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock will, at some time in the next
ten years, rise and remain at least 22% above its price at the time of the
acquisition. Investment markets tend to accord value to warrants and similar
securities based on a combination of the amount by which the exercise price is
above or below the current market price and the length of time remaining in the
term. Therefore, the value of the warrants can be expected to vary in the future
as the price of Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock changes, and as
the remaining term of the warrants gets shorter.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements under "Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,"
"Business" and elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus constitute
forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future
results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or implied
by the forward-looking statements. These factors include, among other things,
those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this proxy
statement/prospectus.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology
such as "may," "will," "should," "could," "expects," "plans," "intends,"
"anticipates," "believes,"
19
<PAGE>
"estimates," "predicts," "potential," or "continue" or the negative of such
terms and other comparable terminology.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements.
------------------------
Pacific Community Banking Group provided all of the information about
Pacific Community Banking Group contained in this proxy statement/prospectus or
referred to in it. The Bank of Hemet provided all of the information about The
Bank of Hemet contained in this proxy statement/prospectus or referred to in it.
Valley Bank provided all of the information about Valley Bank contained in this
proxy statement/prospectus or referred to in it.
------------------------
YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
OR OTHER INFORMATION REFERRED TO IN THIS DOCUMENT. NONE OF PACIFIC COMMUNITY
BANKING GROUP, THE BANK OF HEMET AND VALLEY BANK HAS AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO
PROVIDE YOU WITH OTHER OR DIFFERENT INFORMATION. THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
IS DATED JUNE 23, 1999. YOU SHOULD NOT ASSUME THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE AS OF ANY DATE OTHER THAN THAT DATE,
AND NEITHER THE MAILING OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS TO SHAREHOLDERS NOR
THE ISSUANCE OF PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS FOR
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP COMMON STOCK IN THE ACQUISITION SHALL CREATE ANY
IMPLICATION TO THE CONTRARY.
20
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET ACQUISITION
BACKGROUND OF THE ACQUISITION
The Bank of Hemet, based in Riverside county, California, has conducted
general banking operations to serve individuals and small- to medium-sized
businesses since June 1974. In early 1997, the bank's board of directors
evaluated the banking marketplace, the economic cycle and the historically high
acquisition prices being paid for banks of its size. The board of directors was
concerned about the rapid changes occurring in the banking industry in Southern
California. Tremendous consolidation had taken place, especially in 1996 and
1997. In order to compete with larger, more efficient financial institutions,
The Bank of Hemet's board of directors and management knew that it had to
continue to increase its core deposit base as well as its loan portfolio. While
the board believed that The Bank of Hemet was in a position to do this, because
recently banks had sold for particularly high prices, the board resolved to
solicit interest in purchasing the bank.
REASONS FOR SEEKING AN ACQUISITION
The board of directors' reasons for seeking an acquisition can be summarized
as follows:
- relatively high market valuations for similar banks;
- changing competitive environment;
- costs of implementing technology that would be needed to have competitive
products;
- costs of branch expansion;
- concern that the bank might lose its leadership position in the Riverside
county market;
- greater product flexibility that bank holding companies have, as compared
with banks that do not have holding companies.
DEVELOPMENT OF ACQUISITION PROPOSAL
Throughout 1997, Mr. Jaqua met with several financial institutions that
expressed interest in acquiring The Bank of Hemet. On December 2, 1997, Mr.
Jaqua met with Jim Baxter and Larry Fentriss, the principals of Baxter Fentriss
& Company, an investment banking firm. Mr. Baxter and Mr. Fentriss recommended
that The Bank of Hemet should hold an auction to create a greater sense of
urgency among potential bidders for the bank.
Soon after, the bank's board of directors determined that it would be
helpful to hire an investment banking firm to help sell the bank. The board
agreed to hold a "beauty contest" and invited six investment banking firms to
present their proposals for selling the bank. Five of those investment banking
firms accepted the invitation and presented their proposals to the board. After
giving due consideration to each of the investment banking proposals, the board
of directors decided to retain Baxter Fentriss as its financial advisor, subject
to the negotiation of a satisfactory engagement contract. The Bank of Hemet
executed a negotiated contract with Baxter Fentriss on January 29, 1998 after
the contract had been approved by the bank's board of directors.
The Bank of Hemet had engaged Baxter Fentriss to help market the sale of the
bank, to evaluate and negotiate any offers to purchase the bank and to issue a
fairness opinion with
21
<PAGE>
respect to any acquisition to be consummated. In February 1998, Baxter Fentriss
and The Bank of Hemet designed an information memorandum on the bank for
distribution to potential acquirors. The information memorandum established
March 31, 1998 as the deadline for submitting bids to purchase the bank. Baxter
Fentriss contacted more than thirty potential acquirors in California and
thirty-one outside California to determine their level of interest in acquiring
The Bank of Hemet. Baxter Fentriss then sent bid packages to fourteen of the
California companies and eight of the companies based outside California after
receiving signed confidentiality agreements from each of them. Baxter Fentriss
also met with several of the potential acquirors to obtain additional
information. Four of the companies located in California, including Pacific
Community Banking Group, and one company outside California submitted bids to
purchase the bank.
In April 1998, Mr. Jaqua met with several of the bidders to discuss their
proposals. On April 29, 1998, Baxter Fentriss met with the board of directors to
review and discuss the offers to purchase The Bank of Hemet. Baxter Fentriss
presented an analysis of each offer received. For those transactions that
contemplated an exchange of stock, they presented an analysis of the relevant
characteristics of the potential acquirors' stock. The board was particularly
impressed by the offer made by Pacific Community Banking Group because it was
the offer with the highest price. It resolved to negotiate an agreement with
Pacific Community Banking Group.
Shortly after negotiations had begun with Pacific Community Banking Group,
The Bank of Hemet learned that Pacific Community Banking Group was
simultaneously negotiating to purchase Valley Bank and that Baxter Fentriss was
also representing Valley Bank in its negotiations with Pacific Community Banking
Group. The Bank of Hemet was aware that Baxter Fentriss may have conflicts of
interest in marketing both The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank to other banks even
though each bank was marketed on an independent basis. The Bank of Hemet board
realized the potential conflicts of interest that Baxter Fentriss had in
presenting The Bank of Hemet with fairness opinions when The Bank of Hemet board
considered and approved the initial and revised offers by Pacific Community
Banking Group. The Bank of Hemet also learned that Pacific Community Banking
Group intended to go out with an initial public offering to raise the funds
necessary to acquire The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank.
In late May and June 1998, The Bank of Hemet held several meetings with
representatives of Pacific Community Banking Group to negotiate a definitive
agreement and to evaluate the likelihood that the proposed public offering by
Pacific Community Banking Group could be completed within a short period of
time. Mr. Jaqua, President and Chief Executive Officer of The Bank of Hemet, was
a principal in negotiating the acquisition on behalf of The Bank of Hemet and
may be considered to have a material interest in the transaction because of the
noncompetition agreement and consulting agreement that would take effect after
the acquisition as discussed in the section "The Bank of Hemet
Acquisition--Severance Agreements and Consulting Agreements."
On June 24, 1998, the board of directors held its monthly meeting to discuss
the two offers presented by Pacific Community Banking Group. Representatives
from Baxter Fentriss, Gary Findley, legal counsel to The Bank of Hemet and
William Cockrum, financial advisor and consultant to The Bank of Hemet attended
the meeting. Pacific Community Banking Group had offered to pay for The Bank of
Hemet with stock or with cash. Assisted by Baxter Fentriss, Mr. Findley and Mr.
Cockrum, the board considered both options in detail, including
22
<PAGE>
the liquidity, marketability and value of Pacific Community Banking Group's
stock. The board of directors also discussed the impact the sale would have on
its personnel and various other employment issues. After a comprehensive
analysis of the options, the board of directors determined that the offer
presented by Pacific Community Banking Group, when compared to other potential
acquirors, provided the greatest value to The Bank of Hemet's shareholders.
Throughout June and July 1998, Pacific Community Banking Group and The Bank
of Hemet each conducted a due diligence investigation of the other company. The
Bank of Hemet also performed a due diligence review of Valley Bank by examining
and evaluating information provided to Pacific Community Banking Group by Valley
Bank. In addition, the board of directors held significant discussions with
representatives from Sutro & Co. Incorporated concerning the likelihood of
completing a public offering for Pacific Community Banking Group.
On July 16, 1998, the board of directors held a special meeting to consider
the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, which had been negotiated with Pacific
Community Banking Group. At the meeting, Gary Findley presented his due
diligence findings, and William Cockrum evaluated the agreement from a financial
point of view. The board of directors discussed in detail the terms of the
agreement and all related documentation. After much discussion, the board of
directors unanimously approved and authorized the execution and delivery of the
agreement. The Bank of Hemet executed that agreement on July 30, 1998.
Shortly thereafter, in the fall of 1998, the stock market substantially
declined in value, particularly stocks of financial institutions. Consequently,
Pacific Community Banking Group was forced to rethink the practicality of
instituting an initial public offering in a depressed stock market. In November
of 1998, Pacific Community Banking Group and Sutro informed The Bank of Hemet
that it was unlikely that Pacific Community Banking Group could consummate a
public offering as contemplated by the original agreement because of the decline
in the stock market.
Over the next few months, representatives of The Bank of Hemet met or
otherwise communicated on various occasions with representatives from Pacific
Community Banking Group, their legal counsel, Sutro and other interested parties
to attempt to renegotiate the acquisition in light of the decline in the capital
markets. The parties considered many alternate structures for the transaction.
The Bank of Hemet provided to Pacific Community Banking Group its budget for
1999, including estimates of various categories of income and expense, all of
which were consistent with its 1998 experience. In December, 1998, they
negotiated and drafted a revised agreement that reduced the original per share
price of The Bank of Hemet common stock and provided for the issuance of
warrants to The Bank of Hemet shareholders in order to facilitate the Pacific
Community Banking Group public offering. On December 16, 1998, after (i) various
board meetings to discuss the revised transaction, (ii) several consultations
with William Cockrum and Gary Findley, (iii) Baxter Fentriss's report to the
board as to the fairness of the revised transaction to The Bank of Hemet
shareholders from a financial point of view and (iv) consideration of the terms
of the newly drafted First Restatement of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
and all other related documentation, The Bank of Hemet's board of directors
unanimously approved the revised transaction and authorized the execution of the
restated agreement. On January 5, 1999, The Bank of Hemet and Pacific Community
Banking Group executed the restated agreement. This
23
<PAGE>
restated agreement, as subsequently amended in nonmaterial respects, is
sometimes referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus as "The Bank of Hemet
agreement."
On February 24, 1999 Baxter Fentriss met with the board of directors to
present updated market and valuation information and an updated fairness
opinion. The information compared the proposed transaction with the prospects
for The Bank of Hemet if it remained independent. This information and the
fairness opinion were unanimously accepted by the board. On March 12, 1999 Mr.
Jaqua and Mr. Cockrum held a conference call with Mr. Caswell and Mr. Jim Hill
of Sutro & Co. to discuss the concept of further revising the transaction as
described in this proxy statement/prospectus: The Bank of Hemet shareholders
receiving stock and warrants, with an opportunity to sell up to 88% of the stock
received in a public offering. During the following week several discussions
were held and information was provided to the board of directors by Pacific
Community Banking Group. On March 24, 1999 at the regular monthly meeting of the
board of directors, Mr. Caswell and Mr. Hill further explained the merits of
this revision to the transaction. Mr. Caswell told the board of directors that
Pacific Community Banking Group believed that the modified structure made the
transaction even stronger in its financial characteristics and potential market
performance. Baxter Fentriss provided additional market information and an
updated fairness opinion in reference to the latest revision. After considerable
discussion, the board of directors authorized management to proceed with
negotiating final versions of the First and Second Amendments to the First
Restatement of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization. These amendments were
finalized and were executed by The Bank of Hemet on March 24, 1999 and April 2,
1999, respectively.
For a table showing quarterly high and low trading prices of The Bank of
Hemet common stock, as well as other information about the stock, during the
period of the negotiation of the acquisition, please refer to the section
entitled "Annual Meeting of The Bank of Hemet--Market Price and Dividend
Information" on page 120.
RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE BANK OF HEMET BOARD
The board of directors of The Bank of Hemet has concluded that the terms of
the acquisition are fair to its shareholders and in their best interest.
Although the closing of the acquisition depends upon Pacific Community Banking
Group's ability to complete a public offering of its stock, The Bank of Hemet's
board of directors has determined that the amounts of stock and warrants of
Pacific Community Banking Group, to be received by The Bank of Hemet's
shareholders in the acquisition and the amount of cash to be received in the
public offering justifies such a risk. The Bank of Hemet's board of directors
believes that the acquisition represents an attractive opportunity for all
shareholders of The Bank of Hemet to obtain a favorable price for their shares
of common stock. Shareholders will receive amounts of stock and warrants per
share in the acquisition that represents a significant premium over The Bank of
Hemet's book value per share and the prices at which shares of The Bank of Hemet
common stock have traditionally traded. In addition, The Bank of Hemet has
received an opinion from Baxter Fentriss that the consideration to be received
in the acquisition by The Bank of Hemet's shareholders is fair from a financial
point of view. For more information regarding the opinion from Baxter Fentriss,
please refer to the subsection entitled "Opinion of Baxter Fentriss & Company"
below and to Appendix B.
24
<PAGE>
The Bank of Hemet acquisition and the Valley Bank acquisition are
independent transactions. Shareholders of The Bank of Hemet should consider the
possibility that the acquisition of The Bank of Hemet may close even if the
acquisition of Valley Bank does not close. Pacific Community Banking Group is
not obligated to complete either of the acquisitions unless Sutro & Co.
Incorporated enters into a firm commitment to underwrite the public offering of
its stock and all conditions of that offering have been satisfied or waived.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK OF HEMET HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE
ACQUISITION UPON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE BANK OF HEMET AGREEMENT AND
RECOMMENDS THAT SHAREHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE PRINCIPAL TERMS OF THE
AGREEMENT.
OPINION OF BAXTER FENTRISS & COMPANY
Baxter Fentriss & Company has acted as financial advisor to The Bank of
Hemet in connection with the acquisition. Baxter Fentriss assisted The Bank of
Hemet in identifying prospective acquirors. On January 5, 1999, Baxter Fentriss
delivered to The Bank of Hemet its preliminary opinion, dated January 5, 1999,
that on the basis of matters referred to herein, the offer is fair, from a
financial point of view, to the holders of The Bank of Hemet's common stock. Its
preliminary opinion was updated and presented to the Bank of Hemet's board of
directors on March 24, 1999. In rendering its opinion, Baxter Fentriss consulted
with the management of The Bank of Hemet and of Pacific Community Banking Group,
reviewed The Bank of Hemet agreement and publicly available information on the
parties and reviewed additional materials made available by the management of
the respective parties.
In addition, Baxter Fentriss discussed with the management of The Bank of
Hemet, Valley Bank and Pacific Community Banking Group their respective
businesses and outlook. Baxter Fentriss was involved in the negotiations with
Pacific Community Banking Group. No limitations were imposed by The Bank of
Hemet's board of directors upon Baxter Fentriss with respect to the
investigation made or procedures followed by it in rendering its opinion. The
full text of Baxter Fentriss's written opinion is attached as Appendix B to this
proxy statement/prospectus and should be read in its entirety with respect to
the procedures followed, assumptions made, matters considered and qualifications
and limitations on the review undertaken by Baxter Fentriss in connection with
its opinion.
Baxter Fentriss's opinion is directed to The Bank of Hemet's board of
directors, and is directed only to the fairness, from a financial point of view,
of the consideration provided. It does not address The Bank of Hemet's
underlying business decision to effect the proposed acquisition, nor does it
constitute a recommendation to any shareholder of The Bank of Hemet as to how
the shareholder should vote with respect to the acquisition at the annual
meeting or as to any other matter.
Baxter Fentriss's opinion was one of many factors considered by The Bank of
Hemet's board of directors in making its determination to approve The Bank of
Hemet Agreement, and the receipt of Baxter Fentriss's opinion is a condition
precedent to The Bank of Hemet's obligation to consummate the acquisition. The
opinion of Baxter Fentriss does not address the relative merits of the
acquisition compared to any alternative business strategies that might exist for
The Bank of Hemet or the effect of any other business combination in which The
Bank of Hemet might engage.
25
<PAGE>
Baxter Fentriss, as part of its investment banking business, is continually
engaged in the valuation of financial institutions and their securities in
connection with mergers and acquisitions and valuations for estate, corporate
and other purposes. Baxter Fentriss is a nationally recognized advisor to firms
in the financial services industry on mergers and acquisitions. The Bank of
Hemet selected Baxter Fentriss as its financial advisor because Baxter Fentriss
is an investment banking firm focusing on transactions involving community banks
and thrifts and because of the firm's extensive experience and expertise in
transactions similar to the acquisition. Baxter Fentriss is not affiliated with
The Bank of Hemet, Valley Bank or Pacific Community Banking Group. Baxter
Fentriss also represented Valley Bank in its negotiations with Pacific Community
Banking Group, and The Bank of Hemet's board of directors was aware of this
concurrent representation.
In connection with rendering its opinion to The Bank of Hemet's board of
directors, Baxter Fentriss performed a variety of financial analyses. In
conducting its analyses and arriving at its opinion as expressed herein, Baxter
Fentriss considered such financial and other factors as it deemed appropriate
under the circumstances including, among others, the following:
- the historical and current financial condition and results of operations
of Valley Bank, The Bank of Hemet and Pacific Community Banking Group
including interest income, interest expense, interest sensitivity,
noninterest income, noninterest expense, earnings, book value, returns on
assets and equity, and possible tax consequences resulting from the
transaction,
- the business prospects of The Bank of Hemet, Valley Bank and Pacific
Community Banking Group,
- the economies of the market areas of The Bank of Hemet, Valley Bank and
Pacific Community Banking Group, and
- the nature and terms of other merger transactions that it believed to be
relevant.
Baxter Fentriss also considered its assessment of general economic, market,
financial and regulatory conditions and trends, as well as its knowledge of the
financial institutions industry, its experience in connection with similar
transactions, its knowledge of securities valuation generally, and its knowledge
of merger transactions in California, the West and throughout the United States.
In connection with rendering its opinion, Baxter Fentriss reviewed the
Valley Bank agreement, drafts of this proxy statement/prospectus, the annual
reports to shareholders of Valley Bank and The Bank of Hemet for the years ended
December 31, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 and audited financial statements for The
Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank as of December 31, 1998, the audited financial
statements of Pacific Community Banking Group for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998, and additional financial and operating information
with respect to the business, operations and prospects of The Bank of Hemet,
Valley Bank and Pacific Community Banking Group as it deemed appropriate.
26
<PAGE>
Baxter Fentriss also did the following:
- held discussions with members of the senior management of The Bank of
Hemet, Valley Bank and Pacific Community Banking Group regarding the
historical and current business operation, financial condition and future
prospects of their respective companies;
- compared the results of operations of The Bank of Hemet and Pacific
Community Banking Group with those of banking companies that it deemed to
be relevant,
- analyzed the pro forma financial impact of the acquisition on The Bank of
Hemet, and
- conducted such other studies, analyses, inquiries and examinations as are
described below.
The preparation of a fairness opinion involves various determinations as to
the most appropriate and relevant methods of financial analysis and the
application of those methods to the particular circumstances and, therefore,
such an opinion is not readily susceptible to partial analysis or summary
description. Moreover, the evaluation of fairness, from a financial point of
view, of the consideration provided to the holders of The Bank of Hemet common
stock was to some extent a subjective one based on the experience and judgment
of Baxter Fentriss and not merely the result of mathematical analysis of
financial data. Accordingly, notwithstanding the separate factors as summarized
below, Baxter Fentriss believes that its analyses must be considered as a whole
and that selecting portions of its analyses and of the factors considered by it,
without considering all analyses and factors, could create an incomplete view of
the evaluation process underlying its opinion. The ranges of valuations
resulting from any particular analysis described below should not be taken to be
Baxter Fentriss's view of the actual value of The Bank of Hemet or Pacific
Community Banking Group.
In performing its analyses, Baxter Fentriss made numerous assumptions with
respect to industry performance, business and economic conditions and other
matters, many of which are beyond the control of The Bank of Hemet and Pacific
Community Banking Group. The analyses performed by Baxter Fentriss are not
necessarily indicative of actual values or future results, which may be
significantly more or less favorable than suggested by such analyses.
Additionally, analyses relating to the values of businesses do not purport to be
appraisals or to reflect the prices at which businesses may actually be sold. In
rendering its opinion, Baxter Fentriss assumed that, in the course of obtaining
the necessary regulatory approvals for the acquisition, no conditions will be
imposed that will have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits of
the acquisition, on a pro forma basis, to The Bank of Hemet.
The following is a summary of selected analyses performed by Baxter Fentriss
in connection with its opinion.
1. STOCK PRICE HISTORY. Baxter Fentriss studied the trading prices and
volume for The Bank of Hemet common stock and compared them to publicly traded
banks in California and to the price offered by Pacific Community Banking Group.
The offer represents a premium to The Bank of Hemet shareholders.
27
<PAGE>
2. COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS. Baxter Fentriss compared the transaction to 20
publicly reported transactions in 1998 involving California banks of comparable
asset size, with respect to the following four parameters, with the following
results:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RANK OF THIS
RANGE OF COMPARISON THIS TRANSACTION
RATIO GROUP(1) TRANSACTION WITHIN GROUP(1)
- ---------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Price to earnings multiple.................... 8.00 to 33.00 18.00 14th
Price to book multiple........................ 1.28 to 4.04 2.42 10th
Premium on deposits........................... 1.80 to 56.70% 12.92% 11th
Price to assets ratio......................... 5.87 to 44.27% 20.09% 10th
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The comparison group consisted of 20 publicly reported transactions in 1998
involving California banks of comparable asset size.
3. DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS. Baxter Fentriss performed a discounted
cash flow analysis to determine hypothetical present values for a share of The
Bank of Hemet's common stock as a five and ten year investment. Under this
analysis, Baxter Fentriss considered various scenarios for the performance of
The Bank of Hemet's common stock using the following assumptions. The ranges of
assumptions were chosen based upon what Baxter Fentriss, in its judgement,
considered to be appropriate taking into account, among other things,
- The Bank of Hemet's past and current performance
- the general level of inflation
- rates of return for fixed income and equity securities in the marketplace
generally
- rates of return for companies of similar risk profiles
In its analysis, Baxter Fentriss used the following ranges of assumptions
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Assumed annual growth of The Bank of Hemet
earnings and dividends.................... 4% to 10%
10 to 18 times projected
Terminal values............................. earnings
Discount rates.............................. 12% to 15%
Investment term............................. 5 and 10 years
</TABLE>
The analysis concludes that Pacific Community Banking Group's offer exceeded
all other alternative strategies. Thus, The Bank of Hemet's shareholders would
be in a better financial position by receiving the consideration than continuing
to hold The Bank of Hemet's common stock.
28
<PAGE>
4. COMPARISON OF THE BANK OF HEMET TO OTHER BANKS. Baxter Fentriss
compared financial and operating ratios of The Bank of Hemet to other banks,
including the following key ratios.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPARISON
COMPARISON GROUP
RATIO GROUP RANGE(1) AVERAGE(1) THE BANK OF HEMET
- --------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Return on assets....................... 0.42% to 1.64% 1.23% 1.10%
Return on equity....................... 5.26% to 18.89% 14.06% 13.14%
Net interest margin.................... 4.82% to 7.31% 5.63% 4.22%
Non-performing asset level............. 0.01% to 2.23% 0.81% 1.28%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Comparison group consisted of ten similarly sized California banks.
On most of these and other standard performance measurements, The Bank of
Hemet's performance was less than average, suggesting that the price offered,
when compared to other transactions, was fair. Furthermore, applying the capital
guidelines of banking regulators, and assuming a successful underwriting by
Pacific Community Banking Group's investment bankers, Baxter Fentriss's analysis
indicated that the acquisition would not seriously dilute the capital and
earnings capacity of Pacific Community Banking Group and would, therefore,
likely not be opposed by the banking regulatory agencies from a capital
perspective. Furthermore, Baxter Fentriss considered the likely market overlap
and the Federal Reserve Board guidelines with regard to market concentrations
and did not believe the transaction gave rise to any possible antitrust issues.
5. VALUE OF WARRANTS. In order to calculate a future value of the
warrants, Baxter Fentriss constructed a forecast for the combined operation of
Pacific Community Banking Group, The Bank of Hemet, and Valley Bank for a ten
year time period. In this analysis Baxter Fentriss used a range of growth rates
from 8% to 12% for earnings, economies of scale of 25% of Valley Bank's
non-interest expense, a discount rate of 14% and price to earnings multiples of
similar sized California banks.
These assumptions were chosen based upon what Baxter Fentriss in its
judgment considered appropriate taking the following into account:
- The Bank of Hemet's and Valley Bank's past and current performance;
- the general level of inflation;
- rates of return for fixed income and equity securities in the marketplace
generally; and
- rates of return for companies of similar risk profiles.
A hypothetical value of the warrant based upon an 8% growth rate is $2.26.
The warrant would have a value of $7.15 using a 12% growth rate and an average
price/earnings multiple for similar sized California banks.
Baxter Fentriss has relied, without any independent verification, upon the
accuracy and completeness of all financial and other information reviewed.
Baxter Fentriss has assumed that all estimates, including those as to possible
economies of scale, were reasonably prepared. Baxter Fentriss did not make an
independent appraisal of the assets or liabilities of either The Bank of Hemet
or Pacific Community Banking Group, and has not been furnished such an
appraisal.
29
<PAGE>
No company or transaction used as a comparison in the above analysis is
identical to The Bank of Hemet, Pacific Community Banking Group or the
acquisition. Accordingly, an analysis of the results of the foregoing
necessarily involves complex considerations and judgments concerning differences
in financial and operating characteristics of the companies and other factors
that could affect the public trading value of the companies used for comparison
in the above analysis.
The Bank of Hemet will pay Baxter Fentriss a transaction fee, equal to
approximately 1.25% of the total consideration received by shareholders of The
Bank of Hemet, or $501,500, plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for its
services. The Bank of Hemet has paid to Baxter Fentriss $22,118 for
out-of-pocket expenses and $100,000 as an advance on the transaction fee. The
advance on the transaction fee is refundable if the acquisition does not close.
The Bank of Hemet has agreed to indemnify Baxter Fentriss against liabilities,
including liabilities under federal securities laws.
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF THE BANK OF HEMET
The principal owners of the capital stock of The Bank of Hemet, and stock
holdings of management, are shown in the section entitled "Shareholdings of
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" on page 115.
INTERESTS OF MANAGEMENT IN THE ACQUISITION
Each director has signed a director's agreement with Pacific Community
Banking Group, agreeing to vote all of his or her shares in favor of The Bank of
Hemet agreement, not to encumber, sell or transfer any shares of common stock
except with the consent of Pacific Community Banking Group, to recommend
shareholder approval of the agreement and not to solicit a party other than
Pacific Community Banking Group to enter into a business combination with The
Bank of Hemet or acquire any of its stock.
SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS AND CONSULTING AGREEMENTS
Mr. Jaqua has a salary continuation agreement that provides for a lump sum
payment if The Bank of Hemet enters into the acquisition. The payment will equal
$484,000. Mr. McDonough has a salary continuation agreement that provides for
payments of $15,000 per year for 15 years, upon separation from employment.
These payments will commence upon completion of the acquisition. Also, Messrs.
Jaqua and McDonough have consulting agreements that provide payment for service
as directors in the future. Mr. Jaqua and his wholly owned consulting company
have a noncompetition agreement under which they will not compete with The Bank
of Hemet in exchange for payments to the consulting company of $16,750 per month
for 72 months. Mr. McDonough has a noncompetition agreement under which he will
receive $2,500 per month for three years after the closing of the acquisition.
Mr. Harold R. Williams, Jr., Chief Operating and Financial Officer of The
Bank of Hemet, has an agreement that will become effective only if the
acquisition of The Bank of Hemet by Pacific Community Banking Group is
consummated. Please refer to "Annual Meeting of The Bank of Hemet--Employment
Contracts and Serverance Agreements" on page 119 for details of that agreement.
30
<PAGE>
The Bank of Hemet also has a severance policy under which the other
employees and officers of The Bank of Hemet will receive severance pay if they
are terminated within six months after a change in control of the bank like the
acquisition. For more details of these agreements and arrangements, please refer
to the section entitled "Annual Meeting of The Bank of Hemet--Employment
Contracts and Severance Agreements" on page 119 and "Pacific Community Banking
Group--Executive Compensation--Employee Benefit Plans" and "--Employment
Agreements."
OPTIONS
Mr. Jaqua holds an incentive stock option to purchase 6,000 shares of The
Bank of Hemet common stock at the exercise price of $22.50 per share. Mr.
Williams holds incentive stock options to purchase 16,000 shares of The Bank of
Hemet common stock at the average exercise price of $15.94 per share. Mr. Robie
holds incentive stock options to purchase 16,000 shares of The Bank of Hemet
common stock at the average exercise price of $15.94 per share. Other officers
of the bank have stock options to acquire a total of 8,968 shares of The Bank of
Hemet common stock at exercise prices ranging from $12.00 to $22.50. On the
completion of the acquisition all of those options will be canceled in exchange
for the number of shares of common stock of Pacific Community Banking Group,
equal to the number of shares of The Bank of Hemet stock covered by the option,
multiplied by the number obtained by subtracting the exercise price of the
option from the $51.00 per share effective price in the acquisition, divided by
$15.00. In addition, each person who surrenders The Bank of Hemet options in the
acquisition will receive one Pacific Community Banking Group warrant for each
3.4 shares of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock received, except for
Mr. Jaqua, who waived his rights for warrants in his noncompetition agreement.
Option holders who exchange their options for shares of Pacific Community
Banking Group in the offering will have a right to sell their shares in Pacific
Community Banking Group's initial public offering, subject to the same terms and
the same limitations as those applying to shareholders of The Bank of Hemet.
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
The Bank of Hemet agreement provides for indemnification and insurance
coverage for directors and officers of Bank of Hemet. Specifically, The Bank of
Hemet agreement requires Pacific Community Banking Group to cause The Bank of
Hemet, after the merger, to maintain in effect directors' and officers'
liability insurance that is no less advantageous than insurance presently
maintained by The Bank of Hemet. This coverage will specifically include a
"peace of mind" coverage endorsement or policy covering current The Bank of
Hemet directors with respect to all matters arising from facts or events which
occurred prior to the acquisition, for which The Bank of Hemet would have had an
obligation to indemnify its directors and officers. Pacific Community Banking
Group also agrees to take no action to impair such rights as a result of any
other consolidation or merger with another company in which Pacific Community
Banking Group is not the survivor.
PROCEDURES FOR ELECTION AND EXCHANGE OF THE BANK OF HEMET COMMON STOCK
CERTIFICATES
Shareholders of The Bank of Hemet will use a letter of transmittal to
designate shares for sale in the public offering and to surrender certificates
for common stock of The Bank of Hemet. Shareholders will send these letters and
certificates to the exchange agent, which will
31
<PAGE>
hold them pending completion of the acquisition and the public offering. When
the acquisition and the public offering occur, Pacific Community Banking Group
will deliver to the exchange agent shares of its common stock and warrants, and
Sutro & Co. Incorporated will deliver to the exchange agent the proceeds of the
sale of shares in the public offering. The exchange agent will distribute these
monies and securities to shareholders of The Bank of Hemet. If the acquisition
is not completed, the exchange agent will return The Bank of Hemet share
certificates to the shareholders.
We expect the transaction to be completed by August 4, 1999. After the
closing of the acquisition, certificates which represented shares of the common
stock will represent only the right to receive the cash, stock and warrant
amounts as provided in The Bank of Hemet agreement and applicable law.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
After the business combination of Pacific Community Banking Group, The Bank
of Hemet and Valley Bank, and before the close of the public offering, the
former shareholders of The Bank of Hemet will retain between 43% and 61% and
will have the largest voting interest in Pacific Community Banking Group shares
not to be sold in the public offering. Additionally, the Bank of Hemet is
expected to have significant representation among the Pacific Community Banking
Group board of directors. As a result, for financial reporting purposes, the
parties will account for the business combination as an acquisition by The Bank
of Hemet of Valley Bank and Pacific Community Banking Group. The parties will
account for the transaction using the purchase method of accounting for business
combinations.
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
Arthur Andersen LLP, Pacific Community Banking Group's accountant, is of the
opinion that the material federal income tax consequences of The Bank of Hemet
acquisition that apply to The Bank of Hemet shareholders are as follows. This
opinion is based on the Internal Revenue Code, applicable U.S. Treasury
Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as
of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus. These laws and authorities are
subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion below does
not address any state, local or foreign tax consequences of The Bank of Hemet
acquisition. Your tax treatment will vary depending upon your particular
situation. You may also be subject to special rules not discussed below if you
are a certain kind of shareholder of The Bank of Hemet, including:
- an individual who holds options for The Bank of Hemet common stock;
- an insurance company;
- a tax-exempt organization;
- a financial institution or broker-dealer;
- a person who is neither a citizen nor resident of the United States; or
- a holder of The Bank of Hemet common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or
conversion transaction.
32
<PAGE>
The following discussion assumes that you hold The Bank of Hemet common
stock as a capital asset at the time of The Bank of Hemet acquisition. The stock
will be a capital asset unless you hold it principally for sale to customers in
the ordinary course of your trade or business.
Neither Pacific Community Banking Group nor The Bank of Hemet has requested
or will request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service as to the
tax consequences of The Bank of Hemet acquisition or any related transaction.
The Internal Revenue Service could take different positions concerning the tax
consequences of The Bank of Hemet acquisition and related transactions discussed
below and such positions could be sustained.
We urge you to consult with your own tax adviser and financial planner
regarding the particular tax consequences of The Bank of Hemet acquisition to
you, including the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws,
and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.
The Bank of Hemet acquisition will qualify as a tax-free reorganization
under the Internal Revenue Code.
- Neither Pacific Community Banking Group nor The Bank of Hemet will
recognize gain or loss in The Bank of Hemet acquisition.
- Except for any cash received instead of fractional shares, you will not
recognize any gain or loss as a result of the receipt of Pacific Community
Banking Group common stock and warrants pursuant to The Bank of Hemet
acquisition.
- Your aggregate tax basis for the shares of Pacific Community Banking Group
common stock, including any fractional share interest for which cash is
received, and warrants will equal your aggregate tax basis in shares of
The Bank of Hemet common stock you held immediately before The Bank of
Hemet acquisition. There is a lack of authority regarding the allocation
of basis in a reorganization in which stock and warrants are received on a
tax-free basis. Recent changes in the tax regulations permit the receipt
of warrants tax-free, but do not address the issue of how, or whether, the
recipient assigns basis to such warrants. Although not free from doubt,
your aggregate tax basis in such Pacific Community Banking Group common
stock and warrants should be allocated, under general principles of tax
law, between the common stock and warrants by relative fair market value.
If your aggregate tax basis in such Pacific Community Banking Group common
stock and warrants is not so allocated, all of your aggregate tax basis in
Pacific Community Banking Group common stock and warrants will be
allocated to the common stock and your basis in the warrants will be zero.
- Your holding period for Pacific Community Banking Group common stock
received in The Bank of Hemet acquisition, including any fractional share
interest for which cash is received, will include the period during which
you held The Bank of Hemet common stock. There is a lack of authority
regarding the holding period of warrants if stock and warrants are
received in reorganization on a tax-free basis. Recent changes in the tax
regulations permit the receipt of warrants tax-free, but do not address
how the holding period is determined for such warrants. Although not free
from doubt, your holding period for Pacific Community Banking Group
warrants received in The Bank of Hemet acquisition, under general
principles of tax law, should include the period during which you held The
Bank of Hemet common stock. Otherwise, your holding period in such
33
<PAGE>
Pacific Community Banking Group warrants will begin on the day after The
Bank of Hemet acquisition.
- You will be treated as receiving cash instead of a fractional share
interest of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock in exchange for
that fractional share interest and you will recognize gain or loss in an
amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the
portion of your tax basis allocable to that fractional share interest. Any
gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital
gain or loss if you have held your shares of The Bank of Hemet common
stock for more than one year at the time of The Bank of Hemet acquisition.
- A dissenting The Bank of Hemet shareholder who receives payment for all of
his or her shares of The Bank of Hemet common stock in cash will recognize
capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and
the shareholder's tax basis in such shares, provided that, under all the
facts and circumstances, the payment is neither essentially equivalent to
a dividend nor has the effect of the distribution of a dividend. A sale of
shares pursuant to an exercise of dissenter rights will not be considered
essentially equivalent to a dividend or have the effect of the
distribution of a dividend if, after the exercise, the shareholder owns no
shares of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock, either actually or
constructively.
- You will recognize gain or loss upon the sale of your Pacific Community
Banking Group common stock or warrants, including a sale of Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock in the public offering, in an amount
equal to the difference between the amount of cash you receive in the sale
and your tax basis in the sold common stock or warrants. Provided the
stock or warrants are held as capital assets, any gain or loss will be
capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if your
holding period in the sold Pacific Community Banking Group common stock or
warrants exceeds one year at the time of sale. The stock and warrants will
be capital assets unless you hold them principally for sale to customers
in the ordinary course of your trade or business. Your holding period for
the stock includes the time when you held The Bank of Hemet shares that
were exchanged for the stock and warrants of Pacific Community Banking
Group. The exercise of Pacific Community Banking Group warrants will not
be taxable.
The tax opinion of Arthur Andersen LLP stated above is based upon facts,
representations and assumptions set forth or referred to in the opinion and the
continued accuracy and completeness of representations of a factual nature made
by Pacific Community Banking Group and The Bank of Hemet. These representations
include representations made in certificates delivered to Arthur Andersen LLP by
the management of Pacific Community Banking Group and The Bank of Hemet. If any
of these representations is not correct in material respects, that is, if it is
made in bad faith or without knowledge of all material facts, the conclusions
reached by Arthur Andersen LLP in their opinion may be jeopardized. Furthermore,
the Internal Revenue Service is not bound by this opinion. Thus, the Internal
Revenue Service could challenge a position taken by you in reliance of this
opinion, and such a challenge could be sustained.
REGULATORY APPROVALS
The acquisition cannot be consummated until the following take place:
34
<PAGE>
- the parties have received, to the extent required by law or regulation,
all approval or consents of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the California Department of
Financial Institutions; and
- all applicable waiting periods required by law shall have expired.
The required applications for approval of the transactions contemplated by The
Bank of Hemet agreement have been filed with the applicable regulatory agencies.
To date, approvals have been received from the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation and the California Department of Financial Institutions. An approval
is also required from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. This proxy
statement/prospectus has been prepared and proxies may be solicited from The
Bank of Hemet's shareholders prior to the receipt of these approvals.
THE TERMS OF THE BANK OF HEMET AGREEMENT ARE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE
REGULATORY AGENCIES. ANY AMENDMENT OF THE BANK OF HEMET AGREEMENT TO OBTAIN
REGULATORY APPROVAL WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE SHAREHOLDERS AND
YOUR VOTE IN FAVOR OF THIS PROPOSAL CONSTITUTES A VOTE IN FAVOR OF ANY SUCH
AMENDMENTS TO THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED.
RESALE RESTRICTIONS AND LOCKUP AGREEMENTS
Under The Bank of Hemet agreement, affiliates of The Bank of Hemet who hold
stock or warrants of Pacific Community Banking Group will be subject to resale
restrictions under Rule 145 under the Securities Act. Among other things, Rule
145 deems a person who was an affiliate of The Bank of Hemet at the time the
acquisition was submitted for shareholder approval to be engaged in an
underwriting of the securities acquired if such person subsequently publicly
offers or sells such securities. Notwithstanding this rule, affiliates of The
Bank of Hemet may make such sales of securities in conformity with requirements
for public information, limitations on amounts and manner of sale. The
securities sold in the public offering through Sutro & Co. Incorporated will be
fully registered under the Securities Act, and therefore will comply with these
requirements. Affiliates of The Bank of Hemet have signed letters acknowledging
such restrictions and agreeing to comply to applicable provisions of Rule 145
and related provisions.
In addition, all of the directors of The Bank of Hemet have provided lock-up
agreements at the request of Pacific Community Banking Group and its investment
advisors. Under the lock-up agreements, directors of The Bank of Hemet agree not
to sell or otherwise dispose of stock or warrants acquired in the acquisition
for a period of 90 days after the commencement of the initial public offering of
Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock.
DIVIDEND POLICY
Pacific Community does not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable
future on Pacific Community common stock.
35
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AGREEMENT
THE FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF THE BANK OF
HEMET AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH IS ATTACHED AS APPENDIX A TO THIS PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. THIS SUMMARY IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE FULL TEXT OF THE BANK OF HEMET
AGREEMENT.
STRUCTURE OF THE ACQUISITION
The Bank of Hemet agreement contemplates that The Bank of Hemet acquisition
will take place as follows:
- Pacific Community Banking Group will establish a new, wholly owned
subsidiary called PCBG Merger Corporation.
- Pacific Community Banking Group will deliver the shares of common stock
and warrants constituting the aggregate consideration provided in The Bank
of Hemet agreement.
- Each outstanding share of The Bank of Hemet's common stock will convert
into a right to receive a PRO RATA share of the aggregate consideration.
- PCBG Merger Corporation will merge with The Bank of Hemet, with The Bank
of Hemet being the surviving corporation.
- Each outstanding share of PCBG Merger Corporation stock will automatically
convert to a share of the surviving corporation, The Bank of Hemet.
As a result, Pacific Community Banking Group will be the sole shareholder of The
Bank of Hemet. The merger of PCBG Merger Corporation and The Bank of Hemet will
become effective at the time a certificate of merger is filed with the Secretary
of State of California which is expected to occur as soon as practicable after
the last condition precedent to The Bank of Hemet acquisition stated in The Bank
of Hemet agreement has been satisfied or waived.
Pacific Community Banking Group will effect an initial public offering of
its common stock, and will include in that offering those shares that
shareholders of The Bank of Hemet designate for sale in the public offering,
subject to the limits described below. The cash proceeds of the public offering
will be paid to those shareholders on the basis of the number of shares
designated, subject to the proration described below. All conditions to the
public offering must be satisfied before the acquisitions will take place.
PURCHASE CONSIDERATION
CONSIDERATION TO SHAREHOLDERS
Pacific Community Banking Group will pay each shareholder, for each share of
The Bank of Hemet common stock, 3.4 shares of common stock of Pacific Community
Banking Group, plus a warrant. In lieu of any fractional shares, Pacific
Community Banking Group will pay cash.
36
<PAGE>
IMMEDIATE SALE IN PUBLIC OFFERING
Each shareholder will have the right to make an immediate sale of the shares
of common stock received, by designating those shares for sale in the public
offering. The sale price in the public offering will be not less than $15.00 per
share of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock. Thus, for shares sold,
the amount of cash will be not less than $51.00 per share of The Bank of Hemet
common stock previously held. If the sale price in the public offering is higher
than $15.00 per share, the shareholder will receive the additional amount.
LIMIT ON SHARES INCLUDED IN PUBLIC OFFERING
Not more than 88% of the aggregate shares received by shareholders of The
Bank of Hemet may be sold in the public offering. If more than 88% of the shares
are designated for sale in the public offering, the shares sold in the public
offering by each shareholder will be reduced, in proportion to the total number
of shares designated by all shareholders in excess of 88%. If fewer than 75% of
the shares are designated for sale in the public offering, the shares sold in
the public offering by each shareholder who has submitted a letter of
transmittal will be increased, in proportion to the total number of shares
designated by all shareholders for sale.
For example, suppose the total number of shares designated for sale in the
public offering is 91% of all shares paid to The Bank of Hemet shareholders.
That would represent 3% more designated shares than the 88% maximum. The number
of shares actually sold in the public offering would be limited to 88%. The
number of shares sold in the public offering for each designating shareholder
would be equal to 88/91sts of the number of shares designated, rounded to the
nearest whole share with cash paid in lieu of any fractional share.
Directors and officers of The Bank of Hemet will have their shares prorated
for sale, if necessary, in the same manner as all other shareholders. If after
proration the total number of shares designated to be sold is more than the 75%
maximum, the members of the board of directors have agreed to increase their
shares sold as necessary to satisfy the 75% maximum of retained shares.
CONSIDERATION TO OPTION HOLDERS
Each holder of options to purchase common stock of The Bank of Hemet will,
for each share subject to the option, receive shares of common stock of Pacific
Community Banking Group equal to (A) 3.4 shares minus (B) the exercise price of
the option. In addition, for each 3.4 shares of Pacific Community Banking Group
common stock received, each option holder (except Mr. Jaqua) will also receive a
ten-year warrant for one share of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock,
exercisable for 122% of the price to the public in the offering. Fractional
warrants will not be issued and no cash will be paid in place of fractional
warrants. The holders of options to purchase common stock of The Bank of Hemet
will have the opportunity to sell the shares of Pacific Community Banking Group
that they receive for their options in the public offering. The same limitations
that apply to sales of shares received in exchange for The Bank of Hemet common
stock will apply to shares received in exchange for options.
37
<PAGE>
DELIVERY OF AGGREGATE PURCHASE CONSIDERATION; MANNER OF PAYMENT
U. S. Stock Transfer Corporation will act as the exchange agent. Pacific
Community Banking Group will deliver its common stock and warrants to the
exchange agent. The exchange agent will deliver those shares designated for sale
in the public offering (reduced by proration, if necessary, as described above)
to Sutro & Co. Incorporated. Sutro & Co. Incorporated will deliver to the
exchange agent the cash proceeds of the sale of such shares in the public
offering. The exchange agent will then pay the remaining common stock, the cash
proceeds and the warrants to the holders of The Bank of Hemet common stock who
have delivered or arranged for the delivery of their shares, in accordance with
the procedure described in the letter of transmittal and related instructions.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHANGES
The Bank of Hemet intends to amend its bylaws before the closing of the
acquisition to increase the number of directors from a range of five to nine to
range of seven to thirteen. In all other respects the articles of incorporation
and bylaws of The Bank of Hemet will remain in effect after the closing until
duly amended.
After the acquisition, Pacific Community Banking Group will be the sole
shareholder of The Bank of Hemet and will designate its management. The Bank of
Hemet agreement requires that a number of changes to the management of The Bank
of Hemet take place prior to the effective time of the merger of PCBG Merger
Corporation and The Bank of Hemet. Mr. Jaqua will resign from his position as
President, Chief Executive Officer and director of The Bank of Hemet, while
remaining as Chairman of BankLink Corporation. Mr. Caswell will be appointed
Chairman of the Board. The duties previously performed by Mr. Jaqua as President
and Chief Executive Officer of The Bank of Hemet will be divided between Mr.
Williams and Mr. Robie, both of whom will report to the board of directors. Mr.
Williams will serve in the capacity of Chief Executive Officer of The Bank of
Hemet on an initial basis. Mr. Williams will retain his current position as
Chief Operating and Financial Officer. John J. McDonough will resign as Chairman
of the Board of The Bank of Hemet but will remain as a member of the board of
directors. Pacific Community Banking Group expects to appoint Mr. Caswell as
chairman, and Messrs. Allen, Jannard, Saenz and Schielein as directors.
Pacific Community Banking Group will appoint additional members to its
board, selected from the current directors and officers of The Bank of Hemet.
Under the terms of a consulting agreement that Pacific Community Bank Group has
signed, Mr. Jaqua will serve as a director. Pacific Community Banking Group
expects to appoint Messrs. Williams, Hyatt, McDonough, Record and Gosch as
directors.
DIRECTOR AGREEMENTS
The Bank of Hemet agreement requires each of the directors of The Bank of
Hemet, concurrently with the execution of The Bank of Hemet agreement, to
execute an agreement to vote in favor of The Bank of Hemet agreement and to
recommend to the shareholders of The Bank of Hemet that they vote in favor of
the principal terms of The Bank of Hemet agreement. Each director of The Bank of
Hemet has executed such an agreement.
38
<PAGE>
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Bank of Hemet has made representations and warranties in the agreement
about the financial condition, conduct of business and operations of The Bank of
Hemet and other customary matters. The Bank of Hemet's representations and
warranties will not survive the closing of the acquisition. If, however, they
are inaccurate in material respects, that could prevent completion of the
acquisition.
Pacific Community Banking Group has also made representations and warranties
under The Bank of Hemet agreement about itself. Pacific Community Banking
Group's representations and warranties will not survive the closing of the
acquisition.
CONDITIONS TO THE ACQUISITION
Neither The Bank of Hemet nor Pacific Community Banking Group is obligated
to consummate The Bank of Hemet acquisition unless the following conditions are
satisfied or waived:
- All regulatory and other government approvals required to be received to
consummate The Bank of Hemet acquisition have been received and are
effective, without the imposition of conditions that would, in the
reasonable determination of Pacific Community Banking Group, materially
adversely affect the financial condition or operations of Pacific
Community Banking Group or The Bank of Hemet, or otherwise would be
materially burdensome. In addition, all applicable statutory waiting or
notice periods with respect to such government approvals shall have
expired and all conditions and requirements prescribed by law or by such
regulatory approvals have been satisfied. As of the date of this proxy
statement/prospectus approvals have been received from the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation and the California Department of Financial
Institutions. An additional approval is required from the Federal Reserve
Bank of San Francisco.
- No action pending, or no order, judgment or decree is outstanding against,
the acquisition.
- The Bank of Hemet has received approval by its shareholders for the
acquisition.
- This proxy statement/prospectus and Pacific Community Banking Group's
registration statement relating to the offering have been declared
effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, and all necessary
state blue sky authorizations have been received by Pacific Community
Banking Group. As of the date of this proxy statement/ prospectus these
conditions have been satisfied.
- Pacific Community Banking Group enters into a firm commitment underwriting
agreement for its public stock offering, and all conditions to the closing
of that offering (other than the bank mergers) have been satisfied or
waived.
Under The Bank of Hemet agreement, the offering must be completed by June
28, 1999, unless this deadline is extended. The deadline may be extended for an
additional 30 days by either Pacific Community Banking Group or The Bank of
Hemet if regulatory approvals and completion of the offering are relatively
imminent and are expected to be completed in the near future, and all other
conditions are satisfied. In addition, the deadline may be extended beyond 30
days by consent of Pacific Community Banking Group and The Bank of Hemet.
39
<PAGE>
In addition, the parties are not obligated to close the acquisition unless
the following conditions are satisfied or waived:
- The other party has had no materially adverse changes in its financial
condition, results of operations or prospects.
- The Bank of Hemet has received prior to the solicitation of The Bank of
Hemet shareholders a fairness opinion (and that opinion has not been
withdrawn) that the contemplated transaction is fair from a financial
point of view. Prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, the
required fairness opinion was received, as described under the heading
"Opinion of Baxter Fentriss & Company" on page 25 and Appendix B.
- Pacific Community Banking Group receives a fairness opinion that the
contemplated transaction is fair to its shareholders from a financial
point of view.
- Pacific Community Banking Group has listed its shares of common stock
issued in the public offering on the Nasdaq National Market System.
- The Bank of Hemet shareholders voting against the transaction or giving
notice of dissent from the transaction, do not hold more than 10% of the
outstanding shares of The Bank of Hemet.
- The Bank of Hemet shareholders designate at least 75% of the shares of
Pacific Community Banking Group that they will receive for sale in the
public offering.
- The Bank of Hemet terminates its stock option plan, its employee benefit
plans, and all other contracts (except to the extent that Pacific
Community Banking Group directs that specific benefit plans and contracts
not be terminated).
- The Bank of Hemet certifies that The Bank of Hemet and BankLink
Corporation are making satisfactory progress toward compliance with Year
2000 safety and soundness issues.
- Other usual and customary conditions to closing are satisfied.
CONDUCT OF THE BANK OF HEMET'S BUSINESS PENDING THE ACQUISITION
Until the closing of the acquisition, The Bank of Hemet has agreed that it
will conduct its business only in the usual and ordinary course and will not
engage in specific kinds of transactions without the prior written consent of
Pacific Community Banking Group. The Bank of Hemet has agreed not to increase
compensation above the levels paid as of June 30, 1998, nor to pay any bonus,
without such consent and except for raises and bonuses consistent with prior
practices and paid prior to the determination date. It has also agreed not to
pay any dividend, except for a quarterly dividend of $.60 per share declared in
January, 1999 and a quarterly dividend of $.60 per share paid on or about May
18, 1999. Other commitments of The Bank of Hemet stated in the agreement include
promises to:
- use its best efforts to preserve the business organization intact;
- use its best efforts to preserve the goodwill of depositors and customers;
- meet all material contractual obligations and conform to legal
requirements;
40
<PAGE>
- refrain from instituting a material claim except for actions against
borrowers, and conduct good faith settlement negotiations of pending
litigation;
- refrain from changing loan policies and procedures;
- refrain from making any material investments except in accordance with
safe and sound banking practices;
- advise Pacific Community Banking Group of any material adverse change;
- refrain from canceling or accelerating any material indebtedness owing to
The Bank of Hemet;
- refrain from selling or disposing of any real property or personal
property;
- in most cases, refrain from foreclosing or otherwise taking title to real
property without a clean "phase one" environmental report;
- commit any act which would cause a breach of any agreement that will have
a material adverse effect on The Bank of Hemet, or fail to do an act
necessary to prevent such a breach; and
- duly observe and conform to, and cause BankLink Corporation duly to
observe and conform, to, all compliance requirements for Year 2000 safety
and soundness issues.
COVENANTS OF THE BANK OF HEMET
The Bank of Hemet also agreed to provide Pacific Community Banking Group
with continuing access to all of its books, files, records, business, and to
invite a representative of Pacific Community Banking Group to attend The Bank of
Hemet's board meetings. The Bank of Hemet has agreed not to solicit, encourage
or otherwise enter into another agreement concerning the acquisition of The Bank
of Hemet or The Bank of Hemet's properties, securities, a merger, purchase of
assets or otherwise, except if The Bank of Hemet receives an unsolicited written
offer and except to the extent required by fiduciary obligations of The Bank of
Hemet board of directors. The Bank of Hemet also agreed to inform Pacific
Community Banking Group of any classified loans and promptly to notify Pacific
Community Banking Group of any event or condition that would cause a breach of
The Bank of Hemet agreement. The Bank of Hemet agreed to solicit its
shareholders for approval of the acquisition. The Bank of Hemet agreed to assist
Pacific Community Banking Group in connection with the preparation of the
materials used in its public offering. The Bank of Hemet agreed to terminate its
stock option plan and to not permit any options to be exercised before the
closing of the acquisition. The Bank of Hemet and Pacific Community Banking
Group agreed to prepare and promptly to file all necessary regulatory
applications. The Bank of Hemet also agreed to obtain all required and necessary
third party consents, such as landlord consent for assignment of leases. The
Bank of Hemet also agreed to obtain "phase one" environmental reports for all
real property owned by The Bank of Hemet.
COVENANTS OF PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
Pacific Community Banking Group made similar covenants regarding the conduct
of its affairs only in the usual and ordinary course, and regarding the timely
cooperation in completing the acquisition. Pacific Community Banking Group also
agreed to cause The Bank of
41
<PAGE>
Hemet to maintain in effect a directors and officers liability insurance policy
(with such coverage, terms and conditions as are no less advantageous than the
insurance presently maintained by The Bank of Hemet) for the directors and
officers of The Bank of Hemet for a 3-year period after the closing of The Bank
of Hemet acquisition.
LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
All directors and executive officers of Pacific Community Banking Group and
The Bank of Hemet will enter into a lockup agreement with Sutro & Co.,
Incorporated, undertaking in writing that for 180 days (in the case of current
directors of Pacific Community Banking Group) or 90 days (in the case of current
directors and executive officers of The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank) following
the completion of the public offering they will not sell any shares of Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock held by them (other than in the public
offering), or warrants held by them that are exercisable into shares of Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock, unless Sutro & Co., Incorporated,
specifically grants them permission to do so. Pacific Community Banking Group
also agrees it will assure the execution and delivery of The Bank of Hemet
agreement of merger by PCBG Merger Corporation.
CLOSING
The closing of The Bank of Hemet acquisition will be on a date agreed by the
parties following satisfaction of all the conditions. If the closing does not
occur by June 28, 1999, The Bank of Hemet may terminate the agreement, except
that this deadline may be extended for an additional 30 days by Pacific
Community Banking Group or The Bank of Hemet if regulatory approvals and
completion of the initial public offering of Pacific Community Banking Group's
common stock are relatively imminent and are expected to be completed in the
near future, and all other conditions are satisfied. In addition, the deadline
may be extended beyond 30 days by consent of Pacific Community Banking Group and
The Bank of Hemet.
TERMINATION
The Bank of Hemet agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the
closing of the acquisition in the following manner:
- by mutual written consent of The Bank of Hemet and Pacific Community
Banking Group,
- by either party, after 30 days' notice, if the other party has materially
breached any covenant, agreement, representation, warranty, duty or
obligation under the agreement and the breach has not been cured within 30
days;
- by either party if any regulatory authority denies or refuses to grant
approval of the transactions contemplated by The Bank of Hemet agreement,
or a regulatory authority approves the transactions on conditions not
reasonably acceptable to Pacific Community Banking Group;
- by Pacific Community Banking Group if it does not enter into a firm
commitment underwriting agreement for its public offering of its stock or
if the conditions of such agreement are not satisfied or waived;
42
<PAGE>
- by Pacific Community Banking Group if The Bank of Hemet approves a
transaction in which anyone else, or a group, acquires beneficial
ownership or control of 10% or more of the outstanding securities of The
Bank of Hemet, or an investor seeks to acquire 10% of The Bank of Hemet's
securities, and the board does not advise The Bank of Hemet's shareholders
that the board does not support that acquisition;
- by Pacific Community Banking Group if the shareholders of The Bank of
Hemet do not approve the acquisition; and
- by Pacific Community Banking Group if The Bank of Hemet solicits or enters
into an "Alternative Transaction," as defined in The Bank of Hemet
agreement. For this purpose, an "Alternative Transaction" is a transaction
with a third party for the acquisition of The Bank of Hemet, all of its
assets or a majority of its equity or debt securities.
If the agreement is terminated by Pacific Community Banking Group because of
actions by The Bank of Hemet that are inconsistent with the acquisition, Pacific
Community Banking Group will have the right to purchase shares of The Bank of
Hemet pursuant to the warrant agreement described below or require payment from
The Bank of Hemet of all of its costs and expenses related to the transaction,
plus 50% of such costs and expenses.
If The Bank of Hemet terminates The Bank of Hemet agreement because of a
breach by Pacific Community Banking Group, Pacific Community Banking Group will
reimburse The Bank of Hemet for its expenses associated with the transaction,
plus an additional 50% of such expenses, up to a maximum of $500,000. If Pacific
Community Banking Group terminates The Bank of Hemet agreement because of a
breach by The Bank of Hemet, The Bank of Hemet will reimburse Pacific Community
Banking Group for its expenses associated with the transaction, plus an
additional 50% of such expenses, up to a maximum of $500,000.
The Bank of Hemet will reimburse Pacific Community Banking Group for its
expenses associated with the transaction, plus an additional 50% of such
expenses, without any maximum limit on those expenses, if Pacific Community
Banking Group terminates The Bank of Hemet agreement because any of the
following events:
- The Bank of Hemet fails to provide notice of a material change in The Bank
of Hemet's business or of an acquisition by a third party of 5% or more of
the outstanding common stock of The Bank of Hemet,
- The Bank of Hemet's shareholders do not approve the merger,
- The Bank of Hemet executes an agreement that permits a third party to
acquire control of 25% or more of The Bank of Hemet's outstanding common
stock,
- in the event of a tender offer for 25% or more of the outstanding shares
of The Bank of Hemet common stock, The Bank of Hemet's board fails to
advise its shareholders that the board does not support the tender offer,
but supports the merger, or
- The Bank of Hemet engages in an Alternative Transaction as defined above,
and the warrant described below is not exercised.
THE WARRANT AGREEMENT
In order to induce Pacific Community Banking Group to enter into the
agreement and to discourage third party offers to acquire The Bank of Hemet, The
Bank of Hemet granted to
43
<PAGE>
Pacific Community Banking Group a warrant, exercisable under limited
circumstances, to purchase up to 210,800 shares of The Bank of Hemet's common
stock for a purchase price of $46.50 per share, subject to adjustment for
dilutive events. The shares covered by the warrant represent 19.9% of The Bank
of Hemet's common stock outstanding as of December 31, 1998, including the
shares covered by the warrants. The warrant is exercisable if:
- a third party makes a tender offer or exchange offer for 25% or more of
the outstanding Bank of Hemet common stock;
- The Bank of Hemet enters into, or publicly announces an intention to enter
into, an agreement with a third party to (A) effect a merger or
consolidation of The Bank of Hemet, (B) dispose of 10% or more of The Bank
of Hemet's assets or (C) dispose of securities representing 10% or more of
the voting power of The Bank of Hemet's shareholders;
- a third party acquires a 25% or more beneficial ownership in The Bank of
Hemet common stock; or
- (A) The Bank of Hemet's shareholders do not approve the merger and (B) The
Bank of Hemet's board of directors withdraws its support for the merger,
in each case, after a third party has publicly disclosed its intention to
engage in one of the transaction described above or filed an application
under the Bank Holding Company Act or the Change in Bank Control Act for
approval to engage in such a transaction.
44
<PAGE>
THE VALLEY BANK ACQUISITION
BACKGROUND OF THE ACQUISITION; REASONS FOR THE ACQUISITION
The board of directors of Valley Bank has long held the belief that
maximizing shareholder value may ultimately entail a transaction such as the
proposed acquisition. Although Valley Bank has been operated pursuant to long
term strategic plans, the board of directors has kept in mind its fiduciary
duties to maximize shareholder value. In the last few years, the board of
directors has been presented with various alternative acquisition proposals
regarding Valley Bank and has determined, based upon a careful evaluation of all
of the alternatives presented, that the acquisition is in the best interests of
Valley Bank and its shareholders. The board of directors has come to believe
that the future for a small independent bank is likely to become even more
difficult in the coming years. Recent changes in applicable law have placed
significant additional capital requirements on banks. These requirements will,
in the opinion of the board of directors, restrict the ability of financial
institutions to grow and continue to achieve acceptable levels of profitability.
It is the judgment of the board of directors that, as a result of these changes
and regulatory and competitive uncertainties, smaller independent banks, such as
Valley Bank, will face increased capital demands making it more difficult to
achieve successful results. Because of this situation, the board of directors
has determined that it would be in the best interest of Valley Bank and its
shareholders to consider seeking a merger or acquisition offer.
In October 1997, Valley Bank retained Baxter Fentriss & Company as its
investment banker and financial advisor to analyze and evaluate interest for
acquisition of Valley Bank. During early 1998, the Valley Bank board of
directors met with representatives of Baxter Fentriss at five separate board
meetings to discuss information about the marketability of Valley Bank and to
evaluate similar market transactions. Specifically, the board was informed about
the various forms of consideration, market premiums and market factors to be
considered. Negotiations with respect to a different all stock transaction with
Pacific Community Banking Group were commenced in January 1998. However,
discussions were terminated in February 1998 due to the consideration of a
competing proposal. However, discussions later resumed with Pacific Community
Banking Group in May 1998 based on an all cash transaction. By this time,
Pacific Community Banking Group was also negotiating with The Bank of Hemet. The
board of directors was aware that Baxter Fentriss was also acting as financial
adviser to The Bank of Hemet. The board of directors recognized that Baxter
Fentriss could face conflicts of interest in providing fairness opinions for
both Valley Bank and The Bank of Hemet if a transaction involving both banks
were to occur. After evaluating the offer with Baxter Fentriss, the board of
directors then approved in principle the general terms and conditions of a
proposed transaction and the details of the agreement for the acquisition were
thereafter negotiated. The parties ultimately executed that agreement on July
30, 1998. A significant decline in the overall stock market, and specifically in
the price of bank stocks, during the fall of 1998 required the parties to
reconsider the original agreement. Pacific Community Banking Group indicated
that uncertainty in the stock market and its effect on the proposed initial
public offering required it to consider a discount to its original offer and a
part-stock transaction.
The parties then engaged in several weeks of negotiation. Mr. Mills,
president and chief executive officer of Valley Bank, participated in
negotiating the acquisition on behalf of Valley Bank. He may be considered to
have a material interest in the transaction because of the
45
<PAGE>
consequences of the acquisition under his employment, salary continuation and
severance agreements, as discussed in the section "The Valley Bank
Acquisition--Interests of Management in the Acquisition." Valley Bank's
representatives conducted additional due diligence regarding Pacific Community
Banking Group and The Bank of Hemet. Valley Bank provided to Pacific Community
Banking Group its budget for 1999, including estimates of various categories of
income and expense. The 1999 budget reflected an 8.23% increase in net income
over Valley Bank's 1998 experience, after adjusting the 1998 experience for
one-time charges that were not budgeted for 1999. These charges were for an
employee stock ownership contribution of $173,000 and for professional fees,
mainly associated with the acquisition, of $352,000. The budgeted net income
increase was based upon a planned increase in origination and sale of loans
guaranteed by the U.S. Small Business Administration. This increase was budgeted
to occur ratably throughout 1999. Valley Bank has not, however, achieved an
increase in the amounts of these loans originated or sold in the first quarter
of 1999. The Valley Bank board of directors again consulted its advisors and
received additional updated market information from Baxter Fentriss. Valley Bank
initially rejected several alternative forms of consideration. Later, Pacific
Community Banking Group's representatives proposed a split of stock, cash and
warrants, with an election of all stock or all cash, and a mechanism where the
proportion of cash and stock could increase based on the success of the public
offering. Pacific Community Banking Group also agreed to permit a special
dividend to Valley Bank shareholders at $.52 per share, payable at closing.
Baxter Fentriss provided an opinion that the proposal was fair from a financial
point of view. Valley Bank then approved the revised terms. The parties
eventually agreed on the Valley Bank agreement and announced it publicly on
January 5, 1999. The board of directors believes that the proposed acquisition
is in the best interests of Valley Bank's shareholders, employees and customers.
Pacific Community Banking Group proposed a modified structure, which it believes
makes the transaction even stronger in its financial characteristics and
potential market performance. In April 1999, Valley Bank and Pacific Community
Banking Group amended the Valley Bank agreement to provide for the structure now
proposed, in which the consideration will be stock and warrants of Pacific
Community Banking Group, with 60% of the stock eligible for inclusion in the
public offering immediately following the completion of the acquisition.
The purchase price and other terms of the Valley Bank agreement are the
result of extensive arm's-length negotiations between representatives of Valley
Bank and Pacific Community Banking Group. Among the various factors considered
in determining the purchase price were the following:
- the current financial condition of Valley Bank;
- the operations, properties, earnings and personnel of Valley Bank; and
- the prospects and future values of Valley Bank and its assets.
In evaluating the adequacy of the purchase price, the board of directors
received an opinion from its financial advisor, Baxter Fentriss, that the
consideration to be received by Valley Bank's shareholders in exchange for their
common stock is fair from a financial point of view, as discussed further below.
The board of directors retained Baxter Fentriss on the basis of the firm's
reputation, experience and familiarity with the banking industry. As stated in
the letter, Baxter Fentriss has not independently verified the information
reviewed and relied upon by it, including the bank's assets and financial
projections. Under its agreement with Baxter Fentriss, in the event the
acquisition is consummated, Valley Bank agrees to pay Baxter Fentriss a
46
<PAGE>
fee equal to 1.5% of the aggregate consideration exchanged for the acquisition
plus expenses, or approximately $270,000. That fee includes the cost of the
fairness opinion. This summary of the fairness opinion is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the full text of the letter.
Additional factors considered by the board of directors were the following:
- the prospects and managerial strength of Pacific Community Banking Group,
as anticipated by the initial public offering to be underwritten by Sutro;
- the opportunity afforded to Valley Bank's shareholders to receive
consideration, in exchange for their shares of common stock, consisting of
a combination of cash and stock, subject to adjustment, plus warrants; and
- a special cash dividend of $.52 per share, subject to regulatory
requirements, allowed to be paid under the Valley Bank agreement to
shareholders of record of Valley Bank common stock as of November 24,
1998.
In addition, the Board of Directors expects the acquisition of The Bank of Hemet
by Pacific Community Banking Group, a transaction to be funded by the same
initial public offering which will fund Pacific Community Banking Group's
purchase of Valley Bank, to increase the quality and range of banking services
offered in the communities served by Valley Bank after Valley Bank's operations
are combined with The Bank of Hemet in a subsequent purchase and assumption of
Valley Bank's assets into The Bank of Hemet. Baxter Fentriss advised that it
believed that the transaction is fair from a financial point of view based, in
part, upon the expectation that Pacific Community Banking Group would also be
acquiring The Bank of Hemet. Based on all of these factors, the board of
directors of Valley Bank believes that the acquisition is in the best interests
of Valley Bank and its shareholders.
The Valley Bank acquisition and The Bank of Hemet acquisition are
independent transactions. Shareholders of Valley Bank should consider the
possibility that the acquisition of Valley Bank may close even if the
acquisition of The Bank of Hemet does not close. Pacific Community Banking Group
is not obligated to complete either of the acquisitions unless Sutro & Co.
Incorporated enters into a firm commitment to underwrite the public offering of
its stock and all conditions to that offering are satisfied or waived.
RECOMMENDATIONS OF VALLEY BANK BOARD
BASED UPON ALL OF THE CONSIDERATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE HEREIN,
THE VALLEY BANK BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS APPROVED THE ACQUISITION AND STRONGLY
RECOMMENDS THAT VALLEY BANK'S SHAREHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" THE ACQUISITION.
As of June 23, 1999, the executive officers and directors of Valley Bank
beneficially own approximately 546,616 shares of Valley Bank's common stock, or
39.26% of the total shares outstanding. For details, refer to "Shareholdings of
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management." The executive officers and directors
will receive the same price per share under the Valley Bank agreement as all
other shareholders. They will be subject to the same proration rules regarding
the number of shares sold in the public offering. All except one of the
directors of Valley Bank who own Valley Bank common stock, and the trustees of
the Valley Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, have entered into shareholders'
agreement whereby each of those persons agreed to vote their common stock in
favor of the Valley Bank agreement and the acquisition, and to recommend in this
proxy statement/prospectus that Valley
47
<PAGE>
Bank's shareholders vote to approve the Valley Bank agreement and the
acquisition, consistent with his or her fiduciary duties.
OPINION OF BAXTER FENTRISS & COMPANY
Baxter Fentriss has acted as financial advisor to Valley Bank in connection
with the acquisition. Baxter Fentriss assisted Valley Bank in identifying
prospective acquirors. On March 29, 1999, Baxter Fentriss delivered to Valley
Bank its opinion, dated March 29, 1999, that on the basis of matters referred to
herein, the offer is fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of
Valley Bank's common stock. In rendering its opinion Baxter Fentriss consulted
with the management of Valley Bank and Pacific Community Banking Group, reviewed
the Valley Bank agreement and publicly available information on the parties and
reviewed additional materials made available by the management of the respective
parties.
In addition Baxter Fentriss discussed with the management of Valley Bank,
The Bank of Hemet and Pacific Community Banking Group their respective
businesses and outlook. Baxter Fentriss was involved in the negotiations with
Pacific Community Banking Group. No limitations were imposed by Valley Bank's
board of directors upon Baxter Fentriss with respect to the investigation made
or procedures followed by it in rendering its opinion. The full text of Baxter
Fentriss' written opinion should be read in its entirety with respect to the
procedures followed, assumptions made, matters considered and qualifications and
limitations on the review undertaken by Baxter Fentriss in connection with its
opinion.
Baxter Fentriss's opinion is directed to Valley Bank's board of directors,
and is directed only to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the
consideration provided. It does not address Valley Bank's underlying business
decision to effect the proposed acquisition, nor does it constitute a
recommendation to any Valley Bank shareholder as to how such shareholder should
vote with respect to the acquisition at the annual meeting or as to any other
matter.
Baxter Fentriss's opinion was one of many factors taken into consideration
by Valley Bank's board of directors in making its determination to approve the
agreement with Pacific Community Banking Group, and the receipt of Baxter
Fentriss' opinion is a condition precedent to Valley Bank's consummating the
acquisition. The opinion of Baxter Fentriss does not address the relative merits
of the acquisition as compared to any alternative business strategies that might
exist for Valley Bank or the effect of any other business combination in which
Valley Bank might engage.
Baxter Fentriss, as part of its investment banking business, is continually
engaged in the valuation of financial institutions and their securities in
connection with mergers and acquisitions and valuations for estate, corporate
and other purposes. Baxter Fentriss is a nationally ranked advisor to firms in
the financial services industry on mergers and acquisitions. Valley Bank
selected Baxter Fentriss as its financial advisor because Baxter Fentriss is an
investment banking firm focusing on transactions involving community banks and
thrifts and because of the firm's extensive experience and expertise in
transactions similar to the acquisition. Baxter Fentriss is not affiliated with
Valley Bank, The Bank of Hemet or Pacific Community Banking Group. Baxter
Fentriss also represented The Bank of Hemet in its negotiations with Pacific
Community Banking Group, and Valley Bank's board of directors was aware of this
concurrent representation.
48
<PAGE>
In connection with rendering its opinion to Valley Bank's board of
directors, Baxter Fentriss performed a variety of financial analyses. In
conducting its analyses and arriving at its opinion as expressed herein, Baxter
Fentriss considered such financial and other factors as it deemed appropriate
under the circumstances including, among others, the following:
- the historical and current financial condition and results of operations
of Valley Bank, The Bank of Hemet and Pacific Community Banking Group
including interest income, interest expense, interest sensitivity,
noninterest income, noninterest expense, earnings, book value, returns on
assets and equity, and possible tax consequences resulting from the
transaction;
- the business prospects of Valley Bank, The Bank of Hemet and Pacific
Community Banking Group;
- the economies of Valley Bank's, The Bank of Hemet's and Pacific Community
Banking Group's respective market areas, and
- the nature and terms of other merger transactions that it believed to be
relevant.
Baxter Fentriss also considered its assessment of general economic, market,
financial and regulatory conditions and trends, as well as its knowledge of the
financial institutions industry, its experience in connection with similar
transactions, its knowledge of securities valuation generally, and its knowledge
of merger transactions in California, the West and throughout the United States.
In connection with rendering its opinion, Baxter Fentriss reviewed the
Valley Bank agreement; drafts of this proxy statement/prospectus; the annual
reports to shareholders of Valley Bank and The Bank of Hemet for the years ended
December 31, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 and audited financial statements for The
Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank as of December 31, 1998; the audited financial
statements of Pacific Community Banking Group for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1997 and 1998; and additional financial and operating information with
respect to the business, operations and prospects of Valley Bank, The Bank of
Hemet and Pacific Community Banking Group as it deemed appropriate. Baxter
Fentriss also did the following:
- held discussions with members of the senior management of Valley Bank, The
Bank of Hemet and Pacific Community Banking Group regarding the historical
and current business operation, financial condition and future prospects
of their respective companies;
- compared the results of operations of Valley Bank and Pacific Community
Banking Group with those of banking companies that it deemed to be
relevant;
- analyzed the pro forma financial impact of the acquisition on Valley Bank;
and
- conducted such other studies, analyses, inquiries and examinations
described below.
The preparation of a fairness opinion involves various determinations as to
the most appropriate and relevant methods of financial analysis and the
application of those methods to the particular circumstances and, therefore,
such an opinion is not readily susceptible to partial analysis or summary
description. Moreover, the evaluation of fairness, from a financial point of
view, of the consideration provided to the holders of Valley Bank common stock
was to some extent a subjective one based on the experience and judgment of
Baxter Fentriss and not merely the result of mathematical analysis of financial
data. Accordingly, notwithstanding
49
<PAGE>
the separate factors as summarized below, Baxter Fentriss believes that its
analyses must be considered as a whole and that selecting portions of its
analyses and of the factors considered by it, without considering all analyses
and factors, could create an incomplete view of the evaluation process
underlying its opinion. The ranges of valuations resulting from any particular
analysis described below should not be taken to be Baxter Fentriss' view of the
actual value of Valley Bank or Pacific Community Banking Group.
In performing its analyses, Baxter Fentriss made numerous assumptions with
respect to industry performance, business and economic conditions and other
matters, many of which are beyond the control of Valley Bank and Pacific
Community Banking Group. The analyses performed by Baxter Fentriss are not
necessarily indicative of actual values or future results, which may be
significantly more or less favorable than suggested by such analyses.
Additionally, analyses relating to the values of businesses do not purport to be
appraisals or to reflect the prices at which businesses may actually be sold. In
rendering its opinion, Baxter Fentriss assumed that, in the course of obtaining
the necessary regulatory approvals for the acquisition, no conditions will be
imposed that will have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits of
the acquisition, on a pro forma basis to Valley Bank.
The following is a summary of selected analyses performed by Baxter Fentriss
in connection with its opinion.
1. STOCK PRICE HISTORY. Baxter Fentriss studied the trading prices and
volume for Valley Bank common stock and compared them to publicly traded banks
in California and to the price offered by Pacific Community Banking Group. The
offer represents a premium to Valley Bank shareholders for much of 1998.
2. COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS. Baxter Fentriss compared the transaction to 15
publicly reported transactions in 1998 involving California banks of comparable
asset size, with respect to the following three parameters, with the following
results:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RANK OF THIS
RANGE OF THIS TRANSACTION WITHIN
RATIO COMPARISON GROUP(1) TRANSACTION GROUP(1)
- --------------------------------- --------------------- --------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Price to earnings multiple....... 15.20 to 25.70 22.81 3th
Price to book multiple........... 1.28 to 5.00 2.18 5th
Price to assets ratio............ 5.87% to 44.27% 22.14% 5th
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The comparison group consisted of 15 other 1998 California transactions
involving institutions with approximately $100 million in assets.
3. DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS. Baxter Fentriss performed a discounted
cash flow analysis to determine hypothetical present values for a share of
Valley Bank's common stock as a five and ten year investment. Under this
analysis, Baxter Fentriss considered various scenarios for the performance of
Valley Bank's common stock using a range of growth rates for Valley Bank's
earnings and dividends and a range of terminal values. The ranges of growth
rates and terminal values were chosen based on what Baxter Fentriss, in its
judgment, considered appropriate taking into account, among other things,
- Valley Bank's past and current performance
- the general level of inflation
- rates of return for fixed income and equity securities in the marketplace
generally
50
<PAGE>
- rates of return for companies of similar risk profiles
In its analysis, Baxter Fentriss used the following ranges of assumptions
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Assumed annual growth of Valley Bank
earnings and dividends................ 4% to 10%
Terminal values......................... 10 to 18 times projected earnings
Discount rates.......................... 12% to 15%
Investment term......................... 5 and 10 years
</TABLE>
The analysis concluded that Pacific Community Banking Group's offer exceeded
all other alternative strategies. Thus, Valley Bank shareholders would be in a
better financial position by receiving the consideration than continuing holding
Valley Bank common stock.
4. COMPARISON OF VALLEY BANK TO OTHER BANKS. Baxter Fentriss compared
Valley Bank's financial and operating ratios as of June 30, 1998 to nine similar
sized California banks, including the following key ratios.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPARISON
COMPARISON GROUP
RATIO GROUP RANGE(1) AVERAGE(1) VALLEY BANK
- ------------------------------------------ --------------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Return on assets.......................... 0.35% to 1.47% 0.90% 0.23%
Return on equity.......................... 4.84% to 21.20% 11.49% 2.37%
Net interest margin....................... 3.63% to 6.76% 5.02% 6.54%
Non-performing asset level................ 0.10% to 15.29% 8.20% 26.70%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Comparison group consisted of nine similarly sized California banks.
On most of these and other standard performance measurements, Valley Bank's
performance was less than average, suggesting that the price offered, when
compared to other transactions, was fair. Furthermore, applying the capital
guidelines of banking regulators, and assuming a successful underwriting by
Pacific Community Banking Group's investment bankers, Baxter Fentriss's analysis
indicated that the acquisition would not seriously dilute the capital and
earnings capacity of Pacific Community Banking Group and would, therefore,
likely not be opposed by the banking regulatory agencies from a capital
perspective. Furthermore, Baxter Fentriss considered the likely market overlap
and the Federal Reserve Board guidelines with regard to market concentrations
and did not believe there to be an issue with regard to possible antitrust
concerns.
5. VALUE OF WARRANTS. In order to calculate a future value of the warrants,
Baxter Fentriss constructed a forecast for the combined operation of Pacific
Community Banking Group, The Bank of Hemet, and Valley Bank for a ten year time
period. In this analysis Baxter Fentriss used a range of growth rates from 8% to
12% for earnings, economies of scale of 25% of Valley Bank's non-interest
expense, a discount rate of 14% and price to earnings multiples of similar sized
California banks.
These assumptions were chosen based upon what Baxter Fentriss in its
judgment considered appropriate taking the following into account:
- The Bank of Hemet's and Valley Bank's past and current performance;
- the general level of inflation;
- rates of return for fixed income and equity securities in the marketplace
generally; and
51
<PAGE>
- rates of return for companies of similar risk profiles.
A hypothetical value of the warrant based upon an 8% growth rate is $2.26.
The warrant would have a value of $7.15 using a 12% growth rate and an average
price/earnings multiple for similar sized California banks.
Baxter Fentriss has relied, without any independent verification, upon the
accuracy and completeness of all financial and other information reviewed.
Baxter Fentriss has assumed that all estimates, including those as to possible
economies of scale, were reasonably prepared. Baxter Fentriss did not make an
independent appraisal of the assets or liabilities of either Valley Bank or
Pacific Community Banking Group, and has not been furnished such an appraisal.
No company or transaction used as a comparison in the above analysis is
identical to Valley Bank, Pacific Community Banking Group or the acquisition.
Accordingly, an analysis of the results of the foregoing necessarily involves
complex considerations and judgments concerning differences in financial and
operating characteristics of the companies and other factors that could affect
the public trading value of the companies used for comparison in the above
analysis.
Valley Bank has paid Baxter Fentriss a non-refundable advisory fee of $5,000
in 1997, a fairness opinion fee of $15,000 and expense reimbursements of $22,100
in 1998 and expense reimbursements of $2,858 to date in 1999. In addition, if
the transaction is consummated, Valley Bank will pay Baxter Fentriss a merger
fee, equal to approximately 1.50% of the total consideration received, subject
to a minimum of $75,000. Valley Bank has agreed to indemnify Baxter Fentriss
against liabilities, including liabilities under federal securities laws.
INTERESTS OF MANAGEMENT IN THE ACQUISITION
In connection with the acquisition, all but one of the directors of Valley
Bank who own Valley Bank common stock, and the Trustees of the Valley Bank
Employee Stock Ownership Plan, have entered into shareholders' agreements with
Pacific Community Banking Group. Under the shareholders' agreements, each of
those persons has agreed as follows:
- to the extent consistent with his or her fiduciary duties, to recommend
approval of the acquisition to Valley Bank's shareholders; and
- to vote or cause to be voted his or her individual shares and all other
shares of Valley Bank's common stock over which he or she has voting power
for approval of the acquisition. Each director and officer will receive
the same consideration for his shares of common stock and stock options as
all other shareholders.
Five officers of Valley Bank have employment agreements. Each of the
employment agreements entitles the officer, upon the acquisition, to cash
payments equal to two years' salary, multiplied by a factor of 140%, unless
Pacific Community Banking Group assumes and honors their employment contracts.
However, Pacific Community Banking Group has agreed to honor those employment
contracts. Mr. Mills and Valley Bank have agreed to amend his employment
contract so that he will receive a cash payment of $393,992 upon the
consummation of the Valley Bank acquisition. Mr. Mills also has a salary
continuation agreement. Mr. Mills and Valley Bank have agreed to amend the
salary continuation agreement so that his retirement benefits will not commence
until termination of his employment. Also, these
52
<PAGE>
agreements allow the officers to receive severance pay if their employment is
terminated under some circumstances, such as termination without cause. If all
officers entitled to those payments were terminated without cause following the
Valley Bank acquisition, the total compensation would be $434,000. It is
anticipated that the employment agreements of all other Valley Bank officers
will not be terminated. For a description of these agreements, refer to
"Additional Information about Valley Bank," on page 162.
In addition, in the event of termination of employment due to a transfer of
the controlling ownership or sale of Valley Bank, Mr. Mills rights under the
salary continuation agreement will not vest until December 31, 1999, unless
accelerated earlier by Valley Bank.
EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE PLAN
The Valley Bank agreement provides that regular full and part-time employees
of Valley Bank will be entitled to a severance payment if they are terminated
without cause within three months after the acquisition. Other than employees
who have employment agreements, any employee entitled to the severance payment
will receive one week of salary at the regular rate of pay for each completed
year of service, or monthly proration thereof, up to a maximum of 15 weeks pay.
Employees who have employment agreements will receive severance compensation, if
applicable, according to such agreements. For more information about employment
agreements of Valley Bank officers, refer to "Additional Information about
Valley Bank" on page 162.
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
The Valley Bank agreement provides for indemnification and insurance
coverage for directors and officers of Valley Bank. Specifically, the Valley
Bank agreement requires Pacific Community Banking Group to cause Valley Bank,
after the acquisition, to maintain in effect directors' and officers' liability
insurance no less advantageous than insurance presently maintained by Valley
Bank. This coverage will specifically include a "peace of mind" coverage
endorsement or policy covering current Valley Bank directors with respect to all
matters arising from facts or events which occurred prior to the acquisition,
for which Valley Bank would have had an obligation to indemnify its directors
and officers. Pacific Community Banking Group also agrees to take no action to
impair such rights as a result of any other consolidation or merger with another
company in which Pacific Community Banking Group is not the survivor.
ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION
Under the terms of the Valley Bank agreement, the aggregate purchase price
for all of the outstanding shares of Valley Bank common stock will be two-thirds
of a share of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock for each share of
Valley Bank common stock surrendered, plus, for each three shares of Valley Bank
stock surrendered, a warrant for the purchase of one share of Pacific Community
Banking Group common stock, plus payment for outstanding stock options.
Each holder of a Valley Bank stock option will receive at the time of the
acquisition an amount of Pacific Community Banking Group stock equal to the
number of shares of Valley Bank common stock covered by such option, multiplied
by the number obtained by subtracting the exercise price of such option from the
$10.00 per share effective price in the
53
<PAGE>
acquisition, divided by $15.00. Each option holder will also receive a warrant
to purchase one share of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock for every
two shares of Pacific Community common stock received in the acquisition.
SPECIAL CASH DIVIDEND
The Valley Bank agreement permits Valley Bank to declare a special cash
dividend of $.52 per share. The special cash dividend would be payable only to
shareholders of record of Valley Bank common stock as of November 24, 1998, and
would be payable by Valley Bank at the closing of the acquisition.
Although the Valley Bank agreement permits Valley Bank to declare a special
cash dividend, regulatory requirements must be satisfied before the dividend may
be paid. California Financial Code Section 642 ET SEQ. imposes limits on
distributions to shareholders.
EFFECTIVE TIME
Under the terms of the Valley Bank agreement, the closing of the acquisition
will occur, unless the parties otherwise agree, on the first Friday or as soon
as possible after the Determination Date, the last day of the month prior to the
satisfaction of all terms and conditions of the Valley Bank agreement, and in no
case more than 30 days following the receipt of all required approvals,
expiration of applicable waiting periods, the satisfaction or waiver of all
conditions to the public offering of Pacific Community Banking Group's common
stock other than the acquisitions, and the satisfaction of all other conditions
to the transaction as contemplated by the Valley Bank agreement. While no
assurance can be given, it is anticipated that the closing will be on or before
July 28, 1999. If the closing does not occur by July 28, 1999, either Valley
Bank or Pacific Community Banking Group may terminate the Valley Bank agreement
and the acquisition.
The parties to the acquisitions intend that the public offering of Pacific
Community Banking Group's stock will not commence until all conditions precedent
to the obligations of the banks to close the acquisitions have been met, except
for the payment of consideration for the common stock of the banks. The offering
will then begin.
PROCEDURES FOR ELECTION AND EXCHANGE OF VALLEY BANK COMMON STOCK
CERTIFICATES
Shareholders of Valley Bank will use a letter of transmittal to designate
shares for sale in the public offering and to surrender certificates for common
stock of Valley Bank. Shareholders will send these letters and certificates to
the exchange agent, which will hold them pending completion of the acquisition
and the public offering. When the acquisition and the public offering occur,
Pacific Community Banking Group will deliver to the exchange agent shares of its
common stock and warrants, and Sutro & Co. Incorporated will deliver to the
exchange agent the proceeds of the sale of shares in the public offering. The
exchange agent will distribute these monies and securities to shareholders of
Valley Bank. If the acquisition is not completed, the exchange agent will return
the Valley Bank share certificates to the shareholders.
After the closing of the acquisition, certificates which represented shares
of the common stock will represent only the right to receive the cash, stock and
warrant amounts as provided in the Valley Bank agreement and applicable law.
54
<PAGE>
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
After the business combination of Pacific Community Banking Group, The Bank
of Hemet and Valley Bank, and before the close of the public offering, the
former shareholders of The Bank of Hemet will retain the largest voting interest
in Pacific Community Banking Group shares not to be sold in the public offering.
Additionally, the Bank of Hemet is expected to have significant representation
among the Pacific Community Banking Group board of directors. As a result, for
financial reporting purposes, the parties will account for the business
combination as an acquisition by The Bank of Hemet of Valley Bank and Pacific
Community Banking Group. The parties will account for the acquisition using the
purchase method of accounting for business combinations.
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
Arthur Andersen LLP, Pacific Community Banking Group's accountant, is of the
opinion that the material federal income tax consequences of the Valley Bank
acquisition that apply to Valley Bank shareholders are as follows. This opinion
is based on the Internal Revenue Code, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations,
judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date
of this proxy statement/prospectus. These laws and authorities are subject to
change, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion below does not address
any state, local or foreign tax consequences of the Valley Bank acquisition.
Your tax treatment will vary depending upon your particular situation. You may
also be subject to special rules not discussed below if you are a certain kind
of shareholder of Valley Bank, including:
- an individual who holds options for Valley Bank common stock;
- an insurance company;
- a tax-exempt organization;
- a financial institution or broker-dealer;
- a person who is neither a citizen nor resident of the United States; or
- a holder of Valley Bank common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or
conversion transaction.
The following discussion assumes that you hold Valley Bank common stock as a
capital asset at the time of the Valley Bank acquisition. The stock will be a
capital asset unless you hold it principally for sale to customers in the
ordinary course of your trade or business.
Neither Pacific Community Banking Group nor Valley Bank has requested or
will request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service as to the tax
consequences of the Valley Bank acquisition or any related transaction. The
Internal Revenue Service could take different positions concerning the tax
consequences of the Valley Bank acquisition and related transactions discussed
below and such positions could be sustained.
We urge you to consult with your own tax adviser and financial planner
regarding the particular tax consequences of the Valley Bank acquisition to you,
including the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and
the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.
55
<PAGE>
The following tax treatment will result from the transaction. The Valley
Bank acquisition will qualify as a tax-free reorganization under the Internal
Revenue Code.
- Neither Pacific Community Banking Group nor Valley Bank will recognize
gain or loss in the Valley Bank acquisition.
- Except for any cash received instead of fractional shares and possibly for
the special cash dividend as discussed further below, you will not
recognize any gain or loss as a result of the receipt of Pacific Community
Banking Group common stock and warrants pursuant to the Valley Bank
acquisition.
- Your aggregate tax basis for the shares of Pacific Community Banking Group
common stock, including any fractional share interest for which cash is
received, and warrants will equal your aggregate tax basis in shares of
the Valley Bank common stock you held immediately before the Valley Bank
acquisition. There is a lack of authority regarding the allocation of
basis in a reorganization in which stock and warrants are received on a
tax-free basis. Recent changes in the tax regulations permit the receipt
of warrants tax-free, but do not address the issue of how, or whether, the
recipient assigns basis to such warrants. Although not free from doubt,
your aggregate tax basis in such Pacific Community Banking Group common
stock and warrants should be allocated, under general principles of tax
law, between the common stock and warrants by relative fair market value.
If your aggregate tax basis in such Pacific Community Banking Group common
stock and warrants is not so allocated, all of your aggregate tax basis in
Pacific Community Banking Group common stock and warrants will be
allocated to the common stock and your basis in the warrants will be zero.
- Your holding period for Pacific Community Banking Group common stock
received in the Valley Bank acquisition, including any fractional share
interest for which cash is received, will include the period during which
you held Valley Bank common stock. There is a lack of authority regarding
the holding period of warrants if stock and warrants are received in a
reorganizaiton on a tax-free basis. Recent changes in tax regulations
permit the receipt of warrants tax-free, but do not address how the
holding period is determined for such warrants. Although not free from
doubt, your holding period for Pacific Community Banking Group warrants
received in the Valley Bank acquisition, under general principles of tax
law, should include the period during which you held the Valley Bank
common stock. Otherwise, your holding period in such Pacific Community
Banking Group warrants will begin on the day after the Valley Bank
acquisition.
- You will be treated as receiving cash instead of a fractional share
interest of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock in exchange for
that fractional share interest and you will recognize gain or loss in an
amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the
portion of your tax basis allocable to that fractional share interest. Any
gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital
gain or loss if you have held your shares of Valley Bank common stock for
more than one year at the time of the Valley Bank acquisition.
- A dissenting Valley Bank shareholder who receives payment for all of his
or her shares of Valley Bank common stock in cash will recognize capital
gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the
shareholder's tax basis in such shares,
56
<PAGE>
provided that, under all the facts and circumstances, the payment is
neither essentially equivalent to a dividend nor has the effect of the
distribution of a dividend. A sale of shares pursuant to an exercise of
dissenter rights will not be considered essentially equivalent to a
dividend or have the effect of the distribution of a dividend if, after
the exercise, the shareholder owns no shares of Pacific Community Banking
Group common stock, either actually or constructively.
- In the event of the payment of the special cash dividend, the amount
received will be taxed as either ordinary income or capital gain. If the
special cash dividend does not represent partial consideration for the
acquisition of the shares of Valley Bank common stock by Pacific Community
Banking Group, the amount received will be taxed as ordinary income to the
extent of Valley Bank's "earnings and profits" for federal income tax
purposes. If the special cash dividend represents partial consideration
for the acquisition of the shares of Valley Bank common stock by Pacific
Community Banking Group, the special cash dividend will be taxed as
capital gain or ordinary income. This determination must be made by each
shareholder based on whether the amount received is essentially equivalent
to a dividend or has the effect of the distribution of a dividend. This
determination will be dependent on the number of shares of Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock held by the shareholder after the
Valley Bank acquisition either actually or constructively.
- You will recognize gain or loss upon the sale of your Pacific Community
Banking Group common stock or warrants, including a sale of Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock in the public offering, in an amount
equal to the difference between the amount of cash you receive in the sale
and your tax basis in the sold common stock or warrants. Provided the
stock or warrants are held as capital assets, any gain or loss will be
capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if your
holding period in the sold Pacific Community Banking Group common stock or
warrants exceeds one year at the time of sale. The stock and warrants will
be capital assets unless you hold them principally for sale to customers
in the ordinary course of your trade or business. Your holding period for
the stock includes the time you held the Valley Bank shares that you
exchange for Pacific Community Banking Group shares and warrants. The
exercise of Pacific Community Banking Group warrants will not be taxable.
The tax opinion of Arthur Andersen LLP stated above is based upon facts,
representations and assumptions set forth or referred to in the opinion and the
continued accuracy and completeness of representations made by Pacific Community
Banking Group and Valley Bank. These representations include representations of
a factual nature made in certificates delivered to Arthur Andersen LLP by the
management of Pacific Community Banking Group and Valley Bank. If any of these
representations is not correct in material respects, that is, if it is made in
bad faith or without knowledge of all material facts, the conclusions reached by
Arthur Andersen LLP in their opinion may be jeopardized. Furthermore, the
Internal Revenue Service is not bound by this opinion. Thus, the Internal
Revenue Service could challenge a position taken by you in reliance of this
opinion, and such challenge could be sustained.
57
<PAGE>
REGULATORY APPROVALS
The acquisition cannot be consummated until the following take place:
- the parties have received, to the extent required by law or regulation,
all approval or consents of the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, and the California Department of Financial
Institutions; and
- all applicable waiting periods required by law have expired.
The required applications for approval of the transactions contemplated by the
Valley Bank agreement have been filed with the applicable regulatory agencies.
To date, approvals have been received from the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation and the California Department of Financial Institutions. An approval
is also required from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. This proxy
statement/prospectus has been prepared and proxies may be solicited from Valley
Bank's shareholders prior to the receipt of this approval.
THE TERMS OF THE VALLEY BANK AGREEMENT ARE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE
REGULATORY AGENCIES. ANY AMENDMENT OF THE VALLEY BANK AGREEMENT TO OBTAIN
REGULATORY APPROVAL WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE SHAREHOLDERS AND
YOUR VOTE IN FAVOR OF THIS PROPOSAL CONSTITUTES A VOTE IN FAVOR OF ANY
AMENDMENTS TO THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED.
RESALE RESTRICTIONS AND LOCKUP AGREEMENTS
Under the Valley Bank agreement, affiliates of Valley Bank who hold stock or
warrants of Pacific Community Banking Group will be subject to resale
restrictions under Rule 145 under the Securities Act of 1933. Among other
things, Rule 145 deems a person who was an affiliate of Valley Bank at the time
the acquisition was submitted for shareholder approval to be engaged in an
underwriting of the securities acquired if such person subsequently publicly
offers or sells such securities. Notwithstanding this rule, affiliates of Valley
Bank may make such sales in conformity with requirements for public information,
limitations on amounts and manner of sale. The securities sold in the public
offering through Sutro & Co. Incorporated will be fully registered under the
Securities Act, and therefore will comply with these requirements. Affiliates of
Valley Bank have signed letters acknowledging such restrictions and agreeing to
comply to applicable provisions of Rule 145 and related provisions.
In addition, all but one director of Valley Bank have provided lock-up
agreements at the request of Pacific Community Banking Group and its investment
advisors. Under the lock-up agreements, directors of Valley Bank agree not to
sell or otherwise dispose of stock or warrants acquired in the acquisition for a
period of 90 days after the commencement of the initial public offering of
Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock.
DIVIDEND POLICY
Pacific Community Banking Group does not expect to pay dividends for the
foreseeable future on Pacific Community Banking Group common stock.
58
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK AGREEMENT
THE FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF THE VALLEY
BANK AGREEMENT. THIS SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE
FULL TEXT OF THE VALLEY BANK AGREEMENT.
STRUCTURE OF THE ACQUISITION
The Valley Bank agreement contemplates that the Valley Bank acquisition will
take place as follows:
- Pacific Community Banking Group will establish a new, wholly owned
subsidiary called Interim Valley Bank.
- Pacific Community Banking Group will pay the aggregate consideration with
a combination of cash, shares of its common stock and warrants to purchase
shares of its common stock as provided in the Valley Bank agreement.
- Each outstanding share of Valley Bank's common stock and each outstanding
option to purchase Valley Bank's common stock will convert into a right to
receive a pro rata share of the aggregate consideration.
- Valley Bank will merge into Interim Valley Bank, and Interim Valley Bank
will be the surviving entity but will assume the regulatory permits and
the name of Valley Bank.
- Valley Bank shareholders and option holders will receive a combination of
stock and warrants of Pacific Community Banking Group in exchange for
their Valley Bank common stock or options, as applicable.
After the acquisition, Pacific Community Banking Group will be the sole
shareholder of Valley Bank. The merger of Interim Valley Bank and Valley Bank
will occur as soon as practicable after all conditions precedent to the Valley
Bank acquisition stated in the Valley Bank agreement have been satisfied or
waived.
Pacific Community Banking Group will effect an initial public offering of
its common stock, and will include in that offering those shares that
shareholders of Valley Bank designate for sale in the public offering. The cash
proceeds of the public offering will be paid to those shareholders on the basis
of the number of shares designated, subject to the proration described below.
All conditions to the public offering must be satisfied before the acquisitions
will take place.
PURCHASE CONSIDERATION
CONSIDERATION TO SHAREHOLDERS
Pacific Community Banking Group will pay Valley Bank shareholders the
following per share consideration:
- two thirds of a share of Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock,
most of which will immediately be sold for cash as described in the
following paragraphs, plus,
- for every three shares of Valley Bank common stock surrendered, one
warrant.
IMMEDIATE SALE IN PUBLIC OFFERING
Sutro & Co. Incorporated will immediately sell 60% of the shares of the
common stock received by Valley Bank shareholders in the public offering. The
sale price in the public
59
<PAGE>
offering will be not less than $15.00 per share of Pacific Community Banking
Group common stock. Thus, for shares sold, the amount of cash will be not less
than $10.00 per share of Valley Bank common stock previously held. If the sale
price in the public offering is higher than $15.00 per share, the shareholder
will receive the additional amount.
LIMIT ON SHARES INCLUDED IN PUBLIC OFFERING
Each Valley Bank shareholder will retain all of the Pacific Community
Banking Group stock received, unless the shareholder makes an alternative
election. The Valley Bank shareholders will have the option to elect all cash or
all stock, or 60% cash and 40% stock. These elections will be honored to the
extent possible, so long as the aggregate of all cash and stock received by
Valley Bank shareholders is 60% cash and 40% stock. However, if the proportion
of elections is different, the relative amounts of cash and stock may be
adjusted, so that the aggregate amounts remain in this proportion. The directors
and officers of Valley Bank will be subject to the same rules as all other
shareholders regarding the sale and retention of shares in the public offering.
CONSIDERATION TO OPTION HOLDERS
Each holder of options to purchase common stock of Valley Bank may elect to
cancel the options and receive the following consideration for each Valley Bank
share subject to option, equal to:
- shares of Pacific Community Banking Group stock equal to the number
obtained by (A) subtracting the exercise price of the option from the
$10.00 per share effective price in the acquisition, then (B) dividing the
result by $15.00; and
- one warrant for every two shares of Pacific Community Banking Group stock
received.
All options not properly converted in this manner will be cancelled
immediately prior to the acquisition transaction. The holders of options to
purchase common stock of Valley Bank will have the opportunity to sell the
shares of Pacific Community Banking Group that they receive in the public
offering. The same limitations that apply to sales of shares received in
exchange for Valley Bank common stock will apply to shares received in exchange
for options.
DELIVERY OF AGGREGATE PURCHASE CONSIDERATION; MANNER OF PAYMENT
U. S. Stock Transfer Corporation will act as the exchange agent. Pacific
Community Banking Group will deliver its common stock and warrants to the
exchange agent. The exchange agent will cause those shares designated for sale
in the public offering to Sutro & Co. Incorporated. Sutro & Co. Incorporated
will deliver to the exchange agent the cash proceeds of the sale of the shares
in the public offering. The exchange agent will then pay the remaining common
stock, the cash proceeds and the warrants to the holders of Valley Bank common
stock who have delivered or arranged for the delivery of their shares, according
to the procedure described in the letter of transmittal and related
instructions.
WARRANTS
Each whole warrant will grant a right to purchase one share of Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock, exercisable for 122% of the price paid by
the public in the public stock offering. Pacific Community Banking Group will
not pay cash for any fractional warrants.
60
<PAGE>
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHANGES
After the acquisition, Pacific Community Banking Group will be the sole
shareholder of Valley Bank and will designate its management. The Valley Bank
agreement requires that a number of changes to the management of Valley Bank
take place prior to the effective time of the merger of Interim Valley Bank and
Valley Bank. Mr. Caswell will be appointed Chairman of the Board of Valley Bank.
Pacific Community Banking Group expects to appoint Messrs. Allen, Jannard, Saenz
and Schielein as directors. Mr. Mills will likely retain his position as
President, Chief Executive Officer and director of Valley Bank after the
acquisitions until Pacific Community Banking Group combines the operations of
Valley Bank with those of The Bank of Hemet.
DIRECTOR AGREEMENTS. The Valley Bank agreement requires that each of the
directors of Valley Bank, concurrently with the execution of the Valley Bank
agreement, execute an agreement to vote in favor of the Valley Bank agreement
and to recommend to the shareholders of Valley Bank that they vote in favor of
the principal terms of the Valley Bank agreement. Each director of Valley Bank
executed a director's agreement when the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
was executed on July 30, 1998. Every director, except for one, confirmed the
effectiveness of their respective directors' agreements upon the execution of
the First Restatement of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization of Valley Bank. In
addition, every director except for one owning Valley Bank common stock, and the
trustees of the Valley Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, have executed a
similar shareholders' agreement agreeing to vote in favor of the Valley Bank
agreement and to recommend to the shareholders of Valley Bank that they vote in
favor of the principal terms of the Valley Bank agreement as of January 5, 1999,
as amended.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Valley Bank has made representations and warranties in the agreement about
the financial condition, conduct of business and operations of Valley Bank and
other customary matters. Valley Bank's representations and warranties will not
survive the closing of the acquisition. If, however, they are inaccurate in
material respects, that could prevent completion of the acquisition.
Pacific Community Banking Group has also made representations and warranties
under the Valley Bank agreement about itself. Pacific Community Banking Group's
representations and warranties will not survive the closing of the acquisition.
CONDITIONS TO THE ACQUISITION
Neither Valley Bank nor Pacific Community Banking Group is obligated to
consummate the Valley Bank acquisition unless the following conditions are
satisfied or waived:
- All regulatory and other government approvals required to be received to
consummate the Valley Bank acquisition have been received and are
effective, without the imposition of conditions that would, in the
reasonable determination of Pacific Community Banking Group, materially
adversely affect the financial condition or operations of Pacific
Community Banking Group or Valley Bank, or otherwise would be materially
burdensome. In addition, all applicable statutory waiting or notice
periods with respect to such government approvals shall have expired and
all conditions and requirements
61
<PAGE>
prescribed by law or by such regulatory approvals have been satisfied. As
of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus approvals have been
received from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the California
Department of Financial Institutions. An additional approval is required
from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco.
- No action is pending, and no order, judgment or decree is outstanding,
against the acquisition.
- Valley Bank has received the requisite approval of its shareholders to the
acquisition.
- This proxy statement/prospectus and Pacific Community Banking Group's
registration statement relating to the Offering have been declared
effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, and all necessary
state blue sky authorizations have been received by Pacific Community
Banking Group. As of the date of this proxy statement/ prospectus these
conditions have been satisfied.
- Pacific Community Banking Group enters into a firm commitment underwriting
agreement for its public stock offering and all conditions to completing
that offering, other than the mergers, are satisfied or waived.
Under the Valley Bank agreement, the offering must be completed by July 28,
1999, unless this deadline is extended, by consent of Pacific Community Banking
Group and Valley Bank.
In addition, the parties are not obligated to close the acquisition unless
the following conditions are satisfied or waived:
- The other party has had no materially adverse changes in its financial
condition, results of operations or prospects.
- Valley Bank has received prior to the solicitation of Valley Bank
shareholders a fairness opinion that the contemplated transaction is fair
from a financial point of view, and that opinion has not been withdrawn.
Prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, the required
fairness opinion was received, as described under the heading "The Valley
Bank Acquisition--Opinion of Baxter Fentriss & Company."
- Pacific Community Banking Group receives a fairness opinion that the
contemplated transaction is fair to its shareholders from a financial
point of view.
- Pacific Community Banking Group has listed its shares of common stock
issued in the public offering on the Nasdaq National Market System.
- Valley Bank shareholders voting against the transaction or giving notice
of dissent from the transaction, do not hold more than 10% of the
outstanding shares of Valley Bank.
- Valley Bank shareholders submit their transmittal letters authorizing the
sale of at least 60% of the shares in the public offering.
- Valley Bank terminates its stock option plan, its employee benefit plans,
and all other contracts, except to the extent that Pacific Community
Banking Group directs that specific benefit plans and contracts not be
terminated.
- Valley Bank certifies that Valley Bank is making satisfactory progress
toward compliance with Year 2000 safety and soundness issues.
62
<PAGE>
- Other usual and customary conditions to closing are satisfied.
CONDUCT OF VALLEY BANK'S BUSINESS PENDING THE ACQUISITION. Until the
closing of the acquisition, Valley Bank has agreed that it will conduct its
business only in the usual and ordinary course and will not engage in specific
kinds of transactions without the prior written consent of Pacific Community
Banking Group. Valley Bank has agreed not to increase compensation above the
levels paid as of June 30, 1998, nor to pay any bonus, without such consent. It
has also agreed not to pay any dividend, except for a dividend of $.52 per share
for shareholders as of November 24 1998 payable at the closing of the
acquisition. Other commitments of Valley Bank stated in the agreement include
promises to:
- use its best efforts to preserve the business organization intact;
- use its best efforts to preserve the goodwill of depositors and customers;
- meet all material contractual obligations and conform to legal
requirements;
- refrain from instituting a material claim except for actions against
borrowers, and conduct good faith settlement negotiations of pending
litigation;
- refrain from changing loan policies and procedures;
- refrain from making any material investments except in accordance with
safe and sound banking practices;
- advise Pacific Community Banking Group of any material adverse change;
- refrain from canceling or accelerating any material indebtedness owing to
Valley Bank;
- refrain from selling or disposing of any real property or personal
property;
- in most cases, refrain from foreclosing or otherwise taking title to real
property without a clean "phase one" environmental report;
- commit any act which would cause a breach of any agreement that will have
a material adverse effect on Valley Bank, or fail to do an act necessary
to prevent such a breach; and
- duly observe and conform to all compliance requirements for Year 2000
safety and soundness issues.
COVENANTS OF VALLEY BANK
Valley Bank also agreed to provide Pacific Community Banking Group with
continuing access to all of its books, files, records, business, and to invite a
representative of Pacific Community Banking Group to attend Valley Bank's board
meetings. Valley Bank has agreed not to solicit, encourage or otherwise enter
into another agreement concerning the acquisition of Valley Bank or Valley
Bank's properties, securities, a merger, purchase of assets or otherwise, except
if Valley Bank receives an unsolicited written offer and except to the extent
required by fiduciary obligations of Valley Bank board of directors. Valley Bank
also agreed to inform Pacific Community Banking Group of any classified loans
and promptly to notify Pacific Community Banking Group of any event or condition
that would cause a breach of the Valley Bank agreement. Valley Bank agreed to
solicit its shareholders for approval of the acquisition by Pacific Community
Banking Group by June 21, 1999, or as soon thereafter as
63
<PAGE>
reasonably possible. Valley Bank agreed to assist Pacific Community Banking
Group in preparing the materials used in its public offering. Valley Bank agreed
to terminate its stock option plan and not to permit any options to be exercised
before the closing of the acquisition. Valley Bank and Pacific Community Banking
Group agreed to prepare and promptly file all necessary regulatory applications.
Valley Bank also agreed to obtain all necessary third party consents, such as
landlord consent for assignment of leases. Valley Bank also agreed to obtain
"phase one" environmental reports for all real property owned by Valley Bank.
COVENANTS OF PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
Pacific Community Banking Group made similar covenants regarding the conduct
of its affairs only in the usual and ordinary course, and regarding the timely
cooperation in completing the acquisition. Pacific Community Banking Group also
agreed to cause Valley Bank to maintain in effect a directors and officers
liability insurance policy, with coverage, terms and conditions as advantageous
as Valley Bank's present insurance, after the closing of the Valley Bank
acquisition.
LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
All directors and executive officers of Pacific Community Banking Group and
Valley Bank must enter into a lock-up agreement with Sutro & Co. Incorporated.
They agree that for 90 days after the completion of the public offering they
will not sell any shares of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock held by
them, or warrants held by them that are exercisable into shares of Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock, unless Sutro & Co. Incorporated
specifically grants them permission to do so.
CLOSING
The closing of the Valley Bank acquisition will be on a date agreed by the
parties following satisfaction of all the conditions. If the closing does not
occur by July 28, 1999, Valley Bank may terminate the agreement. However, the
deadline may be extended by consent of Pacific Community Banking Group and
Valley Bank.
TERMINATION
The Valley Bank agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the closing
of the acquisition in the following manner:
- by mutual written consent of Valley Bank and Pacific Community Banking
Group,
- by either party, after 30 days' notice, if the other party has materially
breached any covenant, agreement, representation, warranty, duty or
obligation under the Valley Bank agreement and the breach has not been
cured within 30 days, or
- by either party if any regulatory authority denies or refuses to grant
approval of the transactions contemplated by the Valley Bank agreement, or
a regulatory authority approves the transactions on conditions not
reasonably acceptable to Pacific Community Banking Group;
- by Pacific Community Banking Group or Valley Bank if it does not enter
into a firm commitment underwriting agreement for the public offering of
its stock or the conditions of such agreement are not satisfied or waived;
64
<PAGE>
- by Pacific Community Banking Group or Valley Bank if Valley Bank approves
a transaction in which anyone else, or a group, acquires beneficial
ownership or control of 25% or more of the outstanding securities of
Valley Bank, or an investor seeks to acquire 25% of Valley Bank's
securities and the board does not advise Valley Bank's shareholders that
it does not support that acquisition;
- by Pacific Community Banking Group or Valley Bank if the shareholders of
Valley Bank do not approve the acquisition; and
- by Pacific Community Banking Group or Valley Bank if Valley Bank solicits
or enters into an "Alternative Transaction," as defined in the Valley Bank
agreement. For this purpose, an "Alternative Transaction "is a transaction
with a third party for the acquisition of Valley Bank, all of its assets
or a majority of its equity or debt securities.
If the Valley Bank agreement is terminated by mutual consent or as a result
of a failure to complete the offering, however, then neither Pacific Community
Banking Group nor Valley Bank will be obligated to pay damages to the other
party.
If Valley Bank terminates the Valley Bank agreement because of a breach by
Pacific Community Banking Group, Pacific Community Banking Group will reimburse
Valley Bank for its expenses associated with the transaction, plus an additional
50% of such expenses, up to a maximum of $500,000. If Pacific Community Banking
Group terminates the Valley Bank agreement because of a breach by Valley Bank,
Valley Bank will reimburse Pacific Community Banking Group for its expenses
associated with the transaction, plus an additional 50% of such expenses, up to
a maximum of $500,000.
If Pacific Community Banking Group terminates the Valley Bank agreement
because (A) Valley Bank fails to provide notice of a material change in Valley
Bank's business or of an acquisition by a third party of 5% or more of the
outstanding Valley Bank common stock or (B) the merger is not approved by Valley
Bank's shareholders, Valley Bank will reimburse Pacific Community Banking Group
for its expenses associated with the transaction, plus an additional 50% of such
expenses, without any maximum limit on those expenses. If Pacific Community
Banking Group terminates the Valley Bank agreement because (A) Valley Bank
executes an agreement that permits a third party to acquire control of 25% or
more of Valley Bank's outstanding common stock, (B) in the event of a tender
offer for 25% or more of the outstanding shares of Valley Bank common stock, the
Valley Bank board fails to advise its shareholders that the board does not
support such tender offer, but supports the merger or (C) Valley Bank engages in
an Alternative Transaction as defined above, Valley Bank will pay $1,750,000 to
Pacific Community Banking Group as liquidated damages.
65
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the
year ended December 31, 1998 and the three months ended March 31, 1999 reflects
the business combination of The Bank of Hemet, Valley Bank, and Pacific
Community Banking Group as if it had occurred on January 1, 1998. The following
unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet reflects the business combination as
if it had occurred as of March 31, 1999. Under generally accepted accounting
principles, the business combination is treated as an acquisition of Pacific
Community Banking Group and Valley Bank by The Bank of Hemet using the purchase
method of accounting. The pro forma financial information gives effect to the
business combination consistent with such principles.
The pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with the
accompanying notes thereto and with the financial statements of the respective
companies. The pro forma combined financial information does not purport to be
indicative of operating results which would have been achieved had the
acquisitions occurred on the dates indicated and should not be construed as
representative of future operating results. In the opinion of Pacific Community
Banking Group's management, all adjustments have been made to reflect the
effects of the acquisitions.
66
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL--YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1998
----------------------------------------- PRO FORMA
PACIFIC COMBINED--
COMMUNITY THE BANK OF PRO FORMA YEAR ENDED
BANKING GROUP HEMET VALLEY BANK ADJUSTMENTS DECEMBER 31, 1998
--------------- ----------- ----------- ------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income............................. $ -- $ 19,416 $ 6,181 $ -- $ 25,597
Interest expense............................ -- 9,185 1,438 -- 10,623
----- ----------- ----------- ------------- -----------------
Net interest income....................... 10,231 4,743 14,974
Provision for loan losses................... -- -- 200 -- 200
----- ----------- ----------- ------------- -----------------
Net interest income after provision....... -- 10,231 4,543 14,774
Noninterest income.......................... -- 1,363 2,915 -- 4,278
Noninterest expense
Salaries and employee benefits............ -- 3,735 3,272 267(1) 7,274
Premises and equipment.................... -- 1,066 921 -- 1,987
Other real estate owned, net.............. -- (101) 41 -- (60)
Other expenses............................ 513 2,036 1,851 884(2) 5,284
----- ----------- ----------- ------------- -----------------
Total noninterest expense............... 513 6,736 6,085 1,151 14,485
----- ----------- ----------- ------------- -----------------
Income before income taxes.............. (513) 4,858 1,373 (1,151) 4,567
Provision for income taxes.................. -- 2,035 584 (365)(3) 2,254
----- ----------- ----------- ------------- -----------------
Net income (loss)....................... $ (513) $ 2,823 $ 789 $ (786) $ 2,313
----- ----------- ----------- ------------- -----------------
----- ----------- ----------- ------------- -----------------
Pro forma net income per share.............. $ 0.58(4)
-----------------
-----------------
Pro forma shares outstanding................ 3,960,885(4)
-----------------
-----------------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Reflects a provision for $36,000 for compensation due to former officers of
The Bank of Hemet, which vests in full as of the closing of the business
combination, and reflects payments totaling $231,000 due under noncompete
and consulting agreements with the former officers.
(2) Reflects amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets resulting from
the acquisitions as if they had been completed as of the first day of the
period presented. Goodwill is amortized using a 25-year life and other
intangible assets, which consist primarily of a core deposits intangible,
are amortized based on the expected runoff of the related deposits. The
estimated runoff of such deposits will result in amortization of the balance
of the core deposits intangible asset over a period of ten years on an
accelerated basis.
(3) Reflects the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments at an effective
rate of 40% for the amortization of the core deposits intangible and the
additional compensation due to the former officers.
(4) Pro forma net income per share is calculated on a fully diluted basis. Pro
forma weighted average shares outstanding is calculated giving effect to the
conversion of The Bank of Hemet common stock to Pacific Community Banking
Group common stock at a conversion ratio of 3.4 to one, the shares of
Pacific Community Banking Group common stock issuable pursuant to the
acquisition of Valley Bank, and the conversion of all shares of Pacific
Community Banking Group preferred stock into shares of common stock.
67
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL--THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 1999
------------------------------------- PRO FORMA
PACIFIC THE BANK COMBINED--
COMMUNITY OF VALLEY PRO FORMA THREE MONTHS ENDED
BANKING GROUP HEMET BANK ADJUSTMENTS MARCH 31, 1999
--------------- --------- --------- ----------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income............................ $ -- $ 4,719 $ 1,422 $ -- $ 6,141
Interest expense........................... -- 2,135 366 -- 2,501
----- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
Net interest income...................... 2,584 1,056 3,640
Provision for loan losses.................. -- -- 90 -- 90
----- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
Net interest income after provision...... -- 2,584 966 -- 3,550
Noninterest income......................... -- 384 712 -- 1,096
Noninterest expense
Salaries and employee benefits........... 47 1,037 831 58(1) 1,973
Premises and equipment................... 10 247 218 -- 475
Other real estate owned, net............. -- (3) 26 -- 23
Other expenses........................... 80 520 377 220(2) 1,197
----- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
Total noninterest expense.............. 137 1,801 1,452 278 3,668
----- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
Income before income taxes................. (137) 1,167 226 (278) 978
Provision for income taxes................. -- 481 95 (87)(3) 489
----- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
Net income (loss)...................... $ (137) $ 686 $ 131 $ (191) $ 489
----- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
----- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
Pro forma net income per share............. $ 0.12(4)
----------
----------
Pro forma shares outstanding............... 3,960,885(4)
----------
----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Reflects payments due to former officers of The Bank of Hemet under
noncompete and consulting agreements.
(2) Reflects amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets resulting from
the acquisitions as if they had been completed as of the first day of the
period presented. Goodwill is amortized using a 25-year life, and other
intangible assets, which consist primarily of a core deposits intangible,
are amortized based on the expected runoff of the related deposits. The
estimated runoff of such deposits will result in amortization of the balance
of the core deposits intangible asset on an accelerated basis over a period
of ten years.
(3) Reflects the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments at an effective
rate of 40% for the amortization of the core deposits intangible and the
additional compensation due to the former officers of the Bank of Hemet.
(4) Pro forma net income per share is calculated on a fully diluted basis. Pro
forma weighted average shares outstanding is calculated giving effect to the
conversion of The Bank of Hemet common stock to Pacific Community Banking
Group common stock at a conversion ratio of 3.4 to one, the shares of
Pacific Community Banking Group common stock issuable pursuant to the
acquisition of Valley Bank, and the conversion of all shares of Pacific
Community Banking Group preferred stock into shares of common stock.
68
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL--MARCH 31, 1999
------------------------------------
PACIFIC
COMMUNITY
BANKING THE BANK VALLEY PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
GROUP OF HEMET BANK ADJUSTMENTS COMBINED
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash and due from banks........................ $ 113 $ 5,892 $ 6,111 $ (609)(1) $ 11,507
Federal funds sold............................. -- 10,000 8,899 -- 18,899
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total cash and cash equivalents.............. 113 15,892 15,010 (609) 30,406
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Investment securities.......................... 24,892 24,077 -- 48,969
Loans and leases............................... -- 209,503 42,849 810(2) 253,162
Allowance for loan losses...................... -- (2,230) (1,115) -- (3,345)
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Loans and leases, net........................ -- 207,273 41,734 810 249,817
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Premises and equipment, net.................... 5 1,613 2,126 -- 3,744
Accrued interest receivable.................... -- 1,285 555 -- 1,840
Other real estate owned........................ -- 83 1,611 -- 1,694
Other assets................................... 611 2,579 2,386 (596)(3) 4,980
Goodwill and other intangible assets........... -- -- -- 10,527(4) 10,527
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total assets................................... $ 729 $ 253,617 $ 87,499 $ 10,132 $ 351,977
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Deposits
Noninterest bearing demand deposits.......... $ -- $ 33,664 $ 20,319 $ -- $ 53,983
Savings and interest-bearing demand
deposits................................... -- 71,485 40,895 -- 112,380
Time deposits................................ -- 125,716 17,216 -- 142,932
Accrued interest and liabilities............... 174 1,548 630 3,017 3,5 5,369
Stockholders' equity
Common stock................................. 3 3,666 5,624 11,883(6) 21,176
Preferred stock.............................. 1,284 -- -- -- 1,284
Retained earnings............................ (732) 17,538 2,815 (4,768)(6) 14,853
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total stockholders' equity................... 555 21,204 8,439 7,115 37,313
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total liabilities and equity................... $ 729 $ 253,617 $ 87,499 $ 10,132 $ 351,977
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Reflects a special dividend of $0.52 per common share of Valley Bank,
payable at the closing of the acquisition.
(2) To adjust the carrying value of loans and leases at Valley Bank to their
estimated fair value.
(3) To record a deferred tax liability of approximately $2,160,000 related to
the value attributable to a core deposits intangible asset, which was
recorded in accrued interest and other liabilities net of a deferred tax
asset of $730,000, as well as deferred taxes of $334,000 relating to the
severance obligations discussed below. Also includes reclassification of
$200,000 of capitalized acquisition costs to goodwill and other intangible
assets.
69
<PAGE>
(4) To record the purchase of Valley Bank and Pacific Community Banking Group,
which results in the allocation of the excess of the purchase price over
their net identifiable assets of $8,705,000 and $1,822,000, respectively, to
goodwill and other intangible assets. The goodwill will be amortized over 25
years. Other intangible assets consist primarily of core deposit
intangibles, which will be amortized based on the expected runoff of the
related deposits. The estimated runoff of such deposits will result in
amortization of the balance of the core deposits intangible on an
accelerated basis over a period of ten years.
(5) To record a liability of $94,000 to former officers of The Bank of Hemet,
which was formerly payable beginning at the respective officer's retirement
date, but which vests in full as of the closing of the business combination,
and to record severance costs at Valley Bank of $743,000. Additionally,
includes an accrual for acquisition fees of $750,000 payable upon completion
of the acquisitions.
(6) To provide for adjustments related to the application of purchase
accounting, which includes the recognition of value for the warrants issued
to Valley Bank, and to eliminate the equity accounts of the subsidiaries.
The estimated fair value of the warrants to be issued to shareholders of
both The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank is $3 per warrant. Additionally, to
adjust equity accounts for the warrants issued to shareholders of The Bank
of Hemet, the value for which is charged to retained earnings, with a
corresponding increase to common equity.
70
<PAGE>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth selected financial data of Pacific Community
Banking Group. The following financial data should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition" and Pacific
Community Banking Group's financial statements appearing in this proxy
statement/prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT OR FOR THE THREE AT OR FOR PERIOD
AT OR FOR YEAR FROM INCEPTION
MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED (OCTOBER 1997) TO
1999 1998 DECEMBER 31, 1998 DECEMBER 31, 1997
---------- ---------- ----------------- -----------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATIONS:
Revenues........................................... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
General and administrative expenses................ 140,222 77,141 525,568 82,477
Interest income.................................... 3,568 -- 11,326 --
---------- ---------- -------- --------
Net loss before taxes.............................. 136,654 77,141 514,242 82,477
Provision for income taxes......................... -- -- 800 800
---------- ---------- -------- --------
Net loss......................................... $ 136,654 $ 77,141 $ 513,442 $ 81,677
---------- ---------- -------- --------
---------- ---------- -------- --------
PER SHARE DATA:
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share........ $ (13.66) $ (7.71) $ (51.34) $ (8.17)
Weighted average shares outstanding................ 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
ASSETS:
Cash............................................... $ 113,294 $ 395,948 $ 170,131
Prepaid expenses................................... -- 1,333 --
Capitalized acquisition and offering costs......... 610,218 198,127 26,814
Equipment and furniture, net of depreciation....... 5,152 5,638 --
---------- -------- --------
---------- -------- --------
Total Assets..................................... $ 728,664 $ 601,046 $ 196,945
---------- -------- --------
---------- -------- --------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Accounts payable................................... $ 174,097 $ 94,429 $ 54,112
Refundable common stock subscriptions.............. -- -- 85,000
Total shareholders' equity......................... 554,567 506,617 57,833
---------- -------- --------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity....... $ 728,664 $ 601,046 $ 196,945
---------- -------- --------
---------- -------- --------
</TABLE>
71
<PAGE>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
THE FOLLOWING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS
AND UNCERTAINTIES. PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP'S ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER
MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A
RESULT OF THE FACTORS DESCRIBED IN THE SECTION ENTITLED "RISK FACTORS" AND
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.
The following discussion and analysis is designed to provide a better
understanding of the significant changes and trends related to Pacific Community
Banking Group. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the
financial statements of Pacific Community Banking Group.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Pacific Community Banking Group was formed in 1997 for the purpose of
becoming a multi-bank, community oriented, independent bank holding company that
will own a number of community banks, predominantly in high-growth areas of
California. Since inception, Pacific Community Banking Group has investigated a
number of banks for possible acquisition. These discussions have resulted in the
acquisition of The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank. Until these proposed
acquisitions are completed, Pacific Community Banking Group will have had no
revenue-generating operations. Since its founding, Pacific Community Banking
Group's only income has been interest earned on investments and deposits. Nearly
all of its expenses have been used for organizational purposes, in connection
with proposed acquisition opportunities, and the initial public offering of its
stock.
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
The holders of Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock have provided
approximately $2,500, and the holders of Pacific Community Banking Group's
convertible preferred stock have provided capital of approximately $1.3 million
as of March 31, 1999, in each case to fund the costs associated with identifying
and acquiring selected community banks and raising the funds for the initial
acquisitions and operations. For more information about the holders of this
preferred stock and their interests in Pacific Community Banking Group after the
acquisitions, please refer to the section entitled "Stock Ownership Of Pacific
Community Banking Group Following Reorganization" on page 185.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Based on its current operating plan, Pacific Community Banking Group
believes that it has sufficient liquidity to meet its cash obligations for the
next 12 months. It believes that the net proceeds of the public offering of its
common stock, together with its available funds, are sufficient to provide
working capital and fund capital expenditures in the near future. Pacific
Community Banking Group currently plans to acquire other banks. If the
shareholders of the banks it seeks to acquire will not accept Pacific Community
Banking Group stock in exchange for their bank shares, Pacific Community Banking
Group will need to raise additional capital to make these acquisitions for cash.
If so, Pacific Community Banking Group may seek to raise capital through sales
of its securities to private investors or to the public. These sales
72
<PAGE>
may not be feasible at times because of market conditions. There is no guarantee
that Pacific Community Banking Group will acquire other banks.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
Since the formation of Pacific Community Banking Group, information
technology has not played an important role in its operations. These operations
have consisted of investigating and negotiating potential bank acquisitions.
Pacific Community Banking Group has acquired all of its computer hardware and
software since October, 1997 and believes its systems are Year 2000 compliant.
This hardware and software consists only of personal computers used for word
processing and spreadsheet calculations. If, notwithstanding the assurances
received from vendors regarding the fact that these computers are Year 2000
compliant, they prove to be noncompliant, as a contingency, Pacific Community
Banking Group could obtain word processing and spreadsheet capabilities from
third party services. After the acquisitions, Pacific Community Banking Group
will not perform data processing services for its banking subsidiaries. Rather,
The Bank of Hemet will continue to conduct data processing operations through
its subsidiary, BankLink Corporation. Valley Bank will become a customer of
BankLink Corporation for data processing and item processing by June 27, 1999.
For information on Year 2000 compliance issues for the banks, including their
contingency plans, please refer to the sections entitled "The Bank of Hemet
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition--Year 2000
Compliance," beginning on page 92, and "Valley Bank Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition--Year 2000 Compliance," beginning on page 138.
BUSINESS OF PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
GENERAL
A private group of investors led by E. Lynn Caswell, an experienced
California community banker, formed Pacific Community Banking Group in 1997. The
company was formed to become a multi-bank, community oriented, independent bank
holding company, which plans to acquire a select number of community banks,
predominantly in high-growth areas of Southern California. Pacific Community
Banking Group intends to find strategically located community banks, each of
which has a successful history and a favorable image in its market area. Where
appropriate Pacific Community Banking Group will consolidate the operations of
acquired banks, but generally each bank will retain its separate market
identity. Pacific Community Banking Group plans to achieve economies of
management and scale by combining some administrative and support functions,
such as financial administration, data processing, insurance, bonding, employee
benefits and contracts for services.
Since inception, Pacific Community Banking Group has investigated a number
of banks for possible acquisition, and has initiated discussions with several
banks. These discussions have resulted in the acquisition of The Bank of Hemet
and Valley Bank, which are described elsewhere in this proxy
statement/prospectus. Pacific Community Banking Group intends to continue
discussing potential acquisitions with other banks where those discussions are
appropriate. No such acquisitions are currently pending.
73
<PAGE>
BUSINESS STRATEGY
Pacific Community Banking Group will base its business philosophy on the
belief that banking customers value doing business with locally managed
institutions that can provide a full service commercial banking relationship
through an understanding of the customer's financial needs and the flexibility
to customize products and services to meet those needs. Pacific Community
Banking Group also believes that banks can better build successful customer
relationships by affiliating with a holding company that provides cost effective
administrative support services while promoting bank autonomy and flexibility.
To implement this philosophy, Pacific Community Banking Group intends to
operate some of its acquired banks as separate subsidiaries and retain their
independent names along with their individual boards of directors. Pacific
Community Banking Group expects that many of its acquired banks, such as The
Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank, will have established strong reputations and
customer followings in their respective market areas through attention to client
service and an understanding of client needs. Where market overlap makes a
consolidation of operations among existing banks more cost-efficient, as is the
case with Valley Bank and The Bank of Hemet, Pacific Community Banking Group
intends to consolidate their operations. In addition, where Pacific Community
Banking Group perceives that a community lacks a strong independent community
bank and would be an appropriate market for one, Pacific Community Banking Group
intends to form a new bank to fill that community need. Pacific Community
Banking Group intends, within the next two years, to develop a community bank in
Orange county, based on its perception that Orange county is one such community.
Pacific Community Banking Group intends to keep client service decisions and
day-to-day operations at the bank level. But it also plans to offer the
advantages of affiliation with a multi-bank holding company by providing
improved access to the capital markets and expanded client support services,
such as financial administration, management and accounting services and
possibly internet-based asset and liability generation. In addition, Pacific
Community Banking Group's centralized administrative functions, including
support in credit policy formulation and review, investment management, data
processing, employee benefits, accounting, insurance and other specialized
support functions, will allow the banks to focus on client service.
Pacific Community Banking Group's goal is to become the preeminent financial
services company for independent banks in high growth areas of Southern
California, commencing with Riverside and San Bernardino counties. Pacific
Community Banking Group's business strategy is to increase its market share
within the communities it serves through internal growth after it acquires The
Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank. Pacific Community Banking Group also will pursue
opportunities to expand its market share through select acquisitions and
development of banks that complement Pacific Community Banking Group's existing
businesses.
THE INLAND EMPIRE
Riverside and San Bernardino counties are commonly referred to as the
"Inland Empire." This region is experiencing dramatic population and economic
growth. The Inland Empire will be the fastest growing U.S. primary metropolitan
statistical area during the years
74
<PAGE>
1993 to 2005, according to a 1996 report of the U.S. Department of Commerce. The
Department of Commerce projects that population will grow 32.4% during that
period.
EMPLOYEES
At December 31, 1998, Pacific Community Banking Group had two employees, one
of whom was an executive officer. Neither is represented by a union or covered
by a collective bargaining agreement. Pacific Community Banking Group believes
its employee relations are excellent.
PREMISES
Pacific Community Banking Group leases approximately 1,050 square feet of
space in an executive office suite in Laguna Hills, California. The lease will
expire in June 1999. Lease payments include various office support services, and
average approximately $3,000 per month. These premises are not large enough for
Pacific Community Banking Group's future needs. Pacific Community Banking Group
expects to move into larger premises.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
As a bank holding company, Pacific Community Banking Group will, upon
acquisition of The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank, become subject to many
governmental rules that affect its operations. For a description of the laws and
regulations that will apply to Pacific Community Banking Group, please refer to
the section entitled "Supervision and Regulation," starting on page 169.
LITIGATION
Pacific Community Banking Group has not become involved in any litigation,
and knows of no threatened litigation against it that would be material to its
operations.
75
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables present selected historical consolidated financial
data, including per share information, for The Bank of Hemet. The following
financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated
financial statements of The Bank of Hemet included or incorporated by reference
in this proxy statement/prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT OR FOR
THE THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31, AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
1999 1998 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE INFORMATION)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED)
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Interest income.......... $ 4,719 $ 4,887 $ 19,416 $ 18,991 $ 19,127 $ 19,386 $ 16,601
Interest expense......... 2,135 2,316 9,185 8,946 8,823 9,102 6,615
Net interest income...... 2,584 2,571 10,231 10,045 10,304 10,284 9,986
Provision for loan and
lease losses........... -- -- -- 250 988 120 1,500
Noninterest income....... 384 305 1,363 1,204 1,248 1,218 1,933
Noninterest expense...... 1,801 1,709 6,736 6,200 8,182 7,368 9,197
Net income............... 686 679 2,823 2,802 1,373 2,321 609
BALANCE SHEET (END OF
PERIOD)
Total assets............. $ 253,617 $ 244,510 $ 252,877 $ 241,323 $ 234,257 $ 227,955 $ 223,772
Total loans.............. 209,503 196,174 207,802 192,287 187,441 185,717 185,746
Allowance for loan and
lease losses........... 2,230 2,059 2,232 2,116 2,241 2,135 2,609
Nonperforming loans(1)... 2,220 3,016 1,581 2,902 2,993 2,460 3,188
Other real estate
owned.................. 83 558 77 779 2,180 3,908 2,719
Total deposits........... 230,865 222,516 230,385 219,211 212,268 207,425 203,583
Stockholders' equity..... 21,204 20,400 21,024 20,228 20,102 19,078 17,670
BALANCE SHEET (PERIOD
AVERAGE)
Total assets............. $ 255,185 $ 244,018 $ 248,297 $ 236,297 $ 231,532 $ 227,438 $ 221,431
Total loans.............. 207,631 192,938 196,675 187,298 184,307 183,632 185,708
Earning assets........... 246,163 234,301 238,910 226,311 219,822 216,052 207,672
Total deposits........... 232,808 222,258 226,228 214,291 209,938 207,323 200,000
Shareholders' equity..... 21,121 20,285 20,594 20,146 20,130 18,695 18,335
CAPITAL RATIOS
Leverage ratio........... 8.31% 8.36% 8.31% 8.53% 8.66% 8.21% 7.98%
Tier 1 risk-based
capital................ 10.01 10.33 9.99 10.43 10.77 10.29 9.81
Total risk-based
capital................ 11.06 11.37 11.06 11.53 11.97 11.44 11.07
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS
Nonperforming loans/total
loans(1)............... 1.06% 1.54% 0.76% 1.51% 1.60% 1.32% 1.72%
Nonperforming
assets/total
assets(2).............. 0.91 1.46 0.66 1.53 2.21 2.79 2.64
Allowance for loan
losses/ nonperforming
loans.................. 100.44 68.27 141.16 72.90 74.86 86.78 81.84
Allowance for loan
losses/ total loans.... 1.06 1.05 1.07 1.10 1.20 1.15 1.40
</TABLE>
76
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT OR FOR
THE THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31, AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
1999 1998 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE INFORMATION)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on average
assets................. 1.08% 1.11% 1.14% 1.19% 0.59% 1.02% 0.27%
Return on average
equity................. 13.00 13.40 13.71 13.91 6.82 12.42 3.32
Net interest margin(3)... 4.20 4.39 4.28 4.44 4.69 4.76 4.81
Net interest spread(4)... 3.40 3.54 3.37 3.55 3.90 4.05 4.29
Average total loans to
average deposits....... 89.19 86.81 86.94 87.40 87.79 88.57 92.85
Efficiency ratio(5)...... 60.68 59.42 58.10 55.11 70.83 64.06 77.16
PER SHARE INFORMATION
Basic earnings(6)........ $ 0.81 $ 0.80 $ 3.34 $ 3.25 $ 1.53 $ 2.73 $ 0.74
Diluted earnings(7)...... $ 0.79 $ 0.78 $ 3.23 $ 3.15 $ 1.53 $ 2.70 $ 0.70
Common stock dividends
declared............... $ 0.60 $ 0.60 $ 2.40 $ 1.50 $ 1.00 $ 1.00 $ 0.25
Dividend payout
ratio(8)............... 73.8% 74.6% 71.8% 46.2% 65.4% 36.6% 33.7%
Common stock book value.. $ 25.12 $ 24.16 $ 24.90 $ 23.96 $ 22.46 $ 23.03 $ 21.86
Common shares outstanding
at period end(9)....... 844,252 844,252 844,252 844,252 894,901 828,395 807,594
Weighted average common
shares
outstanding(10)........ 844,252 844,252 844,252 863,252 881,705 813,661 806,244
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Nonperforming loans consist of loans on nonaccrual and loans past due 90
days or more.
(2) Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and other real estate
owned.
(3) Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of
average total interest-earning assets.
(4) Net interest spread is the difference between the yield on average total
interest-earning assets and cost of average total interest-bearing
liabilities.
(5) The efficiency ratio is the ratio of noninterest expense to the sum of net
interest income before provision for loan losses and total noninterest
income.
(6) Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of shares outstanding during the period.
(7) Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur
if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or
converted into the common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock
that then shared in earnings.
(8) The dividend payout ratio consists of the common stock dividends paid per
share of common stock divided by basic earnings per share of common stock.
(9) Based on shares outstanding at period end, excluding shares issuable upon
exercise of outstanding options.
(10) Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the
period, excluding shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options.
77
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
THE FOLLOWING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS
AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE BANK OF HEMET'S ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY
FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF
FACTORS DESCRIBED IN THE SECTION ENTITLED "RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.
The following discussion and analysis is designed to provide a better
understanding of the significant changes and trends related to The Bank of Hemet
and its subsidiaries' financial condition, operating results, asset and
liability management, liquidity and capital resources. Averages presented in the
tables are daily average balances. The following discussion should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of The Bank of Hemet.
FINANCIAL CONDITION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 COMPARED TO DECEMBER 31, 1998
At March 31, 1999, the bank's total assets were $253.6 million, compared to
$252.9 million at year end 1998. The slight increase in total assets primarily
results from an increase in net loans of $1.7 million, partially offset by a
reduction in cash and cash equivalents of $1.1 million.
The bank's primary asset category continues to be its loan portfolio, which
comprised 81.36% of average total assets during the first three months of 1999.
Real estate secured loans totaling $199.3 million continue to comprise the
largest component of the portfolio, with approximately $168.2 million in loans
secured by commercial properties, $28.2 million in loans secured by residential
properties, and $2.9 million in construction and land development loans as of
March 31, 1999. The ratio of delinquent loans to total loans decreased from
1.16% at December 31, 1998 to 1.13% at March 31, 1999.
The allowance for loan and lease losses was $2.2 million at March 31, 1999,
essentially unchanged from December 31, 1998. The ratio of the allowance for
loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.06% as of March 31,
1999 compared to 1.07% as of December 31, 1998. Net charge-offs during the three
months ended March 31, 1999 totaled $2,000.
The ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of
nonperforming loans decreased from 141.18% at December 31, 1998 to 99.38% at
March 31, 1999. The decrease in this ratio primarily resulted from a temporary
increase in nonperforming loans at March 31, 1999. During the first quarter of
1999, a performing loan secured by commercial property became past due when the
bank did not extend the loan's maturity date. Although the bank placed the loan
on nonaccrual status during the first quarter of 1999, the loan was paid in full
in April 1999. The allowance for loan and lease losses allocated to this loan
was unchanged during the quarter due to the adequacy of collateral and the
pending payoff of the matured loan.
At March 31, 1999, nonperforming assets were $2.3 million, or 1.10% of total
loans and foreclosed real estate, compared to $1.7 million or 0.80%,
respectively, at December 31, 1998.
Nonperforming loans of $2.2 million at March 31, 1999 included $344,000
secured by single family residential properties, $1.9 million secured by
commercial properties, and zero in
78
<PAGE>
commercial and installment loans. Nonperforming loans of $1.6 million at
December 31, 1998 included $113,000 secured by single family residential
properties, $1.5 million secured by commercial properties, and zero in
commercial and installment loans. The increase in nonperforming loans primarily
resulted from a loan secured by commercial property becoming past due during the
first quarter of 1999 when the bank did not extend the loan's maturity date. The
loan was paid in full in April 1999.
Total OREO assets increased from $77,000 at December 31, 1998 to $83,000 at
March 31, 1999. During the first three months of 1999, OREO assets increased by
$83,000 due to the acquisition of one property and decreased by $77,000 as the
result of one property being sold.
Investment securities remained relatively unchanged during the first quarter
of 1999. Investment securities with a book value of $13.0 million at March 31,
1999 and $10.0 million at December 31, 1998, were pledged to secure public funds
deposited and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.
Other assets of $2.6 million at March 31, 1999 were principally composed of
a deferred tax asset in the amount of $786,000, compared to a deferred tax asset
of $906,000 at December 31, 1998.
Total deposits at March 31, 1999 were $230.9 million, an increase of
$480,000 from December 31, 1998. The mix of deposits for March 31, 1999 compared
to December 31, 1998 represents an increase in time certificates of deposit of
$695,000, an increase in savings and interest bearing demand deposits of
$242,000, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest bearing demand deposits
of $311,000.
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities remained relatively unchanged
during the first quarter of 1999.
Stockholders' equity at March 31, 1999 was $21.2 million, compared to $21.0
million at year end 1998, an increase of $180,000, or 0.86%. Equity increased by
net income of $686,000, offset by the payment of cash dividends in the amount of
$506,000. In April 1999, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of
$0.60 per share of common stock. The Bank of Hemet paid the dividend on May 18,
1999 to shareholders of record as of May 10, 1999.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND 1998
OVERVIEW. The bank reported net income of $686,000 for the three months
ended March 31, 1999, compared to $679,000 for the same period in 1998. Basic
earnings per share equaled $0.81 for the three months ended March 31, 1999,
compared to $0.80 for the same period in 1998.
NET INTEREST INCOME. Net interest income for the three months ended March
31, 1999 was $2.6 million, an increase of $13,000 or 0.51%, over the same period
in 1998. The increase in net interest income primarily resulted from an increase
in the volume of average interest earning assets (principally loan volume) of
$11.9 million, partially offset by an increase in the average volume of interest
bearing liabilities (principally time deposits) of $6.7 million. The net
interest spread, which represents the average yield earned on interest earning
assets less the average yield paid on interest-bearing liabilities, decreased to
3.40% for the three months ended March 31, 1999 from 3.54% for the same period
in 1998. Average interest earning
79
<PAGE>
assets comprised 96.46% of total average assets for the three months ended March
31, 1999, compared to 96.02% for the same period in 1998. Average interest
bearing deposits as a percentage of total deposits declined from 85.99% for the
three months ended March 31, 1998 to 84.97% for the same period in 1999, as the
result of continued improvement in the mix of deposits.
PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES. The provision for loan and lease
losses was $0 for both the quarters ended March 31, 1999 and March 31, 1998,
respectively. Net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 1999 were
$2,000, compared to $57,000 for the same period in 1998.
NONINTEREST INCOME. Noninterest income for the three months ended March 31,
1999 increased to $384,000, compared to $305,000 for the same period in 1998.
Revenues from data processing fees generated by the bank's wholly-owned
subsidiary, BankLink Corporation, increased to $227,000 for the three months
ended March 31, 1999 from $143,000 for the same period in 1998.
NONINTEREST EXPENSE. Noninterest expense for the three months ended March
31, 1999 was $1.8 million compared to $1.7 million for the same period in 1998,
an increase of $92,000 or 5.38%. Salaries and employee benefits increased by
$104,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1999 when compared to the same
period in 1998. In March 1999, the bank employed 88 full-time equivalent
employees compared to 74 full time equivalent employees in March 1998.
Other noninterest expense, which includes services for data and item
processing, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and other insurance expense,
professional fees and other miscellaneous expense, increased by $21,000 for the
three months ended March 31, 1999, when compared to the same period in 1998.
Fees paid to third parties for analyzed business deposit accounts decreased by
$17,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1999 when compared to the same
period in 1998, partially offset by increased legal fees of $28,000 during the
same period.
FINANCIAL CONDITION AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
Total assets at December 31, 1998 equaled $252.9 million, an increase of
$11.6 million, or 4.8%, over total assets of $241.3 million at December 31,
1997. Total loans equaled $207.8 million at December 31, 1998, an increase of
$15.5 million, or 8.1%, over total loans of $192.3 million at December 31, 1997.
This increase was partially offset by a decrease in cash and cash equivalents,
accrued interest receivable and other real estate owned ("OREO"). The loan to
deposit ratio grew to 90.2% at year-end 1998, from 87.7% at year-end 1997. The
ratio of average total loans to average deposits, however, remained in a
relatively narrow range, equaling 86.9% in 1998, compared with 87.4% in 1997 and
87.8% in 1996.
The Bank of Hemet continued to decrease its nonperforming loans. At December
31, 1998, nonperforming loans equaled $1.6 million, or 0.77% of total loans.
This represented a reduction of $1.3 million, or 44.8%, from nonperforming loans
of $2.9 million comprising 1.51% of total loans at December 31, 1997. In turn,
the year-end 1997 level of nonperforming loans represented a reduction of
$91,000, or 3.04%, from nonperforming loans of $3.0 million comprising 1.60% of
total loans at December 31, 1996.
80
<PAGE>
The allowance for loan and lease losses equaled $2.2 million at December 31,
1998, compared with an allowance of $2.1 million at December 31, 1997. The
allowance at December 31, 1998 represented 1.07% of total loans, compared with
1.10% of total loans at December 31, 1997 and 1.20% at December 31, 1996. Net
recoveries during 1998 were $116,000 compared to net charge-offs of $375,000 in
1997 and $882,000 in 1996. In addition, the allowance for loan and lease losses
represented 141.2% of nonperforming loans at December 31, 1998, compared with
72.9% at December 31, 1997 and 74.9% at December 31, 1996.
The Bank of Hemet also showed significant improvement in reducing levels of
OREO in 1998. OREO decreased by $702,000, or 90.1%, to $77,000, the lowest level
of OREO in five years. OREO equaled $779,000 at December 31, 1997 and $2.2
million at December 31, 1996.
These foregoing developments resulted in an improvement of the ratio of
earning assets to total average assets over the last three years. For 1998, the
ratio equaled 96.2%, compared with 95.8% for 1997 and 94.9% for 1996.
Deposits were $230.4 million at December 31, 1998, an increase of $11.2
million, or 5.1%, over deposits of $219.2 million at December 31, 1997. The
increase was primarily as a result of increases in noninterest bearing demand
deposits of 15.9% and savings and interest bearing demand deposits of 13.4%.
Average interest bearing deposits represented 85.3% of average total deposits
for 1998 compared with 86.1% in 1997.
Total shareholders' equity was $21.0 million at December 31, 1998, an
increase of $796,000, or 3.9%, from $20.2 million at December 31, 1997.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
OVERVIEW. The Bank of Hemet reported net income for 1998 of $2.8 million
compared with $2.8 million in 1997 and $1.4 million in 1996. The return on
average assets was 1.14% in 1998 compared with 1.19% in 1997 and 0.59% in 1996.
The Bank of Hemet's return on average equity was 13.71% for 1998, 13.91% for
1997 and 6.82% for 1996.
Basic earnings per share equaled $3.34 in 1998 compared with $3.25 in 1997
and $1.53 in 1996. Diluted earnings per share equaled $3.23 in 1998 compared
with $3.15 in 1997 and $1.53 in 1996. Cash dividends were declared at $2.40 per
share for 1998, $1.50 per share for 1997 and $1.00 per share for 1996. This
resulted in dividend payout ratios computed as common stock dividends declared
per share divided by basic earnings per share, of 71.8% in 1998, 46.2% in 1997
and 65.4% in 1996.
NET INTEREST INCOME. Net interest income is the primary source of operating
income of the bank. Net interest income represents the difference between the
interest income from earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing
liabilities. Net interest income for 1998 increased $186,000, or 1.9%, to $10.2
million when compared with 1997. The increase in 1998 was primarily attributable
to an increase in loan volume, partially offset by reduced loan yields and a
lower net interest spread. The net interest spread, which represents the average
yield earned on interest earning assets less the average yield paid on interest
bearing liabilities, decreased to 3.37% in 1998 from 3.55% in 1997.
Net interest income for 1997 decreased $259,000 to $10.0 million, or 2.5%,
when compared with net interest income of $10.3 million for 1996. The decrease
in 1997 was primarily attributable to reduced loan yields and a lower net
interest spread, partially offset by
81
<PAGE>
increased loan volume. The net interest spread decreased to 3.55% in 1997 from
3.90% in 1996.
AVERAGE BALANCES AND RATES EARNED AND PAID. The following table presents,
for the periods indicated, consolidated average balance sheet information for
The Bank of Hemet, together with interest rates earned and paid on the various
sources and uses of its funds. The table is arranged to group the elements of
earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as these items represent the
major sources of income and expense.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------------
INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES
AVERAGE INCOME/ EARNED/ AVERAGE INCOME/ EARNED/ AVERAGE INCOME/ EARNED/
BALANCE EXPENSE PAID BALANCE EXPENSE PAID BALANCE EXPENSE PAID
-------- -------- ------- -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Federal funds sold................. $ 13,183 $ 704 5.34% $ 10,432 $ 563 5.40% $ 9,675 $ 509 5.26%
Investment securities(1)........... 29,052 1,610 5.54 28,581 1,633 5.71 25,840 1,416 5.48
Total loans(2)(3).................. 196,675 17,102 8.70 187,298 16,795 8.97 184,307 17,202 9.33
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total earning assets........... $238,910 $19,416 8.13% $226,311 $18,991 8.39% $219,822 $19,127 8.70%
Allowance for loan and lease
losses........................... (2,111) (2,116) (2,108)
Cash and due from banks............ 5,742 5,405 5,301
Premises and equipment............. 1,614 1,531 1,618
Interest receivable and other
assets........................... 4,142 5,166 6,899
-------- -------- --------
Total assets................... $248,297 $236,297 $231,532
-------- -------- --------
-------- -------- --------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'
EQUITY
Interest bearing demand deposits... $ 14,204 $ 152 1.07% $ 13,722 $ 151 1.10% $ 14,837 $ 168 1.13%
Money market deposits.............. 3,970 108 2.72 4,660 128 2.75 5,393 152 2.82
Savings deposits................... 48,793 1,955 4.01 47,468 1,949 4.11 41,968 1,709 4.07
Time deposits of $100,000 or
more............................. 9,036 501 5.54 8,662 489 5.65 15,537 891 5.73
Time deposits under $100,000....... 116,876 6,469 5.53 109,948 6,214 5.65 106,222 5,903 5.56
Other borrowings................... -- -- -- 249 15 6.02 -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total interest bearing
liabilities...................... $192,879 $ 9,185 4.76% $184,709 $ 8,946 4.84% $183,957 $ 8,823 4.80%
Noninterest bearing demand
deposits......................... 33,349 29,831 25,981
Other liabilities.................. 1,475 1,611 1,464
Shareholders' equity............... 20,594 20,146 20,130
-------- -------- --------
Total liabilities and
shareholders' equity......... $248,297 $236,297 $231,532
-------- -------- --------
-------- -------- --------
Net interest income................ $10,231 $10,045 $10,304
-------- -------- --------
-------- -------- --------
Net interest spread(4)............. 3.37% 3.55% 3.90%
Net interest margin(5)............. 4.28% 4.44% 4.69%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) There are no tax exempt investment securities in the investment securities
portfolio for any of the reported years.
(2) Average balances are presented net of deferred loan origination fees.
Nonaccruing loans of $2.4 million for 1998, $3.2 million for 1997 and $2.9
million for 1996 are included in the table for computational purposes.
(3) Loan origination fees are included in interest income as adjustments of the
loan yields over the life of the loan using the interest method. Loan
interest income includes loan fees of $532,000 for 1998, $457,000 for 1997
and $642,000 for 1996.
(4) Net interest spread represents the average yield earned on interest-earning
assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
82
<PAGE>
(5) Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total
average earning assets.
NET INTEREST INCOME CHANGES DUE TO VOLUME AND RATE. The following table
sets forth, for the periods indicated, a summary of the changes in average asset
and liability balances and interest earned and paid resulting from changes in
average asset and liability balances "volume" and changes in average interest
rates. The changes in interest due to both rate and volume are designated as
"Mix."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 COMPARED WITH 1997 1997 COMPARED WITH 1996
INCREASE (DECREASE) DUE TO INCREASE (DECREASE) DUE TO
CHANGE IN: CHANGE IN:
------------------------------- -------------------------------
AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE
VOLUME RATE MIX TOTAL VOLUME RATE MIX TOTAL
------- ------- ---- ----- ------- ------- ---- -----
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN INTEREST INCOME
Federal funds sold........................................ $ 149 $ (6) $ (2) $ 141 $ 40 $ 13 $ 1 $ 54
Investment securities(1).................................. 27 (49) (1) (23) 151 60 6 217
Loans(2)(3)............................................... 841 (509) (25) 307 279 (675) (11) (407)
------- ------- ---- ----- ------- ------- ---- -----
Total................................................... $ 1,017 $(564) $(28) $ 425 $ 470 $(602) $ (4) $(136)
------- ------- ---- ----- ------- ------- ---- -----
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest bearing demand deposits.......................... $ 5 $ (4) $ 0 $ 1 $ (12) $ (5) $ 0 $ (17)
Money market deposits..................................... (19) (1) 0 (20) (21) (4) 1 (24)
Savings deposits.......................................... 54 (47) (1) 6 224 14 2 240
Time deposits of $100,000 or more......................... 21 (9) (0) 12 (394) (14) 6 (402)
Time deposits under $100,000.............................. 391 (128) (8) 255 207 100 4 311
Other borrowings.......................................... (15) (15) 15 (15) 0 0 15 15
------- ------- ---- ----- ------- ------- ---- -----
Total................................................... 437 (204) 6 239 4 91 28 123
------- ------- ---- ----- ------- ------- ---- -----
TOTAL CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME................... $ 580 $(360) $(34) $ 186 $ 466 $(693) $(32) $(259)
------- ------- ---- ----- ------- ------- ---- -----
------- ------- ---- ----- ------- ------- ---- -----
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) There are no tax exempt investment securities in the investment securities
portfolio for any of the reported years.
(2) Average balances are presented net of deferred loan origination fees.
Nonaccruing loans of $2.4 million for 1998, $3.2 million for 1997 and $2.9
million for 1996 are included in the table for computational purposes.
(3) Loan origination fees are included in interest income as adjustments of the
loan yields over the life of the loan using the interest method. Loan income
includes loan fees of $532,000 for 1998, $457,000 for 1997 and $642,000 for
1996.
PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES. The provision for loan and lease
losses charged to operations reflects management's judgment of the adequacy of
the allowance for loan and lease losses. The provision is determined through
periodic analysis, which includes a detailed review of the classification and
categorization of problem loans; an assessment of the overall quality and
collectability of the portfolio; and consideration of the loan loss experience,
trends in problem loans and concentrations of credit risk, evaluation of
collateral, as well as current and expected economic conditions, particularly in
segments of The Bank of Hemet's market area. Such reviews also assist management
in establishing the recommended level of the allowance for loan and lease
losses. The Bank of Hemet's board of directors approves the adequacy of the
allowance for loan and lease losses on a quarterly basis.
83
<PAGE>
For 1998, The Bank of Hemet recorded no provision for loan and lease losses,
compared with provisions of $250,000 for 1997 and $988,000 for 1996. In 1998 net
recoveries totaled $116,000, compared with net charge-offs of $375,000 in 1997
and $882,000 in 1996. The lack of a provision in 1998 and the substantial
decrease in the provision in 1997 over 1996 reflected management's view of the
improved asset quality of The Bank of Hemet's loan portfolio, which benefited
from strengthening of the Southern California economy.
NONINTEREST INCOME. Noninterest income for 1998 increased $159,000, or
13.2%, to $1.4 million, compared with $1.2 million for 1997. The increase in
1998 was principally attributable to increased data processing fees generated by
BankLink Corporation, partially offset by a reduction in fees earned for the
servicing of real estate secured loans for third parties, and a reduction in
fees and service charges on deposits.
Noninterest income in 1997 remained at the same level, $1.2 million, as in
1996. The lack of change was attributable to a decrease in revenue from
processing of merchant credit card drafts and a reduction in fees earned for the
servicing of real estate secured loans for third parties, offset by increased
data processing fees generated by BankLink Corporation.
NONINTEREST EXPENSE. Noninterest expense for 1998 was $6.7 million,
compared with $6.2 million for 1997 and $8.2 million for 1996. The principal
components of the increase in 1998 were:
- Salaries and employee benefits. Salaries and employee benefits increased
in 1998 by $273,000, or 7.9%, as The Bank of Hemet increased the number of
full time equivalent employees to 86 at December 31, 1998 from 77 at
December 31, 1997.
- OREO expenses. OREO expenses for 1998 resulted in a net credit of
$101,000. The primary components of the credit were net gains on the sale
of OREO properties of $173,000, partially offset by OREO holding costs of
$61,000 and OREO writedowns of $11,000. However, the 1998 net credit was
below that of $187,000 for 1997, contributing to the increase in such
noninterest expenses. The net credit for 1997 benefited, in particular,
from the reversal of an OREO loss reserve of $182,000 and net gains on the
sale of OREO of $128,000, offset by OREO holding costs of $123,000.
- Premises and equipment expenses. Premises and equipment expense increased
$79,000, or 8.0%, in 1998 over 1997, primarily as a result of increased
equipment depreciation and maintenance expense.
- Other expenses. Other expenses increased in 1998 by $98,000, or 5.1%. This
category of expense includes costs for outside processing services,
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and other insurance expense,
professional fees and other miscellaneous expense. The increase in 1998 is
mainly the result of increased fees paid to third parties for analyzed
business deposit accounts and increased professional fees.
In 1997, noninterest expense decreased by 24.2% over the 1996 level. The
principal component of the decrease was OREO expenses. The OREO expense category
decreased by $1.4 million in 1997 as a result of a decrease in writedowns of
$1.2 million, decreased carrying costs of $179,000 and an increase in gains on
sale of OREO of $91,000. Other expenses also decreased in 1997 compared with
1996. The decrease in other expenses for 1997 of $359,000 is mainly the result
of a special one-time assessment of $402,000 in 1996 on deposits acquired from a
savings and loan association in 1992. The special assessment was part of a
deposit
84
<PAGE>
insurance recapitalization plan enacted by Congress, and applied to all
institutions holding deposits derived from savings institutions. Other expenses
related to the processing of merchant credit card drafts also decreased. These
decreases were partially offset by an increase in 1997 of professional fees
related to litigation. Salaries and employee benefits also decreased in 1997 by
$178,000, or 4.9% as a result of an operational restructuring commencing the
second quarter of 1996, designed to streamline branch operations and support
staff. Premises and equipment expense also decreased slightly in 1997 over 1996,
primarily by reason of reduced depreciation expense related to BankLink
Corporation's mainframe computer.
The Bank of Hemet's efficiency ratio--which is the ratio of noninterest
expense to the sum of net interest income before provision for loan losses and
total noninterest income--was 58.1% in 1998, compared with 55.1% in 1997 and
70.8% in 1996. The improvement in the ratio in 1997 and 1998, over 1996 reflects
primarily the significant reduction in OREO expenses from the levels experienced
in 1996.
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES. The Bank of Hemet's provision for income taxes
was $2.0 million in 1998, $2.0 million in 1997 and $1.0 million in 1996. These
changes corresponded directly to changes in pre-tax income. The effective income
tax rate was 41.9% in 1998 compared with 41.6% in 1997 and 42.4% in 1996.
NET INCOME. Net income in 1998 remained at the 1997 level of $2.8 million.
In 1998, The Bank of Hemet experienced increases in net interest income of
$186,000, primarily from increased loan volume. Noninterest income increased by
$159,000, primarily from The Bank of Hemet's data processing subsidiary. In
addition, the provision for loan and lease losses decreased by $250,000 as no
provision was taken in 1998. However, these favorable developments were almost
entirely offset by increased noninterest expenses of $536,000, primarily
relating to increases in salaries and employee benefits.
In 1997, net income increased $1.4 million, or 104.1%, to $2.8 million from
the 1996 level of $1.4 million. This increase was attributable to two major
components. First, noninterest expense decreased by approximately $2.0 million,
or 24.2%, principally as a result of reductions in expenses associated with the
disposition of OREO, as explained above. Second, the provision for loan losses
decreased by $738,000, or 74.7%. These increases were partially offset by
decreases in net interest income and noninterest income.
SUMMARY SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
The following table presents a summary of selected quarterly financial data,
which should be read in conjunction with The Bank of Hemet's consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this proxy
statement/prospectus. In the opinion of management, this information has been
prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements appearing
elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, and includes all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the
unaudited results set
85
<PAGE>
forth herein. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily
indicative of results for any subsequent period or for the entire year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MARCH DECEMBER SEPTEMBER JUNE MARCH DECEMBER SEPTEMBER JUNE
1999 1998 1998 1998 1998 1997 1997 1997
--------- ----------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net interest income.............. $ 2,584 $ 2,491 $ 2,596 $ 2,573 $ 2,571 $ 2,530 $ 2,475 $ 2,582
Provision for loan and lease
losses......................... -- (125) -- 125 -- 190 60 --
Net income....................... 686 789 694 661 679 741 645 743
Basic earnings per share(1)...... $0.81 $0.94 $0.82 $0.78 $0.80 $0.88 $0.76 $0.85
Diluted earnings per share(2).... $0.79 $0.91 $0.79 $0.75 $0.78 $0.85 $0.74 $0.84
<CAPTION>
MARCH
1997
---------
<S> <C>
Net interest income.............. $ 2,458
Provision for loan and lease
losses......................... --
Net income....................... 673
Basic earnings per share(1)...... $0.75
Diluted earnings per share(2).... $0.74
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of shares outstanding during the period.
(2) Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur
if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or
converted into the common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock
that then shared in earnings.
ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT
Asset and liability management is an integral part of managing a banking
institution's primary source of income, net interest income. The Bank of Hemet
manages the balance between rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities
being repriced in any given period with the objective of stabilizing net
interest income during periods of fluctuating interest rates. The Bank of Hemet
considers its rate-sensitive assets to be those which either contain a provision
to adjust the interest rate or mature within one year. These assets include
loans and investment securities and federal funds sold. Rate-sensitive
liabilities are those which allow for periodic interest rate changes within one
year: they include maturing time certificates, savings deposits, money market
and interest-bearing demand deposits. The difference between the aggregate
amount of assets and liabilities that reprice or mature within various time
frames is called the "gap." Generally, if repricing assets exceed repricing
liabilities in a time period, The Bank of Hemet would be deemed to be
asset-sensitive--a "positive gap." If repricing liabilities exceed repricing
assets in a time period, The Bank of Hemet would be deemed to be
liability-sensitive--a "negative gap." A positive gap will generally produce a
higher net interest margin in a rising rate environment and a lower net interest
margin in a declining rate environment. Conversely, a negative gap will
generally produce a lower net interest margin in a rising rate environment and a
higher net interest margin in a declining rate environment. However, because
interest rates for different asset and liability products offered by depository
institutions respond in a different manner, both in terms of the responsiveness,
as well as the extent of responsiveness to changes in interest rate environment,
the gap is only a general indicator of interest sensitivity.
Generally, The Bank of Hemet seeks to maintain a balanced position in which
there is a narrow range of asset or liability sensitivity within a one-year
period. This kind of balanced position, in principle, should ensure net interest
margin stability in times of volatile interest rates. This balanced position is
accomplished through maintaining a significant level of loans, investment
securities and deposits available for repricing or maturity within one year.
86
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the interest rate sensitivity of The Bank of
Hemet's interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31,
1998, using the interest rate sensitivity gap ratio. For purposes of the
following table, an asset or liability is considered rate-sensitive within a
specified period when it can be repriced or matures within its contractual
terms.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNTS MATURING OR REPRICING
---------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
AFTER 1
AFTER 3 BUT BUT
WITHIN WITHIN WITHIN AFTER NONINTEREST-
3 MONTHS 12 MONTHS 5 YEARS 5 YEARS BEARING TOTAL
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Federal funds sold....................... $ 10,500 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 10,500
Investment securities.................... 2,882 16,000 6,000 -- -- 24,882
Loans(1)................................. 83,518 61,381 52,942 9,179 -- 207,020
Other-interest bearing assets............ 5 -- -- -- -- 5
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
Total earning assets................... 96,905 77,381 58,942 9,179 -- 242,407
Noninterest-bearing assets and allowances
for loan and lease losses.............. -- -- -- -- 10,470 10,470
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
Total assets........................... $ 96,905 $ 77,381 $ 58,942 $ 9,179 $ 10,470 $ 252,877
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest bearing demand, money market and
savings deposits....................... $ 71,389 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 71,389
Time deposits of $100,000 or more........ 2,641 4,625 875 -- -- 8,141
Time deposits under $100,000............. 29,684 80,143 7,024 29 -- 116,880
Other interest-bearing liabilities....... -- -- -- -- -- --
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
Total interest bearing liabilities....... 103,714 84,768 7,899 29 -- 196,410
Other liabilities and shareholders'
equity................................. -- -- -- -- 56,467 56,467
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
Total liabilities and shareholders'
equity................................. $ 103,714 $ 84,768 $ 7,899 $ 29 $ 56,467 $ 252,877
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
Incremental gap.......................... $ (6,809) $ (7,387) $ 51,043 $ 9,150 $ (45,997)
Cumulative gap........................... $ (6,809) $ (14,196) $ 36,847 $ 45,997
Cumulative gap/earning assets............ (2.8%) (5.9%) 15.2% 19.0%
Cumulative gap/total assets.............. (2.7%) (5.6%) 14.6% 18.2%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Loan amounts do not include nonaccrual loans of $1.6 million.
The majority of The Bank of Hemet's loan portfolio, excluding nonaccrual
loans, continues to consist of floating or adjustable rate loans. The percentage
of such loans decreased to 86.7% at December 31, 1998 from 87.5% at December 31,
1997. Noninterest bearing demand deposits as a percentage of total deposits
increased to 14.8% at December 31, 1998 from 13.4% at December 31, 1997. The
Bank of Hemet's policy is to maintain a ratio of rate sensitive assets less rate
sensitive liabilities in a range between -10% and +10% of total assets for
assets and liabilities repricing within three months, and after three months but
within 12 months. At December 31, 1998, the amount of rate sensitive liabilities
that reprice within one year exceeded rate sensitive assets by $14.2 million, or
negative 5.6% of total
87
<PAGE>
assets. In other words, The Bank of Hemet was liability-sensitive with a
negative cumulative one-year gap of $14.2 million at December 31, 1998. In
general, based upon The Bank of Hemet's mix of deposits, loans and investments,
increases in interest rates would be expected to result in a decrease in The
Bank of Hemet's net interest margin.
The interest rate gaps reported in the table above arises when assets are
funded with liabilities having different repricing intervals. Since these gaps
are actively managed and change daily as adjustments are made for changes in
interest rates and market outlook, positions at the end of any period may not be
reflective of The Bank of Hemet's interest rate sensitivity in subsequent
periods. Active management dictates that longer-term economic views are balanced
against prospects for short-term interest rate changes in all repricing
intervals. For purposes of the analysis above, repricing of fixed-rate
instruments is based upon the contractual maturity of the applicable
instruments. Actual payment patterns may differ from contractual payment
patterns. The change in net interest margin may not always follow the general
expectations of an asset-sensitive or liability-sensitive balance sheet during
periods of changing interest rates, because interest rates earned or paid may
change by differing increments and at different time intervals for each type of
interest-sensitive asset and liability. As a result of these factors, at any
given time, The Bank of Hemet may be more sensitive or less sensitive to changes
in interest rates than indicated in the above table.
MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, to fair values or to
future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial
instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of
changes in interest rate and other market changes. Market risk is attributed to
all market risk sensitive financial instruments, including investment
securities, loans, deposits and borrowings.
The Bank of Hemet does not engage in trading activities for its own account
and does not participate in foreign currency transactions for its own account.
Accordingly, The Bank of Hemet's exposure to market risk is primarily a function
of its asset and liability management activities. The principal market risk to
The Bank of Hemet is the interest rate risk inherent in its lending, investing
and deposit-taking activities. This is because interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities of the bank do not change at the same speed, to the
same extent or on the same basis.
The Bank of Hemet's interest rate sensitivity analysis is discussed in the
preceding section. The table on page 87 measures The Bank of Hemet's interest
rate sensitivity gap, in other words, the difference between earning assets and
liabilities maturing or repricing within specified periods. However, gap
analysis has significant limitations as a method for measuring interest rate
risk since changes in interest rates do not affect all categories of assets and
liabilities in the same way or at the same time. Further, it has limitations in
helping The Bank of Hemet to manage the difference in behavior of lending and
funding rates--so-called "basis risk."
To address the limitations inherent in gap analysis, The Bank of Hemet
monitors its expected change in earnings based on changes in interest rates
through a detailed model. This model's estimate of interest rate sensitivity
takes into account the differing time intervals and differing rate change
increments of each type of interest-sensitive asset and liability. It then
measures the projected impact of changes in market interest rates on The Bank of
Hemet's
88
<PAGE>
return on equity. Based upon the December 31, 1998 mix of interest-sensitive
assets and liabilities, given an immediate and sustained increase in the federal
funds rate and other key rates indexes of 2%, this model estimates The Bank of
Hemet's cumulative return on equity over the next year would increase by about
.35%. However, the actual return on equity might decrease by .35% in response to
a 2% decrease in these key rates.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
LIQUIDITY. In order to maintain adequate liquidity, The Bank of Hemet must
have sufficient resources available at all times to meet its cash flow
requirements. The need for liquidity in a banking institution arises principally
to provide for deposit withdrawals, the credit needs of its customers and to
take advantage of investment opportunities as they arise. A financial
institution may achieve desired liquidity from both assets and liabilities. The
Bank of Hemet considers cash and deposits held in other banks, federal funds
sold, other short term investments, maturing loans and investments, payments of
principal and interest on loans and investments as sources of asset liquidity.
The Bank of Hemet considers deposit growth and access to borrowing lines of
credit and market sources of funds as sources of liability liquidity.
The Bank of Hemet reviews its liquidity position on a regular basis based
upon its current position and expected trends as mentioned above. Liquid assets
include cash and deposits in other banks, unpledged securities and federal funds
sold. The Bank of Hemet's liquid assets totaled $31.9 million, or 12.6% of total
assets at December 31, 1998, compared with $37.4 million, or 15.5% of total
assets at December 31, 1997. Liquidity is also affected by the collateral
requirements of public deposits and borrowings. Total pledged securities were
$10.0 million at December 31, 1998 compared with $7.0 million at December 31,
1997 and $7.0 million at December 31, 1996.
Management believes that The Bank of Hemet maintains adequate sources of
liquidity in the form of liquid assets and borrowing lines of credit to meet its
cash obligations for the next 12 months. The Bank of Hemet's liquidity might be
insufficient if deposit withdrawals were to exceed anticipated levels. Deposit
withdrawals can increase if an insured depository financial institution
experiences financial difficulties or receives adverse publicity for other
reasons, or if its pricing, products or services are not competitive with those
offered by other institutions.
The Bank of Hemet's primary sources of liquidity include liquid assets and a
stable deposit base. To supplement these, The Bank of Hemet maintains a
borrowing line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco in the
amount of $14.2 million as of December 31, 1998. This line is secured by
approved residential and commercial real estate mortgage loans totaling $21.3
million as of December 31, 1998. At December 31, 1998, there were no advances
outstanding under this line of credit, and the line was not used during 1998.
Additionally, The Bank of Hemet has available reverse repurchase agreement lines
of credit with two broker-dealers. These lines are subject to normal terms for
such arrangements and were not used during 1998 or 1996. In 1997, the average
amount outstanding under them was $249,000, and the maximum amount outstanding
was $3.9 million. At December 31, 1998, marketable securities with a market
value of approximately $14.0 million were available for the reverse repurchase
lines of credit. In April 1999, The Bank of Hemet obtained approval to borrow
under the Discount Window Program of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco.
There have been no advances under this program.
89
<PAGE>
CAPITAL. Capital serves as a source of funds and helps protect creditors
and uninsured depositors against potential losses. The primary source of capital
for The Bank of Hemet has been internally generated capital through retained
earnings. The Bank of Hemet's shareholders' equity increased $796,000, or 3.9%,
to $21.0 million at December 31, 1998 from $20.2 million at December 31, 1997.
The increase resulted from net income of $2.8 million, partially offset by
dividends of $2.0 million.
In May 1997, The Bank of Hemet concluded an issuer tender offer, which
resulted in the repurchase of 50,626 shares of common stock at the offering
price of $27.00 a share, for a total of $1.4 million.
Federal regulations establish guidelines for calculating risk-adjusted
capital ratios. These guidelines establish a systematic approach of assigning
risk weights to bank assets and off-balance sheet items making the regulatory
capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among
banking organizations. Under these regulations, banks are required to maintain a
total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%; that is, "Tier 1" plus "Tier 2" capital
must equal at least 8.0% of risk-weighted assets plus off-balance sheet items,
and Tier 1 capital (primarily shareholders' equity) must constitute at least 50%
of qualifying capital. Tier 1 capital consists primarily of shareholders' equity
excluding goodwill, and Tier 2 capital includes subordinated debt and, subject
to a limit of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, the allowance for loan and lease
losses.
At December 31, 1998, The Bank of Hemet had a Tier 1 risk-based capital
ratio of 9.99% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 11.06%. In addition,
regulators have adopted a minimum leverage capital ratio standard. This standard
is designed to ensure that all financial institutions, irrespective of their
risk profile, maintain minimum levels of core capital, which by definition
excludes the allowance for loan and lease losses. These minimum standards for
top-rated institutions may be as low as 3.0%; however, regulatory agencies have
stated that most institutions should maintain ratios at least 1 to 2 percentage
points above the 3.0% minimum. At December 31, 1998, the Bank's leverage capital
ratio equaled 8.31%.
Banks with Tier 1 risk-based capital of 6.0%, total-risk-based capital of at
least 10.0% and a leverage capital ratio of at least 5.0% are considered "well
capitalized" by federal banking agencies.
The Bank of Hemet's policy is not to declare any dividends that would cause
its leverage capital ratio to be below 8.0% or its total risk-based capital
ratio to be below 10.0%.
The following table summarizes the minimum capital ratios required by
current Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, the ratios at which a
bank is considered well-capitalized by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, and the capital ratios of The Bank of Hemet at December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THE BANK OF HEMET AT
REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS --------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------- MARCH 31, -------------------------------
MINIMUM WELL-CAPITALIZED 1999 1998 1997 1996
------------- ----------------- ----------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Tier-1 risk-based capital....................... 4.0% 6.0% 10.01% 9.99% 10.43% 10.77%
Total risk-based capital........................ 8.0% 10.0% 11.06% 11.06% 11.53% 11.97%
Leverage capital ratio(1)....................... 4.0% 5.0% 8.31% 8.31% 8.53% 8.66%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Tier 1 capital to total quarterly average assets.
90
<PAGE>
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger mandatory actions
by the regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on The Bank
of Hemet's financial statements and operations.
IMPACT OF INFLATION
The financial statements and related financial data presented in this proxy
statement/ prospectus have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and
operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in
the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most
industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial
institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates are likely to
have a more significant impact on a financial institution's performance than the
effects of general levels of inflation. During periods of inflation, interest
rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or with the same magnitude
as the price of goods and services. The Bank of Hemet seeks to manage its
interest sensitivity gap to minimize the potential adverse effect of inflation
and other market forces on its net interest income and capital.
Financial institutions are also affected by inflation's impact on
noninterest expenses, such as salaries and occupancy expenses. During 1996, 1997
and 1998, inflation remained relatively stable, and The Bank of Hemet's level of
noninterest expense was relatively unaffected by inflation.
IMPACT OF RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income." This statement provides that all enterprises
report comprehensive income as a measure of overall performance. This new
standard is effective for 1998 and did not have a material effect on the current
disclosures of The Bank of Hemet.
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." This
statement changes the way public companies report selected information about
segments of their business in their annual financial statements and requires
them to report selected segment information in their quarterly reports issued to
shareholders. This new standard is effective for 1998 and did not have a
material effect on the current disclosures of The Bank of Hemet.
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement
establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and
for hedging activities. This new standard is effective for 2000 and is not
expected to have a material impact on the financial statements of The Bank of
Hemet.
In October 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
134, "Accounting for Mortgage-Backed Securities Retained after the
Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by a Mortgage Banking
Enterprise." SFAS No. 134 amends SFAS No. 65, "Accounting for Certain Mortgage
Banking Activities," which establishes accounting and reporting standards for
activities of mortgage banking enterprises and other enterprises that conduct
operations that are substantially similar. SFAS No. 134 requires that after the
securitization of mortgage loans held for sale, the resulting mortgage-backed
securities and other
91
<PAGE>
retained interests should be classified in accordance with SFAS No. 115,
"Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," based on its
ability and intent to sell or hold these investments. This new standard is
effective for 1999 and is not expected to have a material impact on the
financial statements of The Bank of Hemet.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
OVERVIEW. The Year 2000 problem arises when computer programs have been
written using two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. As a
result, date-sensitive hardware and software may recognize a date using "00" as
the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system failure
or other disruption of operations and impede normal business activities.
In June 1996, the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council alerted
the banking industry of the serious challenges that would be encountered with
Year 2000 issues. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has also implemented
a plan to require compliance with Year 2000 issues and regularly examines the
progress of banks, including The Bank of Hemet and its subsidiary, BankLink
Corporation.
STATE OF READINESS OF THE BANK OF HEMET AND BANKLINK CORPORATION.
OVERALL PLAN. In accordance with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
guidelines, The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation have developed a
comprehensive plan to deal with the Year 2000 issue. The Bank of Hemet and
BankLink Corporation believe the plan, if properly implemented, will result in
timely and adequate modifications of its systems and technology and those of its
outside vendors to address Year 2000 issues appropriately. The plan has five
phases:
- Awareness--defining the Year 2000 problem, gaining support and resources,
developing a plan, and establishing a project team.
- Assessment--assessing the size and complexity of the project, and
identifying all systems affected by the Year 2000 date change.
- Renovation--hardware and software upgrades, and outside vendor
certifications.
- Validation--testing systems including connections with other systems, and
acceptance of such by internal and external users.
- Implementation--developing a contingency plan.
Except as indicated hereafter, The Bank of Hemet has substantially completed
the five phases of its plan. However, to ensure success, The Bank of Hemet plans
to:
- engage in ongoing discussions with outside vendors to determine if they
have been successful in validating their compliance with their Year 2000
plans;
- use its best efforts to ensure that new systems or subsequent changes in
existing systems are verified as Year 2000 compliant;
- test third-party systems which have computerized interfaces with The Bank
of Hemet and BankLink Corporation's systems; and
- continue to refine its contingency plan.
92
<PAGE>
The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation rely substantially on outside
vendors to provide computer hardware and software systems for their operations.
Consequently, the Year 2000 plan places heavy emphasis on compliance by outside
vendors. The plan prioritizes outside vendors by the degree of dependence on the
computer systems they provide. The plan also addresses customer capabilities to
become Year 2000 compliant. Finally, the plan requires review of non-information
technology systems, such as alarm systems.
The Bank of Hemet's Audit Committee has engaged the services of an
independent consultant to review the overall Year 2000 project. The consultant
has been requested to emphasize testing of vendor-reliant, mission-critical
systems and to assist in the development of a contingency plan.
VENDORS. The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation rely heavily on outside
vendors to provide the hardware and software used in their computer operations.
To determine the readiness of outside vendors, The Bank of Hemet and BankLink
Corporation have solicited written communications from each major outside vendor
about its compliance with Year 2000. Most outside vendors have responded that
they are Year 2000 compliant. The Bank of Hemet identified a total of 45
vendors. It found that 34 of these were not critical to The Bank of Hemet's
operations. The Bank of Hemet found the remaining 11 vendors to be critical to
its operations, and found all 11 Year 2000 compliant. For those outside vendors
who provide mission critical systems and have certified these systems as Year
2000 compliant, The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation have conducted
in-house testing of these systems, using various Year 2000-critical dates. The
testing has included the creation of a duplicate database on BankLink
Corporation's mainframe computer used for Year 2000 testing purposes.
For those outside vendors that have responded they are working toward Year
2000 compliance and that The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation have
determined to be significant, The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation will
follow up on a regular basis throughout 1999. These outside vendors have advised
The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation that they expect to be Year 2000
compliant prior to December 31, 1999, and there are no Year 2000 compliance
issues which appear to be unresolvable by that date. For such outside vendors
that provide mission critical systems, The Bank of Hemet and BankLink
Corporation will be conducting ongoing testing to validate Year 2000 compliance.
The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation have determined that other
outside vendors will not have a material impact on their operations, whether or
not they are Year 2000 compliant.
CUSTOMERS. The Bank of Hemet has sent a questionnaire to each of its
significant borrowers and depositors to determine the extent of risk created by
any failure by them to remediate their own Year 2000 issues. The Bank of Hemet's
customer risk evaluation consisted of sending questionnaires to its 22 largest
business deposit customers and its 95 largest borrowers, which had loans in
excess of $500,000. Most customers have responded. From the questionnaires, The
Bank of Hemet identified several of these customers as having a low risk of Year
2000 exposure due to the commercial real estate nature of their businesses.
There was one borrower whose response raised a question about its Year 2000
risk. The Bank of Hemet has placed this loan on the internal loan watch list and
the loan officer is monitoring it. Each borrower and depositor is categorized
according to its state of readiness based on its response to the questionnaire
and The Bank of Hemet's review of the customer. The Bank of Hemet
93
<PAGE>
has also taken steps to ensure liquidity for depositors with high Year 2000
risks. It will make a reassessment on each customer's risk on a regular basis.
BankLink Corporation has organized a client bank information group to exchange
Year 2000 readiness and testing information.
NON-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS. The Bank of Hemet and BankLink
Corporation have tested their non-information technology systems, such as
microprocessors controlling its environmental and alarm systems, and found them
to be Year 2000 compliant.
COSTS TO ADDRESS YEAR 2000 ISSUES FOR THE BANK OF HEMET AND BANKLINK
CORPORATION. Some of The Bank of Hemet's and BankLink Corporation's computer
hardware and software applications were modified or replaced in order to
maintain their functionality as the year 2000 approaches. The Bank of Hemet and
BankLink Corporation have spent approximately $120,000 as of December 31, 1998
to address Year 2000 issues. The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation spent
$34,000 in the first quarter of 1999 to address Year 2000 issues and estimate
their total expenditures over the two-year period 1998 through 1999 to be
approximately $200,000. This estimate includes some costs, such as the purchase
of computer hardware and software upgrades, that will qualify as depreciable
assets for accounting purposes, with the related depreciation expense recognized
over the estimated useful lives of the applicable assets. However, the majority
of costs, including in-house staff time, will be expensed as incurred, in
compliance with generally accepted accounting principles. BankLink Corporation
expects to recover a portion of its total costs by recognizing non-interest
income over the fifteen month period ending December 31, 1999 from fees charged
to its client banks for Year 2000 testing and other costs incurred. The Bank of
Hemet does not anticipate that any of these costs will materially impact its
consolidated results of operations in any one reporting period.
In light of the complexity of the Year 2000 problem and its potential impact
on both The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation and third parties that
interact with them, there can be no assurance that the costs associated with the
Year 2000 issue will be as estimated. The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation
do not intend to obtain insurance against any Year 2000 risks.
RISKS OF THE YEAR 2000 ISSUES FOR THE BANK OF HEMET AND BANKLINK
CORPORATION. Management believes that it is likely that the foregoing efforts
will be successful. However, it is possible that necessary remediation of
vendor-reliant systems may not be completed in a timely manner, or third-party
systems with which The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation have computerized
interfaces may create Year 2000 issues. It is also possible that the expenses or
liabilities to which The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation may become
subject as a result of such issues could be material. Any such event or
occurrence could have a material adverse effect on The Bank of Hemet's and
BankLink Corporation's business, prospects, operating results and financial
condition. Ultimately, the potential impact of the Year 2000 issue on The Bank
of Hemet and BankLink Corporation will depend on a series of complex factors,
including the following:
- the corrective measures undertaken by The Bank of Hemet and BankLink
Corporation themselves;
- the measures undertaken by outside vendors to become Year 2000 compliant;
94
<PAGE>
- the accuracy of representations made by outside vendors to The Bank of
Hemet and BankLink Corporation concerning their state of readiness;
- the degree of compliance by governmental agencies, businesses, telephone
and other utility companies, and other entities which engage in essential
communications or third-party computerized interfaces with The Bank of
Hemet and BankLink Corporation and its customers; and
- the degree of compliance by customers.
At worst, The Bank of Hemet's and BankLink Corporation's customers and
outside vendors will face severe Year 2000 issues. Large customers negatively
affected by Year 2000 issues could lead to deposit outflows or increased risk in
collecting loans. The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation may also be
required to replace noncompliant outside vendors with more expensive Year 2000
compliant outside vendors.
The Bank of Hemet and BankLink Corporation have taken steps to avail
themselves of the safe harbor provision of the newly enacted Year 2000
Information and Readiness Disclosure Act by clearly labeling written
communications to customers and vendors as a "Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure,"
thereby promoting a prompt, candid and thorough exchange of information on Year
2000 readiness and limiting liability for any errors.
CONTINGENCY PLANS OF THE BANK OF HEMET AND BANKLINK CORPORATION. The Bank
of Hemet and BankLink Corporation have created a contingency plan to take effect
should there be circumstances preventing timely implementation. If those outside
vendors do not demonstrate compliance by a specified date, The Bank of Hemet and
BankLink Corporation will seek alternatives in accordance with its contingency
plan. Outside vendors of mission critical systems are major U.S. companies, and
management has assessed the relevant financial and operational capabilities of
their hardware and software to provide Year 2000 processing. The time frame to
convert to another outside vendor in the Year 2000 is relatively long, and
therefore the ability to obtain replacement outside vendors will be limited.
In addition, for each mission critical system, The Bank of Hemet and
BankLink Corporation have identified alternate procedures to achieve a
successful resumption of business in case its computer systems, or those of its
mission critical outside vendors, fail. The alternative procedures include
development of a manual process for implementing the system and identifying
alternative outside vendors.
95
<PAGE>
BUSINESS OF THE BANK OF HEMET
GENERAL
The Bank of Hemet is a California community bank headquartered in Hemet,
California. In addition to its headquarters, The Bank of Hemet maintains five
branches in Riverside county. Riverside county and neighboring San Bernardino
county are experiencing significant population and economic growth.
The Bank of Hemet's primary service area is the area of California commonly
referred to as the Inland Empire, a region primarily consisting of Riverside and
San Bernardino counties. These counties are experiencing significant population
and economic growth, much of which has been fueled by the migration of
manufacturing, distribution and export service firms from adjacent Los Angeles,
Orange and San Diego counties.
The Bank of Hemet was incorporated in 1974 under the California General
Corporation Law and is licensed by the California Department of Financial
Institutions to conduct a general banking business. The Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation insures its deposits up to the applicable legal limits.
The Bank of Hemet is not a member of the Federal Reserve System.
The Bank of Hemet emphasizes community-based commercial banking. It serves
small-to-medium size businesses, professionals, retired individuals and
residents in the Hemet area, as well as businesses and real estate
owners/developers primarily throughout Riverside, San Bernardino, Orange, Los
Angeles and San Diego counties. The Bank of Hemet also makes commercial real
estate loans meeting its underwriting criteria in the San Francisco bay area, in
the Sacramento area and in other areas outside of its primary service area,
including Arizona.
The Bank of Hemet offers a full range of commercial, real estate, personal,
home improvement, automobile and other installment and term loans. The Bank of
Hemet's primary lending focus has historically been and continues to be
commercial real estate and construction lending.
Deposit services offered by The Bank of Hemet include personal and business
checking and savings accounts, money market deposit accounts, certificates of
deposit, and individual retirement accounts. Other operational services include
safe deposit boxes, travelers checks, wire transfers, overdraft lines of credit,
electronic banking for businesses, 24-hour telephone banking, merchant bankcard,
automated clearing house origination, automatic teller machines on the Instant
Teller, Maestro and Cirrus networks and other standard depository functions.
As of December 31, 1998, the Bank of Hemet's wholly owned subsidiary,
BankLink Corporation, provides data processing services to The Bank of Hemet and
seven other banks and item processing services to The Bank of Hemet and three
other banks. At December 31, 1998, BankLink Corporation had total assets of
$931,000 and pre-tax earnings for the year ended December 31, 1998 of $146,000.
The Bank has four other subsidiaries which are not active.
96
<PAGE>
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Bank of Hemet's business strategy is to:
- maintain asset quality;
- increase the volume and diversity of good quality, mini-perm real estate
and commercial loans;
- remix its deposit base to lower its cost of funds;
- provide high quality value based banking services and products to its
customers;
- continue a pace of moderate growth; and
- increase operating efficiencies.
The Bank of Hemet has focused on, and will continue to focus on, marketing
efforts to implement its business strategy. These efforts include obtaining
increased loan and deposit business from existing customers, word-of-mouth
referrals, advertising and personal solicitation of customers by officers,
directors and stockholders. Management assigns responsibility to all loan and
business development officers to make regular calls on potential customers and
obtain referrals from existing customers. The Bank of Hemet directs promotional
efforts toward individuals and small-to-medium sized businesses.
PREMISES
The following table sets forth information about The Bank of Hemet's banking
offices.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OWNED/
LOCATION TYPE OF OFFICE LEASED SIZE SINCE
- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------- --------- ---------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1600 East Florida Avenue, Hemet................. Main branch Leased 7,200 sq./ft 1988
1555 W. Florida Avenue, Hemet................... Branch Leased 5,300 sq./ft 1986
1497 S. San Jacinto Street, San Jacinto......... Branch Leased 3,300 sq./ft 1992
56525 Highway 371, Anza......................... Branch Owned 1,920 sq./ft 1992
3545 Central Avenue, Riverside.................. Branch(1) Leased 4,600 sq./ft 1993
3715 Sunnyside Drive, Riverside................. Branch and Owned 7,100 sq./ft(3) 1993
Administrative
offices(2)
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The bank does not currently accept deposits at this location. These are the
premises of The Bank of Hemet's wholly owned data processing subsidiary,
BankLink Corporation.
(2) The Bank of Hemet's loan, note, human resources, marketing and finance
departments occupy these premises.
(3) Includes enclosed parking area.
Aggregate annual rentals for The Bank of Hemet and its subsidiaries for
leased premises were $376,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998.
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
The following table sets forth the book values of securities at the dates
indicated. Under SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Agency Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities,"
97
<PAGE>
The Bank of Hemet has designated all of its U.S. government agency securities
and other securities as "held-to-maturity." The Bank of Hemet does not have any
tax exempt securities in its investment portfolio.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
-------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
U.S. government agencies(1).................................. $ 24,000 $ 24,000 $ 23,996
Other securities(2).......................................... 882 833 783
--------- --------- ---------
Total.................................................... $ 24,882 $ 24,833 $ 24,779
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) At December 31, 1998, $10.0 million of these securities were pledged to
secure public funds deposited with The Bank of Hemet, compared with $7.0
million at December 31, 1997 and $7.0 million at December 31, 1996.
(2) Consists of perpetual preferred stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San
Francisco.
The following table sets forth the maturities of The Bank of Hemet's
investment securities at December 31, 1998 and the weighted average yields of
those securities calculated on the basis of the cost and effective yields based
on the scheduled maturity of each security.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AFTER ONE TO AFTER FIVE TO
ONE YEAR OR LESS FIVE YEARS TEN YEARS AFTER TEN YEARS
---------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------
AMOUNT YIELD AMOUNT YIELD AMOUNT YIELD AMOUNT YIELD
--------- ----- --------- ----- ----------- ----- ----------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
U.S. government
agencies................ $ 18,000 5.08% $ 6,000 5.04% -- --% $ -- 0.00%
Other securities(1)....... -- -- -- 0.00 -- -- 882 5.86
--------- --------- --- -----
Total..................... $ 18,000 5.08% $ 6,000 5.04% -- -- $ 882 5.86%
--------- --------- -----
--------- --------- -----
Estimated fair value...... $ 18,005 $ 5,997 $ 882
--------- --------- -----
--------- --------- -----
<CAPTION>
TOTAL
----------------------
AMOUNT YIELD
--------- -----
<S> <C> <C>
U.S. government
agencies................ $ 24,000 5.07%
Other securities(1)....... 882 5.86
---------
Total..................... $ 24,882 5.09%
---------
---------
Estimated fair value...... $ 24,884
---------
---------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Consists of perpetual preferred stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San
Francisco. These securities are held as "available for sale," and their
carrying value is equal to their cost of acquisition.
The Bank of Hemet does not own securities of a single issuer, except for
securities issued by U.S. government agencies, whose aggregate book value is in
excess of 10% of its total equity.
LENDING ACTIVITIES
The Bank of Hemet originates loans for its own portfolio. Lending activities
include commercial real estate mortgage, real estate construction, commercial
and consumer loans. The Bank of Hemet's primary asset category continues to be
its loan portfolio, which comprised 79.2% of average total assets in 1998. At
December 31, 1998, The Bank of Hemet had no foreign loans outstanding and has
not engaged in the business of making foreign loans.
98
<PAGE>
LOAN PORTFOLIO
COMPOSITION OF LOANS. The following table shows the composition of loans by
type of loan or type of borrower at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Real estate--construction............................ $ 1,941 $ 6,627 $ 8,268 $ 12,169 $ 6,885
Real estate--mortgage(1)............................. 195,248 174,897 167,979 163,684 164,784
Commercial........................................... 10,016 10,033 10,401 8,525 11,762
Consumer............................................. 1,002 1,065 1,043 1,264 1,542
Municipal leases..................................... -- -- 24 292 833
All other loans...................................... 391 411 482 489 761
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
208,598 193,033 188,197 186,423 186,567
Deferred origination fees........................ (796) (746) (756) (706) (821)
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total loans.......................................... $ 207,802 $ 192,287 $ 187,441 $ 185,717 $ 185,746
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Includes commercial real estate and residential mortgage loans.
MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITIES OF LOANS TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES. The
following table shows the maturity distribution of the loan portfolio excluding
nonaccrual loans and deferred origination fees at December 31, 1998, and the
loan portfolio's sensitivity to changes in interest rates. The principal
balances of loans due after one year are indicated by both fixed and floating
rate categories.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FLOATING
AFTER ONE RATE: FIXED RATE:
WITHIN ONE BUT WITHIN AFTER DUE AFTER DUE AFTER
YEAR FIVE YEARS FIVE YEARS ONE YEAR ONE YEAR(1)
---------- ----------- ----------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
Real estate--construction............................. $ 1,941 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
Real estate--mortgage................................. 10,786 89,783 93,101 162,982 19,902
Commercial............................................ 7,449 2,568 -- 2,035 533
Consumer.............................................. 491 353 158 36 475
Municipal leases...................................... -- -- -- -- --
All other loans....................................... 391 -- -- -- --
---------- ----------- ----------- ---------- -----------
Total............................................. $ 21,058 $ 92,704 $ 93,259 $ 165,053 $ 20,910
---------- ----------- ----------- ---------- -----------
---------- ----------- ----------- ---------- -----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Includes real estate mortgage floating rate loans of $8,773,000 which are
accruing interest at floor rates.
LOANS SECURED BY REAL ESTATE
At December 31, 1998, $197.2 million, or approximately 94.5% of The Bank of
Hemet's loans were secured by first deeds of trust on real estate. The
concentration in loans secured by real estate is monitored on a quarterly basis
and taken into account in the computation of the adequacy of the allowance for
loan and lease losses. The non-residential real estate loan portfolio is
segregated into various categories on which annual concentration limits are
recommended by management and approved by the board of directors. The categories
include
99
<PAGE>
industrial, medical office, commercial office, mini-storage and retail. "Retail"
is further broken down into subcategories, including anchored, automotive,
office and strip center. Additionally, The Bank of Hemet categorizes the
portfolio geographically by state and county.
The three largest categories of loans secured by real estate are shown in
the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT AT
DECEMBER 31, PERCENTAGE OF LOANS
TYPE OF REAL ESTATE LOAN 1998 IN PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Commercial mortgage loans................... $ 166,179 79.7%
Residential mortgage loans.................. 29,069 13.9
Construction loans.......................... 1,941 0.9
-------------- ---
Total real estate loans..................... $ 197,189 94.5%
-------------- ---
-------------- ---
</TABLE>
COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOANS. The Bank of Hemet provides intermediate term
commercial real estate loans collateralized by first deeds of trust on real
property. Approximately one percent of the commercial mortgage portfolio
consists of loans made outside California. Within California, at December 31,
1998, approximately 43% of commercial mortgage loans were secured by real
property in Riverside county, 28% in Orange county, 11% in San Bernardino county
and 7% in Los Angeles county.
The value of real estate collateral is supported by formal appraisals in
compliance with applicable federal regulations. Generally, these types of loans
are made for a period of up to five years, loan-to-value ratios are 65% or less,
and debt coverage ratios, are 1.30:1 or better. The loans generally carry
adjustable interest rates indexed to the one-year or, to a lesser extent, the
three- or five-year Treasury constant maturity index. Rate adjustments vary from
quarterly to five years. Amortization may be up to 30 years.
Repayment on loans secured by such properties depends on successful
operation and management of the collateral properties. The value of the
collateral is also subject to the real estate market and general economic
conditions. The Bank of Hemet attempts to address these risks through its
underwriting criteria, including the loan-to-value ratios and debt service
coverages described above. The collateral quality and type must meet The Bank of
Hemet's standards, the property generally must have quality leases extended
beyond the maturity date if applicable, and the borrower/guarantor generally
must have strong liquidity. The Bank of Hemet generally requires continuing
guaranties from borrowers/owners. The Bank of Hemet's lending administration
personnel inspect all of the properties securing The Bank of Hemet's real estate
portfolio before the loan is made.
The Bank of Hemet requires title insurance insuring the status of its lien
on all of the real estate secured loans. The Bank of Hemet also requires the
borrower to maintain fire, extended coverage casualty insurance and, if the
property is in a flood zone, flood insurance in amounts equal to the outstanding
loan balance, subject to applicable law that may limit the amount of hazard
insurance a lender can require to the cost of replacing improvements.
RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS. As of December 31, 1998, the total of all
residential mortgage loans held in portfolio by The Bank of Hemet was $29.1
million, or 13.9% of total loans. The portfolio is primarily secured by first
deeds of trust on single-family residences located in
100
<PAGE>
the Riverside and San Bernardino counties of California. Approximately $25.1
million or 86.4% of this portfolio consists of variable rate loans.
From time to time, The Bank of Hemet has originated first mortgages for
resale on the secondary market to Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and
Federal National Mortgage Association. However, since 1995 The Bank of Hemet has
chosen not to originate residential mortgage loans either for its own portfolio
or for sale in the secondary market due to competitive issues. The Bank of Hemet
retains the servicing rights to the loans sold. Servicing arrangements provide
for The Bank of Hemet to maintain records related to the servicing agreement, to
assume responsibility for billing mortgagors, to collect periodic mortgage
payments, and to perform various other activities necessary to the mortgage
servicing function. The Bank of Hemet receives as compensation a servicing fee
based on the principal balance of the outstanding loans. Servicing fee income
amounted to $57,000 during 1998, and the total unpaid principal balance of the
mortgage servicing portfolio amounted to approximately $18.3 million at December
31, 1998.
REAL ESTATE CONSTRUCTION LOANS. The Bank of Hemet finances the construction
of residential, commercial and industrial properties. The Bank of Hemet's
construction loans typically have the following characteristics:
- First mortgages on the collateral real estate;
- Maturities of one year or less;
- A floating rate of interest based on the Bank of America prime rate;
- Minimum cash equity of 30% of project cost;
- Reserve for anticipated interest costs during construction;
- Loan-to-value ratios generally not exceeding 65%; and
- Recourse against the borrower or a guarantor in the event of a default.
For commercial and industrial properties, The Bank of Hemet typically issues
a stand-by commitment for a "take-out" mini-perm loan on the property. The Bank
of Hemet does not participate in joint ventures or take an equity interest in
connection with its construction lending.
Construction loans involve additional risks compared with loans secured by
existing improved real property. These include:
- The uncertain value of the project prior to completion;
- The inherent uncertainty in estimating construction costs;
- Possible difficulties encountered by municipal or other governmental
regulation during construction; and
- The inherent uncertainty of the market value of the completed project.
As a result of these uncertainties, repayment depends, in large part, on the
success of the ultimate project. If The Bank of Hemet is forced to foreclose on
a project before or at completion because of a default, The Bank of Hemet may
not be able to recover all of the unpaid balance of the loan, and its accrued
interest, as well as the related foreclosure and
101
<PAGE>
holding costs. In addition, The Bank of Hemet may find it necessary to pay
additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for
an indeterminate time. Further, future local or national economic conditions
could have an adverse impact on the potential success of construction projects
financed by The Bank of Hemet and on collateral securing these loans.
COMMERCIAL LOANS
At December 31, 1998, approximately $10.0 million, or 4.8% of The Bank of
Hemet's total loan portfolio, consisted of commercial loans. The Bank of Hemet
provides intermediate and short-term commercial loans that are either unsecured,
partially secured or fully secured. The majority of these loans are in Riverside
and San Bernardino counties. Loan maturities range up to five years. The Bank of
Hemet requires a re-analysis before making a loan extension in excess of 90
days. The Bank of Hemet makes these loans to individuals, professionals and
businesses. The Bank of Hemet takes collateral whenever possible regardless of
the loan purpose. Collateral may include cash, liens on accounts receivable
and/or equipment. As a matter of policy, The Bank of Hemet requires all
principals of a business to be guarantors on all commercial loans. All borrowers
must demonstrate the ability to service and repay not only The Bank of Hemet
debt but all outstanding debt, on the basis of historical cash flow or
conversion of assets.
CONSUMER LOANS
As of December 31, 1998, the total of all consumer loans held by The Bank of
Hemet was $1.0 million or .5% of total loans. Consumer loans may be secured or
unsecured, and are extended for a variety of purposes, including the purchase or
finance of automobiles, home improvement, home equity lines and overdraft
protection. Consumer loan underwriting standards include an examination of the
applicant's credit history and payment record on other debts and an evaluation
of his or her ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed
loan. Although creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary importance, the
underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the security, if
any, to the proposed loan amount.
Consumer loans entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans,
particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by
rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed
collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of
repayment of the outstanding loan balance because the collateral is more likely
to suffer damage, loss or depreciation. The remaining deficiency often does not
warrant further collection efforts against the borrower beyond obtaining a
deficiency judgment. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the
borrower's continuing financial stability. Furthermore, various federal and
state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, often
limit the amount that the lender can recover on these loans.
102
<PAGE>
OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS
The Bank of Hemet may issue formal commitments or lines of credit to a
limited number of well-established, financially responsible, local commercial
enterprises. Such commitments can be either secured or unsecured. These
commitments may take the form of revolving lines of credit, letters of credit,
real estate construction or real estate mortgage loans. Standby letters of
credit are conditional commitments issued by The Bank of Hemet to guarantee the
performance of a customer to a third party. The Bank of Hemet does not enter
into any interest rate swaps or caps, or forward or future contracts.
The following table shows the distribution of The Bank of Hemet's
undisbursed loan commitments at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1998 1997
--------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Real estate--construction................................................ $ 2,404 $ 2,160
Real estate--mortgage.................................................... 1,472 822
Standby letters of credit................................................ 1,116 282
Undisbursed lines of credit.............................................. 5,876 6,436
--------- ---------
Total................................................................ $ 10,868 $ 9,700
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
LENDING PROCEDURES AND CREDIT APPROVAL PROCESS
The board of directors' loan committee approves all loans in excess of
$500,000 and reviews all loans in excess of $100,000. Lending limits are
authorized by the loan committee through authority delegated by the board of
directors of The Bank of Hemet. The directors' loan committee approves all loans
which would create a total borrower liability in excess of $500,000. The Chief
Credit Officer is responsible for evaluating the authority limits for individual
credit officers and recommends lending limits to the directors' loan committee
for approval.
The highest individual lending authority in The Bank of Hemet is currently
$500,000, which requires the approval and signature of the Chief Credit Officer.
The second highest lending authority is $150,000 for the manager of the real
estate loan department. All other individual lending authorities are less, with
the next largest authority being $100,000.
At December 31, 1998, The Bank of Hemet's authorized legal lending limits
were approximately $3.5 million for unsecured loans and approximately $5.8
million for secured loans. Legal lending limits are calculated in conformance
with California law, which prohibits a bank from lending to any one individual
or entity or its related interests an aggregate amount which exceeds 15% of
primary capital plus the allowance for loan and lease losses on an unsecured
basis and 25% on a secured basis. The Bank of Hemet's primary capital plus
allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 1998 totaled $23.3 million.
The Bank of Hemet's largest borrower as of December 31, 1998 had an aggregate
loan liability totaling $5.8 million.
The Bank of Hemet seeks to mitigate the risks inherent in its loan portfolio
by adhering to certain underwriting practices. These practices include analysis
of prior credit histories, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow
projections, valuation of collateral based on
103
<PAGE>
reports of independent appraisers and verification of liquid assets. Although
management believes that its underwriting criteria are appropriate for the
various kinds of loans it makes, The Bank of Hemet may incur losses on loans
which meet its underwriting criteria, and these losses may exceed the amounts
set aside as reserves for such losses in the allowance for loan and lease
losses.
ASSET QUALITY
NONPERFORMING ASSETS. Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and
other real estate owned, or OREO.
NONPERFORMING LOANS. Nonperforming loans are those which the borrower fails
to perform in accordance with the original terms of the obligation and fall into
two categories:
- Nonaccrual loans. The Bank of Hemet generally places loans on nonaccrual
status when interest or principal payments become 90 days or more past due
unless the outstanding principal and interest is well-secured and, in the
opinion of management, is deemed in the process of collection. When loans
are placed on nonaccrual status, accrued but unpaid interest is reversed
against the current year's income. The Bank of Hemet may treat payments on
nonaccrual loans as interest income or return of principal depending upon
management's opinion of the ultimate risk of loss on the individual loan.
Cash payments are treated as interest income where management believes the
remaining principal balance is fully collectible. Additionally, The Bank
of Hemet may place loans not 90 days past due on nonaccrual status if
management reasonably believes the borrower will not be able to comply
with the contractual loan repayment terms and collection of principal or
interest is in question.
- Accruing loans 90 days or more past due. The Bank of Hemet classifies a
loan in this category when the borrower is more than 90 days late in
making a payment of principal or interest but the loan has not been placed
on nonaccrual status.
Nearly all nonperforming loans during the periods reported were secured by
first deeds of trust on real property. The collateral securing these
nonperforming loans at December 31, 1998 may not be sufficient to prevent losses
on such loans.
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED. This category of nonperforming assets consists of
real estate to which The Bank of Hemet has taken title by reason of foreclosure
or by taking a deed in lieu of foreclosure from the borrower. The Bank of Hemet
has been actively managing its OREO while attempting to expeditiously dispose of
the properties. At December 31, 1998, the bank owned one OREO property,
consisting of a single family residence valued at $77,000. For a more complete
discussion of changes in OREO during the last three years, please refer to "The
Bank of Hemet Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations--
Noninterest Expense."
104
<PAGE>
The following table summarizes The Bank of Hemet's nonperforming assets at
the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Nonaccrual loans(1).............................................. $ 1,578 $ 2,902 $ 2,976 $ 2,446 $ 3,188
Loans past due 90 days or more................................... 3 -- 17 14 --
Total nonperforming loans...................................... 1,581 2,902 2,993 2,460 3,188
Other real estate owned.......................................... 77 779 2,180 3,908 2,719
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total nonperforming assets..................................... $ 1,658 $ 3,681 $ 5,173 $ 6,368 $ 5,907
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans.................. 0.76% 1.51% 1.60% 1.32% 1.72%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets................ 0.66% 1.53% 2.21% 2.79% 2.64%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Interest income in the amount of $277,000 would have accrued during 1998 on
loans on nonaccrual status if interest had been accrued. Income of $115,000
was in fact recognized on nonaccrual loans in 1998 based on receipt of
actual interest payments.
IMPAIRED LOANS. Management defines impaired loans, regardless of past due
status on loans, as those on which principal and interest are not expected to be
collected under the original contractual loan repayment terms. The Bank of Hemet
charges off an impaired loan at the time management believes it has exhausted
the collection process. The Bank of Hemet values impaired loans based on the
present value of future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective rate, the
loan's observable market price or the fair value of collateral if the loan is
collateral-dependent. Impaired loans at December 31, 1998 were $3.3 million,
$1.6 million of which were also nonaccrual loans. On account of these impaired
loans, The Bank of Hemet had an allowance for loan and lease losses of $287,000
at December 31, 1998. The average outstanding principal balance of impaired
loans was $4.0 million during 1998. Substantially all of the impaired loans at
December 31, 1998 were collateral dependent and management measured them using
the fair value of the collateral.
SUBSTANDARD AND DOUBTFUL LOANS. The Bank of Hemet classifies loans as
"substandard" in accordance with regulatory requirements when they are
inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the
borrower or of the loan collateral, if any. Substandard loans generally have
well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize repayment. They are characterized by the
distinct possibility that a bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are
not corrected.
The Bank of Hemet classifies loans as "doubtful," in accordance with
regulatory requirements, when the loans have the inherent weaknesses of
substandard loans and, in addition, the weaknesses make collection or repayment
in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values,
highly questionable and improbable. However, in such loans, various important
and reasonably specific pending factors may work to the advantage and
strengthening of the asset. Accordingly, with respect to such loans, the
estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined.
RESTRUCTURED LOANS. The Bank of Hemet considers restructured loans as loans
on which interest accrues at a below market rate or on which a portion of the
principal has been forgiven to help the borrower make the final repayment of the
loan. Any interest previously
105
<PAGE>
accrued, but not yet collected, is reversed against current income when the loan
is placed in this category. Interest is then reported on a cash basis until the
borrower establishes an ability to service the restructured loan in accordance
with its terms, The Bank of Hemet does not have any loans categorized as
restructured loans.
Except as disclosed above, there were no assets as of December 31, 1998
where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers caused
management to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply
with the present loan repayment terms. However, it is always possible that
current credit problems may exist that may not have been discovered by
management. Given the high percentage of The Bank of Hemet's loans that are
secured by real estate, the real estate market in Southern California and the
overall economy in The Bank of Hemet's market area are likely to continue to
have a significant effect on the quality of The Bank of Hemet's assets in the
future.
ALLOWANCES AND PROVISIONS FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
The following table sets forth an analysis of the allowance for loan and
lease losses and provisions for loan and lease losses for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of period....................... $ 2,116 $ 2,241 $ 2,135 $ 2,609 $ 2,520
Loans charged off:
Real estate--construction.......................... -- -- -- -- 625
Real estate--mortgage.............................. 139 274 562 179 776
Commercial......................................... -- 159 272 348 43
Consumer........................................... 43 18 68 90 17
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total charge-offs................................ 182 451 902 617 1,461
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Recoveries:
Real estate--construction.......................... -- -- -- -- --
Real estate--mortgage.............................. 225 57 16 18 9
Commercial......................................... 47 10 2 -- 35
Consumer........................................... 26 9 2 5 6
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total recoveries................................. 298 76 20 23 50
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net charge-offs...................................... (116) 375 882 594 1,411
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Provision for possible loans losses.................. -- 250 988 120 1,500
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Balance at end of period............................. $ 2,232 $ 2,116 $ 2,241 $ 2,135 $ 2,609
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Average total loans outstanding(1)................... $ 196,675 $ 187,298 $ 184,307 $ 183,632 $ 185,708
Total loans at end of period(1)...................... 207,802 192,287 187,441 185,717 185,746
Net charge-offs/average total loans outstanding...... (0.06)% 0.20% 0.48% 0.32% 0.76%
Allowance at end of period/total loans outstanding... 1.07% 1.10% 1.20% 1.15% 1.40%
Allowance/nonperforming loans........................ 141.16% 72.90% 74.86% 86.78% 81.84%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Net of deferred loan origination fees.
106
<PAGE>
The Bank of Hemet maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses at a
level considered by management to be adequate to cover the inherent risks of
loss associated with its loan portfolio under prevailing and anticipated
economic conditions. In determining the adequacy of the allowance, management
takes into consideration primarily the credit quality of the portfolio and prior
loan loss experience. The specific calculation of the allowance for loan and
lease losses is based on the risk rating system that The Bank of Hemet uses to
grade its loans. This system classifies all loans into one of eight grades
according to a risk-rating matrix that evaluates each of the five following
factors:
- the dependability of the primary repayment source;
- the dependability of the secondary repayment source;
- the value of the collateral in relation to the size of the loan, and the
liquidity of the collateral;
- the character/relationship of the borrower; and
- the strength, stability and potential of the industry in which the
borrower is operating.
Different reserve percentages are assigned to each different class of loan,
as summarized in the following table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOAN GRADE RESERVE PERCENTAGE
- -------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Class I ("Pass") 0.10%
Class II ("Pass") 0.20%
Class III ("Pass") Historical loan loss experience factor
Class IV ("Watch") Calculated on a loan by loan basis
Class V ("Special Mention") Calculated on a loan by loan basis
Class VI ("Substandard") Calculated on a loan by loan basis
Class VII ("Doubtful") Minimum of 50.00%
Class VIII ("Loss") 100.00%
</TABLE>
Management assigns reserve percentages to the first two classes, reflecting
management's judgment of the likelihood of loss in each risk category. For the
third grade, in which most "pass loans" fall, management assigns a reserve
percentage to each of the following kinds of loans: commercial loans, commercial
real estate loans, residential real estate loans, construction loans and
consumer loans. The reserve percentage represents the historical loss rate on
this category of loans for the preceding 36 months. For the next three
categories, management assigns specific reserves based on a risk analysis of
each loan. The Bank of Hemet's board of directors approves the adequacy of the
allowance for loan and lease losses on a quarterly basis.
The balance in the allowance is affected by amounts provided from
operations, amounts charged-off and recoveries of previously charged-off loans.
For 1998, The Bank of Hemet recorded no provision for loan and lease losses,
compared with provisions of $250,000 for 1997 and $988,000 for 1996. The lack of
a provision in 1998 resulted from management's determination, in accordance with
the policy discussed above, that the allowance was adequate at December 31,
1998. In fact, the allowance had grown in 1998 by reason of net recoveries on
loans previously charged-off in the amount of $116,000, compared with net
charge-offs of $375,000 in 1997 and $882,000 in 1996. These trends reflected,
among other factors, the
107
<PAGE>
strengthening of the Southern California economy. The decreased provision in
1997 as compared with 1996 reflected the significant decrease in net charge-offs
during 1997 as compared with 1996. The increased provision in 1996 mainly
resulted from the decline in real estate collateral value for one borrower in
that year.
At December 31, 1998 the allowance for loan and lease losses stood at $2.2
million or 1.07% of total loans outstanding, compared with $2.1 million or 1.10%
of total loans outstanding at December 31, 1997, and $2.2 million, or 1.20% of
total loans outstanding at December 31, 1996.
Management anticipates the continued stabilization of the economy in
segments of The Bank of Hemet's market area. However, underlying trends in the
economic cycle will influence credit quality, particularly in Southern
California, Management cannot completely predict these trends. Consequently, The
Bank of Hemet may sustain loan losses, in any particular period, that are
sizable in relation to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Additionally, a
subsequent evaluation of the loan portfolio, in light of factors then
prevailing, by The Bank of Hemet and its regulators may indicate a requirement
for increases in the allowance for loan and lease losses through charges to the
provision for loan and lease losses.
The following table summarizes a breakdown of the allowance for loan and
lease losses by loan category and the allocation in each category as a
percentage of total loans in each category at the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
% OF LOANS IN % OF LOANS IN % OF LOANS IN
AMOUNT CATEGORY AMOUNT CATEGORY AMOUNT CATEGORY
--------- ------------- --------- ------------- --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Real estate--construction............... $ 3 0.1% $ 66 3.1% $ 83 3.7%
Real estate--mortgage................... 2,042 91.5 1,984 93.8 2,082 92.9
Commercial.............................. 171 7.7 47 2.2 56 2.5
Consumer................................ 16 0.7 19 0.9 20 0.9
--------- ----- --------- ----- --------- -----
Total................................... $ 2,232 100.0% $ 2,116 100.0% $ 2,241 100.0%
--------- ----- --------- ----- --------- -----
--------- ----- --------- ----- --------- -----
</TABLE>
Allocations of the loan and lease losses by category are not available in
The Bank of Hemet's records for 1995 and 1994. However, real-estate mortgage
loans constituted 87.8% of The Bank of Hemet's portfolio in 1995 and 88.3% in
1994. Accordingly, management believes that more than 90% of the allowance in
1995 and 1994 was allocable to real-estate mortgage loans as it was in 1998,
1997 and 1996.
The allocation of the allowance to loan and lease categories is an estimate
by management of the relative risk characteristics of loans in those categories.
Losses in one or more loan categories may exceed the portion of the allowance
allocated to that category or even exceed the entire allowance. The Bank of
Hemet did not make an allocation of loan loss reserves by loan category in 1995
or 1994.
DEPOSITS
Deposits are The Bank of Hemet's primary source of funds. At December 31,
1998, The Bank of Hemet had a deposit mix of 54.3% in time deposits, 29.4% in
savings and interest-
108
<PAGE>
bearing checking accounts, 14.7% in noninterest-bearing demand accounts and 1.6%
in money market accounts.
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits enhance The Bank of Hemet's net interest
income by lowering its cost of funds. The Bank is committed to continuing its
recent efforts to increase core deposits through increased business development
efforts, diversification of its customer base, product line enhancements and
superior customer service. Currently, deposits from the local market area are
increasing, thus decreasing reliance on potentially unstable sources of funds.
The Bank of Hemet obtains deposits primarily from the communities it serves.
No material portion of its deposits has been obtained from or is dependent on
any one person or industry. The Bank of Hemet's business is not seasonal in
nature. The Bank of Hemet accepts deposits in excess of $100,000 from customers.
These deposits are priced to remain competitive. At December 31, 1998, The Bank
of Hemet had no brokered deposits.
The following table sets forth the average balances and the average rates
paid for the major categories of deposits for the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE
BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE BALANCE RATE
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Noninterest-bearing demand................. $ 33,349 --% $ 29,831 --% $ 25,981 --%
Interest-bearing demand.................... 14,204 1.07 13,722 1.10 14,837 1.13
Money market deposits...................... 3,970 2.72 4,660 2.75 5,393 2.82
Savings deposits........................... 48,793 4.01 47,468 4.11 41,968 4.07
Time deposits of $100,000 or more.......... 9,036 5.54 8,662 5.65 15,537 5.73
Time deposits under $100,000............... 116,876 5.53 109,948 5.65 106,222 5.56
--------- --------- ---------
Total average deposits..................... $ 226,228 4.06 $ 214,291 4.17 $ 209,938 4.20
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
MATURITIES OF TIME CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT
Maturities of time certificates of deposits outstanding at December 31, 1998
are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
$100,000 OR LESS THAN
MORE $100,000
--------------- --------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Three months or less......................................... $ 2,642 $ 29,684
Over three to six months..................................... 1,649 26,310
Over six to twelve months.................................... 2,976 53,833
Over twelve months........................................... 874 7,053
------ --------------
Total........................................................ $ 8,141 $ 116,880
------ --------------
------ --------------
</TABLE>
DATA PROCESSING SERVICES--BANKLINK CORPORATION
Through its subsidiary, BankLink Corporation, The Bank of Hemet provides
data processing services and item processing services to The Bank of Hemet and
other financial institutions. BankLink Corporation serves eight client banks as
of December 31, 1998. BankLink Corporation uses Information Technology
Incorporated application software and uses that software to provide high volume
processing capabilities and systems support services
109
<PAGE>
for deposit and loan transactions, treasury functions and loan servicing. These
services encompass all of the normal banking applications, including accounts
payable, fixed assets, automated clearinghouse origination, automated exception
processing, asset/liability management, corporate cash management, telephone
banking, and account analysis.
For the year ended December 31, 1998, BankLink Corporation had revenues from
its operations of $1.1 million.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
As a California bank whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, The Bank of Hemet is subject to many governmental rules
that affect its operations. For a description of the laws and regulations that
apply to The Bank of Hemet, please refer to the section entitled "Supervision
and Regulation," starting on page 169.
COMPETITION
The Bank of Hemet considers its primary service area to include Riverside
and San Bernardino counties of California. The banking business is highly
competitive in California, including this region. A number of major banks and
savings and loan associations have offices in this area. They currently dominate
loan and deposit origination. The Bank of Hemet also competes for deposits and
loans with finance companies, industrial loan companies, securities and
brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, money market
funds, credit unions and other financial institutions.
Major banks and savings and loan associations exercise certain competitive
advantages over community banks like The Bank of Hemet. They can finance
extensive advertising campaigns and offer the convenience of many retail
outlets. Many offer services, such as trust and international banking services,
which The Bank of Hemet does not offer directly. They can invest greater
resources in technology, which may afford them economies of scale, particularly
with respect to consumer financial services, by reason of their larger customer
bases. In addition, these larger institutions likely have lower costs of capital
and substantially higher lending limits.
To compete with larger financial institutions, The Bank of Hemet relies upon
responsive handling of customer needs, local promotional activity, and personal
contacts by its officers, directors and staff. For customers whose loan demands
exceed The Bank of Hemet's lending limits, The Bank of Hemet seeks to arrange
funding on a participation basis with its correspondent banks or other
independent commercial banks. The Bank of Hemet also assists customers requiring
services not offered by it to obtain such services from its correspondent banks.
In commercial real estate lending, The Bank of Hemet competes against larger
institutions. Management seeks to assert its competitive advantage in this
market through its depth of experience and ability to respond in customized ways
to the needs of its customers. In its deposit gathering, The Bank of Hemet
competes by having convenient branches located in areas of high bank deposits
per person, and by providing consumer-friendly environments at those branches.
110
<PAGE>
EMPLOYEES
At December 31, 1998, The Bank of Hemet employed a total of 86 full-time
equivalent employees, including four executive officers. None is presently
represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. The Bank
of Hemet believes its employee relations are excellent.
LITIGATION
In April 1997, litigation relating to the acquisition of Inland Savings and
Loan in 1992 by The Bank of Hemet was filed against The Bank of Hemet and
certain of its directors. The legal action alleges improper adjustments to the
value of the preferred stock of The Bank of Hemet issued to Inland Savings and
Loan shareholders in connection with the 1992 acquisition. The named plaintiffs
have sued on behalf of a class consisting of former owners of preferred stock of
The Bank of Hemet. The action alleges breach of contract and breach of fiduciary
duty and seeks compensatory damages in excess of $2 million, together with
punitive damages. In 1998, the court granted The Bank of Hemet's motion to
remove the fraud cause of action. On January 14, 1999, the court certified the
case as a class action. The Bank of Hemet intends to vigorously defend against
these claims, and has filed a motion for summary judgment on the breach of
fiduciary duty claim. Any potential losses to The Bank of Hemet as a result of
this action are not reasonably estimable, and accordingly no reserve for loss
has been established in The Bank of Hemet's consolidated financial statements.
Any losses which might be suffered by The Bank of Hemet related to this
proceeding could impact The Bank of Hemet's future profitability.
From time to time, The Bank of Hemet is involved in other litigation as an
incident to its business. In the opinion of management, no such other pending or
threatened litigation is likely to have a material adverse effect on The Bank of
Hemet's financial condition or results of operations.
INSURANCE
The Bank of Hemet maintains financial institution bond and commercial
insurance at levels deemed adequate by The Bank of Hemet's management to protect
it from some types of damage.
111
<PAGE>
THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE BANK OF HEMET
GENERAL
An annual meeting of the shareholders of The Bank of Hemet will take place
at 10:00 a.m. on July 23, 1999, at The Anchor Restaurant, 2524 East Florida
Avenue, Hemet, California. At the annual meeting, the holders of the common
stock of The Bank of Hemet will vote on the following:
- the approval of The Bank of Hemet agreement;
- a proposal to amend Article III of the bylaws of The Bank of Hemet to
increase the range of the number of corporate directors to a range of
seven to thirteen to accommodate the terms of The Bank of Hemet agreement;
- the election of seven persons to serve as directors and
- such other business as may properly come before The Bank of Hemet annual
meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.
RECORD DATE; SOLICITATION OF PROXIES
The close of business on June 23, 1999 is the record date for the
determination of the shareholders entitled to receive notice of, and to vote at,
the annual meeting. At that date, there were 844,252 outstanding shares of The
Bank of Hemet common stock entitled to vote at the annual meeting.
In addition to soliciting proxies by mail, officers, directors and employees
of The Bank of Hemet, without receiving any additional compensation, may solicit
proxies by telephone, fax, in person or by other means. Arrangements will also
be made with brokerage firms and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries to
forward proxy solicitation materials to the beneficial owners of The Bank of
Hemet common stock held of record by such persons, and The Bank of Hemet will
reimburse such brokerage firms, custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection therewith.
Pacific Community Banking Group will pay all expenses related to printing and
filing this proxy statement/prospectus, including all filing fees of the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
The required quorum for the transaction of business at the annual meeting is
a majority of the shares of The Bank of Hemet common stock entitled to vote at
the annual meeting. Shares voted in a matter are treated as being present for
purposes of establishing a quorum. Abstentions and broker non-votes will be
counted for determining a quorum, but will not be counted for purposes of
determining the number of votes cast "FOR" or "AGAINST" any matter.
REVOCABILITY OF PROXIES
Any holder of The Bank of Hemet common stock may revoke a proxy at any time
before it is voted by filing with the Secretary of The Bank of Hemet an
instrument revoking the proxy or by returning a duly executed proxy bearing a
later date, or by attending the annual meeting and voting in person. Any such
filing should be made to the attention of the Secretary, The Bank of Hemet, 3715
Sunnyside Drive, Riverside, California 92506. Attendance at the annual meeting
will not by itself constitute revocation of a proxy.
112
<PAGE>
MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED AT THE MEETING
APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE FIRST RESTATEMENT OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF
REORGANIZATION. At the annual meeting, you will be asked to approve and adopt
The Bank of Hemet agreement. Pursuant to The Bank of Hemet agreement, The Bank
of Hemet will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific Community Banking
Group. A vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of The Bank of Hemet
common stock entitled to be cast at the annual meeting is required to approve
and adopt The Bank of Hemet agreement. AFTER CAREFUL CONSIDERATION, THE BANK OF
HEMET'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS, BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE OF THE DIRECTORS PRESENT HAS
DETERMINED THAT THE ACQUISITION IS FAIR TO AND IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE
SHAREHOLDERS OF THE BANK OF HEMET. ACCORDINGLY, THE BANK OF HEMET BOARD HAS
UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE ACQUISITION. YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE
"FOR" THIS PROPOSAL.
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS. At the annual meeting you will be asked to consider
whether Article III of the bylaws of The Bank of Hemet should be amended to
increase the range of the number of members of the board of directors to a range
of seven to thirteen.
Article III of the bylaws of The Bank of Hemet currently provides that the
number of directors shall be no fewer than five and no more than nine. The Bank
of Hemet agreement provides that The Bank of Hemet shall have increased the size
of the board to permit appointment of Pacific Community Banking Group's
designees after the acquisition. Initially after the acquisition, Pacific
Community Banking Group plans to add two additional directors to the board. The
bylaw amendment will become effective only if the acquisition is completed. To
accommodate The Bank of Hemet agreement, after careful consideration, the board
of directors has determined that the proposed change to the bylaws is in the
best interests of the shareholders of The Bank of Hemet. Accordingly, your board
of directors has unanimously approved the amendment to the Bylaws. YOUR BOARD OF
DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THIS PROPOSAL.
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. At the annual meeting you will also be asked to
elect seven persons to serve as directors.
The board of directors has nominated the following persons to serve as
directors:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
John B. Brudin John J. McDonough
Jack E. Gosch Joseph D. Pehl
E. Kenneth Hyatt Clayton A. Record, Jr.
James B. Jaqua
</TABLE>
In the election of directors, Proposal No. 3, shareholders may vote their
shares cumulatively if, prior to the voting, a shareholder present and voting at
the annual meeting gives notice to the chairman of the meeting that he or she
intends to vote cumulatively. If any shareholder of The Bank of Hemet gives such
notice, then all shareholders will be entitled to cumulate their votes.
Cumulative voting allows a shareholder to cast a number of votes equal to the
number of shares held in his or her name as of the record date, multiplied by
the number of directors to be elected. This total number of votes may be cast
for one nominee, or distributed among as many nominees or in whatever
proportions as the shareholder chooses. If cumulative voting is declared at the
meeting, the proxyholders will have discretion to cumulate the votes represented
by any proxy delivered under this proxy statement/prospectus, and vote them in
accordance with the recommendations of the bank's management.
113
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth as of April 30, 1999, the names of and
information concerning the persons nominated by The Bank of Hemet board of
directors for election as directors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR FIRST
APPOINTED
NAME AND TITLE AGE DIRECTOR
- --------------------------------------------- --- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
John B. Brudin .............................. 69 1974
Director
Jack E. Gosch ............................... 70 1974
Director
E. Kenneth Hyatt ............................ 54 1982
Director
James B. Jaqua .............................. 56 1983
President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director
John J. McDonough ........................... 67 1974
Chairman of the Board and Director
Joseph D. Pehl .............................. 67 1992
Director
Clayton A. Record, Jr. ...................... 71 1974
Director
</TABLE>
None of the directors were selected pursuant to any arrangement or
understanding other than with the directors and executive officers of The Bank
of Hemet acting within their capacities as such. There are no family
relationships between any of the directors and executive officers of The Bank of
Hemet.
MR. JOHN H. BRUDIN is a director of The Bank of Hemet and is General Manager
of the Eastern Municipal Water District. He has been an employee with the
Eastern Municipal Water District since 1994. He is the former President of
NBS/Lowry, Inc. Engineers and Planners.
MR. JACK E. GOSCH is director of The Bank of Hemet and is President of Jack
Gosch Ford, Inc. and Hemet Toyota, automobile dealerships. Mr. Gosch has been
the president of each of the automobile dealerships since 1964 and 1972,
respectively.
MR. E. KENNETH HYATT is a director of The Bank of Hemet and has been
Executive Vice President of Talbot Agency Inc. (insurance and financial
services) since 1999. Mr. Hyatt was the President of Hemet Insurance Services,
Inc. from 1984 to 1998.
MR. JAMES B. JAQUA is a director and President and Chief Executive Officer
of The Bank of Hemet. Mr. Jaqua has been with The Bank of Hemet since January
1984.
MR. JOHN J. MCDONOUGH is Chairman of the Board of Directors of The Bank of
Hemet and has been with the bank since 1974.
MR. JOSEPH D. PEHL is a director of The Bank of Hemet and is the President
of Cornell Consulting Inc. a financial consulting company. Mr. Pehl has been
President of Cornell Consulting since 1996. Mr. Pehl was President of Fairchild
Sunglasses, a sunglass distributor, from 1995 to 1998, President of Yucaipa
Disposal, Inc., a disposal company, from 1972 to 1995. He served as President of
Empire Disposal, also a disposal company, from 1972 to 1995, and as President of
Triple J Enterprises, also a disposal company, from 1972 to 1995.
114
<PAGE>
MR. CLAYTON A. RECORD is a director of The Bank of Hemet and is a director
of the Eastern Municipal Water District. Mr. Record has been a director of the
Eastern Municipal Water District since 1995.
SHAREHOLDINGS OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
Management of The Bank of Hemet knows of no person who owns, beneficially or
of record, either individually or together with associates, five percent or more
of the outstanding shares of The Bank of Hemet common stock and common stock
equivalents, except as set forth in the table below. The following table sets
forth as of April 30, 1999 the number and percentage of shares of The Bank of
Hemet common stock beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by each of The
Bank of Hemet's directors, executive officers and principal shareholders and by
the directors and named executive officers of The Bank of Hemet as a group. The
shares "beneficially owned" are determined under Security and Exchange
Commission Rules, and do not necessarily indicate ownership for any other
purpose. In general, beneficial ownership includes shares over which the
director, principal shareholder or executive officer has sole or shared voting
or investment power and shares which such person has the right to acquire within
60 days of April 30, 1999. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons listed below
have sole voting and investment powers of the shares beneficially owned.
Management is not aware of any arrangements which may, at a subsequent date,
result in a change of control of The Bank of Hemet other than the acquisition
described in Proposal 1.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT AND NATURE
OF BENEFICIAL PERCENT OF
BENEFICIAL OWNER OWNERSHIP CLASS(5)
- ------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
John B. Brudin(6)............................................ 71,458 8.2%
Jack E. Gosch(6)............................................. 108,128(1) 12.5%
E. Kenneth Hyatt............................................. 30,729(8) 3.5%
James B. Jaqua(6)............................................ 160,101(2) 18.5%
John J. McDonough(6)......................................... 21,751(3) 2.5%
Joseph D. Pehl(6)............................................ 4,518(7) .5%
Clayton A. Record(6)......................................... 56,861 6.6%
Robert I. Robie.............................................. 10,400(4) 1.2%
Harold R. Williams, Jr....................................... 10,400(4) 1.2%
Total for directors and Named Executive Officers as a group
(numbering 9).............................................. 474,346 54.7%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The amount includes 9,965 shares owned by Jack Gosch Ford, Inc. Retirement
Plan and Trust, and 6,575 owned by TASP, Incorporated, in all of which Mr.
Gosch has shared ownership.
(2) The amount includes 141,178 shares owned in the name of The Jaqua Trust of
1989, 7,243 shares of common stock owned in the name of James B. Jaqua IRA,
4,813 shares owned in the name of James B. Jaqua, and 4,467 shares owned in
the name of M. Susan Jaqua IRA. This amount includes 2,400 shares acquirable
by stock options that are vested or will be vested within 60 days of April
30, 1999.
(3) The amount includes 1,210 shares held by Mr. McDonough's spouse in her own
name, as to which Mr. McDonough has shared voting and investment powers.
115
<PAGE>
(4) The amount includes 10,400 shares acquirable by stock options that are
vested or will be vested within 60 days of April 30, 1999.
(5) Assumes a total of 867,462 shares, composed of the 844,252 outstanding
shares of The Bank of Hemet common stock and 23,200 shares of The Bank of
Hemet common stock acquirable by exercise of stock options that are vested
within 60 days of April 30, 1999.
(6) The address of each of these persons is care of The Bank of Hemet, 3715
Sunnyside Drive, Riverside, California 92506.
(7) Includes 2,496 shares held in Joseph D. Pehl Keogh Retirement Account. Mr.
Pehl plans on gifting approximately 1,600 shares subsequent to April 30,
1999 without retaining voting power.
(8) The amount includes 26,729 shares owned in the name of Hyatt Family Trust of
1990, and 4,000 shares owned in the name of Hyatt Consulting Defined Benefit
Plan, as to which Mr. Hyatt has sole voting and investment power.
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT
Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 requires The Bank
of Hemet's officers and directors, and persons who own more than ten percent of
a registered class of The Bank of Hemet's equity securities, to file report of
ownership and change in ownership with the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation. Such persons are required by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
regulation to furnish The Bank of Hemet with copies of all Section 16(a) forms
they file.
Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received by it, or
written representations from reporting persons that no Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation Form 4's were required for those persons, The Bank of Hemet believes
that, during 1998, its officers, directors and more than ten-percent beneficial
owners complied with all filing requirements applicable to them.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Directors' fees are in the form of a retainer of $1,200 per month, plus $400
for each regular board meeting attended, and $200 for each committee meeting
attended. No directors' fees are paid to Messrs. Jaqua and McDonough.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES
The Bank of Hemet's board of directors met fifteen times during 1998. All
the directors attended at least 75 percent of all board of directors meetings
and committee meetings of which they were members held during 1998.
The Bank of Hemet has no standing nominating committee. It has a standing
audit committee which reviews audits of the bank and considers the adequacy of
auditing procedures. The Bank of Hemet's audit committee consists of Messrs.
Record, Pehl and Hyatt. The audit committee met three times in 1998. The Bank of
Hemet has a loan committee which reviews and approves loans in excess of the
delegated authority of management. The loan committee consists of all directors
of The Bank of Hemet. It met twenty-two times in 1998. The compensation
committee is composed of Messrs. Hyatt, Gosch and Brudin. The function
116
<PAGE>
of the compensation committee is to establish compensation policies including
employee compensation plans, and approve specific compensation levels for
executive officers. The compensation committee met two times in 1998.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth as of April 30, 1999, the names of and
information concerning executive officers of The Bank of Hemet.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE SINCE POSITION AND PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION
- --------------------------------- --- --------- -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
James B. Jaqua................... 56 1983 President and Chief Executive Officer
John J. McDonough................ 67 1974 Chairman of the Board
Robert I. Robie.................. 60 1994 Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer since February
1996. Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer from 1994.
Former Executive Vice President, Chief Credit Officer and
Director of Commerce Bank, Newport Beach, California. Former
President and Director of Preferred Bank, Los Angeles,
California. Former Vice Chairman and Chief Credit Officer of
Metrobank, Los Angeles, California.
Harold R. Williams, Jr........... 52 1994 Chief Operating and Financial Officer since February 1996. Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1994. Former
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director of
Commerce Bank, Newport Beach, California. Former Director,
President and Chief Financial Officer of Independence Bank,
Encino, California.
</TABLE>
Mr. Williams was also the former Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Director of Commerce Bancorp, and his term of employment was within
two years of Commerce Bancorp filing for bankruptcy in 1994.
117
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets out a summary of the compensation for the
identified officers and the chairman of the board of directors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
---------------------------------------
ANNUAL COMPENSATION
------------------------------------- AWARDS
OTHER -------------------------- PAYOUT
ANNUAL RESTRICTED -----------
COMPEN- STOCK OPTIONS/ LTIP
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY ($) BONUS ($) SATION ($) AWARD(S)($) SARS (#) PAYOUT($)
- ----------------------------------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
James B. Jaqua .................... 1998 $ 214,000 $ 130,000 -- -- -- --
President and Chief Executive 1997 203,910 -- -- -- 6,000 --
Officer 1996 192,708 100,000 -- -- -- --
John J. McDonough ................. 1998 98,936 5,000 -- -- -- --
Chairman of the Board 1997 98,936 -- -- -- -- --
1996 98,936 -- -- -- -- --
Harold R. Williams, Jr. ........... 1998 158,848 40,000 -- -- -- --
Chief Operating and Financial 1997 151,259 35,000 -- -- 6,000 --
Officer 1996 143,325 35,000 -- -- -- --
Robert I. Robie ................... 1998 155,240 35,000 -- -- -- --
Executive Vice President and 1997 147,829 25,000 -- -- 6,000 --
Chief Credit Officer 1996 140,569 25,000 -- -- -- --
<CAPTION>
ALL OTHER
COMPEN-
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION SATION ($)(1)
- ----------------------------------- -------------
<S> <C>
James B. Jaqua .................... $ 2,288
President and Chief Executive 881
Officer --
John J. McDonough ................. 8,083
Chairman of the Board 6,081
5,661
Harold R. Williams, Jr. ........... 2,059
Chief Operating and Financial 381
Officer --
Robert I. Robie ................... 2,058
Executive Vice President and 393
Chief Credit Officer --
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The amounts for Messrs. Jaqua, Williams and Robie represent The Bank of
Hemet's matching contribution to The Bank of Hemet 401(k) Plan commencing
August 1, 1997. The matching contribution for Mr. McDonough in 1998 and 1997
was $1,979 and $420, respectively, and the remainder represents The Bank of
Hemet's cost of premiums for life insurance for which Mr. McDonough is the
owner and insured. Mr. McDonough selected the beneficiary.
118
<PAGE>
AGGREGATED OPTION(1) EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR 1998
AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
OPTIONS AT 12/31/98 (#) AT 12/31/98 ($)(2)
SHARES ACQUIRED VALUE REALIZED ------------------------------ --------------------------
NAME ON EXERCISE (#) ($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------- ----------------- --------------- ------------- --------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
James B. Jaqua.................. -- N/A 1,200 4,800 $ 29,700 $ 118,800
John J. McDonough............... -- N/A -- -- -- --
Harold R. Williams, Jr.......... -- N/A 9,200 6,800 311,700 189,300
Robert I. Robie................. -- N/A 9,200 6,800 311,700 189,300
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The Bank of Hemet has no plans pursuant to which stock appreciation rights
may be granted.
(2) Value of unexercised "in-the-money" options is the difference between the
fair market value of the securities underlying the options and the exercise
or base price of the options at exercise or fiscal year-end, respectively.
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS
Mr. Jaqua and Mr. McDonough have salary continuation agreements with The
Bank of Hemet. Under Mr. Jaqua's agreement, he will receive a salary of $110,000
per year for 15 years beginning when he reaches age 65, so long as he is
employed by The Bank of Hemet at that age. Under Mr. McDonough's agreement, he
will receive a salary of $15,000 per year for 15 years beginning when he reaches
age 65, so long as he is employed by The Bank of Hemet at that age. If either
Mr. Jaqua or Mr. McDonough dies before that time, his beneficiary will receive
the remaining payments. If Mr. Jaqua is terminated, or if The Bank of Hemet is
sold or merged with another entity, as will take place in the acquisition, then
he will receive a lump sum payment equal to the present value of fifteen annual
payments of $110,000. Present value will be computed using the annual interest
rate of a ten year Treasury note as the discount rate. The Bank of Hemet may
reduce the payment made to Mr. Jaqua if, when aggregated with other payments,
the amount would constitute an "excess parachute payment" under the Internal
Revenue Code. The lump sum amount for the acquisition by Pacific Community
Banking Group has been set at $484,000.
The Bank of Hemet entered into an employment agreement, effective January 1,
1998, with Mr. Jaqua to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of The
Bank of Hemet for a term that expires on December 31, 1999, but may be
terminated if the acquisition closes. The agreement provides for an annual base
salary of $214,000 for 1998, and $224,000 for 1999, with an annual increase and
bonus at the discretion of the board of directors. The agreement afforded
health, accidental and disability insurance benefits to Mr. Jaqua and his
spouse.
On July 16, 1998, the board of directors of The Bank of Hemet amended The
Bank of Hemet's severance policy. The Bank of Hemet's severance policy provides
that in the event of a change of control such as the acquisition, any officer or
employee whose employment is terminated within six months following the change
of control because of a job elimination or layoff would receive severance pay
based on their position and years of service. The severance payment for a senior
vice president whose employment is terminated due to a job elimination or layoff
within six months of a qualifying change of control would be 12 weeks of current
salary for less than two years of service and 12 weeks of current salary plus
two weeks of current salary for each additional year of service after two years
up to a maximum of 26
119
<PAGE>
weeks of current salary. The severance payment for the chief operating and
financial officer, Mr. Williams and chief credit officer, Mr. Robie, if
employment is terminated due to a job elimination or layoff within six months of
a qualifying change of control would be 22 months of current salary, subject to
their agreeing not to compete with The Bank of Hemet.
Mr. Harold R. Williams, Jr., Chief Operating and Financial Officer of The
Bank of Hemet has an agreement under which Mr. Williams will serve as Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Pacific Community Banking Group
and remains as Chief Operating and Financial Officer of The Bank of Hemet. The
agreement lasts until December 31, 2002 and provides Mr. Williams with severance
benefits if he is terminated by Pacific Community Banking Group or The Bank of
Hemet, or if he terminates employment because of a reduction in salary or
benefits or a material diminution in title, authority or responsibilities. If
such a termination occurs within the first 12 months of the effective date of
the agreement, Mr. Williams will receive 18 months of base salary, payable in a
lump sum, and health and other benefits for 18 months. If such a termination
occurs during the remaining term of the agreement, Mr. Williams will receive 12
months of base salary, payable in a lump sum, and health and other benefits for
12 months. Pacific Community Banking Group can reduce the severance benefits to
the extent they are not deductible expenses under Section 280G of the Internal
Revenue Code. The agreement also provides Mr. Williams with a bonus in the
minimum amount of $60,000 payable February 29, 2000 and stock options for 50,000
shares of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock at an exercise price
equal to the initial offering price of Pacific Community Banking Group common
stock.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Some of The Bank of Hemet's directors and executive officers and their
immediate families, as well as the companies with which they are associated, are
customers of, or have had banking transactions with, The Bank of Hemet in the
ordinary course of The Bank of Hemet's business, and The Bank of Hemet expects
to have banking transactions with such persons in the future. In The Bank of
Hemet management's opinion, all loans and commitments to lend included in such
transactions were made in compliance with applicable laws on substantially the
same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing for
comparable transactions with other persons of similar credit-worthiness and, in
the opinion of management, did not involve more than a normal risk of
collectability or present other unfavorable features. All loans and extensions
of credit made to The Bank of Hemet's directors and executive officers are
current and performing as agreed upon. No director or executive officer of The
Bank of Hemet had indebtedness in excess of 10% of The Bank of Hemet's equity
capital accounts. The aggregate extensions of credit to directors and executive
officers of The Bank of Hemet did not exceed 20% of the equity of The Bank of
Hemet at any time since the beginning of 1998.
MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION
The Bank of Hemet's common stock is registered with the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Bank of
Hemet common stock is not listed on a national exchange, and there is no
established public market for The Bank of Hemet common stock. The Bank of Hemet
management is not aware of any market makers for The Bank of Hemet common stock.
The high and low sales prices and per share cash dividends on The Bank of Hemet
common stock are provided in the chart below. The source
120
<PAGE>
of information for the high and low sales prices for the chart below was from
Merrill Lynch until August 1997 and thereafter from the internet at Yahoo and PC
Quote.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 HIGH LOW DIVIDEND(1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------- --------- --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
First quarter................................................ $ 23.00 $ 22.50 $ 0.25
Second quarter............................................... 27.00 25.00 0.25
Third quarter................................................ 33.00 31.00 0.50
Fourth quarter............................................... 41.25 33.00 0.50
<CAPTION>
1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
First quarter................................................ 41.50 37.50 0.60
Second quarter............................................... 60.00 39.50 0.60
Third quarter................................................ 53.00 48.00 0.60
Fourth quarter............................................... 47.50 37.00 0.60
<CAPTION>
1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
First Quarter to March 26, 1999.............................. 44.25 38.00 0.60
Second Quarter to May 18, 1999............................... 39.00 38.50 0.60
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The Bank of Hemet did not pay any stock dividends in the periods indicated.
The date before the first public announcement of the acquisition was July
29, 1998; however, management of The Bank of Hemet is unaware of any trades of
The Bank of Hemet common stock as of that date. The most recent trade preceding
the announcement was reported on the Electronic's Bulletin Board operated by
Nasdaq as having been on July 16, 1998 for 100 shares at a sales price of
$48.88. As of July 31, 1998, there were approximately 456 stockholders of record
of The Bank of Hemet's common stock.
The Bank of Hemet's board of directors determine the frequency and amount of
dividends to be paid. In issuing dividends the board of directors consider the
experience and expectations of The Bank of Hemet, including net income
generated, strategic plans, and the level of capital of The Bank of Hemet. The
Bank of Hemet Agreement limits the payment of near future dividends, except that
The Bank of Hemet is permitted to pay a quarterly dividend of $0.60 per share in
the first two quarters of 1999.
FUTURE SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS
If The Bank of Hemet acquisition is not completed, any shareholder who
intends to submit a proposal for inclusion in the 2000 annual meeting of The
Bank of Hemet shareholders must submit the proposal to James B. Jaqua, President
and Chief Executive Officer of The Bank of Hemet, no later than January 31,
2000.
121
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Set forth below is the selected financial data and operating data of Valley
Bank for the periods indicated, which have been derived from Valley Bank's
audited financial statements. The selected financial data set forth below should
be read in conjunction with Valley Bank's financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus and "Valley Bank Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT OR FOR THE THREE
MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
1999 1998 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
---------- ------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE INFORMATION)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Interest income........................... $ 1,422 $ 1,559 $ 6,181 $ 5,978 $ 5,338 $ 4,954 $ 4,237
Interest expense.......................... 366 342 1,438 1,282 1,119 1,007 857
Net interest income....................... 1,056 1,217 4,743 4,696 4,219 3,947 3,380
Provision for loan and lease losses....... 90 150 200 980 360 610 160
Noninterest income........................ 712 459 2,915 2,719 2,135 2,170 1,895
Noninterest expense....................... 1,452 1,553 6,085 5,637 5,211 4,902 4,484
Provision for income taxes................ 95 (18) 584 242 329 199 210
Net income (loss)......................... 131 (9) 789 556 454 406 421
BALANCE SHEET (END OF PERIOD)
Total assets.............................. $ 87,499 $ 79,187 $ 84,709 $ 74,566 $ 71,070 $ 65,989 $ 64,868
Total loans............................... 41,734 48,688 43,149 45,260 42,999 34,292 32,882
Allowance for loan and lease losses....... 1,115 1,152 1,118 1,058 756 497 574
Nonperforming loans....................... 4,600 2,637 5,083 3,227 1,245 1,235 3,173
Other real estate owned................... 1,611 1,632 1,749 1,711 1,144 2,555 1,143
Total deposits............................ 78,430 70,978 75,739 66,239 63,286 59,001 58,334
Shareholders' equity...................... 8,439 7,308 8,254 7,292 6,902 6,762 6,356
BALANCE SHEET (PERIOD AVERAGE)
Total assets.............................. $ 86,742 $ 77,487 $ 81,248 $ 74,409 $ 69,940 $ 66,525 $ 65,101
Total loans............................... 43,603 46,136 48,512 43,921 41,649 34,552 28,678
Earning assets............................ 75,647 67,531 70,839 64,794 61,116 55,776 54,013
Total deposits............................ 77,577 69,184 72,434 66,267 62,517 59,496 58,275
Shareholders' equity...................... 8,666 7,277 7,716 6,972 6,796 6,505 5,182
CAPITAL RATIOS
Leverage ratio............................ 9.73% 9.43 % 10.20% 9.80% 9.70% 10.20% 9.80%
Tier 1 risk-based capital................. 15.09 12.84 15.50 13.50 13.90 14.50 15.80
Total risk-based capital.................. 16.35 13.94 16.70 14.50 14.90 15.70 17.00
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS
Nonperforming loans/total loans(1)........ 11.02% 5.42 % 11.78% 7.13% 2.90% 3.60% 9.65%
Nonperforming assets/total assets(2)...... 7.10 5.39 8.07 6.62 3.36 5.74 6.65
Allowance for loan losses/ nonperforming
loans................................... 24.24 43.69 21.99 32.79 60.72 40.24 18.09
Allowance for loan losses/total loans..... 2.67 2.37 2.59 2.34 1.76 1.45 1.75
</TABLE>
122
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT OR FOR THE THREE
MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
1999 1998 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
---------- ------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE INFORMATION)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on average assets(10).............. 0.60% (0.05)% 0.97% 0.75% 0.65% 0.61% 0.65%
Return on average equity(10).............. 6.05 (0.49) 10.23 7.97 6.68 6.24 8.12
Net interest margin(3).................... 5.58 6.74 6.77 7.28 6.96 6.89 6.26
Net interest spread(4).................... 5.04 7.29 6.12 6.63 6.38 6.39 5.90
Average loans to average deposits......... 56.21 66.69 66.97 66.28 66.62 58.07 49.21
Efficiency ratio(5)....................... 82.13 92.66 79.46 76.02 82.01 80.14 85.00
PER SHARE INFORMATION
Basic earnings(6)......................... $ 0.12 $ (0.01) $ 0.73 $ 0.53 $ 0.41 $ 0.35 $ 0.36
Diluted earnings(7)....................... $ 0.12 $ (0.01) $ 0.65 $ 0.51 $ 0.41 $ 0.34 $ 0.36
Dividends declared........................ $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
Dividend payout ratio(8).................. --% -- % --% --% --% --% --%
Book value................................ $ 7.20 $ 6.24 $ 7.04 $ 6.22 $ 5.93 $ 5.81 $ 5.46
Shares outstanding at period end(9)....... 1,171,906 1,171,906 1,171,906 1,171,906 1,164,034 1,164,034 1,164,034
Weighted average shares outstanding(9).... 1,089,588 1,084,112 1,084,112 1,055,293 1,094,211 1,164,034 1,164,034
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Nonperforming loans consist of loans on nonaccrual, loans past due 90 days
or more and restructured loans.
(2) Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and other real estate
owned.
(3) Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of
average total interest-earning assets.
(4) Net interest spread is the difference between the yield on average total
interest-earning assets and cost of average total interest-bearing
liabilities.
(5) The efficiency ratio is the ratio of noninterest expense to the sum of net
interest income before provision for loan losses and total noninterest
income.
(6) Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of shares outstanding during the period.
(7) Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur
if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or
converted into the common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock
that then shared in earnings.
(8) The dividend payout ratio consists of the dividends paid per share divided
by basic earnings per share.
(9) Shares outstanding at period end include unearned ESOP shares and exclude
shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options. Weighted average
shares outstanding, used to calculate earnings per share, do not include
unearned ESOP shares.
(10) Annualized for March 31, 1999 and 1998.
123
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
THE FOLLOWING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS
AND UNCERTAINTIES. VALLEY BANK'S ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM
THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF FACTORS
DESCRIBED IN THE SECTION ENTITLED "RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.
The following discussion and analysis is designed to provide a better
understanding of the significant changes and trends related to Valley Bank's
financial condition, operating results, asset and liability management,
liquidity and capital resources. The following discussion should be read in
conjunction with the financial statements of Valley Bank.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
Total assets at March 31, 1999 were $87.5 million compared to $84.7 million
at December 31, 1998, up approximately 3.3%. The increase is primarily
attributable to a $8.5 million increase in securities and a $4.9 million
decrease in federal funds sold. Total deposits increased 3.6% from $75.7 million
at December 31, 1998 to $78.4 million at March 31, 1999. Stockholders' equity
was $8.4 million at March 31, 1999, up from $8.3 million at year end.
Total assets at December 31, 1998 were $84.7 million compared to $74.6
million at December 31, 1997, up approximately 13.6%. This increase is
attributable to an $9.0 million increase in federal funds sold, a $1.7 million
increase in securities, a $998,000 increase in cash due from banks, and a
$382,000 increase in other assets, offset by a $2.8 million decrease in net
loans. Total deposits increased from $66.2 million as of December 31, 1997 to
$75.7 million as of December 31, 1998. Stockholders' equity was $8.3 million at
December 31, 1998, up from its $7.3 million level a year earlier, owing
primarily to net income of $789,000 and a decrease in the amount of unearned
Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares of $108,000.
Valley Bank's loan portfolio, including loans held for sale of $594,000,
decreased by approximately $2.2 million during the fiscal year ended December
31, 1998. For the time period December 31, 1998 to March 1999, loans decreased
$103,000 while loans held for sale decreased $194,000. The largest components of
this decrease were in residential lending, which decreased $2.3 million from
$7.1 million in 1997 to $4.8 million in 1998, and loans secured by unimproved
residential lots, which decreased $1.5 million from $6.4 million in 1997 to $4.9
million in 1998. These decreases were partially offset by increases of $907,000
and $796,000 in commercial and industrial loans and government guaranteed loans,
respectively. The loan portfolio decrease was also attributable to an increase
in the sale of government guaranteed loans, from $12.1 million in 1997 to $14.6
million in 1998. As the economy in Southern California continues to improve,
there is a greater demand for both business and construction lending, thus
allowing the bank the opportunity to originate loans to finance these demands.
Loan demand in the Pacific Northwest has remained strong and steady during the
past two years. Valley Bank expects loan demand in its market areas to remain
strong. Because Valley Bank expects to continue to sell government guaranteed
loans in the secondary market, strong loan originations will not necessarily
result in increases in the size of its loan portfolio.
124
<PAGE>
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
The following table sets forth the average balances of each principal
category of Valley Bank's assets, liabilities and capital accounts for the
periods indicated, as well as the percentage of each category to total assets
for the periods indicated. Average balances used throughout this proxy
statement/prospectus are based on daily averages.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
-------------------- -------------------- --------------------
PERCENT PERCENT PERCENT
AVERAGE OF TOTAL AVERAGE OF TOTAL AVERAGE OF TOTAL
BALANCE ASSETS BALANCE ASSETS BALANCE ASSETS
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Cash and due from banks.................. $ 5,883 7.2% $ 5,584 7.5% $ 5,076 7.3%
Federal funds sold....................... 8,631 10.6% 6,506 8.7% 5,060 7.2%
Investment securities--taxable........... 12,022 14.8% 12,246 16.5% 11,804 16.9%
Investment securities--non-taxable....... 987 1.2% 1,474 2.0% 1,976 2.8%
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
and net of deferred loan fees and
unearned income........................ 47,436 58.4% 42,925 57.7% 40,996 58.6%
Premises and equipment................... 2,185 2.7% 2,184 2.9% 2,280 3.3%
Other assets............................. 4,104 5.1% 3,490 4.7% 2,748 3.9%
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total assets........................... 81,248 100.0% 74,409 100.0% 69,940 100.0%
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Liabilities and shareholders' equity:
Deposits:
Demand................................. 19,212 23.7% 18,098 24.3% 16,502 23.6%
Savings and interest-bearing demand.... 38,063 46.9% 35,773 48.1% 35,553 50.8%
Time deposits of $100,000 or more...... 2,909 3.6% 1,761 2.4% 1,625 2.3%
Time deposits under $100,000........... 12,250 15.1% 10,635 14.3% 8,837 12.6%
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total deposits....................... 72,434 89.2% 66,267 89.0% 62,517 89.4%
Accrued interest payable and other
liabilities............................ 1,098 1.4% 1,170 1.6% 627 0.9%
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total liabilities.................... 73,532 90.5% 67,437 90.6% 63,144 90.3%
Common stock............................. 5,860 7.2% 5,761 7.7% 5,544 7.9%
Retained earnings........................ 1,856 2.3% 1,211 1.6% 1,252 1.8%
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total shareholders' equity........... 7,716 9.5% 6,972 9.4% 6,796 9.7%
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total liabilities and shareholders'
equity............................. $ 81,248 100.0% $ 74,409 100.0% $ 69,940 100.0%
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW.
MARCH 31, 1999 AS COMPARED TO MARCH 31, 1998
For the three months ended March 31, 1999, Valley Bank reported net income
of $131,000 compared to a net loss of $(9,000) for the same period in 1998.
Basic earnings (loss) per share were $.12 for the three months ended March 31,
1999 as compared to $(.01) for the same period in 1998. The return on average
assets on an annualized basis was .60% for the three months ended March 31, 1999
as compared to (.05)% in 1998. Valley Bank's return on average equity on an
annualized basis was 6.05% for 1999 and (.49)% for 1998. Factors that
125
<PAGE>
significantly affected net income (loss) for the three months ended March 31,
1999 as compared to March 31, 1998 included a reduction in net interest income
of $161,000, an increase in the provision for loan losses of $60,000, an
increase in other expenses of $101,000, and an increase in the gain on sale of
loans of $220,000.
DECEMBER 31, 1998 AS COMPARED TO DECEMBER 31, 1997
Net income for 1998 was $789,000 compared with $556,000 in 1997 and $454,000
in 1996. Basic earnings per share were $0.73 in 1998 compared with $0.53 in 1997
and $0.41 in 1996. The return on average assets was 0.97% in 1998 compared with
0.75% in 1997 and 0.65% in 1996. Valley Bank's return on average equity was
10.23% for 1998, 7.97% for 1997 and 6.68% for 1996. Factors that significantly
affected net income for 1998 as compared to 1997 included a reduction of
$780,000 in the provision for loan and lease loss reserves, a gain on the sale
of loans of $285,000, an increase in legal and professional expenses of $334,000
and a significant recovery that offset OREO expenses for the year.
NET INTEREST INCOME. Total interest and fee income on earning assets
decreased to $1.4 million from $1.6 million or 12.5% for the three months ended
March 31, 1999 compared to March 31, 1998. Net interest income decreased to $1.1
million from $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 1999 from March
31, 1998. Average interest-earning assets at March 31, 1999 were $75.6 million
compared with $67.5 million at March 31, 1998, an increase of $8.1 million or
12%. The 1999 decrease in interest income was primarily the result of both a
decrease in loans and a decrease in interest rates from March 31, 1998. Total
interest and fee income on earning assets increased to $6.2 million from $6.0
million, or 3.4%, in 1998 compared with 1997. Net interest income increased to
$4.8 million from $4.7 million, or 1.0%, in 1998 from 1997. Average
interest-earning assets in 1998 were $70.8 million compared with $64.8 million
in 1997, an increase of $6.0 million or 9.3%. The 1998 increase in interest
income was primarily the result of the growth in interest-earning assets. The
1997 increase in interest income was also attributable to growth in
interest-earning assets.
Total average interest-bearing liabilities at March 31, 1999 were $57.6
million compared with $53.7 million at December 31, 1998, an increase of $3.9
million, or 7.3%. This amount reflects an increase of $2.3 million or 6% in
lower cost deposit accounts. Total interest expense increased from $342,000 to
$366,000, or 7.0%, for the three months ended March 31, 1999 compared to March
31, 1998. This was due to an increase in interest-bearing deposits.
Total average interest-bearing liabilities in 1998 were $53.7 million
compared with $48.7 million in 1997, an increase of $5.0 million, or 10.3%. This
amount reflects a significant increase in lower cost deposit accounts, primarily
NOW accounts, as a result of consolidation in the local banking market. Total
interest expense increased from $1.3 million to $1.4 million, or 12.2%, in 1998
compared with 1997 and increased from $1.1 million to $1.3 million, or 14.6% in
1997 compared with 1996. This was largely the result of the 10.3% increase in
1998 and 5.2% increase in 1997 in the amount of interest-bearing liabilities.
Valley Bank's net interest margin, on an annualized basis, was 5.58% for the
three months ended March 31, 1999, compared to 6.74% in the first three months
of 1998. The reduction in the net interest margin in the first three months of
1999, as compared to the first three months of 1998, was the direct result of
the prime rate and federal funds rate reductions experienced during the latter
months of 1998.
126
<PAGE>
Valley Bank's net interest margin was 6.77% for 1998, compared with 7.28%
for 1997 and 6.96% for 1996. The reduction in net interest margin in 1998, as
compared with 1997, was a direct result of the prime rate and federal funds rate
reductions experienced in 1998. These rate reductions affected the rates
received on Valley Bank's loan portfolio and other assets more than they
affected the interest paid by it on deposits and other liabilities. Despite
reduction in its net interest margin, Valley Bank's overall net interest income
increased, primarily as a result of an increase in its volume of earning assets.
The increase in net interest margin in 1997, as compared with 1996, was the
direct result of the increase in the amount of loans outstanding.
AVERAGE BALANCES AND RATES EARNED AND PAID. The following table presents,
for the periods indicated, average balance sheet information for Valley Bank,
together with interest rates earned and paid on the various sources and uses of
its funds. The table is arranged to group the elements of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities, these items being the major sources of
income and expense. Nonaccruing loans are included in the calculation of average
loan balances, but the nonaccrued interest thereon is excluded.
127
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
----------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ---------
INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES
AVERAGE INCOME/ EARNED/ AVERAGE INCOME/ EARNED/ AVERAGE
BALANCE EXPENSE PAID BALANCE EXPENSE PAID BALANCE
--------- ----------- ----------- --------- ----------- ----------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Investments:(1)
Federal funds sold................... $ 8,631 $ 444 5.14% $ 6,506 $ 354 5.44% $ 5,060
Securities, taxable.................. 12,022 724 6.02% 12,246 764 6.24% 11,804
Securities, nontaxable............... 987 54 5.47% 1,474 76 5.16% 1,976
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
Total investments................ $ 21,640 $ 1,222 5.65% $ 20,226 $ 1,194 5.90% $ 18,840
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
Loans(2):
Commercial........................... 3,892 339 8.71% 2,273 220 9.68% 2,051
Real estate.......................... 44,174 4,567 10.34% 41,199 4,511 10.95% 39,203
Installment.......................... 446 53 11.88% 449 53 11.80% 395
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
Total loans...................... $ 48,512 $ 4,959 10.22% $ 43,921 $ 4,784 10.89% $ 41,649
Cash value of life insurance......... 687 52 7.57% 647 23 3.55% 627
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
Total earning assets................. $ 70,839 $ 6,233 8.80% $ 64,794 $ 6,001 9.26% $ 61,116
----------- -----------
Non earning assets:
Allowance for loan and lease losses.. (1,076) (996) (653)
Cash and due from banks.............. 5,883 5,584 5,076
Premises and equipment............... 2,185 2,184 2,280
Interest receivable and other
assets............................. 3,417 2,843 2,121
--------- --------- ---------
Total assets..................... $ 81,248 $ 74,409 $ 69,940
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest bearing deposits:
NOW................................ 19,297 200 1.04% 17,373 180 1.04% 16,652
Savings............................ 11,505 229 1.99% 11,220 223 1.99% 11,080
Money market....................... 7,261 181 2.49% 7,180 176 2.45% 7,821
Certificates of deposit under
$100,000......................... 12,250 629 5.13% 10,635 534 5.02% 8,837
Certificates of deposit of $100,000
or more.......................... 2,909 148 5.09% 1,761 114 6.47% 1,625
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
Total interest bearing
deposits....................... 53,222 1,387 2.61% 48,169 1,227 2.55% 46,015
Other borrowings................... 527 51 9.68% 561 55 9.80% 327
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------
Total interest bearing
liabilities.................... 53,749 $ 1,438 2.68% 48,730 $ 1,282 2.63% 46,342
----------- -----------
Noninterest bearing deposits......... 19,212 18,098 16,502
Other liabilities.................... 571 609 300
Stockholders' equity................. 7,716 6,972 6,796
--------- --------- ---------
Total liabilities and stockholders'
equity........................... $ 81,248 $ 74,409 $ 69,940
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
Net interest income.................. $ 4,795 $ 4,719
Net interest spread(3)............... 6.12% 6.63%
Net interest margin(4)............... 6.77% 7.28%
<CAPTION>
INTEREST RATES
INCOME/ EARNED/
EXPENSE PAID
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Investments:(1)
Federal funds sold................... $ 269 5.32%
Securities, taxable.................. 703 5.96%
Securities, nontaxable............... 100 5.06%
-----------
Total investments................ $ 1,072 5.69%
-----------
Loans(2):
Commercial........................... 216 10.53%
Real estate.......................... 4,004 10.21%
Installment.......................... 46 11.65%
-----------
Total loans...................... $ 4,266 10.24%
Cash value of life insurance......... 33 5.26%
-----------
Total earning assets................. $ 5,371 8.79%
-----------
Non earning assets:
Allowance for loan and lease losses..
Cash and due from banks..............
Premises and equipment...............
Interest receivable and other
assets.............................
Total assets.....................
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest bearing deposits:
NOW................................ 173 1.04%
Savings............................ 227 2.05%
Money market....................... 192 2.45%
Certificates of deposit under
$100,000......................... 425 4.81%
Certificates of deposit of $100,000
or more.......................... 92 5.66%
-----------
Total interest bearing
deposits....................... 1,109 2.41%
Other borrowings................... 10 3.06%
-----------
Total interest bearing
liabilities.................... $ 1,119 2.41%
-----------
Noninterest bearing deposits.........
Other liabilities....................
Stockholders' equity.................
Total liabilities and stockholders'
equity...........................
Net interest income.................. $ 4,252
Net interest spread(3)............... 6.38%
Net interest margin(4)............... 6.96%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) The yield for securities reflects that Valley Bank's entire investment
portfolio is classified as held-to-maturity and is based on historical
amortized cost balances. Municipal securities are not reported on a
tax-exempt equivalent basis.
(2) Loans, net of unearned income, include non-accrual loans but do not reflect
average reserves for possible loan losses. Loan fees of $307,000 in 1998,
$417,000 in 1997 and
128
<PAGE>
$229,000 in 1996 are included in loan interest income. There were
non-accruing loans totaling approximately $4,827,000 at December 31, 1998,
$3,227,000 at December 31, 1997, and $1,245,000 at December 31, 1996.
(3) Net interest spread is the difference between the yield on average total
interest-earning assets and cost of average total interest-bearing
liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of
average total interest-earning assets.
NET INTEREST INCOME CHANGES DUE TO VOLUME AND RATE. The following table
sets forth, for the periods indicated, a summary of the changes in average asset
and liability balances and interest earned and interest paid resulting from
changes in average asset and liability balances or volume and changes in average
interest rates. The changes in interest due to both rate and volume have been
allocated to the change in average rate. Nonaccruing loans are included in the
table for computational purposes, but the nonaccrued interest thereon is
excluded.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 COMPARED WITH 1997 1997 COMPARED WITH 1996
INCREASE (DECREASE) DUE TO CHANGE INCREASE (DECREASE) DUE
IN: TO CHANGE IN:
----------------------------------- ------------------------
AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE
VOLUME RATE TOTAL VOLUME RATE
----------- ----------- --------- ----------- -----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN INTEREST AND FEE INCOME
Investment securities:
Federal funds sold......................................... $ 116 $ (26) $ 90 $ 77 $ 8
U.S. Treasury & U.S. government agency securities.......... (14) (26) (40) 26 35
State and political subdivisions........................... (25) 3 (22) (25) 1
----- ----- --------- ----- -----
Total investment securities.............................. $ 77 $ (49) $ 28 $ 78 $ 44
----- ----- --------- ----- -----
Loans:
Commercial................................................. 157 (38) 119 24 (20)
Real estate................................................ 326 (270) 56 204 303
Installment................................................ -- -- -- 6 1
----- ----- --------- ----- -----
Total loans.............................................. 483 (308) 175 234 284
----- ----- --------- ----- -----
Cash surrender value of life insurance..................... 1 28 29 1 (11)
----- ----- --------- ----- -----
Total earning assets....................................... $ 561 $ (329) $ 232 $ 313 $ 317
----- ----- --------- ----- -----
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest bearing deposits:
NOW...................................................... $ 20 $ -- $ 20 $ 7 $ --
Savings.................................................. 6 -- 6 3 (7)
Money market............................................. 2 3 5 (16) --
Certificates of deposit under $100,000................... 81 14 95 86 23
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more.............. 74 (40) 34 8 14
----- ----- --------- ----- -----
Total interest bearing deposits.......................... 183 (23) 160 88 30
Other borrowings........................................... (3) (1) (4) 7 38
----- ----- --------- ----- -----
Total interest bearing liabilities......................... 180 (24) 156 95 68
----- ----- --------- ----- -----
TOTAL CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME...................... $ 381 $ (305) $ 76 $ 218 $ 249
----- ----- --------- ----- -----
----- ----- --------- ----- -----
<CAPTION>
TOTAL
---------
<S> <C>
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN INTEREST AND FEE INCOME
Investment securities:
Federal funds sold......................................... $ 85
U.S. Treasury & U.S. government agency securities.......... 61
State and political subdivisions........................... (24)
---------
Total investment securities.............................. $ 122
---------
Loans:
Commercial................................................. 4
Real estate................................................ 507
Installment................................................ 7
---------
Total loans.............................................. 518
---------
Cash surrender value of life insurance..................... (10)
---------
Total earning assets....................................... $ 630
---------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest bearing deposits:
NOW...................................................... $ 7
Savings.................................................. (4)
Money market............................................. (16)
Certificates of deposit under $100,000................... 109
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more.............. 22
---------
Total interest bearing deposits.......................... 118
Other borrowings........................................... 45
---------
Total interest bearing liabilities......................... 163
---------
TOTAL CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME...................... $ 467
---------
---------
</TABLE>
129
<PAGE>
PROVISIONS FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES.
For the three months ended March 31, 1999, Valley Bank recorded a provision
for loan losses of $90,000 compared with a provision of $150,000 for the same
period in 1998. For the three months ended March 31, 1999 net loans charged off
totaled $93,000 compared with net charge offs of $56,000 for the like period of
1998. For the year ended December 31, 1998, Valley Bank recorded a provision for
loan and lease losses of $200,000 compared with provisions of $980,000 for 1997
and $360,000 for 1996. In 1998 net charge offs totaled $140,000 compared with
net charge offs of $678,000 for 1997 and $101,000 in 1996. The decreased
provision in 1998 was the direct result of a large recovery received on a loan,
which had been charged off in a prior year. The increased provision in 1997 was
a result of an increased provision mandated by banking regulators relating to
loans secured by unimproved real property in Fort Mohave, Arizona.
NONINTEREST INCOME.
Noninterest income for the three months ended March 31, 1999 increased to
$712,0000 from $459,000 in the three months ended 1998, an increase of $253,000,
or 55.1%. The increase for 1999 resulted primarily from the gain on sale of
government guaranteed loans of $220,000.
Noninterest income in 1998 increased to $2.9 million from $2.7 million in
1997, an increase of $196,000 or 7.2%. The increase for 1998 resulted primarily
from the increase in the gain from sale of government guaranteed loans of
$285,000, offset by a decrease in service charges and other fees of $144,000.
Noninterest income in 1997 increased to $2.7 million from $2.1 million in 1996,
an increase of $584,000 or 27.4%. The increase for 1997 is attributable
primarily to the increase in gain on the sale of government guaranteed loans of
$397,000 and the increase in service charges of $201,000.
NONINTEREST EXPENSE.
Noninterest expense for the three months ended March 31, 1999 decreased to
$1.5 million from $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998, a
decrease of $101,000 or 6.5%. Noninterest expense in 1998 was $6.1 million, an
increase of $448,000, or 7.9%, compared with 1997. Noninterest expense in 1997
was $5.6 million, an increase of $426,000, or 8.2%, compared with noninterest
expense of $5.2 million in 1996. The principal component of noninterest expense
was salaries and employee benefits, which increased to $3.3 million in 1998,
from $3.0 million in 1997 and $2.6 million in 1996. Legal and professional fees
increased $334,000 in 1998 with a portion of that increase being attributable to
the merger with Pacific Community Banking Group. Expenses for other real estate
owned decreased from $294,000 in 1997 to $41,000 in 1998 partially due to the
receipt of reimbursements for other real estate owned expenses. Other expenses
increased from $5.2 million in 1996 to $5.6 million in 1997 or 8.2%. This
increase is due to an increase in salaries and employee benefits which was
partially due to the opening of a new loan production office in Oregon, as well
as other normal salary increases. In addition, other real estate owned expenses
decreased from $401,000 in 1996 to $294,000 in 1997.
130
<PAGE>
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.
Valley Bank's provision for income taxes was $95,000 for the three months
ended March 31, 1999 compared to a tax benefit of $(18,000) for the three months
ended March 31, 1998. Valley Bank's provision for income taxes was $584,000 in
1998, $242,000 in 1997 and $329,000 in 1996. The effective income tax rate was
42.5% in 1998 compared with 30.3% in 1997 and 42.0% in 1996. In 1997, the
decrease in effective income tax rate was primarily due to a decrease in the
valuation allowance for deferred taxes of $134,000. The valuation allowance was
reduced because management believes it is more likely than not that deferred tax
assets will be realized.
NET INCOME.
Net income (loss) for the three months ended March 31, 1999 was $131,000
compared to a loss of $(9,000) for the same period in the prior year. Basic
earnings (loss) per share for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and March
31, 1998 were $.12 and $(0.01), respectively. The return on average assets on an
annualized basis for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and March 31, 1998
was .60% and (0.05)%, respectively. The return on average equity on an
annualized basis for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and March 31, 1998
was 6.05% and (0.49)%, respectively. Net income for 1998 was $789,000 compared
with $556,000 in 1997 and $454,000 in 1996. Basic earnings per share were $0.73
in 1998 compared with $0.53 in 1997 and $0.41 in 1996. The return on average
assets was 0.97% in 1998 compared with 0.75% in 1997 and 0.65% in 1996. Valley
Bank's return on average equity was 10.23% for 1998, 7.97% for 1997 and 6.68%
for 1996. Factors which significantly impacted net income for 1998 as compared
to 1997 included a reduction of $780,000 in provisions for loan loss reserves,
an increase in gain on the sale of loans of $285,000, an increase in legal and
professional expenses of $334,000 and a significant recovery which offset the
expense of holding foreclosed real estate for the year.
SUMMARY SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
The following table presents a summary of selected quarterly financial data
which should be read in conjunction with Valley Bank's financial statements
included elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus. In the opinion of
management, this information has been prepared on the same basis as the
Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus, and
includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments
necessary to present fairly the unaudited results set forth herein. The
operating results for any
131
<PAGE>
quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any subsequent period or
for the entire year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MARCH DECEMBER SEPTEMBER JUNE MARCH DECEMBER SEPTEMBER JUNE
1999 1998 1998 1998 1998 1997 1997 1997
--------- ----------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net interest income............. $ 1,056 $ 1,023 $ 1,183 $ 1,320 $ 1,217 $ 1,274 $ 1,230 $ 1,204
Provision for loan losses....... 90 75 (125) 100 150 165 435 210
Net income (loss)............... 131 59 208 531 (9) 65 99 173
Net income (loss) per
share--basic(1)............... $ .12 $ .06 $ .19 $ .49 $ (.01) $ .06 $ .09 $ .17
Net income (loss) per
share--diluted(2)............. $ .12 $ .05 $ .17 $ .44 $ (.01) $ .06 $ .09 $ .16
<CAPTION>
MARCH
1997
-----------
<S> <C>
Net interest income............. $ 988
Provision for loan losses....... 170
Net income (loss)............... 219
Net income (loss) per
share--basic(1)............... $ .21
Net income (loss) per
share--diluted(2)............. $ .20
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Net income (loss) per share--basic is based on the weighted average shares
of common stock outstanding during the period.
(2) Net income (loss) per share--diluted is based on the weighted average shares
of common stock and common stock equivalents determined using the treasury
stock method.
ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT
Asset and liability management is an integral part of managing a banking
institution's primary source of income, net interest income. Valley Bank manages
the balance between rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities being
repriced in any given period with the objective of stabilizing net interest
income during periods of fluctuating interest rates. Valley Bank considers its
rate-sensitive assets to be those which either contain a provision to adjust the
interest rate periodically or mature within one year. These assets include loans
and investment securities and federal funds sold. Rate-sensitive liabilities are
those which allow for periodic interest rate changes within one year and include
maturing time certificates, savings deposits and interest-bearing demand
deposits. The difference between the aggregate amount of assets and liabilities
that reprice within various time frames is called the "gap." Generally, if
repricing assets exceed repricing liabilities in a time period Valley Bank would
be deemed to be asset-sensitive. If repricing liabilities exceed repricing
assets in a time period Valley Bank would be deemed to be liability-sensitive.
Generally, Valley Bank seeks to maintain a balanced position whereby there is no
significant asset or liability sensitivity within a one-year period to ensure
net interest margin stability in times of volatile interest rates. This is
accomplished through maintaining a significant level of loans, investment
securities and deposits available for repricing within one year.
The following table sets forth the interest rate sensitivity of the bank's
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 1998,
using the interest rate sensitivity
132
<PAGE>
gap ratio. For purposes of the following table, an asset or liability is
considered rate-sensitive within a specified period when it can be repriced or
matures within its contractual terms.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNTS MATURING OR REPRICING
---------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
AFTER 1
AFTER 3 BUT BUT
WITHIN WITHIN WITHIN AFTER NONINTEREST
3 MONTHS 12 MONTHS 5 YEARS 5 YEARS BEARING TOTAL
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Federal funds sold......................... $ 13,780 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 13,780
Investment securities...................... 999 10,150 4,436 -- -- 15,585
Net loans (1).............................. 28,727 4,217 4,080 1,298 -- 38,322
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------
Total earning assets..................... $ 43,506 $ 14,367 $ 8,516 $ 1,298 $ -- $ 67,687
Noninterest-bearing assets................. -- -- -- -- 17,022 17,022
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------
Total assets............................. $ 43,506 $ 14,367 $ 8,516 $ 1,298 $ 17,022 $ 84,709
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Noninterest-bearing deposits............... -- -- -- -- 20,061 20,061
Interest-bearing deposits.................. 23,477 16,755 15,446 -- -- 55,678
Borrowings................................. 478 -- -- -- -- 478
Other liabilities and stockholders'
equity................................... -- -- -- -- 8,492 8,492
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------
Total liabilities and stockholders'
equity................................... $ 23,955 $ 16,755 $ 15,446 $ -- $ 28,553 $ 84,709
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------
---------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------
Incremental interest rate sensitivity
gap...................................... $ 19,551 $ (2,388) $ (6,930) $ 1,298
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap... $ 19,551 $ 17,163 $ 10,233 $ 11,531
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap as
a % of earning assets.................... 28.9% 25.4% 15.1% 16.9%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Balance does not include non-accrual loans of $4,827,000.
133
<PAGE>
Valley Bank was asset-sensitive with a positive cumulative one-year gap of
$17.2 million or 25.36% of interest-earnings assets at December 31, 1998. In
general, based upon Valley Bank's mix of deposits, loans and investments,
increases in interest rates would be expected to result in an increase in Valley
Bank's net interest margin.
The interest rate gaps reported in the tables arise when assets are funded
with liabilities having different repricing intervals. Since these gaps are
actively managed and change daily as adjustments are made in interest rate views
and market outlook, positions at the end of any period may not be reflective of
Valley Bank's interest rate sensitivity in subsequent periods. Active management
dictates that longer-term economic views are balanced against prospects for
short-term interest rate changes in all repricing intervals. For purposes of the
analysis above, repricing of fixed-rate instruments is based upon the
contractual maturity of the applicable instruments. Actual payment patterns may
differ from contractual payment patterns. The change in net interest income may
not always follow the general expectations of an asset-sensitive or
liability-sensitive balance sheet during periods of changing interest rates,
because interest rates earned or paid may change by differing increments and at
different time intervals for each type of interest-sensitive asset and
liability. As a result of these factors, at any given time, Valley Bank may be
more sensitive or less sensitive to changes in interest rates than indicated in
the above tables. Greater sensitivity would have a more adverse effect on net
interest margin if market interest rates were to increase, and a more favorable
effect if rates were to decrease.
MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, to fair values or to
future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial
instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of
changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and
other market changes. Market risk is attributed to all market risk sensitive
financial instruments, including investment securities, loans, deposits and
borrowings.
Valley Bank does not engage in trading activities for its own account and
does not participate in foreign currency transactions for its own account.
Accordingly, Valley Bank's exposure to market risk is primarily a function of
its asset and liability management activities. The principal market risk to the
bank is the interest rate risk inherent in its lending, investing and
deposit-taking activities. This is because interest earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities of the bank do not change at the same speed, to the
same extent or on the same basis.
Valley Bank's interest rate sensitivity analysis is discussed in the
preceding section. The table on page 133 measures the bank's interest rate
sensitivity gap, in other words, the difference between earning assets and
liabilities maturing or repricing within specified periods. However, gap
analysis has significant limitations as a method for measuring interest rate
risk since changes in interest rates do not affect all categories of assets and
liabilities in the same way or at the same time. Further, it has limitations in
helping Valley Bank to manage the difference in behavior of lending and funding
rates--so-called "basis risk."
To address the limitations inherent in gap analysis, Valley Bank monitors
its expected change in earnings based on changes in interest rates through a
detailed financial model. This model's estimate of interest rate sensitivity
takes into account the differing time intervals and differing rate change
increments of each type of interest-sensitive asset and liability. It then
measures the projected impact of changes in market interest rates on Valley
Bank's return on
134
<PAGE>
equity and return on average assets. Based on the March 31, 1999 mix of
interest-sensitive assets and liabilities, given an immediate and sustained
increase in the prime rate of 1%, this model estimates Valley Bank's cumulative
annualized return on equity over the next year would increase by less than 3.0%
and the cumulative annualized return on average assets over the next year would
increase by less than 0.3%, as compared with a flat rate environment. Given an
immediate and sustained decrease in the prime rate of 1%, this model estimates
Valley Bank's cumulative annualized return on equity over the next year would
decrease by less than 4.0% and the cumulative annualized return on average
assets over the next year would decrease by less than 0.1%, as compared with a
flat rate environment. Based upon the December 31, 1998 mix of
interest-sensitive assets and liabilities, given an immediate and sustained
increase in the prime rate of 1%, this model estimates Valley Bank's cumulative
return on equity over the next year would increase by less than 5.3% and the
cumulative return on average assets over the next year would increase by less
than 0.5%, as compared with a flat interest rate environment. Given an immediate
and sustained decrease in the prime rate of 1%, this model estimates Valley
Bank's cumulative return on equity over the next year would decrease by less
than 6.1% and the cumulative return on average assets would decrease by less
than 0.6%, as compared with a flat interest rate environment.
The financial model used for the preceding analysis at March 31, 1999 and
December 31, 1998 is based on a series of assumptions which may or may not come
to pass. In the event of a 1% rise in interest rates, the actual return on
equity and return on average assets might not increase at all, or might, in
fact, decrease. Conversely, in the event of a 1% decline in interest rates, and
the actual return on equity and return on average assets might not decrease at
all, or might, in fact, increase. Further, the economic value of Valley Bank's
loan and deposit portfolios would also change under the interest rate variances
previously discussed. The amount of change would depend upon the profiles of
each loan and deposit class, which include: the rate, the likelihood of
prepayment or repayment, whether its rate is fixed or floating, the maturity of
the instrument and the particular circumstances of the customer.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
LIQUIDITY. In order to maintain adequate liquidity, Valley Bank must have
sufficient resources available at all times to meet its cash flow requirements.
The need for liquidity in a banking institution arises principally to provide
for deposit withdrawals, the credit needs of its customers and to take advantage
of investment opportunities as they arise. A company may achieve desired
liquidity from both assets and liabilities. Valley Bank considers cash, federal
funds sold, other short term investments, maturing loans and investments,
payments of principal and interest on loans and investments and potential loan
sales as sources of asset liquidity. Deposit growth and access to credit lines
established with correspondent banks and market sources of funds are considered
by Valley Bank as sources of liability liquidity.
Valley Bank monitors its liquidity position daily. Valley Bank had liquid
assets, consisting of cash, federal funds sold and investment securities
representing 30.0% of total liabilities as of March 31, 1999. Valley Bank had
liquid assets representing 29.3% and 35.5% of total liabilities as of December
31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. While liquidity has marginally declined,
management believes it is sufficient to meet current and anticipated funding
needs. Liquid assets represented approximately 37.7% of total assets at March
31, 1999 and approximately 32.0% of total assets at December 31, 1998. Valley
Bank's loan to deposit ratio was 57.0% and 68.3% as of December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively. This means that there are
135
<PAGE>
less deposits invested in the loan portfolio, which tends to be a less liquid
asset than a typical investment security.
Valley Bank's primary sources of liquidity include liquid assets and a
stable deposit base. To supplement these, Valley Bank maintains lines of credit
with Union Bank of California in the amount of $1.5 million, and with the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco in an amount equal to the corresponding
amount of eligible securities available for pledge, which was approximately $8.0
million at March 31, 1999 and $8.0 million at December 31, 1998. Management
believes that Valley Bank maintains adequate amounts of liquid assets to meet
its cash obligations for the next 12 months. Valley Bank's liquidity might be
insufficient if deposit withdrawals were to exceed anticipated levels. Deposit
withdrawals can increase if a company experiences financial difficulties or
receives adverse publicity for other reasons, or if its pricing, products or
services are not competitive with those offered by other institutions.
CAPITAL. Capital serves as a source of funds and helps protect depositors
against potential losses. The primary source of capital for Valley Bank has been
internally generated capital through retained earnings. Valley Bank's
stockholders' equity increased by $185,000 or 2.2% from December 31, 1998 to
March 31, 1999. The increase resulted primarily from net income of $131,000.
Valley Bank's shareholders' equity increased by $962,000, or 13.2% from December
31, 1997 to December 31, 1998. The increase resulted from to net income of
$789,000 and an increase in ESOP shares released of $173,000.
Federal regulations establish guidelines for calculating risk-adjusted
capital ratios. These guidelines establish a systematic approach of assigning
risk weights to bank assets and off-balance sheet items making capital
requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking
organizations. Under these regulations, banks and bank holding companies are
required to maintain a risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%; that is, "Tier 1" plus
"Tier 2" capital must equal at least 8% of risk-weighted assets plus off-balance
sheet items, and Tier 1 capital, which is primarily shareholders' equity, must
constitute at least 50% of qualifying capital. Tier 1 capital consists primarily
of shareholders' equity excluding good will, and Tier 2 capital includes
subordinated debt and, subject to a limit of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, the
allowance for loan and lease losses. It is Valley Bank's intention to maintain
risk-based capital ratios at levels characterized as "well capitalized" for
banking organizations: Tier 1 risk-based capital of 6% or above and total
risk-based capital at 10% or above. At March 31, 1999, Valley Bank had a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of 15.1% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 16.4%.
At December 31, 1998, Valley Bank had a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 15.5%
and a total risk-based capital ratio of 16.7%.
In addition, regulators have adopted a minimum leverage capital ratio
standard. This standard is designed to ensure that all financial institutions,
irrespective of their risk profile, maintain minimum levels of core capital,
which by definition excludes the allowance for loan and lease losses. These
minimum standards for top-rated institutions may be as low as 3%; however,
regulatory agencies have stated that most institutions should maintain ratios at
least 1 to 2 percentage points above the 3% minimum. It is Valley Bank's
intention to maintain the leverage ratio above the 5% minimum for "well
capitalized" banks. At March 31, 1999 Valley Bank's leveraged capital ratio
equaled 9.73%. At December 31, 1998, Valley Bank's leverage capital ratio
equaled 10.2%.
136
<PAGE>
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger mandatory and
possibly additional discretionary actions by the regulators that, if undertaken,
could have a material effect on Valley Bank's financial statements and
operations. Refer to "Risk Factors--Government regulation may impair our
operations or restrict growth" and "Regulation and Supervision."
As part of its October 1998 resolution described elsewhere herein, Valley
Bank's board of directors resolved to maintain capital at a minimum of $5.5
million, and at least 8% of assets. Please refer to "Risk Factors--If Valley
Bank fails to meet its commitments to bank regulators, it could subject us to
regulatory enforcement proceedings" for a description of this resolution.
For a presentation of the actual and pro forma capitalization of The Bank of
Hemet and Valley Bank, refer to "Capitalization."
IMPACT OF INFLATION
The financial statements and related financial data presented in this proxy
statement/ prospectus have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and
operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in
the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most
industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial
institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates are likely to
have a more significant impact on a financial institution's performance than the
effects of general levels of inflation. During periods of inflation, interest
rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or with the same magnitude
as the price of goods and services. Valley Bank seeks to manage its interest
sensitivity gap to minimize the potential adverse effect of inflation and other
market forces on its net interest income and therefore on its earnings and
capital.
Financial institutions are also affected by inflation's impact on
noninterest expenses, such as salaries and occupancy expenses. During 1996, 1997
and 1998, inflation remained relatively stable, and Valley Bank's level of
noninterest expense was relatively unaffected by inflation.
IMPACT OF PENDING ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In February 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS 132,
EMPLOYER'S DISCLOSURES ABOUT PENSIONS AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS. This
Statement standardizes the disclosure requirements for pensions and other
post-retirement benefits to the extent practicable. This new standard is
effective for 1998 and did not have a material effect on the financial condition
or results of operations of Valley Bank.
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS 133,
ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES. This Statement
establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and
for hedging activities. This new standard is effective for 2000 and is not
expected to have a material impact on the financial statements of Valley Bank.
In October 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
134, ACCOUNTING FOR MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES RETAINED AFTER THE SECURITIZATION
OF MORTGAGE LOANS HELD FOR SALE BY A MORTGAGE BANKING ENTERPRISE, (AN AMENDMENT
OF FASB STATEMENT NO. 65). This Statement establishes accounting and reporting
standards for activities of mortgage banking enterprises and other enterprises
that conduct operations that are substantially similar to
137
<PAGE>
the primary operations of a mortgage banking enterprise. Statement No. 134 will
be effective for the first fiscal quarter beginning after December 15, 1998. The
Bank does not engage in mortgage banking activities.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
OVERVIEW. The Year 2000 problem arises when computer programs have been
written using two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. As a
result, date-sensitive software and/or hardware may recognize a date using "00"
as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system
failure or other disruption of operations and impede normal business activities.
In June 1996, the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council alerted
the banking industry of the serious challenges that would be encountered with
Year 2000 issues. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has also implemented
a plan to require compliance with Year 2000 issues and regularly examines our
progress.
STATE OF READINESS OF VALLEY BANK.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE PLAN. In accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation and Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council guidelines,
Valley Bank has developed a comprehensive plan to detect and resolve Year 2000
related issues. Valley Bank believes that the plan, if properly implemented,
will result in timely and adequate modifications of its computer systems and
other affected systems to address the Year 2000 issues. Valley Bank's plan has
five phases:
- Awareness--During the awareness phase, Valley Bank defined the Year 2000
problem as it applies to Valley Bank. Valley Bank also established a Year
2000 Committee.
- Assessment--Valley Bank's Year 2000 Committee assessed the size and
complexity of the Year 2000 problem and detailed the magnitude of the
effort necessary to address Year 2000 issues. This phase further
identified all hardware, software, networks and automated teller machines,
various other processing platforms and customer and vendor
interdependencies affected by the Year 2000 date change.
- Renovation--This phase included hardware and software upgrades, system
replacements, vendor certification and other associated changes. Valley
Bank determined during the assessment phase that its mainframe computer
was not compliant. In December 1998 the Bank replaced its mainframe
computer with a previously owned, vendor-certified Year 2000-ready Unisys
A-11 computer to handle its data processing needs. The new computer cost
approximately $25,000. Valley Bank has installed and tested the new
computer. Valley Bank currently uses the computer as its mainframe. Valley
Bank has further entered into an agreement with BankLink Corporation, a
wholly owned subsidiary of The Bank of Hemet, to convert from its in-house
data and item processing environment to BankLink's system.
- Testing--Valley Bank established an overall testing infrastructure,
followed by the design, performance and reporting on four incremental
levels of system-related testing, software unit testing, software
integration testing, system acceptance testing and end-to-end testing.
138
<PAGE>
- Validation--Valley Bank has engaged the services of an independent
consultant to act as an independent third party validation agent. The
validation agent reports directly to the Year 2000 Committee and has
developed a plan of action that provides them visibility into the various
levels of test activities and permits it to ensure that product and
process test standards and guidance are being met. As a redundant
validation regime, Valley Bank successfully Year 2000 tested new mainframe
computer and software from February through May, 1999.
- Implementation--In this phase, systems need to be certified as Year 2000
compliant and accepted by users.
NON-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS. Valley Bank has tested its
non-information technology systems, such as microprocessors controlling its
environmental, telephone and alarm systems, and found them to be Year 2000
compliant.
VENDORS. Valley Bank relies exclusively on outside vendors to provide the
hardware and software used in its computer operations. Valley Bank has examined
its primary integrated bank operating system vendor, Information Technology,
Inc., which advised Valley Bank that the software is Year 2000 compliant.
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council validated this advice in a
review of Information Technology, Inc. Valley Bank has determined that of its 31
vendors, only seven could have a material impact on the bank's operations, if
they are not Year 2000 compliant. Valley Bank has determined by further
investigation that all critical vendors are Year 2000 compliant.
CUSTOMERS. To determine the readiness of customers, Valley Bank has
personally met with, and interviewed by way of a questionnaire, each of its
borrowers with a balance over $75,000 and depositors with over $100,000 on
deposit to determine the extent of risk created by any failure by them to
remediate their own Year 2000 issues. Valley Bank classifies each borrower and
depositor by its level of readiness and risk based on its response to the
questionnaire. Among these customers, Valley Bank has identified several
business operations with a low risk of negative impact for Year 2000, and none
with a high risk. New borrowers and large depositors are screened utilizing the
same questionnaire approach. In February, April and July of 1998 and April of
1999, Valley Bank has communicated by letter, to each of its depositors and
borrowers, information about Year 2000 issues and problems, and furnished
sources of information that they might utilize to address these issues and
problems. Additional written communication is planned for 1999. Management and
staff of Valley Bank have also served as speakers at community forums to raise
the level of awareness of Year 2000 issues.
COSTS TO ADDRESS YEAR 2000 ISSUES FOR VALLEY BANK. Some of Valley Bank's
computer hardware and software applications were modified or replaced in order
to maintain their functionality as the year 2000 approaches. Valley Bank has
spent approximately $100,000 as of December 31, 1998 to address Year 2000 issues
and estimates its total costs over the three-year period 1998 - 2000 to be
approximately $200,000. In addition, staff time of approximately 1,000 hours has
been devoted to these matters, with an additional 200 hours of time expected
during the remainder of 1999. These costs have been paid for out of general
operating funds. Valley Bank does not anticipate that any of these costs will
materially impact its results of operations in any one reporting period.
139
<PAGE>
RISKS OF YEAR 2000 ISSUES FOR VALLEY BANK. Ultimately, the potential impact
of the Year 2000 issue on Valley Bank will depend on a series of complex
factors, including the following:
- the corrective measures undertaken by Valley Bank itself;
- the measures undertaken by third-party vendors to become Year 2000
compliant;
- the accuracy of representations made by third-party vendors to Valley Bank
concerning their state of readiness;
- the degree of compliance by governmental agencies, businesses, telephone
companies and other utilities and other entities which engage in essential
communications with Valley Bank; and
- the degree of compliance of customers.
At worst, Valley Bank's customers and vendors will face severe Year 2000
issues. In this case, Valley Bank may be unable to service its customers, and
borrowers may become unable to pay back their loans. Valley Bank may also be
required to replace non-compliant vendors with more expensive Year
2000-compliant vendors. At this time Valley Bank cannot determine the financial
effect on it if significant customer or vendor remediation efforts are not
resolved in a timely manner.
CONTINGENCY PLANS OF VALLEY BANK. Valley Bank has developed a business
continuation contingency plan to provide service to customers should there be an
environment in which electrical and communication services may not be available
for a brief period of time after the century date change. The Bank's data
processing system and other mission critical systems have been tested and are
Year 2000 compliant. In the event its computer system or other mission critical
system should fail, Valley Bank has alternate procedures to achieve a successful
resumption of business. These alternative procedures include reverting to manual
systems for processing some forms of work as well as contractual arrangements
with Year 2000 compliant outside vendors for data processing.
140
<PAGE>
BUSINESS OF VALLEY BANK
GENERAL
Valley Bank is a California community bank headquartered in Moreno Valley,
California. In addition to its headquarters, Valley Bank maintains six branches
in the Inland Empire and two loan production offices, one in Moreno Valley and
the other in Portland, Oregon. Valley Bank was originally organized as a
national banking association in 1960, and was reincorporated in 1980 under the
California General Corporation Law as a state-licensed bank. It is licensed by
the California Department of Financial Institutions. The Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation insures its deposits up to the $100,000 legal limit. As
with many state chartered banks of its size in California, it is not a member of
the Federal Reserve System.
Moreno Valley is located in a region commonly referred to as the Inland
Empire, an area southeast of Los Angeles county and northeast of San Diego
county, consisting of Riverside and San Bernardino counties. These counties are
experiencing significant population and economic growth, much of which has been
fueled by the migration of manufacturing, distribution and export service firms
from adjacent Los Angeles, Orange and San Diego counties.
Valley Bank emphasizes community-based banking, concentrating on both
business and individual customers. It serves small-to-medium size businesses,
professionals, retired individuals and residents in the Inland Empire area, as
well as businesses and real estate owners/ developers throughout the Inland
Empire. Its lending programs include making loans guaranteed by the United
States Small Business Administration, and loans guaranteed by the U. S.
Department of Agriculture's Business and Industry program in the Inland Empire
and in the vicinity of its Portland, Oregon loan office.
Valley Bank offers a full complement of business lending activities which
include, in addition to Small Business Administration and Department of
Agriculture guaranteed loans, term loans, commercial loans, construction
financing, and domestic letters of credit. In the area of deposit services,
Valley Bank offers business checking, savings, money market and time deposit
accounts. Commercial loans may be unsecured or secured by real estate,
equipment, accounts receivable, deposit accounts or any combination of such
collateral. Historically Valley Bank has primarily focused its lending on
government guaranteed loans, construction and conventional loans secured by real
estate, commercial loans and installment loans. This continues to be its focus.
Valley Bank's consumer services complement its business emphasis by offering
a range of personal and private banking financial services such as
interest-bearing checking, fee-based checking, savings, money market accounts,
and tailored time certificates of deposit. In the area of consumer loans, Valley
Bank offers new and used automobile loans, home improvement loans, overdraft
lines of credit, and unsecured personal loans. Other operational services
include safe deposit boxes, night deposit facilities, travelers checks, wire
transfers, cashier's checks, 24-hour access to banking information by telephone,
24-hour automatic teller machine availability on the Cirrus and Star networks
and other standard depository functions.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
Valley Bank's business strategy is to support the banking needs of small
businesses, mainly in the Inland Empire areas served by its branches and in the
Portland, Oregon area served by its loan production office. To this end, Valley
Bank offers an array of business
141
<PAGE>
lending services including Small Business Administration and other government
guaranteed loans, term loans, commercial notes, commercial real estate
financing, construction loans, domestic letters of credit, and business,
checking, savings, money market and time deposit accounts. Valley Bank has
focused on marketing efforts to implement its business strategy of continuing to
increase core deposits through business development efforts, diversifying its
customer base, enhancing its product lines; and providing superior customer
service.
These efforts include obtaining increased loan and deposit business from
existing customers, word-of-mouth referrals, a focused direct mail marketing
program and personal solicitation of customers by officers, directors and
stockholders. Management assigns responsibility to all loan and business
development officers to make regular calls on potential customers and obtain
referrals from existing customers. Valley Bank directs promotional efforts
toward residents and small-to-medium sized businesses.
Recognizing that its greatest strategic advantage is its niche experience
with government guaranteed loans, Valley Bank emphasizes this business. It
opened a loan production office in Portland, Oregon in 1996 after conducting a
market research study. That office serves small businesses in the State of
Oregon and in southern Washington. Valley Bank is considering further expansion
of that business.
PREMISES
The following table sets forth information about Valley Bank's banking
offices.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION TYPE OF OFFICE OWNED/LEASED SIZE SINCE
- ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------- ------------- ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
24010 Sunnymead Boulevard, Moreno Valley............ Main branch Owned 9,000 sq/ft 1960
26670 McCall Boulevard, Sun City.................... Branch Owned 4,500 sq/ft 1975
16820 Van Buren Boulevard (Woodcrest), Riverside.... Branch Owned 3,000 sq/ft 1976
22729 Barton Road, Grand Terrace.................... Branch Owned 3,000 sq/ft 1982
255 South Riverside Avenue, Rialto.................. Branch Owned 3,000 sq/ft 1987
211 East 4th Street, Perris......................... Branch Leased 3,000 sq/ft 1974
29614 Nuevo Road, Nuevo............................. Branch Leased 1,500 sq/ft 1990
24081 Postal Avenue, Moreno Valley.................. Loan production(1) Owned 2,600 sq/ft 1993
10180 S.W. Nimbus Avenue, Suite H-1, Portland,
Oregon............................................ Loan production(1) Leased 1,481 sq/ft 1996
25400 Allesandro Boulevard, Moreno Valley........... Administrative(1)(2) Leased 3,084 sq/ft 1993
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Deposits are not accepted at this facility.
(2) Data processing center.
Aggregate annual rentals for Valley Bank for leased premises were $101,000
for the year ended December 31, 1998. Valley Bank considers its present
facilities to be sufficient for its current operations.
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
The following table sets forth the book and market values of securities held
for maturity at the dates indicated. Under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 115,
142
<PAGE>
"Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities," Valley Bank
has designated all of its investment securities listed as "held-to-maturity."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. government agencies......................................................... $ 15,004 $ 11,957 $ 9,979
Mortgage-backed securities....................................................... -- 781 1,291
Securities, nontaxable........................................................... 581 1,118 1,658
--------- --------- ---------
Total........................................................................ $ 15,585 $ 13,856 $ 12,928
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the maturities of Valley Bank's investment
securities at December 31, 1998 and the weighted average yields of such
securities calculated on the basis of the cost and effective yields based on the
scheduled maturity of each security. Yields on municipal securities have not
been calculated on a tax-equivalent basis.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AFTER ONE TO FIVE AFTER FIVE TO TEN YEARS
WITHIN ONE YEAR YEARS AFTER TEN YEARS
---------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
AMOUNT YIELD AMOUNT YIELD AMOUNT YIELD AMOUNT YIELD
--------- ----- --------- ----- ----------- ----- ----------- -----
<CAPTION>
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. government
agencies................ $ 10,999 5.5% $ 4,005 5.8% $ -- --% $ -- --%
Securities, nontaxable.... $ 150 4.8% $ 431 6.1% $ -- --% $ -- --%
--------- --------- ----- -----
Total..................... $ 11,149 5.5% $ 4,436 5.8% $ -- --% $ -- --%
--------- --------- ----- -----
--------- --------- ----- -----
Estimated fair value...... $ 11,170 $ 4,472 $ -- $ --
--------- --------- ----- -----
--------- --------- ----- -----
<CAPTION>
TOTAL
----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
AMOUNT YIELD
--------- -----
<S> <C> <C>
U.S. government
agencies................ $ 15,004 5.6%
Securities, nontaxable.... $ 581 5.8%
---------
Total..................... $ 15,585 5.6%
---------
---------
Estimated fair value...... $ 15,642
---------
---------
</TABLE>
Valley Bank does not own securities of a single issuer whose aggregate book
value is in excess of 10% of its total equity.
LENDING ACTIVITIES
Valley Bank originates and sells loans. Please refer to "--Lending
Procedures and Loan Approval Process" for a description of applicable
regulations which limit lending in relation to shareholders' equity. Valley Bank
originates loans for its own portfolio and for sale in the secondary market.
Lending activities include Small Business Administration and other government
guaranteed loans, real estate construction loans, real estate mortgage loans,
commercial loans and consumer installment loans.
143
<PAGE>
LOAN PORTFOLIO
COMPOSITION OF LOAN PORTFOLIO. The following table shows the composition of
loans by type of loan or type of borrower at the date indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Real estate--construction.................................. $ 6,733 $ 6,873 $ 2,138 $ 1,943 $ 1,259
Real estate--residential................................... 4,848 7,116 8,552 9,745 6,398
Real estate--unimproved residential lots................... 4,898 6,369 7,963 501 1,569
Real estate--commercial.................................... 13,910 14,535 14,776 14,271 10,232
Commercial and industrial.................................. 2,653 1,746 1,908 1,638 4,579
Government guaranteed...................................... 9,173 8,377 6,681 5,591 8,549
Loans to individuals....................................... 504 435 484 401 458
Loans held for sale........................................ 594 -- 670 379 --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total loans............................................ $ 43,313 $ 45,451 $ 43,172 $ 34,469 $ 33,044
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITIES OF LOANS TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES. The
following table shows the maturity distribution of the loan portfolio at
December 31, 1998, and the loan portfolio's sensitivity to changes in interest
rates. Loans due after one year are shown in the fixed and floating rate
categories.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FLOATING
AFTER ONE BUT RATE:
WITHIN WITHIN FIVE AFTER DUE AFTER FIXED RATE: DUE
ONE YEAR YEARS FIVE YEARS ONE YEAR AFTER ONE YEAR
--------- --------------- ----------- ------------ ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
Real estate--construction................... $ 6,733 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
Real estate--residential.................... 573 775 3,500 3,702 573
Real estate--unimproved residential
lots...................................... 1,842 1,638 1,418 362 2,694
Real estate--commercial..................... 1,543 1,152 11,215 12,011 356
Commercial and industrial................... 1,340 887 426 1,067 246
Government guaranteed....................... -- 3 9,170 9,173 --
Loans to individuals........................ 141 229 134 138 225
Loans held for sale......................... 594 -- -- -- --
--------- ------ ----------- ------------ ------
Total....................................... $ 12,766 $ 4,684 $ 25,863 $ 26,453 $ 4,094
--------- ------ ----------- ------------ ------
--------- ------ ----------- ------------ ------
</TABLE>
GOVERNMENT GUARANTEED LOANS
Valley Bank actively originates loans qualifying for guarantees issued by
the United States Small Business Administration, an independent agency of the
federal government. The SBA guarantees on such loans currently range from 75% to
80% of the principal and accrued interest. Under certain circumstances, the
guarantee of principal and interest may be less than 75%. The guaranteed
percentage is less than 75% for loans over $1.0 million. Valley Bank generally
limits the amount available to any one borrower under this program to $1.5
million. Valley Bank typically requires that Small Business Administration loans
be secured by first or second lien deeds of trust on real property. Valley Bank
also obtains additional collateral such as personal property or other real
property. Small Business Administration loans have terms ranging from seven to
25 years depending on the use of the proceeds. To qualify for an Small
144
<PAGE>
Business Administration loan, a borrower must demonstrate the capacity to
service and repay the loan, exclusive of the collateral, on the basis of
historical earnings or reliable projections.
In 1997, Valley Bank expanded its government guaranteed loan program to
include loans guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Agriculture under that
department's business and industry loan program for rural areas. These loans
tend to be larger than Small Business Administration loans, with different, but
similar, rules for origination. During 1998 Valley Bank closed its first
Department of Agriculture guaranteed loan, in the amount of $4.6 million, and
concurrently sold the guaranteed portion of the loan. Valley Bank has several
other Department of Agriculture guaranteed loans under review.
Valley Bank generally sells substantially all of the guaranteed portion of
the government guaranteed loans that it originates. Pursuant to a 1998 change in
the governmental rules for Small Business Administration loans, Valley Bank has
also commenced to sell the non-guaranteed portion of Small Business
Administration loans, in some cases. For the three months ending March 31, 1999,
Valley Bank originated $2.3 million of government guaranteed loans and sold $2.5
million in government guaranteed loans. In 1998, Valley Bank originated $13.9
million of government guaranteed loans, including its first Department of
Agriculture guaranteed loan, and sold $14.6 million of government guaranteed
loans. In 1997, Valley Bank originated $10.1 million of government guaranteed
loans and sold $12.1 million of guaranteed loans. When Valley Bank sells a
government guaranteed loan, it generally retains the obligation to repurchase
the loan for 90 days after the sale, if the loan fails to comply with
representations and warranties given by Valley Bank. Valley Bank retains the
obligation to service the government guaranteed loans, for which it receives a
servicing fee. Those portions of the sold government guaranteed loans that
remain owned by Valley Bank, and those government guaranteed loans that have not
yet been sold, are included in Valley Bank's balance sheet. At December 31,
1998, Valley Bank had $9.8 million in government guaranteed loans remaining on
its balance sheet. At March 31, 1999, Valley Bank had $8.6 million in government
guaranteed loans remaining on the balance sheet. At March 31, 1999, Valley Bank
was servicing $28.5 million in government guaranteed loans that had been sold to
others. At December 31, 1998, Valley Bank was servicing $28.6 million in
government guaranteed loans that had been sold to others.
LOANS SECURED BY REAL ESTATE
At March 31, 1999, $31.6 million, or approximately 74% of Valley Bank's
Loans, were secured by real estate. At December 31, 1998, $30.4 million, or
approximately 71% of Valley Bank's loans, were secured by real estate. The
following table shows the percentage of the total loan portfolio represented by
the four largest categories of real estate loans at March 31, 1999 and December
31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% OF TOTAL LOAN PORTFOLIO
----------------------------------
TYPE OF REAL ESTATE LOAN MARCH 31, 1999 DECEMBER 31, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------------- --------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Commercial property....................................... 35.1% 32.0%
Residential property...................................... 11.1% 11.0%
Construction loans........................................ 17.3% 15.0%
Unimproved residential lots............................... 10.5% 11.0%
</TABLE>
All of the real estate construction and conventional loans are secured by deeds
of trust or mortgages on underlying real estate.
145
<PAGE>
Real estate lending involves risks associated with the potential for decline
in the value of underlying real estate collateral and the cash flow from income
producing properties. Declines in real estate values and cash flows can be
caused by a number of factors, including adversity in general economic
conditions, rising interest rates, changes in tax and other governmental
policies affecting the holding real estate, environmental conditions,
governmental and other use restrictions, development of competitive properties
and increasing vacancy rates. Valley Bank's real estate dependence increases the
risk of loss both in Valley Bank's loan portfolio and its holdings of other real
estate owned when real estate values decline.
COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOANS. Valley Bank provides intermediate and long-term
commercial real estate loans. Collateral includes first deeds of trust on real
property. Typically, real estate collateral is owner-occupied, and the value of
the real estate collateral is supported by formal appraisals in accordance with
applicable regulations. The majority of the properties securing these loans are
located in Riverside and San Bernardino counties.
Valley Bank also provides commercial real estate loans principally secured
by owner-occupied/rental commercial and industrial buildings. Generally, these
types of loans are made for a period of up to twenty years, with monthly
payments based on a portion of the principal plus interest, and with a
loan-to-value ratio of 70% or less, using an adjustable rate indexed to the
prime rate appearing in the West Coast edition of THE WALL STREET JOURNAL.
Valley Bank also offers fixed rate loans, but rate adjustments are typically
required in intervals of one to five years. Amortization schedules for
commercial loans generally do not exceed 20 years.
Payments on loans secured by such properties are often dependent on
successful operation or management of the properties. Repayment of such loans
may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate
market or the economy. Valley Bank seeks to minimize these risks in a variety of
ways, including limiting the size of such loans and strictly scrutinizing the
financial condition of the borrower, the quality of the collateral and the
management of the property securing the loan. When possible, Valley Bank also
attempts to obtain loan guaranties from financially capable parties. Valley
Bank's lending personnel inspect substantially all of the properties securing
Valley Bank's real estate loans before the loan is made.
Valley Bank requires title insurance insuring the status of its lien on all
of the real estate secured loans when a first trust deed on the real estate is
taken as collateral. Valley Bank also requires the borrower to maintain fire,
extended coverage casualty insurance and, if the property is in a flood zone,
flood insurance, in amounts equal to the outstanding loan balance, subject to
applicable law that may limit the amount of hazard insurance a lender can
require to the cost of replacing improvements. Valley Bank's lending policies
generally limit the loan-to-value ratio on mortgage loans secured by
owner-occupied properties to 70% of the lesser of the appraised value or the
purchase price. Valley Bank cannot assure that these procedures will protect
against losses on loans secured by real property. Please refer to "Risk
Factors--A downturn in the real estate market could seriously impair our loan
portfolio" for a discussion of the possible effects of a decline in real estate
values.
REAL ESTATE CONSTRUCTION LOANS. Valley Bank finances the construction of
residential, commercial and industrial properties. To limit risks inherent in
its construction loan portfolio, Valley Bank has restricted this lending to
owner-builder construction loans. The future condition of the local economy
could harm the collateral values of such loans. Please refer to "Risk
146
<PAGE>
Factors--A downturn in the real estate market could seriously impair our loan
portfolio" for a discussion of the possible effects of a decline in real estate
values.
Valley Bank's construction loans typically have the following
characteristics:
- maturities of one year or less;
- a floating rate of interest based on Valley Bank's base lending rate;
- minimum cash equity of 20% to 30% of project cost;
- advance of anticipated interest costs during construction; advance of
fees;
- first lien position on the underlying real estate;
- loan-to-value ratios generally not exceeding 70%; and
- recourse against the borrower or a guarantor in the event of default.
Valley Bank does not typically commit to make the permanent loan on the
property unless the permanent loan is to be a government guaranteed loan. Valley
Bank does not participate in joint ventures or take an equity interest in
connection with its construction lending.
Construction loans involve additional risks compared to loans secured by
existing improved real property. These include the following:
- the uncertain value of the project prior to completion;
- the inherent uncertainty in estimating construction costs, which is often
beyond the control of the borrower;
- construction delays and cost overruns;
- possible difficulties encountered by municipal or other governmental
regulation during siting or construction; and
- the difficulty in accurately evaluating the market value of the completed
project.
As a result of these uncertainties, construction lending often involves the
disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the
success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of the borrower or
guarantor to repay principal and interest. If Valley Bank is forced to foreclose
on a project prior to or at completion due to a default, there can be no
assurance that Valley Bank will be able to recover all of the unpaid balance of,
and accrued interest on, the loan as well as the related foreclosure and holding
costs. In addition, Valley Bank may be required to fund additional amounts to
complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminable
period of time. Valley Bank has underwriting procedures designed to identify
what it believes to be acceptable levels of risk in construction lending. Among
other things, qualified and bonded third parties are engaged to provide progress
reports and recommendations for construction disbursements. No assurance can be
given that these procedures will prevent losses arising from the risks described
above.
LOANS ON UNIMPROVED RESIDENTIAL LOTS. Substantially all of the Valley Bank
loans secured by unimproved residential lots relate to a single real estate
project in Fort Mohave, Arizona. In 1996, Valley Bank acquired 200 loans, each
secured by a residential lot in this project, at a cost of approximately $7.9
million. These loans were acquired in a swap transaction in which
147
<PAGE>
Valley Bank exchanged real property that it had previously acquired in
foreclosure for these loans. Since the time of their acquisition, almost half of
the loans have been repaid. As of March 31, 1999, 122 of these loans remain, in
the aggregate amount of $4.5 million, or 10.5% of the loan portfolio. As of
December 31, 1998, 107 of these loans remained, in the aggregate amount of $4.8
million, or 11% of the loan portfolio.
RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS. Valley Bank originates fixed-rate mortgage
loans secured by one-to-four family properties with amortization schedules of 15
to 30 years and maturities of up to five years. The loan fees charged, interest
rates and other provisions of Valley Bank's residential loans are determined by
an analysis of Valley Bank's cost of funds, cost of origination, cost of
servicing, risk factors and portfolio needs.
COMMERCIAL LOANS
Valley Bank makes relatively few commercial loans, other than government
guaranteed loans. The commercial loans are for intermediate and short-terms and
may be unsecured, partially secured or fully secured. The majority of these
loans are in Riverside county. Loan maturities are normally 12 months. Valley
Bank requires a complete re-analysis before considering any extension. Depending
on the creditworthiness of the business, certain types of open-ended loans to
$100,000 and non-open-ended renewable products are also available. Valley Bank
makes these loans to any size business, and to businesses organized as sole
proprietorships, partnerships and corporations. Most are to small businesses. In
general, it is the intent of Valley Bank to take collateral whenever possible
regardless of the loan purpose. Collateral may include liens on inventory,
accounts receivable, fixtures and office furniture and equipment and, in some
cases, leasehold improvements and real estate. As a matter of policy, the Bank
requires all principals of a business to be co-obligors on all loan instruments
and all significant stockholders of corporations to execute a specific debt
guaranty. All borrowers must demonstrate the ability to service and repay not
only Valley Bank debt but all outstanding business debt, exclusive of
collateral, on the basis of historical earnings or reliable projections.
LOANS TO INDIVIDUALS
Loans to individuals, also termed consumer loans, are extended for a variety
of purposes. Most are for the purchase of automobiles and other vehicles. Others
include secured and unsecured personal loans, home improvement, equity lines,
overdraft protection loans, and unsecured lines of credit. Valley Bank's
underwriting standards for loans to individuals include an examination of the
applicant's credit history and payment record on other debts and an evaluation
of their ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan.
Although creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary importance, the
underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the security, if
any, to the proposed loan amount. Most of Valley Bank's loans to individuals are
repayable on an installment basis.
Loans to individuals generally entail greater risk than do residential
mortgage loans, particularly in the case of those loans that are unsecured or
secured by rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any
repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate
source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance because the collateral is
more likely to suffer damage, loss or depreciation. The remaining deficiency
often does not warrant further collection efforts against the borrower beyond
148
<PAGE>
obtaining a deficiency judgment. In addition, the collection of loans to
individuals is dependent on the borrower's continuing financial stability, and
thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or
personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, various federal and state laws, including
federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, often limit the amount which
the lender can recover on loans to individuals. Loans to individuals may also
give rise to claims and defenses by a consumer loan borrower against the lender
on these loans, such as Valley Bank, and a borrower may be able to assert
against such assignee claims and defenses that it has against the seller of the
underlying collateral.
As of March 31, 1999, the total of all loans to individuals held by Valley
Bank was $401,000 or 1.0% of total loans. As of December 31, 1998, the total of
all loans to individuals held by Valley Bank was $504,000 or 1.2% of total
loans.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS
As part of its service to its small- to medium-sized business customers,
Valley Bank from time to time issues formal commitments and lines of credit.
These commitments can be either secured or unsecured. They may be in the form of
revolving lines of credit for seasonal working capital needs. However, these
commitments may also take the form of letters of credit. Standby letters of
credit are conditional commitments issued by Valley Bank to guarantee the
performance of a customer to a third party. Valley Bank does not enter into any
interest rate swaps or caps, or forward or future contracts. At March 31, 1999,
Valley Bank had commitments to extend credit of approximately $3.7 million and
obligations under standby letters of credit of approximately $178,000. At
December 31, 1998, Valley Bank had commitments to extend credit of approximately
$2.6 million and obligations under standby letters of credit of approximately
$178,000.
The following table shows the distribution of Valley Bank's undisbursed loan
commitments at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
AT MARCH 31,
1999, 1998 1997
----------------- --------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Commitments to extend credit, including unsecured loan commitments......... $ 3,685 $ 2,582 $ 6,664
Standby letters of credit.................................................. 178 178 212
------ --------- ---------
Total...................................................................... $ 3,863 $ 2,760 $ 6,876
------ --------- ---------
------ --------- ---------
</TABLE>
LENDING PROCEDURES AND LOAN APPROVAL PROCESS
Loan applications may be approved by the board of directors' loan committee,
by Valley Bank's management and lending officers, or by individual lending
officers to the extent of their loan authority. Individual lending authority is
granted to the Chief Executive Officer, the Senior Credit Officer, branch and
department managers and other key lending officers. Loans for which direct and
indirect borrower liability would exceed an individual's lending authority are
referred to Valley Bank's management and, for those in excess of management's
approval limits, to the loan committee.
149
<PAGE>
At March 31, 1999, Valley Bank's authorized legal lending limits were
$1,427,000 for unsecured loans plus an additional $951,000 for specific secured
loans. Valley Bank's primary capital plus allowance for loan losses at March 31,
1999 totaled $9.6 million. Valley Bank's largest borrower as of March 31, 1999
had an aggregate loan liability totaling $1.7 million in secured loans.
At December 31, 1998, Valley Bank's authorized legal lending limits were
$1,405,000 for unsecured loans, plus an additional $937,000 for specific secured
loans. Legal lending limits are calculated in conformance with California law,
which prohibits a bank from lending to any one individual or entity or its
related interests an aggregate amount which exceeds 15% of primary capital plus
the allowance for loan losses on an unsecured basis, plus an additional 10% on a
secured basis. Valley Bank's primary capital plus allowance for loan losses at
December 31, 1998 totaled $9.4 million. Valley Bank's largest borrower as of
December 31, 1998 had an aggregate loan liability totaling $1.7 million in
secured loans.
The highest individual lending authority in Valley Bank is the combined
administrative lending authority for unsecured and secured lending of $500,000,
which requires the approval and signatures of the Chief Executive Officer and
the Senior Credit Officer. The second highest lending authority is $250,000 for
each of the Chief Executive Officer and the Senior Credit Officer, each acting
singly. All other individual lending authority is substantially less, with the
next largest authority for secured loans being $25,000.
Lending limits are authorized for the Chief Executive Officer, the Senior
Credit Officer and other officers by the board of directors of Valley Bank. The
Senior Credit Officer is responsible for evaluating the authority limits for
individual credit officers and recommends lending limits for all other officers
to the board of directors for approval.
The review of each loan application includes the applicant's credit history,
income level and cash flow analysis, financial condition and the value of any
collateral to secure the loan. In the case of real estate loans over a specified
amount, the review of collateral value includes an appraisal report prepared by
an independent bank-approved appraiser.
With respect to any approved commercial or real estate loan, Valley Bank
generally issues a written commitment to the applicant, setting forth the terms
under which the loan will be extended.
Valley Bank seeks to mitigate the risks inherent in its loan portfolio by
adhering to certain underwriting practices. These practices include analysis of
prior credit histories, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow
projections of its potential borrowers, valuation of collateral based on reports
of independent appraisers and audits of accounts receivable or inventory pledged
as security.
OTHER EARNING ASSETS
The following table relates to other earning assets not disclosed previously
for the dates indicated. This item consists of a salary continuation plan for
Valley Bank's President. The
150
<PAGE>
plan is informally linked with universal life insurance policies for the salary
continuation plan. Income from these policies is reflected in noninterest
income.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
MARCH 31, 1999 1998 1997 1996
-------------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Cash surrender value of life insurance............. $ 712,000 $ 712,000 $ 661,000 $ 637,000
-------------- ---------- ---------- ----------
-------------- ---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
ASSET QUALITY
NONPERFORMING ASSETS. Nonperforming assets include non performing loans and
other real estate owned.
NONPERFORMING LOANS. Nonperforming loans are those which the borrower fails
to perform in accordance with the original terms of the obligation and fall into
one of three categories:
- Nonaccrual loans. Valley Bank generally places loans on nonaccrual status
when interest or principal payments become 90 days or more past due unless
the outstanding principal and interest is adequately secured and, in the
opinion of management, is deemed in the process of collection. When loans
are placed on nonaccrual status, accrued but unpaid interest is reversed
against the current year's income. Interest income on nonaccrual loans is
recorded on a cash basis. Valley Bank may treat payments as interest
income or return of principal depending upon management's opinion of the
ultimate risk of loss on the individual loan. Cash payments are treated as
interest income where management believes the remaining principal balance
is fully collectible. Additionally, Valley Bank may place loans that are
not 90 days past due on nonaccrual status if management reasonably
believes the borrower will not be able to comply with the contractual loan
repayment terms and collection of principal or interest is in question.
- Loans 90 days or more past due. Valley Bank classifies a loan in this
category when the borrower is more than 90 days late in making a payment
of principal or interest.
- Restructured loans. These are loans on which interest accrues at a below
market rate or upon which a portion of the principal has been forgiven so
as to aid the borrower in the final repayment of the loan, with any
interest previously accrued, but not yet collected, being reversed against
current income. Interest is reported on a cash basis until the borrower's
ability to service the restructured loan in accordance with its terms is
established.
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED (OREO). This category of nonperforming assets
consists of real estate to which Valley Bank has taken title by reason of
foreclosure or by taking a deed in lieu of foreclosure from the borrower. Before
Valley Bank takes title to OREO, it generally obtains an environmental review.
151
<PAGE>
The following table summarizes Valley Bank's nonperforming assets at the
dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------------------------
MARCH 31,
1999
(UNAUDITED) 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
----------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Nonaccrual loans(1)....................... $ 4,570 $ 4,827 $ 3,227 $ 1,245 $ 1,110 $ 3,173
Loans past due 90 days or more............ 30 256 0 0 125 0
Restructured loans........................ -- 0 0 0 0 0
----------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total nonperforming loans(1)............ 4,600 5,083 3,227 1,245 1,235 3,173
Other real estate owned................... 1,611 1,749 1,711 1,144 2,555 1,143
----------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total nonperforming assets.............. $ 6,211 $ 6,832 $ 4,938 $ 2,389 $ 3,790 $ 4,316
----------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
----------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Nonperforming loans as a percent of total
loans................................... 11.02% 11.78% 7.13% 2.90% 3.60% 9.65%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total
assets.................................. 7.10% 8.07% 6.62% 3.36% 5.74% 6.65%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Interest income during 1998 on loans on nonaccrual status would have been
$424,000 if the loans had been accruing. Interest collected on these loans
in 1998 was $0.
At March 31, 1999, nonperforming assets represented 7.10% of total assets.
Nonperforming loans that were secured by first deeds of trust on real property
were $4.5 million at March 31, 1999. At December 31, 1998, nonperforming assets
represented 8.07% of total assets. Nonperforming loans that were secured by
first deeds of trust on real property were $4.4 million at December 31, 1998,
$1.9 million at December 31, 1997, $1.1 million at December 31, 1996, $1.2
million at December 31, 1995 and $3.1 million at December 31, 1994. Other forms
of collateral such as inventory and equipment secured the remaining
nonperforming loans as of each date. The collateral securing nonperforming loans
may not be sufficient to prevent losses on such loans.
Nonperforming loans have occurred mainly among the loans secured by real
estate. During the early 1990's Valley Bank made many interim construction loans
to builders building "on spec," that is, without a committed purchaser for the
finished building. When recession hit Southern California, some borrowers
abandoned their construction projects, and their loans became nonperforming.
Valley Bank foreclosed, and then attempted to liquidate the resulting OREO
property. The soft real estate market then prevailing, however, made sale
difficult. As the economy improved in Southern California, sale of these
properties became easier. During 1998, the remaining early-1990's nonperforming
assets were resolved.
As of December 31, 1998, Valley Bank had approximately $4.8 million in
non-performing non-accrual loans. As of March 31, 1999, Valley Bank had
approximately $4.6 million in non-performing non-accrual loans.
The largest non-performing loan, in the amount of approximately $1.6
million, is a construction loan secured by an eighty room motel on which
construction is now complete. Valley Bank is a 53% participant in this loan and
has taken the lead to bring it to resolution. Problems arose as a result of
construction delays and Valley Bank has initiated foreclosure
152
<PAGE>
proceedings. In response to the foreclosure proceedings, the borrower has filed
a counterclaim for damages in excess of $1.5 million as well as attorneys' fees,
costs and interest. The property is expected to be managed by a hotel management
company, in its capacity as the court-appointed receiver. The management company
has obtained a bond in the amount of $300,000, and expects to open the facility
in the near future. Valley Bank is working with the borrowers in an attempt to
reach a settlement.
A second non-performing loan relationship is comprised of two construction
loans, totaling approximately $900,000, secured by a service
station/mini-mart/fast food facility. The Small Business Administration has
provided a commitment to guarantee a permanent loan when construction is
completed. At December 31, 1998, these loans were on non-accrual status. At
March 31, 1999 these loans were placed on accrual status based on the SBA's
confirmation of its takeout loan commitment. The service station is awaiting
final inspection and Valley Bank expects it to open shortly after. The
franchisor has agreed to advance $150,000 on completion of the final inspection
and Valley Bank expects the Small Business Administration to execute final loan
amounts on or about at that time.
A third non-performing loan, in the amount of approximately $800,000,
involves a loan made to renovate and convert a facility to a sports bar and
restaurant. This loan is 100% guaranteed by the City of San Bernardino Economic
Development Agency. After renovation, the lessee was unable to operate the
facility successfully. The agency has approved the transfer of the lease to an
experienced and successful southern California chain operator. Valley Bank and
the borrower-owner have agreed in principle on settlement, in which Valley Bank
will become the owner of the property, including fixtures and equipment and the
borrower/ owner will pay Valley Bank $15,000 in cash and sign a note for
$20,000.
A fourth non-performing loan, in the amount of approximately $618,000,
involves a ten-unit low-income home development project in the city of Colton,
California. Seven homes have sold and three remain unsold. In addition, the bank
has located a buyer who will purchase the loan at a discounted price of $465,000
in cash in the near future. The resulting loss of approximately $153,000 is less
than the loan's loss reserve of $155,000 allocated to this loan.
A fifth non-performing loan, in the amount of approximately $1.1 million,
involves a service station/mini-market operation. This loan was not considered a
non-accrual loan at December 31, 1998, but was placed on non-accrual status
during the first quarter of 1999. The City of San Bernardino Economic
Development Agency is a guarantor. Valley Bank has initiated foreclosure
proceedings. It has also had indications of interest in purchasing the loan from
a group of investors.
As of December 31, 1998, Valley Bank had OREO of approximately $1.8 million.
At March 31, 1999, Valley Bank had OREO of approximately $1.6 million. The first
largest OREO property, with an approximate book balance of $400,000, is an
office building located in the Moreno Valley area. It is currently in escrow for
a sale at a price above book value, which is expected to close in the near
future. The second largest OREO property, with an initial book balance of
$400,000, is a residential planned unit development located in San Jacinto,
California. The bank has sold five of the six homes on the property, receiving
$335,000 toward the initial balance. The third largest OREO property, with an
approximate book balance of $275,000, is a land parcel located in Moreno Valley,
California.
153
<PAGE>
SUBSTANDARD AND DOUBTFUL LOANS. Valley Bank monitors all loans in the loan
portfolio to identify problem credits. Additionally, as an integral part of the
credit review process of Valley Bank, credit reviews are performed by an outside
financial institution consulting firm semi-annually to assure accuracy of
documentation and the identification of problem credits. The Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation and State of California Department of Financial
Institutions also review Valley Bank and its loans during an annual safety and
soundness examination.
There are three classifications for problem loans:
Substandard--An asset is classified as "substandard" if it is inadequately
protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower, or of
the collateral pledged, if any. Credits in this category have a well-defined
weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are
characterized by the distinct possibility that Valley Bank will sustain some
loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful--An asset is classified as "doubtful" if it has all the weaknesses
inherent in one classified "substandard," and has the added characteristic that
the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently
existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The
possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of important and reasonably
specific pending factors which may work to the advantage and strengthening of
the assets, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more
exact status may be determined.
Loss--An asset is classified as a "loss" if it is considered uncollectible
and of such little value that its continuance as a bankable asset is not
warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no
recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical or desirable to defer
writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be
effected in the future. Any potential recovery is considered too small and the
realization too distant in the future to justify retention as an asset on Valley
Bank's books.
Another category, designated as "special mention," is maintained for loans
which do not currently expose Valley Bank to a significant degree of risk to
warrant classification in a "substandard," "doubtful" or "loss" category, but do
possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving management's close
attention.
As of March 31, 1999, Valley Bank's classified loans consisted of $4.7
million in the "substandard" category and no loans in the "doubtful" category.
Valley Bank's $4.7 million of loans classified as "substandard" consisted of
$221,000 of performing loans and $4.5 million of non-accrual loans.
Additionally, as of March 31, 1999, Valley Bank's loans categorized in the
"special mention" category consisted of $1.5 million of performing loans.
As of December 31, 1998, Valley Bank's classified loans consisted of $3.8
million in the "substandard" category and no loans in the "doubtful" category.
Valley Bank's $3.8 million of loans classified as "substandard" consisted of
$222,000 of performing loans and $3.6 million of non-accrual loans.
Additionally, as of December 31, 1998, Valley Bank's loans categorized in the
"special mention" category consisted of $2.4 million of performing loans.
IMPAIRED LOANS. Valley Bank defines impaired loans, regardless of past due
status, as those on which principal and interest are not expected to be
collected under the original contractual loan repayment terms. Valley Bank
charges off an impaired loan at the time
154
<PAGE>
management believes the collection process has been exhausted. Valley Bank
measures impaired loans based on the present value of future cash flows
discounted at the loan's effective rate, the loan's observable market price or
the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Impaired loans
at March 31, 1999 were $4.6 million, all of which were also non-accrual loans.
Allowance for loans related to impaired loans was $532,000 at March 31, 1999.
Impaired loans at December 31, 1998 were $3.9 million, all of which were also
nonaccrual loans. Allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans was
$502,000 at December 31, 1998.
Except as disclosed above, there were no assets as of December 31, 1998
where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers caused
management to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply
with the present loan repayment terms. However, it is always possible that
current credit problems may exist that may not have been discovered by
management. Please refer to "--Allowance and Provisions for Loan Losses."
155
<PAGE>
ALLOWANCE AND PROVISIONS FOR LOAN LOSSES
The following table sets forth an analysis of the allowance for loan losses
and provisions for loan losses for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of period................. $ 1,058 $ 756 $ 497 $ 574 $ 1,047
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Loans charged off
Real estate--construction.................... -- -- -- -- 225
Real estate--residential..................... -- 79 66 469 224
Real estate--unimproved residential lots..... -- -- -- -- --
Real estate--commercial...................... -- -- 55 355 248
Commercial and industrial.................... 9 26 -- 1 4
Government guaranteed........................ 403 653 -- -- --
Loans to individuals......................... -- 1 -- -- 82
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total charge-offs.............................. 412 759 121 825 783
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Recoveries
Real estate--construction.................... -- 16 6 128 149
Real estate--residential..................... 225 46 13 6 --
Real estate--unimproved residential lots..... -- -- -- -- --
Real estate--commercial...................... 7 6 1 -- --
Commercial and industrial.................... -- -- -- 3 1
Government guaranteed........................ 40 13 -- -- --
Loans to individuals......................... -- -- -- 1 --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total recoveries............................... 272 81 20 138 150
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net charge-offs................................ 140 678 101 687 633
Additions charged to operations................ 200 980 360 610 160
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Balance at end of period....................... $ 1,118 $ 1,058 $ 756 $ 497 $ 574
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Average loans outstanding, gross............... $ 48,512 $ 43,921 $ 41,649 $ 34,552 $ 28,678
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total loans at end of period, gross............ $ 43,313 $ 45,451 $ 43,172 $ 34,469 $ 33,044
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net charge-offs/average loans outstanding...... 0.29% 1.54% 0.24% 1.99% 2.21%
Allowance at end of period/loans outstanding... 2.59% 2.34% 1.76% 1.45% 1.75%
Allowance/nonperforming loans.................. 21.99% 32.79% 60.72% 40.24% 18.09%
</TABLE>
Valley Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses at a level considered by
management to be adequate to cover the inherent risks of loss associated with
its loan portfolio under prevailing and anticipated economic conditions. In
determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, management takes into
consideration the following factors among others:
- changes in lending policies and procedures, including underwriting
standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices
- changes in national and local economic and business conditions and
developments, including the condition of various market segments
- changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio
- changes in the experience, ability, and depth of the lending management
and staff
156
<PAGE>
- changes in the trend of the volume and severity of past due and classified
loans
- trends in the volume of non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructuring and
other loan modifications
- changes in the quality of the loan review system and degree of oversight
by the institution's board of directors
- the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in
the level of such concentrations
- the effect of external factors such as competition and legal and
regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the
institution's current portfolio
Valley Bank follows the "Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for
Loan and Lease Losses" and analyzes the Allowance for Loan Losses using the
above factors on a quarterly basis. In addition, as an integral part of the
semi-annual credit review process of Valley Bank, performed by an outside
financial institution consulting firm, the Allowance for Loan Losses is reviewed
for adequacy. Furthermore, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and State of
California Department of Financial Institutions review the adequacy of the
Allowance for Loan Losses in an annual safety and soundness examination. The
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and/or State of California Department of
Financial Institutions may require Valley Bank to recognize additions to the
Allowance for Loan Losses based upon its judgment of the information available
to it at the time of its examination. Valley Bank was most recently examined by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and State of California Department of
Financial Institutions on December 21, 1997.
Valley Bank's Senior Credit Officer reports monthly to Valley Bank's board
of directors and continuously reviews loan quality and loan classifications.
Such reviews assist the Board in establishing the level of the allowance for
loan and lease losses. Valley Bank's board of directors reviews the adequacy of
the allowance on a monthly basis.
Valley Bank uses a methodology known as migration analysis for assistance in
determining the appropriate level of its allowance for loan losses. This method
applies relevant risk factors to the entire loan portfolio, including
nonperforming loans. The methodology is based, in part, on the Bank's loan
grading and classification system. The Bank grades its loans through internal
reviews and periodically subjects loans to external reviews which then are
assessed by the Bank's board of directors. External credit reviews are performed
on a semi-annual basis and the quality grading process occurs on a quarterly
basis. The "migration" of loans from grade to grade is then tracked to help
predict future losses and thus more accurately set allowance levels. Risk
factors applied to the performing loan portfolio are based on Valley Bank's past
loss history considering the current portfolio's characteristics, current
economic conditions and other relevant factors. General reserves are applied to
various categories of loans at percentages ranging up to 50% based on the Bank's
assessment of credit risks for each category. Risk factors are applied to the
carrying value of each classified loan:
- loans internally graded "Watch" or "Special Mention" carry a risk factor
from 1.0% to 2.0%;
- "Substandard" loans carry a risk factor that is typically 15%, but ranges
from 0%, in the case of a government guaranteed loan on which the
guarantee has not yet been honored, to 40%, depending on collateral
securing the loan;
157
<PAGE>
- "Doubtful" loans carry a 50% risk factor; and
- "Loss" loans are charged off 100%.
In addition, a portion of the allowance is specially allocated to identified
problem credits. The analysis also includes reference to factors such as the
delinquency status of the loan portfolio, inherent risk by type of loans,
industry statistical data, recommendations made by Valley Bank's regulatory
authorities and outside loan reviewers, and current economic environment.
Important components of the overall credit rating process are the asset quality
rating process and the internal loan review process.
The balance in the allowance is affected by amounts provided from
operations, amounts charged off and recoveries of previously charged off loans.
At March 31, 1999, Valley Bank recorded a provision for loan losses of $90,000
compared with a provision of $150,000 for the same period in the prior year. At
March 31, 1999 net charge offs totaled $93,000. At March 31, 1999 the allowance
for loan losses was $1.1 million or 2.7% of total loans outstanding. For 1998,
Valley Bank recorded a provision for credit losses of $200,000 compared with
provisions of $980,000 for 1997 and $360,000 for 1996. In 1998 net charge offs
totaled $140,000, compared with net charge offs of $678,000 for 1997 and
$101,000 in 1996. The relatively higher level of charge offs in 1997 reflected
primarily government guaranteed loans that had been originated in previous years
without sufficient attention to government requirements for documentation of
lien positions and similar matters. The employee responsible for these
oversights is no longer with Valley Bank, and the Bank has since implemented
more stringent procedures for loan documentation. At December 31, 1998 the
allowance for loan losses was $1.1 million or 2.59% of total loans outstanding,
compared with $1.1 million or 2.34% of total loans outstanding at December 31,
1997.
The allowance is based on estimates and ultimate future losses may vary from
current estimates. Management anticipates the continued stabilization of the
economy in segments of Valley Bank's market area. However, credit quality will
be influenced by underlying trends in the economic cycle, particularly in
Southern California, which management cannot completely predict. It is always
possible that future economic or other factors may adversely affect Valley
Bank's borrowers. As a result, Valley Bank may sustain loan losses, in any
particular period, that are sizable in relation to the allowance, or exceed the
allowance. In addition, Valley Bank's asset quality may deteriorate through a
number of possible factors, including:
- rapid growth;
- failure to enforce underwriting standards;
- failure to maintain appropriate underwriting standards;
- failure to maintain an adequate number of qualified loan personnel; and
- failure to identify and monitor potential problem loans.
Based on these and other factors, loan losses may be substantial in relation
to the allowance, or exceed the allowance. Please refer to "Risk Factors--Loan
loss reserves may not cover actual loan losses."
158
<PAGE>
The following table summarizes a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses
by loan category and the allocation in each category as a percentage of total
loans in each category at the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996 1995
---------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------
% OF LOANS % OF LOANS % OF LOANS % OF LOANS
IN IN IN IN
AMOUNT CATEGORY AMOUNT CATEGORY AMOUNT CATEGORY AMOUNT CATEGORY
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Real estate-
construction.......... $ 490 15.8% $ 141 15.1% $ 29 5.0% $ 28 5.7%
Real estate-
residential........... 62 11.3 70 15.7 66 20.1 90 28.6
Real estate-unimproved
residential lots...... 175 11.5 146 14.0 139 18.8 11 1.5
Real estate-
commercial............ 200 32.5 423 32.0 303 34.8 201 41.9
Commercial and
industrial............ 37 6.2 54 3.8 70 4.5 72 4.8
Government guaranteed... 150 21.5 213 18.4 141 15.7 89 16.4
Loans to individuals.... 4 1.2 11 1.0 8 1.1 6 1.2
--------- ----- --------- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Total................... $ 1,118 100.0% $ 1,058 100.0% $ 756 100.0% $ 497 100.0%
--------- ----- --------- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
--------- ----- --------- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
<CAPTION>
1994
------------------------
% OF LOANS
IN
AMOUNT CATEGORY
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Real estate-
construction.......... $ 22 3.8%
Real estate-
residential........... 102 17.8
Real estate-unimproved
residential lots...... 12 2.1
Real estate-
commercial............ 210 36.6
Commercial and
industrial............ 72 12.5
Government guaranteed... 148 25.8
Loans to individuals.... 8 1.4
----- -----
Total................... $ 574 100.0%
----- -----
----- -----
</TABLE>
The allocation of the allowance to loan categories is an estimate by management
of the relative risk characteristics of loans in those categories. Losses in one
or more loan categories may exceed the portion of the allowance allocated to
that category or even exceed the entire allowance. Please refer to "Risk
Factors--Loan loss reserves may not cover actual loan losses."
DEPOSITS
Deposits are Valley Bank's primary source of funds. At March 31, 1999,
Valley Bank had a deposit mix of 22.0% in time deposits, 42.0% in savings and
interest-bearing checking accounts, 25.9% in noninterest-bearing demand accounts
and 10.1% in money market accounts. At December 31, 1998, Valley Bank had a
deposit mix of 21.7% in time deposits, 41.7% in savings and interest-bearing
checking accounts, 26.5% in noninterest-bearing demand accounts and 10.1% in
money market accounts. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits enhance Valley Bank's
net interest income by lowering its costs of funds.
Valley Bank obtains deposits primarily from the communities it serves. No
material portion of its deposits has been obtained from or is dependent on any
one person or industry. Valley Bank's business is not seasonal in nature. Valley
Bank accepts deposits in excess of $100,000 from customers. These deposits are
priced to remain competitive. At December 31, 1998, Valley Bank had no brokered
deposits.
159
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the average balances and the average rates
paid for the major categories of deposits for the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998 1997 1996 1995
---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE
AVERAGE RATE AVERAGE RATE AVERAGE RATE AVERAGE RATE
BALANCE PAID BALANCE PAID BALANCE PAID BALANCE PAID
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- --------- ----------- --------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Demand accounts............. $ 19,212 -- $ 18,098 -- $ 16,502 -- $ 15,591 --
Savings accounts............ 11,505 1.99% 11,220 1.99% 11,080 2.05% 11,532 1.99%
Money market accounts....... 7,261 2.49 7,180 2.45 7,821 2.45 8,636 2.45
NOW accounts................ 19,297 1.04 17,373 1.04 16,652 1.04 14,937 1.05
Certificates of deposits
under $100,000............ 12,250 5.13 10,635 5.02 8,837 4.81 7,108 4.61
Certificates of deposits of
$100,000 or more.......... 2,909 5.09 1,761 6.47 1,625 5.66 1,692 4.73
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Total deposits.............. $ 72,434 1.91% $ 66,267 1.85% $ 62,517 1.77% $ 59,496 1.69%
--------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- ---------
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
1994
----------------------
AVERAGE
AVERAGE RATE
BALANCE PAID
--------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Demand accounts............. $ 14,594 --
Savings accounts............ 12,423 2.00%
Money market accounts....... 9,583 2.16
NOW accounts................ 14,254 1.08
Certificates of deposits
under $100,000............ 6,241 3.36
Certificates of deposits of
$100,000 or more.......... 1,180 3.14
---------
Total deposits.............. $ 58,275 1.47%
---------
---------
</TABLE>
MATURITIES OF TIME CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT
Maturities of time certificates of deposits outstanding at December 31, 1998
are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LESS THAN
$100,000 OR MORE $100,000
----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)
Three months or less..................................... $ 1,545 $ 6,048
Over three to twelve months.............................. 898 5,924
Over twelve months....................................... -- 2,035
------ -------
Total.................................................... $ 2,443 $ 14,007
------ -------
------ -------
</TABLE>
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
As a California bank whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, Valley Bank is subject to many governmental rules that
affect its operations. For a description of the laws and regulations that apply
to Valley Bank, please refer to the section entitled "Supervision and
Regulation," starting on page 169.
COMPETITION
Valley Bank considers its primary service area to include Riverside and San
Bernardino counties in California and, for government guaranteed loans,
Portland, Oregon and parts of Washington. The Riverside and San Bernardino
county region is commonly referred to the Inland Empire.
The banking business in California is highly competitive with respect to
both loans and deposits and is dominated by a relatively small number of major
banks which have many offices operating over wide geographic areas. Valley Bank
competes for deposits and loans principally with these banks, as well as with
savings and loan associations, thrift and loan associations, credit unions,
mortgage companies, insurance companies, and other lending institutions. Among
the advantages certain of these institutions have over Valley Bank are their
160
<PAGE>
ability to finance extensive advertising campaigns and to allocate their
investment assets to regions of highest yield and demand. Many of the major
commercial banks operating in Valley Bank's service areas are larger banks and,
as such, possess competitive advantages over Valley Bank. By virtue of their
greater total capitalization, these major commercial banks have substantially
higher lending limits than Valley Bank. In addition, other public and private
entities seeking to raise capital by selling debt or equity securities will
compete with Valley Bank in the acquisition of deposits. Valley Bank also
competes with money market funds and, to a lesser extent, other types of mutual
funds. Valley Bank's marketing emphasis niche has been individual customers, as
well as businesses in the professional, commercial and industrial fields.
In order to compete with other financial institutions in its primary service
areas, Valley Bank relies principally upon regional promotional activity, direct
mail, and personal contacts by its officers. For clients whose loan demands
exceed Valley Bank's lending limits, Valley Bank attempts to arrange for these
loans on a participation basis with other banks and financial institutions.
Valley Bank also assists clients requiring services not offered by Valley to
obtain these services from its correspondent banks.
EMPLOYEES
At March 31, 1999, Valley Bank employed a total of 87 full-time equivalent
employees, including three executive officers, compared with 86 at December 31,
1998. None is presently represented by a union or covered by a collective
bargaining agreement. Valley Bank believes its employee relations are excellent.
LITIGATION
From time to time, Valley Bank is involved in litigation as an incident to
its business. In the opinion of management, no such pending or threatened
litigation is likely to have a material adverse effect on Valley Bank's
financial condition or results of operations.
INSURANCE
Valley Bank maintains financial institution bond and commercial insurance at
levels deemed adequate by Valley Bank's management to protect it from certain
damage.
161
<PAGE>
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT VALLEY BANK
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
No person serving as an executive officer of Valley Bank received aggregate
cash compensation of more than $100,000 during 1998, except for N. Douglas
Mills, Valley Bank's current President and Chief Executive Officer. The
following table sets forth the aggregate executive compensation for services in
all capacities paid or accrued by Valley Bank for the previous three full fiscal
years, ending with December 31, 1998, to Mr. Mills:
The following table provides a summary of compensation for N. Douglas Mills.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ANNUAL COMPENSATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ALL OTHER
OTHER ANNUAL COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY ($) BONUS ($) COMPENSATION ($) ($)
- ------------------------------------------------- --------- ------------- ----------- ----------------- ------------
N. Douglas Mills, ............................... 1998 $ 184,384(1) 13,333 N/A(2) $ 51,156(3)
President and Chief Executive Officer 1997 185,646(4) N/A N/A(2) 53,698(3)
1996 160,150(5) N/A N/A(2) 47,257(3)
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Includes $12,000 in directors' fees and $10,001 in 401(k) plan contribution
and a 25% match in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(2) No amount is stated in this column for certain personal benefits provided by
the bank, as management has concluded that the aggregate amount of such
compensation did not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total annual
salary and bonus for the reported fiscal year.
(3) These amounts reflect accrued retirement benefits for each year under the
salary continuation agreement for Mr. Mills as described under "Retirement
Plan" below.
(4) Includes $12,250 in directors' fees and $9,444 in 401(k) compensation and a
25% match in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(5) Includes $11,750 in directors' fees and $8,400 in 401(k) compensation and a
25% match in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
For 1998, each director of Valley Bank, with the exception of the Chairman,
was paid a fixed retainer of $12,000 for the year, which is paid in the amount
of $1,000 per month. No fees were paid for specific attendance at board or
committee meetings. The Chairman received an annual retainer of $13,800 which is
paid in the amount of $1,150 per month. Similar director compensation is
expected in 1999.
162
<PAGE>
The following table lists a summary of compensation for the directors of
Valley Bank.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION
AWARDS
1998 ANNUAL COMPENSATION ---------------
--------------------------------------------------- SECURITIES
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION OTHER ANNUAL UNDERLYING ALL OTHER
WITH PARENT SALARY($) BONUS ($) COMPENSATION(1) OPTIONS COMPENSATION ($)
- -------------------------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------- --------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Marion Ashley, Chairman of the
Board......................... -- -- $ 13,800 10,584 --
Willow Decker, Director......... -- -- 12,000 10,584 $ 9,000(2)
Juan Renteria, Director......... -- -- 12,000 10,584 --
Helga Wolf, Director............ -- -- 12,000 10,080 --
George Wilson, Director......... -- -- 12,000 10,584 --
Eugene Wood, Director........... -- -- 12,000 10,584 --
Jesse Washington, Director...... -- -- 12,000 10,080 --
<CAPTION>
ANTICIPATED
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION 1999 ANNUAL
WITH PARENT COMPENSATION(1)
- -------------------------------- ---------------
<S> <C>
Marion Ashley, Chairman of the
Board......................... $ 13,800
Willow Decker, Director......... 12,000
Juan Renteria, Director......... 12,000
Helga Wolf, Director............ 12,000
George Wilson, Director......... 12,000
Eugene Wood, Director........... 12,000
Jesse Washington, Director...... 12,000
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Director's fees paid to such director.
(2) Ms. Decker receives compensation as beneficiary under an employment
compensation agreement dated March 12, 1970 between Valley Bank and her late
husband, Walter Wachtel, a founder of Valley Bank.
OTHER COMPENSATION
Valley Bank has, from time to time, provided personal benefits to its
officers including use of bank-owned automobiles, reimbursement of travel and
entertainment expenses, and life insurance, in addition to bank-wide group
insurance coverage. No amount is stated in the summary compensation table above
for any of these benefits, since management has concluded that the aggregate
amount of such compensation did not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the
total of annual salary and bonus reported under the column headed "Executive
Compensation."
VALLEY BANK 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
In 1993, Valley Bank adopted the Valley Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, a
defined contribution 401(k) plan. Under the Valley Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing
Plan, all employees who have completed one year of service and have attained the
age of 21 are eligible to participate. The term "year of service" is defined to
mean a 12-month period in which the employee works 1,000 hours of service.
Eligible employees have the option to have up to 9.0% of their monthly gross
salary withheld and contributed to the plan. Valley Bank matches 150% of the
first 3% of the employee's contribution and 50% of the next 3% of the employee's
contribution. The plan was established as a means for eligible employees to save
for their retirement. The plan is administered by Valley Bank, which is
permitted under the plan to appoint an advisory committee to assist in the
administration. The advisory committee has the responsibility for making all
discretionary determinations under the plan and for giving distribution
directions to the trustee of the related trust.
STOCK OPTION PLANS
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN. In 1992, Valley Bank adopted a combined incentive
and nonqualified Stock Option Plan, with 240,000 shares being reserved for
issuance when the related options would be exercised. Valley Bank's shareholders
approved the 1992 Plan on March 9,
163
<PAGE>
1993. Under the 1992 Stock Option Plan, Valley Bank may grant incentive and
nonqualified stock options to full-time salaried officers and employees. The
options have an exercise price that is no less than the fair market value of
Valley Bank's common stock as of the date of the grant. The board of directors,
or a stock option committee appointed by the board of directors, determines the
dates upon which options are exercisable and the dates upon which options expire
(not later than ten years after the date of the grant). The board of directors
or the stock option committee selects the individual participants. The 1992
Stock Option Plan provides for anti-dilutive adjustments in the event of a stock
split, stock dividend, reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization
or otherwise.
1993 DIRECTOR'S STOCK OPTION PLAN. In 1993, Valley Bank adopted a
nonqualified stock option plan, with 76,800 shares being reserved for issuance
when the related options would be exercised. Valley Bank's shareholders approved
the 1993 Director's Stock Option Plan on March 8, 1994. Under the 1993
Director's Stock Option Plan, Valley Bank may grant nonqualified stock options
to non-employee members of the board of directors at an exercise price that is
no less than the fair market value of Valley Bank's common stock as of the date
of the grant. The board of directors, or a stock option committee appointed by
the board of directors, determines the dates upon which options are exercisable
and the dates upon which options expire, which must be within ten years of the
date of the grant. The board of directors or the stock option committee selects
the individual participants. The 1993 Director's Stock Option Plan provides for
anti-dilutive adjustments in the event of a stock split, stock dividend,
reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise.
There were no stock option grants under the 1992 Stock Option Plan, for the
year December 31, 1998. There were no stock option grants under the 1993
Director's Stock Option Plan, for the year ending December 31, 1998 for those
directors who are not also employees of Valley.
The following table sets forth the value of unexercised stock options under
the 1992 Plan, as of December 31, 1998, for N. Douglas Mills:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VALUE OF
NUMBER OF VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
SECURITIES UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY
UNDERLYING IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
UNEXERCISED OPTION OPTIONS AT FY-END CONSUMMATION OF
AT FY-END (#) ($)(1) ACQUISITION ($)(2)
------------------- ------------------- -------------------
EXERCISABLE/ EXERCISABLE/ EXERCISABLE/
NAME UNEXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
N. Douglas Mills, ................................ 110,250 / 0 $ 260,675 / 0 $ 632,769 / 0
President and Chief Executive Officer
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Options are "in-the-money" when the fair market value of the underlying
securities exceeds the exercise price of the options.
(2) Value of options is based upon price per share consideration payable at
consummation of the acquisition at $10 plus 1/3 warrant per share with a pro
forma value of $1.00.
164
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the fiscal year-end value of unexercised
stock options under the 1993 Director's Stock Option Plan, ending December 31,
1998, for those directors who are not also employees of Valley:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VALUE OF
NUMBER OF VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
SECURITIES UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY
UNDERLYING IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
UNEXERCISED OPTION OPTIONS AT FY-END CONSUMMATION OF
AT FY-END (#) ($)(1) ACQUISITION ($)(2)
------------------- ------------------- -------------------
EXERCISABLE/ EXERCISABLE/ EXERCISABLE/
NAME UNEXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Marion V. Ashley.................................. 10,584 / 0 $ 29,106 / 0 $ 64,827 / 0
Willow I. Decker.................................. 10,584 / 0 $ 29,106 / 0 $ 64,827 / 0
Juan Renteria..................................... 10,584 / 0 $ 29,106 / 0 $ 64,827 / 0
Jesse Washington.................................. 10,080 / 0 $ 40,864 / 0 $ 74,884 / 0
George Wilson..................................... 10,584 / 0 $ 29,106 / 0 $ 64,827 / 0
Helga Wolf........................................ 10,080 / 0 $ 40,864 / 0 $ 74,884 / 0
Eugene Wood....................................... 10,584 / 0 $ 29,106 / 0 $ 64,827 / 0
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Options are "in-the-money" when the fair market value of the underlying
securities exceeds the exercise price of the options.
(2) Value of options is based upon price per share consideration payable at
consummation of the acquisition at $10 plus 1/3 warrant per share at a pro
forma value of $1.00.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
Valley Bank entered into an Executive Employment Agreement dated as of
September 26, 1996, as amended October 30, 1997, with Mr. Mills. Valley Bank may
terminate the employment agreement at any time without cause, with a severance
payment equal to two years of Mr. Mills' then current salary, multiplied by a
factor of 140%. Under the terms of the employment agreement, if Valley Bank
elects to sell, merge, consolidate or transfer controlling ownership, it must
compensate Mr. Mills in an amount equal to three years of his then current
salary, multiplied by a factor of 140%. Mr. Mills' base salary for 1998 was
$160,000 and it is expected to remain the same in 1999. Under the terms of the
employment contract, Mr. Mills' annual salary may not be less than $140,000.
Valley Bank may increase that amount, at the discretion of the board of
directors, to maintain parity with industry standards.
In November 1998, Mr. Mills agreed to amend his employment agreement with
Valley Bank. The amendment will be effective upon the consummation of the
acquisition. Under the revised employment agreement, Mr. Mills agreed to amend
the severance payment provisions of his employment agreement, as described
above, in return for a one-time payment of $393,992 upon consummation of the
acquisition. Upon termination of his revised employment agreement, other than
for cause or disability, Mr. Mills will enter into a consulting agreement under
which he is expected to be paid an annual consulting fee of $55,800, payable
monthly over a period of five years.
165
<PAGE>
Four other officers of Valley Bank, Mark Nugent, Dianna Williams, Marvin
Lentini and Bonnie Parrott, have similar employment agreements at stated minimum
salary levels for five-year terms ending in September, 2001. These employment
agreements also entitle each subject person to cash payments if a merger,
consolidation or sale of Valley Bank takes place, unless the acquiror agrees to
assume and discharge the obligations of Valley Bank under the employment
agreements. In each case, the amount of the payment would equal two years'
salary, multiplied by a factor of 140%. If the employment agreements were not
assumed and honored by Pacific Community Banking Group, the total compensation
due to the officers covered by the agreements would be $868,000. Pacific
Community Banking Group has agreed to honor the employment contracts. Also, the
agreements allow the officers to receive severance pay if their employment is
terminated under some other circumstances, such as termination without cause. If
the officers entitled to those payments were all terminated without cause
following the Valley Bank acquisition, the total compensation due would be
$434,000.
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
In 1995, the board of directors of Valley established a salary continuation
agreement for Mr. Mills to provide for retirement benefits. This agreement was
funded through the prepayment of two life insurance policies on the life of Mr.
Mills. The insurance policies are intended to provide income to Valley Bank to
fund retirement payments or survivor benefits. Under this agreement, Mills is
entitled to receive a retirement benefit of $70,000 per year payable to him over
15 years beginning at age 65 or upon his earlier disability, or to his
beneficiary at his death. Valley Bank prepaid for the insurance policies in the
amount of $615,000, with additional initial insurance benefits of $695,000. The
initial death benefit was $1,310,000. In 1998, Valley accrued a total of $51,156
in compensation expense for the benefit under this agreement.
The agreement was amended on October 30, 1997 to provide for benefits upon a
change in control of Valley Bank. Under this amendment, in the event of a
transfer of the controlling ownership or sale of Valley Bank, such as the
acquisition, the agreement would terminate and Mr. Mills would be entitled to
payment of the full amount of benefits under the salary continuation agreement.
In November 1998, Mr. Mills agreed to further amend the salary continuation
agreement to provide that notwithstanding the change in control provisions
described above, payments under the salary continuation agreement shall not
accelerate and become due until expiration or termination of Mr. Mills'
agreement will become effective, subject to regulatory approval. Therefore, as a
result of such amendments, consummation of the acquisition will not trigger
payments to Mr. Mills under the salary continuation plan.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
In 1995, Valley adopted an Employee Stock Ownership Plan. This plan is
designed to invest its assets primarily in the common stock of the employer. The
plan provides those employees of Valley Bank who are eligible to participate in
the plan with an equity interest in Valley Bank and thereby promotes the
employees' interest in the success of Valley Bank. All employees who have
completed one year of service are eligible to participate in the plan. The term
"year of service" under the plan means twelve consecutive months of employment
in which the employee completes 1,000 hours of service or, if the employee has
not completed 1,000 hours of service at the end of twelve consecutive months of
employment, the end of any plan year during which the employee is credited with
1,000 hours of service. Under the plan,
166
<PAGE>
an employee's interest in the plan will begin to vest only after the completion
of three years of service. However, an employee's interest is always 100% vested
upon the employee's normal retirement age, as specified in the plan.
In 1996, the trustees of the plan established two lines of credit to fund
stock purchases by the plan, both of which have now been converted to term
loans. As permitted by the plan, as of December 31, 1998, the plan had
outstanding loans in the amount of $478,000 to fund purchases of Valley Bank
stock. In 1998, Valley contributed $224,000 to the plan, $173,000 of which was
compensation expense and $51,000 of which was interest expense. In 1997, Valley
contributed $125,934 to the plan, $70,528 of which was compensation expense and
$55,406 of which was interest expense.
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
Valley Bank had a stock purchase plan that was offered to all officers and
employees. The objective of this plan was to provide a convenient means of
purchasing Valley Bank stock through payroll deductions, and to encourage
purchases of stock through matching contributions by Valley Bank. Participation
in the plan was entirely voluntary and was limited to those eligible as set
forth in the plan. The stock purchase plan was available to all full-time
employees, but enrollment was only permitted in January of each year. A
participant was permitted to authorize payroll deductions in any amount in
multiples of $10.00, not to exceed 15% of the prior year's gross salary. Valley
Bank contributed an amount equal to 25% of the total amount of the employee's
payroll deductions applied under the plan. The contribution by Valley Bank was
taxable to the employee as additional compensation. If the officer or employee
terminated employment, any of Valley Bank's contributions not already used to
purchase stock were forfeited by the officer or employee.
Funds withheld from an employee's payroll were accumulated during each
quarter. At the end of each quarter, shares of Valley Bank common stock were
purchased on behalf of plan participants through a broker at the then available
market price. In 1998, 2,379 shares of Valley Bank common stock were purchased
under the stock purchase plan. This plan was terminated as of September 30,
1998.
OTHER BENEFIT PLANS
Valley Bank has employee benefit plans that serve as incentive compensation
to its officers and employees. Since 1993, Valley Bank has annually established
a Profit Sharing Plan which provides for payments to employees and officers if
Valley Bank meets specific net income level targets. Under this plan for 1998,
an employee who is not an officer could earn from .250 to two times the
employee's monthly salary, a vice president could earn from .250 to 3.5 times
the vice president's monthly salary, a senior vice president could earn from
.250 to 5 times the senior vice president's monthly salary, and the Chief
Executive Officer could earn from .250 to 6 times his monthly salary, based on
net income return targets ranging from 6% to 20% of January 1, 1998
shareholders' equity. Total disbursements to all employees for 1998 was
$146,000. There is no such plan in place for 1999.
167
<PAGE>
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Some of Valley Bank's directors and executive officers and their immediate
families, as well as the companies with which they are associated, are customers
of Valley Bank or have had banking transactions with Valley Bank in the ordinary
course of Valley Bank's business. Valley Bank expects to have banking
transactions with such persons in the future. In the opinion of the management
of Valley Bank, all loans and commitments to lend included in those transactions
were made in compliance with applicable laws on substantially the same terms,
including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing for comparable
transactions with other persons of similar creditworthiness and, in the opinion
of management, did not involve more than a normal risk of collectibility or
present other unfavorable features. All loans and extensions of credit made to
Valley Bank's directors and executive officers are current and performing as
agreed upon. No director or executive officer of Valley Bank had indebtedness
during 1998 in excess of 10% of Valley Bank's equity capital accounts.
168
<PAGE>
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
GENERAL
Both federal and state law extensively regulate bank holding companies. This
regulation is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the
deposit insurance fund and not for the benefit of shareholders of Pacific
Community Banking Group. Set forth below is a summary description of the
material laws and regulations which relate to the operations of the banks and
will relate to the operations of Pacific Community Banking Group once the
acquisitions are consummated. The description does not purport to be complete
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and
regulations.
In recent years, significant legislative proposals and reforms affecting the
financial services industry have been discussed and evaluated by Congress. These
proposals include legislation to revise the Glass-Steagall Act and the Bank
Holding Company Act, and to expand permissible activities for banks, principally
to facilitate the convergence of commercial and investment banking. Proposals
also sought to expand insurance activities of banks. It is unclear whether any
of these proposals, or any form of them, will be introduced in the next Congress
and become law. Consequently, it is not possible to determine what effect, if
any, they may have on Pacific Community Banking Group and the banks that it will
own.
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
Pacific Community Banking Group has applied to be a registered bank holding
company, If the application is approved, it will be subject to regulation under
the Bank Holding Company Act. Pacific Community Banking Group will be required
to file periodically with the Federal Reserve Board and such additional
information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Bank
Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve Board may conduct examinations of
Pacific Community Banking Group and its subsidiaries, which will include the
banks.
The Federal Reserve Board may require that Pacific Community Banking Group
terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest
subsidiaries or affiliates when the Federal Reserve Board believes the activity
or the control of the subsidiary or affiliate constitutes a significant risk to
the financial safety, soundness or stability of any of its banking subsidiaries.
The Federal Reserve Board also has the authority to regulate provisions of bank
holding company debt, including authority to impose interest ceilings and
reserve requirements on such debt. The Federal Reserve Board may also require
Pacific Community Banking Group to file written notice and obtain approval from
the Federal Reserve Board prior to purchasing or redeeming its equity
securities.
Under the Bank Holding Company Act and regulations adopted by the Federal
Reserve Board, a bank holding company and its nonbanking subsidiaries are
prohibited from requiring certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any
extension of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing of services.
Further, the Federal Reserve Board requires Pacific Community Banking Group to
maintain capital at or above stated levels. For more detail, please refer to
"--Capital Standards."
Pacific Community Banking Group must obtain the prior approval of the
Federal Reserve Board for the acquisition of more than 5% of the outstanding
shares of any class of voting securities or substantially all of the assets of
any bank or bank holding company. The Federal
169
<PAGE>
Reserve Board must also give advanced approval for the merger or consolidation
of Pacific Community Banking Group and another bank holding company.
Pacific Community Banking Group will be prohibited by the Bank Holding
Company Act, except in statutorily prescribed instances, from acquiring direct
or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting
shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company and from
engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking,
managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiaries.
However, Pacific Community Banking Group, subject to the prior approval of the
Federal Reserve Board, may engage in any, or acquire shares of companies engaged
in, activities that are deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely
related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident
thereto.
Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, a bank holding company is required
to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary
banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. In
addition, it is the Federal Reserve Board's policy that in serving as a source
of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company should stand ready
to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary
banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the
financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional
resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company's failure
to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks
will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe and
unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board's
regulations or both.
Pacific Community Banking Group will also be a bank holding company under
the California Financial Code. As such, Pacific Community Banking Group and its
subsidiaries, including The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank, will be subject to
examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the California
Department of Financial Institutions.
Pacific Community Banking Group has applied to have its securities
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities
Exchange Act. As such, Pacific Community Banking Group will be subject to the
information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, and other requirements and
restrictions of the Exchange Act.
THE BANKS
The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank, as California chartered banks, are
subject to primary supervision, periodic examination, and regulation by the
California Commissioner of Financial Institutions and the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation. To a lesser extent, the banks are also subject to
regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. If, as a result of an
examination of the banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation should
determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality,
earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the banks'
operations are unsatisfactory or that the bank or its management is violating or
has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. These remedies include the power to
enjoin "unsafe or unsound" practices, to require affirmative action to correct
any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an
administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in
capital, to restrict the growth of either of the banks, to assess civil monetary
penalties, to remove officers and directors and ultimately to
170
<PAGE>
terminate either of the banks deposit insurance, which for a California
chartered bank would result in a revocation of the banks' charter. The
California Commissioner of Financial Institutions has many of the same remedial
powers.
Various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the State of
California and the United States affect the operations of the banks. State and
federal statutes and regulations relate to many aspects of the banks'
operations, including reserves against deposits, ownership of deposit accounts,
interest rates payable on deposits, loans, investments, mergers and
acquisitions, borrowings, dividends, locations of branch offices, and capital
requirements. Further, the banks are required to maintain capital at or above
stated levels. For more detail, please refer to "--Capital Standards."
DIVIDENDS AND OTHER TRANSFERS OF FUNDS
Dividends from the banks will constitute the principal source of income to
Pacific Community Banking Group. Pacific Community Banking Group is a legal
entity separate and distinct from the bank. The banks are subject to various
statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends, and will
be subject to restrictions on the payment of dividends to Pacific Community
Banking Group. In addition, the California Department of Financial Institutions
and the Federal Reserve Board have the authority to prohibit the banks from
paying dividends, depending upon the banks' financial condition, if the payment
is deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the California Commissioner of
Financial Institution also have authority to prohibit the banks from engaging in
activities that, in their opinion, constitute unsafe or unsound practices in
conducting its business. It is possible, depending upon the financial condition
of the bank in question and other factors, that the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation and the Commissioner could assert that the payment of dividends or
other payments might, under some circumstances, be such an unsafe or unsound
practice. Further, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal
Reserve Board have established guidelines with respect to the maintenance of
appropriate levels of capital by banks or bank holding companies under their
jurisdiction. Compliance with the standards set forth in those guidelines and
the restrictions that are or may be imposed under the prompt corrective action
provisions of federal law could limit the amount of dividends which the banks or
Pacific Community Banking Group may pay. An insured depository institution is
prohibited from paying management fees to any controlling persons or, with
limited exceptions, making capital distributions if after the transaction the
institution would be undercapitalized. For more detail, please refer to
"--Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms" and
"--Capital Standards" for a discussion of these additional restrictions on
capital distributions.
The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank are subject to restrictions imposed by
federal law on any extensions of credit to, or the issuance of a guarantee or
letter of credit on behalf of, Pacific Community Banking Group or other
affiliates, the purchase of, or investments in, stock or other securities of
Pacific Community Banking Group, the taking of such securities as collateral for
loans, and the purchase of assets of Pacific Community Banking Group or other
affiliates. Such restrictions prevent Pacific Community Banking Group and the
banks' other affiliates from borrowing from the banks unless the loans are
secured by marketable obligations of designated amounts. Further, such secured
loans and investments by the banks to or
171
<PAGE>
in Pacific Community Banking Group or to or in any other affiliate are limited,
individually, to 10.0% of each bank's capital and surplus, and such secured
loans and investments are limited, in the aggregate, to 20.0% of each bank's
capital and surplus. California law also imposes restrictions with respect to
transactions involving Pacific Community Banking Group and other controlling
persons of the bank. Additional restrictions on transactions with affiliates may
be imposed on the banks under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal
law. For more detail, please refer to "--Prompt Corrective Action and Other
Enforcement Mechanisms."
CAPITAL STANDARDS
The Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have
adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines intended to provide a measure of
capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking
organization's operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as
assets and transactions, such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements,
which are recorded as off balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal
dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off balance sheet
items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range
from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as U.S. Treasury securities, to
100% for assets with relatively high credit risk, such as commercial loans.
The federal banking agencies require a minimum ratio of qualifying total
capital to risk-adjusted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to
risk-adjusted assets of 4%. In addition to the risked-based guidelines, federal
banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of
Tier 1 capital to total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. For a banking
organization rated in the highest of the five categories used by regulators to
rate banking organizations, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to
total assets must be 3%. In addition to these uniform risk-based capital
guidelines and leverage ratios that apply across the industry, the regulators
have the discretion to set individual minimum capital requirements for specific
institutions at rates significantly above the minimum guidelines and ratios.
PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION AND OTHER ENFORCEMENT MECHANISMS
Federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take corrective and other
supervisory action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions,
including but not limited to those institutions that fall below one or more
prescribed minimum capital ratios. Each federal banking agency has promulgated
regulations defining the following five categories in which an insured
depository institution will be placed, based on its capital ratios: well
capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly
undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. At December 31, 1998, The
Bank of Hemet exceeded the required ratios for classification as "well
capitalized." Valley Bank is deemed for regulatory purposes, however, only
"adequately capitalized" because it was designated a troubled institution for
reasons unrelated to capital levels.
An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as well
capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as
though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal
banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an
unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice
172
<PAGE>
warrants such treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured
depository institution is subject to more restrictions. The federal banking
agencies, however, may not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as
critically undercapitalized unless its capital ratio actually warrants such
treatment.
In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions,
commercial banking organizations may be subject to potential enforcement actions
by the federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their
businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation, or any condition
imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency.
SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS STANDARDS
The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines designed to assist the
federal banking agencies in identifying and addressing potential safety and
soundness concerns before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines set forth
operational and managerial standards relating to the following:
- internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems,
- loan documentation,
- credit underwriting,
- asset growth,
- earnings, and
- compensation, fees and benefits.
In addition, the federal banking agencies have also adopted safety and soundness
guidelines with respect to asset quality and earnings standards. These
guidelines provide six standards for establishing and maintaining a system to
identify problem assets and prevent those assets from deteriorating. Under these
standards, an insured depository institution should do the following:
- conduct periodic asset quality reviews to identify problem assets,
- estimate the inherent losses in problem assets and establish reserves that
are sufficient to absorb estimated losses,
- compare problem asset totals to capital,
- take appropriate corrective action to resolve problem assets,
- consider the size and potential risks of material asset concentrations,
and
- provide periodic asset quality reports with adequate information for
management and the board of directors to assess the level of asset risk.
These new guidelines also establish standards for evaluating and monitoring
earnings and for ensuring that earnings are sufficient for the maintenance of
adequate capital and reserves.
173
<PAGE>
PREMIUMS FOR DEPOSIT INSURANCE
The banks' deposit accounts are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund, of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, up to the maximum permitted by law.
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound
practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has
violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the institution's primary
regulator.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation charges an annual assessment for
the insurance of deposits, which as of December 31, 1998, ranged from 0 to 27
basis points per $100 of insured deposits, based on the risk a particular
institution poses to its deposit insurance fund. The risk classification is
based on an institution's capital group and supervisory subgroup assignment.
Pursuant to the Economic Growth and Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996, at January
1, 1997, the banks began paying, in addition to their normal deposit insurance
premium as a member of the Bank Insurance Fund, an amount equal to approximately
1.3 basis points per $100 of insured deposits toward the retirement of the
Financing Corporation bonds issued in the 1980s to assist in the recovery of the
savings and loan industry. Members of the Savings Association Insurance Fund, by
contrast, pay, in addition to their normal deposit insurance premium,
approximately 6.4 basis points. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act, the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation is not permitted to establish Savings Association
Insurance Fund assessment rates that are lower than comparable Bank Insurance
Fund assessment rates. Beginning no later than January 1, 2000, the rate paid to
retire the Finance Corporation bonds will be equal for members of the Bank
Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund. The Paperwork
Reduction Act also provided for the merging of the Bank Insurance Fund and the
Savings Association Insurance Fund by January 1, 1999 provided there were no
financial institutions still chartered as savings associations at that time.
However, as of January 1, 1999, there were still financial institutions
chartered as savings associations. Should the insurance funds be merged before
January 1, 2000, the rate paid by all members of this new fund to retire the
Finance Corporation bonds would be equal.
INTERSTATE BANKING AND BRANCHING
The Bank Holding Company Act permits bank holding companies from any state
to acquire banks and bank holding companies located in any other state, subject
to certain conditions, including certain nationwide- and state-imposed
concentration limits. The banks have the ability, subject to certain
restrictions, to acquire branches by acquisition or merger outside its home
state. The establishment of new interstate branches is also possible in those
states with laws that expressly permit it. Interstate branches are subject to
laws of the states in which they are located. Competition may increase further
as banks branch across state lines and enter new markets.
COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT AND FAIR LENDING DEVELOPMENTS
The banks are subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting
obligations involving home mortgage lending operations and Community
Reinvestment Act activities. The Community Reinvestment Act generally requires
the federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of a financial institution
in meeting the credit needs of its local communities, including low- and
moderate-income neighborhoods. A bank may be subject to substantial penalties
and
174
<PAGE>
corrective measures for a violation of fair lending laws. The federal banking
agencies may take compliance with those laws and Community Reinvestment Act
obligations into account when regulating and supervising other activities.
A bank's compliance with its Community Reinvestment Act obligations is based
on an institution's lending service and investment performance. When a bank
holding company applies for approval to acquire a bank or other bank holding
company, the Federal Reserve Board will review the assessment of each subsidiary
bank of the applicant bank holding company, and those records may be the basis
for denying the application. Based on examinations conducted August 24, 1998 for
The Bank of Hemet and March 9, 1998 for Valley Bank, The Bank of Hemet was rated
outstanding and Valley Bank was rated satisfactory in complying with their
respective Community Reinvestment Act obligations.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
The Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council issued an interagency
statement to the chief executive officers of all federally supervised financial
institutions regarding year 2000 project management awareness. It is expected
that unless financial institutions address the technology issues relating to the
coming of the year 2000, there will be major disruptions in the operations of
financial institutions. The statement provides guidance to financial
institutions, providers of data services, and all examining personnel of the
federal banking agencies regarding the year 2000 problem. The federal banking
agencies intend to conduct year 2000 compliance examinations, and the failure to
implement a year 2000 program may be seen by the federal banking agencies as an
unsafe and unsound banking practice. If a federal banking agency determines that
either of the banks is operating in an unsafe and unsound manner, that bank may
be required to submit a compliance plan. Failure to submit a compliance plan or
to implement an accepted plan may result in enforcement action being taken,
which may include a cease and desist order and fines.
175
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT OF PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP FOLLOWING REORGANIZATION
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The names, ages and positions of Pacific Community Banking Group's directors
and executive officers as of March 31, 1999 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- ---------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
E. Lynn Caswell(2)................ 54 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Harold R. Williams, Jr............ 52 Proposed Executive Vice President and proposed Chief Financial
Officer and proposed Director
Mitchell J. Allen(1)(2)........... 39 Director
Alfred H. Jannard(2).............. 58 Director
Carlos Saenz(2)................... 55 Director
Henry E. Schielein(1)(2).......... 64 Director
Marion V. Ashley.................. 63 Proposed Director
James B. Jaqua.................... 56 Proposed Director
N. Douglas Mills.................. 59 Proposed Director
Jack E. Gosch..................... 70 Proposed Director
E. Kenneth Hyatt.................. 54 Proposed Director
John J. McDonough................. 67 Proposed Director
Clayton A. Record................. 71 Proposed Director
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Member of the audit committee
(2) Member of the compensation committee
MR. E. LYNN CASWELL, a founder of Pacific Community Banking Group, has
served as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer since
1997. From 1996 until 1997, Mr. Caswell was Vice-Chairman of Western Bancorp
(formerly Monarch Bancorp), a California bank-holding company. From July 1988
until February 1996, Mr. Caswell was President and Chief Executive Officer of
Monarch Bancorp, and also Chairman of that company. Since January 1997 Mr.
Caswell has been a member of the board of directors of the Federal Reserve Bank
in San Francisco, Chairman of the Public Affairs and Information Committee and a
member of the audit committee. Mr. Caswell has been a state chair of Southern
California for the American Bankers' Association from June 1992 to October 1997,
and has been a congressional legislative liaison for that organization since
October 1992. Mr. Caswell has also been a member of the board of directors of
the California Bankers' Association from May 1990 to May 1998, Mr. Caswell is
also a member of the board of directors of the South Coast Medical Center in
Laguna Beach, California since October 1995. Mr. Caswell received a BSBA in
marketing and finance from the University of Arkansas and a graduated from the
Graduate School of Banking at McIntire School of Business of the University of
Virginia in 1979. He did post-graduate work both in 1981 at the Executive
Management School at Stanford University and in 1984 in the Executive Management
Program at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.
176
<PAGE>
MR. HAROLD R. WILLIAMS, JR. is our proposed Executive Vice President,
proposed Chief Financial Officer and a proposed director. Since February 1996,
Mr. Williams has been the Chief Operating and Financial Officer of The Bank of
Hemet. He has been the Corporate Secretary since 1997. He began his service with
The Bank of Hemet in 1994 as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer. Prior to joining The Bank of Hemet, Mr. Williams served for two years
as the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Secretary
and a director of CommerceBank and CommerceBancorp, Newport Beach, California.
CommerceBancorp filed for dissolution under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code in
1994. Mr. Williams has over 27 years of business experience, including 16 years
in banking. He is a former senior manager with PricewaterhouseCoopers, is a
Certified Public Accountant and a member of the American Institute of Public
Accountants and the California Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr.
Williams graduated in accounting and holds a Masters degree in Business
Administration from Brigham Young University.
MITCHELL J. ALLEN became a director in February 1999 when the board was
expanded in anticipation of the public offering. Mr. Allen is also proposed to
become a director of The Bank of Hemet. Since 1981, Mr. Allen has been Vice
President of Allen Oldsmobile Cadillac, Inc. in Laguna Niguel, California. Mr.
Allen is a graduate of the GM Dealership Academy in 1979. Mr. Allen is a
director of the Orange County Marine Institute and a member of the Tom Wilson
Cabinet. Tom Wilson is an Orange County Supervisor.
MR. ALFRED H. JANNARD became a director in February 1999 when the board was
expanded in anticipation of the public offering. Mr. Jannard is also proposed to
become a director of The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank. From 1991 until 1997,
Mr. Jannard was a director of Monarch Bank and Monarch Bancorp in Laguna Niguel,
California. From 1979 until 1995, Mr. Jannard was the owner of Niguel Pharmacy
in Laguna Niguel, California. From 1995 through 1998, Mr. Jannard was a
part-time pharmacist at Sav-On Drugs in Laguna Niguel. Mr. Jannard received a
doctorate of pharmacy from the University of Southern California.
MR. CARLOS SAENZ became a director in February 1999 when the board was
expanded in anticipation of the public offering. Mr. Saenz is also proposed to
become a director of The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank. Since 1993, Mr. Saenz
has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Gregg Realty &
Investments, a real estate brokerage firm. Mr. Saenz has also been a commercial
banking officer at Wells Fargo Bank and Southern California First National Bank
in San Diego, California, and Mr. Saenz was a member of the Advisory board of
directors of Landmark Bank, Anaheim, California from 1982 to 1986. Mr. Saenz
received a Bachelor of Science Degree of Finance from San Diego State
University.
MR. HENRY E. SCHIELEIN became a director in February 1999 when the board was
expanded in anticipation of the public offering. Mr. Schielein is also proposed
to become a director of The Bank of Hemet. Mr. Schielein served as a director of
Monarch Bancorp and Monarch Bank from 1988 to 1993, and again from 1994 to 1997.
Since 1994, Mr. Schielein has been President and Chief Operating Officer of The
Balboa Bay Club, a California corporation that operates a private club and
resort facility. From 1993 until 1994, Mr. Schielein was President of the Grand
Waialea Resort in Maui, Hawaii. From October 1986 until May 1993, he was Vice
President and general manager of the Ritz-Carlton Hotel in Laguna Niguel,
California. Mr. Schielein is a certified hotel administrator.
MR. MARION V. ASHLEY is a proposed director. Mr. Ashley has served as a
director of Valley Bank since 1979 and as the Chairman of the Board of Valley
Bank since 1992. Since
177
<PAGE>
June 1973, Mr. Ashley has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Ashley
Capital, a real estate investment and development company. Mr. Ashley has also
served as the President and Treasurer of County Lands, Inc., a real estate
investment company, since June 1978. Since 1992, Mr. Ashley has served as a
director of the Eastern Municipal Water District. Mr. Ashley is a 1958 graduate
of San Diego State University and a licensed Certified Public Accountant since
March 1969. Mr. Ashley served on the Riverside County Planning Commission from
1973-1981, the last year as chairman. He is currently a member, and former
chairman, of the Local Agency Formation Commission, beginning his service in
1993.
MR. JAMES B. JAQUA is a proposed director. Since January 1984, Mr. Jaqua has
been President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of The Bank of Hemet. Mr.
Jaqua has over 30 years of banking experience, including six years at Wells
Fargo Bank, and five years at a
midwest bank holding company. Mr. Jaqua is a graduate of Stanford University.
MR. N. DOUGLAS MILLS is a proposed director. Since July 1992, Mr. Mills has
served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Valley Bank. From
1986 until 1992, Mr. Mills served as President at Pacific Valley National Bank,
Modesto, California. Mr. Mills is a 1964 graduate of California State
University, Fullerton, and a 1982 graduate of Pacific Coast Banking School,
Seattle, Washington. Mr. Mills has over 30 years experience in banking.
MR. JACK E. GOSCH is a proposed director. He is currently director of The
Bank of Hemet and President of Jack Gosch Ford, Inc. and Hemet Toyota,
automobile dealerships. Mr. Gosch has been the president of each of the
automobile dealerships since 1964 and 1972, respectively.
MR. E. KENNETH HYATT is a proposed director. He is currently a director of
The Bank of Hemet and has been Executive Vice President of Talbot Agency Inc., a
provider of insurance and financial services, since 1999. Mr. Hyatt was the
President of Hemet Insurance Services, Inc. Mr. Hyatt has been the President of
Hemet Insurance Services, Inc. from 1984 to 1998.
MR. JOHN J. MCDONOUGH is a proposed director. He is currently Chairman of
the Board of Directors of The Bank of Hemet and has been with The Bank of Hemet
since 1974.
MR. CLAYTON A. RECORD is a proposed director. He is currently a director of
The Bank of Hemet and is a director of the Eastern Municipal Water District. Mr.
Record has been a director of the Eastern Municipal Water District since 1995.
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
In February 1999, the board established an audit committee and a
compensation committee. The audit committee monitors the corporate financial
reporting and internal and external audits of Pacific Community Banking Group.
The audit committee currently consists of Mitchell Allen and Henry Schielein.
The compensation committee makes recommendations regarding Pacific Community
Banking Group's employee stock option plans and makes decisions concerning
salaries and incentive compensation for employees and consultants of Pacific
Community Banking Group. The compensation committee currently consists of E.
Lynn Caswell, Mitchell Allen, Alfred Jannard, Carlos Saenz and Henry Schielein.
178
<PAGE>
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Pacific Community Banking Group intends to annually grant shares of common
stock to each director, equal in value to $2,000 per month. Pacific Community
Banking Group will base the value of the shares on the market price on the last
business day of each calendar quarter. Further, Pacific Community Banking Group
intends to make cash payments to directors, of $250 per meeting, for attendance
at meetings of committees of the board and $500 for attendance at each special
or unscheduled board meeting.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
No interlocking relationship exists between Pacific Community Banking
Group's board of directors or compensation committee and any member of any
company's board of directors or compensation committee, nor has any such
interlocking relationship existed in the past.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
Section 317 of the California General Corporation Law authorizes a court to
award, or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors,
officers and employees. The terms of Section 317 are sufficiently broad to
permit indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act,
including reimbursement for expenses, Pacific Community Banking Group's articles
of incorporation and bylaws provide for indemnification of its directors,
officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the
General Corporation Law. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of Pacific Community Banking Group pursuant to the foregoing provisions,
or otherwise, Pacific Community Banking Group has been advised that in the
opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
At the present time, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving
a director, officer, employee or other agent of Pacific Community Banking Group
in which indemnification would be required or permitted. Pacific Community
Banking Group is not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that could
result in a claim for such indemnification.
179
<PAGE>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP--EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth all compensation paid by Pacific Community
Banking Group during fiscal 1998, 1997, and 1996 to the following:
- each of the individuals serving as Pacific Community Banking Group's
principal executive officer during fiscal 1998,
- up to four other most highly compensated executive officers of Pacific
Community Banking Group during fiscal 1998,
- up to two additional individuals who would have been among Pacific
Community Banking Group's four most highly compensated executive officers,
but for the fact that they were not serving as executive officers of
Pacific Community Banking Group at the end of fiscal 1998 and
- The Bank of Hemet's, Valley Bank's and BankLink Corporation's key
executive officers that earned over $100,000 during fiscal 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION
-----------------
ANNUAL COMPENSATION SECURITIES ALL OTHER
--------------------------------- UNDERLYING COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY($) BONUS($) OPTIONS/SARS(#) ($)
- ------------------------------------------------- --------- ---------- ---------- ----------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
E. Lynn Caswell ................................. 1998 $ 135,000 -- -- --
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 1997 -- -- -- --
Officer and Chairman of the Board 1996 -- -- -- --
James B. Jaqua .................................. 1998 216,288 $ 130,000 -- --
President and Chief Executive Officer of The 1997 204,791 -- 6,000 --
Bank of Hemet 1996 192,708 100,000 -- --
N. Douglas Mills ................................ 1998 184,384 13,333 -- 51,156(1)
President and Chief Executive Officer of Valley 1997 185,646 -- -- 53,698(1)
Bank 1996 160,150 -- -- 47,257(1)
Harold R. Williams, Jr. ......................... 1998 160,907 40,000 -- --
Chief Operating and Financial Officer of The 1997 151,640 35,000 6,000 --
Bank of Hemet 1996 143,325 35,000 -- --
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Includes life insurance premiums, accruals under a retirement plan and
purchases under an employee stock purchase plan.
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
The Company did not grant any stock options or deferred stock units during
fiscal year 1998.
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN
Subject to regulatory approval, the Pacific Community board of directors and
shareholders adopted the 1999 Stock Option Plan. This plan provides for the
issuance of incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options for a period
up to ten years of up to 1,350,000 shares
180
<PAGE>
of the Pacific Community Banking Group common stock to our directors and
full-time salaried officers and employees, and consultants. The exercise price
of options to be issued under the plan must be at least 100% percent of the fair
market value of the common stock on the date the options are granted. Options
granted are not transferable by the optionee during the optionee's lifetime. In
the event of termination of employment as a result of the optionee's disability
or in the event of an employee's death during the exercise period, the option
shall remain exercisable for up to one year, but not beyond the end of the
original option term. If an optionee's employment is terminated, unless
termination was by reason of disability or death, the optionee shall have the
right for a three-month period after termination to exercise that portion of the
option which was exercisable immediately prior to such termination. If an
optionee's employment is terminated for cause, except for options granted to
consultants and business advisors, the optionee shall have the right for a
30-day period after termination, to exercise that portion of the option which is
exercisable immediately prior to such termination. The options will be
proportionately adjusted in the event of changes in the outstanding common stock
of Pacific Community Banking Group. The plan will terminate on February 23,
2009. Pacific Community believes the stock options serve as effective
performance-based incentives and expect to have a number of stock options equal
to 10 to 20% of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock outstanding at any
time.
As of December 31, 1998, Pacific Community Banking Group has not granted any
stock options under the plan. The board of directors intends to grant a ten-year
incentive stock option for the greater of 250,000 shares or 5% of Pacific
Community Banking Group outstanding shares to Mr. Caswell as provided in his
employment contract. The board of directors intends to grant ten-year options to
purchase 25,000 shares of common stock to each of the original four directors.
The board of directors also intends to grant ten-year options to purchase 25,000
shares of common stock to its other employee and to grant ten year options to
purchase 25,000 and 20,000 shares of common stock to each of two consultants.
Further, the agreement with Mr. Williams, described under "--Consulting and
Noncompetition Agreements" below, provides for a grant to him of options to
purchase 50,000 shares of common stock. All of these options will be exercisable
at a price per share equal to the price at which shares are sold in the initial
public offering.
Except for the 1999 Stock Option Plan, Pacific Community Banking Group does
not have any long-term incentive plans.
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Pacific Community Banking Group has a heath insurance plan for its employee.
Pacific Community Banking Group does not have any 401(k) plan or other qualified
retirement plan. Each of The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank, however, has a
comprehensive program of health, disability and life insurance, as well as a
401(k) plan. During the initial period after the closing of the acquisitions,
each bank will keep its own heath, disability, life insurance and 401(k) plans.
Thereafter, Pacific Community Banking Group may consolidate the banks' plans
into a single plan for the combined group of companies. No decision has been
made as to the terms and form of such a combined plan. No such change will
reduce benefits earned prior to the effective date of the change. Pacific
Community Banking Group is committed to providing a program of benefits to the
employees of each bank that is no less favorable, when considered in its
entirety, than the program of the bank before the acquisition.
181
<PAGE>
For information regarding the employee benefit plans of The Bank of Hemet,
please refer to "Annual Meeting of The Bank of Hemet" beginning on page 112. For
information regarding the employee benefit plans of Valley Bank, please refer to
"Additional Information about Valley Bank" beginning on page 162.
Valley Bank also has an employee stock ownership plan and, until recently,
had an employee stock purchase plan. Neither of these plans is expected to be
continued after the acquisition. During the initial period after the closing of
the acquisitions, the employee stock ownership plan will remain in place as a
plan of Valley Bank, but further contributions to that plan will not be made.
Thereafter, Pacific Community Banking Group may consolidate the employee stock
ownership plan with the 401(k) plan, may amend it into a different type of
tax-qualified plan, or may terminate the employee stock ownership plan. No such
change will reduce benefits earned under the employee stock purchase plan prior
to the effective date of the change. The employee stock ownership plan was
terminated effective September 30, 1998 and will not become a plan of Pacific
Community Banking Group.
SEVERANCE PLANS
Each of the banks has established a severance policy. Under The Bank of
Hemet's severance policy, an employee who is terminated due to job elimination
receives an amount equal to one week's salary for each full year of employment,
up to a maximum of 26 weeks' salary. In the case of a change of control, an
employee in good standing who is terminated within six months due to job
elimination or layoff and not offered a comparable position receives between
four and 26 weeks' salary, depending upon the job category and longevity of
service. The acquisition by Pacific Community Banking Group constitutes a change
of control for this purpose.
Under the Valley Bank severance policy, an eligible employee who remains
with the bank and in good standing through the date of the acquisition by
Pacific Community Banking Group and thereafter is terminated within three
months, other than for cause (if not offered a comparable position) receives one
week's salary for each completed year of service, up to a maximum of 15 weeks'
salary. The employees eligible for severance benefits are regular full-time
employees who are eligible for other benefit programs.
Pacific Community Banking Group estimates that approximately $350,000 will
be paid out under these severance plans as a result of terminations that occur
following the acquisitions.
The banks will retain their respective severance policies until and unless
changed by Pacific Community Banking Group.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
Pacific Community Banking Group has entered into a five year and four month
employment agreement with Mr. Caswell commencing September 1, 1997 at an initial
base salary of $135,000 per annum. Mr. Caswell is entitled to increases based
upon the Consumer Price Index, an annual bonus of not less than 10% of his base
salary if profit goals are met and benefits including car allowance, health and
life insurance, country club membership and the ability to participate in any
bonus, pension or profit sharing plan that we establish in the future. Mr.
Caswell has waived some of these benefits while Pacific Community Banking Group
is in its period of inception. Mr. Caswell is also entitled to an income
continuation
182
<PAGE>
policy in an amount of $60,000 per annum for a period of 15 years after
retirement. Mr. Caswell is also entitled to a ten-year incentive stock options
in an amount equal to the greater of 250,000 shares or 5% of Pacific Community
Banking Group's outstanding common stock. Mr. Caswell will also receive benefits
if he is terminated before the expiration of his employment agreement. Among
these benefits, if Mr. Caswell is terminated without cause he has a right to
receive the amount of salary, benefits, options and other allowances remaining
on his contract, or two years of the salary, benefits, options and other
allowances provided under the contract, whichever is greater.
Under Mr. Caswell's employment agreement, if Pacific Community Banking Group
undergoes a change in control, he will receive the amount of salary, benefits
options and other allowances remaining on the contract, or three years of the
salary, benefits options and other allowances provided under the contract,
whichever is greater. For purposes of triggering this benefit, the employment
agreement defines a change in control as a consolidation, dissolution or
transfer of assets that fundamentally changes the structure of Pacific Community
Banking Group, a change in ownership of 50% or more of Pacific Community Banking
Group's common stock, or a change in ownership of 20% or more of Pacific
Community Banking Group that accompanies an effective change in control of the
corporation.
CONSULTING AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENTS
Mr. Jaqua has entered into a consulting agreement with The Bank of Hemet
under which he serves as Chairman of and as a strategic business consultant to
BankLink Corporation and will serve as a director of Pacific Community Banking
Group. He will receive director's fees for his services and will also receive
commissions for some new business of BankLink. Mr. McDonough has entered into a
consulting agreement with The Bank of Hemet under which he serves as a business
development consultant for three years after the acquisition and continues to
serve as a director for that time, with a right to receive director's fees and
medical benefits. Mr. Jaqua and Mr. McDonough have also each entered into
noncompetition agreements with The Bank of Hemet. Mr. Jaqua will receive a lump
sum payment of $484,000 for the acquisition of The Bank of Hemet under his
salary continuation agreement, and $16,750 per month for the next 72 months
after the acquisition in exchange for agreeing not to compete with The Bank of
Hemet in Riverside, San Bernardino or Orange counties for eight years. Mr.
McDonough will receive $2,500 per month for three years in exchange for agreeing
not to compete with The Bank of Hemet in Riverside county for four years.
Mr. Harold R. Williams, Jr., Chief Operating and Financial Officer of The
Bank of Hemet, has an agreement under which Mr. Williams will serve as Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Pacific Community Banking Group
and remains as Chief Operating and Financial Officer of The Bank of Hemet. The
agreement lasts until December 31, 2002 and provides Mr. Williams with severance
benefits if he is terminated by Pacific Community Banking Group or The Bank of
Hemet, or if he terminates employment because of a reduction in salary or
benefits or a material diminution in title, authority or responsibilities. If
such a termination occurs within the first 12 months of the effective date of
the agreement, Mr. Williams will receive 18 months of base salary, payable in a
lump sum, and health and other benefits for 18 months. If such a termination
occurs during the remaining term of the agreement, Mr. Williams will receive 12
months of base salary, payable in a lump sum, and health and other benefits for
12 months. Pacific Community Banking Group can reduce the severance benefits to
the extent they are not deductible expenses under Section
183
<PAGE>
280G of the Internal Revenue Code. The agreement also provides Mr. Williams with
a bonus in the minimum amount of $60,000 payable February 29, 2000 and stock
options for 50,000 shares of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock at an
exercise price equal to the initial offering price of Pacific Community Banking
Group common stock.
N. Douglas Mills, President and Chief Executive Officer of Valley Bank, will
likely retain these positions at Valley Bank until Pacific Community Banking
Group combines the operations of Valley Bank with those of The Bank of Hemet. He
has a severance agreement providing for an annual consulting fee of $55,800,
payable monthly over a period of five years, which will take effect at that
time.
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
We expect to have banking transactions in the ordinary course of our
business with our directors, officers and their associates. We intend that these
transactions will be on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the
same time for comparable transactions with others, not involve more than the
normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.
184
<PAGE>
STOCK OWNERSHIP OF PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP FOLLOWING REORGANIZATION
The following table sets forth information with respect to beneficial
ownership of Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock as of March 31,
1999, and is adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares offered by Pacific
Community Banking Group in the initial public offering of its common stock. It
shows interests of the following:
- each person (or group of affiliated persons) who is known by Pacific
Community Banking Group to own beneficially more than 5% of its common
stock,
- each of Pacific Community Banking Group's directors,
- each key executive of The Bank of Hemet, Valley Bank and BankLink
Corporation that earned over $100,000 during fiscal 1998,
- all directors and executive officers as a group.
We have assumed the following for the purposes of this calculation that:
- the price to the public of the common stock in the offering will be $15.50
per share and
- Valley Bank shareholders will in aggregate sell 60% of the Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock they receive and retain 40%, and
- The Bank of Hemet Shareholders will in aggregate sell 88% of the Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock they receive and retain 12%.
Also, we have rounded down in computing the aggregate number of shares resulting
from conversion of preferred stock and the exchange of shares with Valley Bank
shareholders.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENT OF
COMMON STOCK OWNED
--------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
NUMBER OF BEFORE THE AFTER THE
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER SHARES(1) OFFERING(1) OFFERING(1)(2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
E. Lynn Caswell, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer(3).............................................................. 34,797 * *
Loren Hansen(4)........................................................... 8,064 * *
Rice Brown(5)............................................................. 6,048 * *
James Jaqua, Proposed Director(6)......................................... 226,764(12) 5.49% 4.83%
Alfred H. Jannard, Director(7)............................................ 5,242 * *
N. Douglas Mills, Proposed Director(8).................................... 107,863 2.67% 2.36%
Carlos Saenz, Director(9)................................................. 2,419 * *
Mitchell J. Allen, Director(9)............................................ 2,419 * *
Henry E. Schielein, Director(10).......................................... 2,015 * *
Harold R. Williams, Proposed Executive Vice President, Proposed Chief
Financial Officer and Proposed Director................................. 15,488(12) * *
Marion V. Ashley, Proposed Director(11)................................... 61,184 1.53% 1.35%
Jack E. Gosch, Proposed Director.......................................... 152,243(12) 3.73% 3.20%
E. Kenneth Hyatt, Proposed Director....................................... 43,266(12) 1.08% *
John J. McDonough, Proposed Director...................................... 30,625(12) * *
Clayton A. Record, Proposed Director...................................... 80,059(12) 1.99% 1.74%
All Directors and Executive Officers as a group (15 persons).............. 778,496 17.48% 15.52%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* Less than 1%.
185
<PAGE>
(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares
beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person,
shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person
that are currently exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 1999 are deemed
outstanding. Such shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the
purpose of computing the percentage ownership of each other person. Except
as indicated in the footnote to this table and pursuant to applicable
community property laws, each shareholder named in the table has sole voting
power and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite
such shareholder's name.
(2) Assumes no exercise of underwriters' over-allotment option.
(3) Reflects the conversion of 307,500 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into
24,797 shares of common stock.
(4) Reflects the conversion of 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into
8,064 shares of common stock. Loren Hansen is an attorney who serves as
counsel to Pacific Community Banking Group. His address is Knecht & Hansen,
1301 Dove Street, Suite 900, Newport Beach, California 92660.
(5) Reflects the conversion of 75,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into
6,048 shares of common stock. Rice Brown is a consultant to Pacific
Community Banking Group. His address is 27134 Paseo Espada, Suite 302, San
Juan Capistrano, California 92675.
(6) Reflects the conversion, upon the closing of The Bank of Hemet acquisition,
of 157,701 shares of The Bank of Hemet's common stock and 6,000 options to
purchase the same number of shares of The Bank of Hemet's common stock.
(7) Reflects the conversion of 65,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into
5,242 shares of common stock.
(8) Reflects the conversion, upon the closing of Valley Bank acquisition, of
5,081 shares of Valley Bank's common stock and options to purchase 110,250
shares of Valley Bank's common stock, assuming a 60% cash and 40% stock
election. Includes 32,868 shares held as trustee of the Valley Bank Employee
Stock Ownership Plan, of which Mr. Mills is a trustee. The Employee Stock
Ownership Plan's 123,252 shares of Valley Bank common stock will convert
into 82,168 shares of Pacific Community Banking group common stock and
warrants for an additional 41,084 shares. The table assumes 60% of the stock
will be sold in the public offering.
(9) Reflects the conversion of 30,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into
2,419 shares of common stock.
(10) Reflects the conversion of 25,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into
2,015 shares of common stock.
(11) Reflects the conversion, on the closing of the Valley Bank acquisition, of
122 shares of Valley Bank common stock and options to purchase 10,584 shares
of common stock assuming a 60% cash and 40% stock election.
(12) Assumes retention of 12% of shares received upon exchange of shares and
options of The Bank of Hemet.
186
<PAGE>
CAPITAL STOCK AND COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS
The following is a summary of the material differences between the current
rights of shareholders of The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank and those of Pacific
Community Banking Group shareholders following the acquisition, and a
description of Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock. It is qualified
in its entirety by reference to the California General Corporation Law, the
Pacific Community Banking Group articles of incorporation and bylaws, The Bank
of Hemet articles of incorporation and bylaws, and the Valley Bank articles of
incorporation and bylaws. Copies of the Pacific Community Banking Group articles
and bylaws will be sent to holders of shares of The Bank of Hemet common stock
or Valley Bank common stock upon a request made to the corporate secretary.
Please refer to "Where You Can Find More Information" on page 197.
COMPARISON OF CURRENT BANK OF HEMET AND VALLEY BANK SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AND
RIGHTS OF PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP SHAREHOLDERS FOLLOWING THE
ACQUISITION
Shareholders of The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank who do not sell all of the
Pacific Community Banking Group stock that they receive in the acquisition will
become shareholders of Pacific Community Banking Group. All Shareholders of The
Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank will receive warrants exercisable for Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock in the acquisitions. Shareholders of The
Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank should read this section to learn how their rights
as shareholders of Pacific Community Banking Group may differ from the rights
they previously had.
ORGANIZATION--GOVERNING LAW
Pacific Community Banking Group, The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank are all
corporations organized under the laws of the State of California. Each of these
corporations is governed by the General Corporation Law, by its articles of
incorporation filed with the California Secretary of State, and by its bylaws.
AUTHORIZED STOCK
The Bank of Hemet articles of incorporation authorize the issuance of
20,000,000 shares of The Bank of Hemet common stock, without par value, and
10,000,000 shares of The Bank of Hemet preferred stock, without par value. At
The Bank of Hemet record date, 844,252 shares of The Bank of Hemet common stock
were issued and outstanding, and no shares of The Bank of Hemet preferred stock
were outstanding.
Valley Bank's articles of incorporation authorize the issuance of 2,400,000
shares of Valley Bank common stock, $5.00 par value. At the Valley Bank record
date, 1,171,906 shares of Valley Bank common stock were issued and outstanding.
Pacific Community Banking Group's articles of incorporation authorize the
issuance of 100,000,000 shares of no par value common stock and 100,000,000
shares of no par value preferred stock. As of the date of this proxy
statement/prospectus, 10,000 shares of Pacific Community Banking Group's common
stock, 1,085,000 shares of Series A preferred stock and 375,000 shares of Series
B preferred stock are issued and outstanding.
187
<PAGE>
BOARD OF DIRECTORS; NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
The Bank of Hemet bylaws currently provide that the number of directors of
The Bank of Hemet shall not be less than five nor more than nine, and that the
number of The Bank of Hemet directors is currently fixed at seven.
The Valley Bank bylaws currently provide that the number of directors of
Valley Bank shall not be less than seven nor more than 13, and that the number
of Valley Bank directors is currently fixed at eight.
Pacific Community Banking Group's articles provide for a range of directors
from a stated minimum to a stated minimum nor more than a stated maximum, which
cannot be greater than two times the stated minimum plus one. The bylaws
currently fix a minimum of five directors and a maximum of nine, with the exact
number currently fixed at five, except that immediately before the completion of
the initial public offering, the range of directors will be between eight and
fifteen. After the acquisitions Pacific Community Banking Group contemplates
adding eight seats to the board of directors to accommodate the new members
described in this proxy statement/prospectus.
TERM OF DIRECTORS
The articles of incorporation of both The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank
provide for one year terms for all directors, with annual elections. , Pacific
Community Banking Group will have a staggered board. The board will be divided
into two classes, each of which contain approximately one-half of the whole
number of the members of the board. The members of each class will be elected
for a term of two years, with the terms of office of all members of one class
expiring each year so that approximately one-half of the total number of
directors is elected each year. The presence of a staggered board may make it
more difficult for shareholders to make rapid changes in the management of the
corporation.
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS; NOMINATION OF DIRECTORS; VOTING RIGHTS
Holders of common stock of both The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank have been
entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of common stock held
of record in the shareholder's name, on any matter submitted to the vote of the
shareholders, except that in connection with the election of directors, the
shares may be voted cumulatively. Shareholders of both The Bank of Hemet and
Valley Bank have had the right to place a person's name in nomination to serve
as director with advance notice the corporate secretary.
The holders of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock are entitled to
one vote, in person or by proxy, per share on any matter requiring shareholder
action. Pacific Community Banking Group's Articles do not provide for cumulative
voting for any purpose so long as the common stock is listed on Nasdaq.
The Bylaws of Pacific Community Banking Group require a shareholder who
intends to nominate a candidate for election to the board of directors to give
not less than 10 days' advance notice to the Secretary of Pacific Community
Banking Group. The articles of incorporation provide that a shareholder who
desires to raise new business to provide information to Pacific Community
Banking Group concerning the nature of the new business, the shareholder and the
shareholder's interest in the business matter. Similarly, a shareholder wishing
to nominate any person for election as a director must provide Pacific Community
Banking Group with information concerning the nominee and the proposing
shareholder.
188
<PAGE>
AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OR BYLAWS
An amendment to the articles of incorporation of either The Bank of Hemet
and Valley Bank must be approved by a majority of the board of directors of a
majority of the shareholders. The bylaws of either may be amended by a majority
of the board of directors, except that the number of directors of The Bank of
Hemet specified in its bylaws may be changed only with the approval of the
shareholders.
Amendments to the Pacific Community Banking Group articles must be approved
by a majority vote of its board of directors and also by a majority of the
outstanding shares of its voting stock, provided, however, that an affirmative
vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock entitled to vote, after
giving effect to the provision limiting voting rights, is required to amend or
repeal provisions of the articles of incorporation, including the provision
limiting voting rights, the provisions relating to approval of business
combinations, the number and classification of directors, director and officer
indemnification by Pacific Community Banking Group and amendment of Pacific
Community Banking Group's bylaws and articles of incorporation. The Pacific
Community Banking Group bylaws may be amended by its board of directors, or by a
vote of 66 2/3% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted
meeting of shareholders.
SUPERMAJORITY VOTING REQUIREMENTS
For all actions requiring shareholder consent, such as a merger or sale of
the bank or an amendment to the articles of incorporation, The Bank of Hemet
requires approval of simple majority of shareholders only. The Valley Bank
articles require the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of
Valley Bank to approve a merger or sale of Valley Bank. All other matters
require only a simple majority.
Pacific Community Banking Group's articles of incorporation require the
approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of its common stock to approve
"Business Combinations," that involve a "Related Person." A "Related Person" is
any individual, corporation, partnership or other entity other than Pacific
Community Banking Group or its subsidiaries, which owns beneficially or
controls, directly or indirectly, 10% of more of the outstanding shares of
voting stock of Pacific Community Banking Group or an affiliate of such a person
or entity. Unless a majority of members of the board of directors who are not
affiliated with the Related Person approve the transaction in advance, the
following "Business Combinations" require a two-thirds vote of shareholders:
- any merger or consolidation of Pacific Community Banking Group with or
into any Related Person;
- any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, or other disposition of 25%
or more of the assets of Pacific Community Banking Group or combined
assets of Pacific Community Banking Group and its subsidiaries to a
Related Person;
- any merger or consolidation of a Related Person with or into Pacific
Community Banking Group or any subsidiary of Pacific Community Banking
Group;
- any sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of 25% or more
of the subsidiary of Pacific Community Banking Group to a Related Person;
- the acquisition by Pacific Community Banking Group or a subsidiary of
Pacific Community Banking Group of any securities of a Related Person;
189
<PAGE>
- any reclassification of common stock of Pacific Community Banking Group or
any recapitalization involving the common stock of Pacific Community
Banking Group; or
- any agreement or other arrangement providing for any to the foregoing.
The increased shareholder vote required to approve a business combination
may have the effect of foreclosing mergers and other business combinations which
a majority of shareholders deem desirable and place the power to prevent such a
merger or combination in the hands of a minority of shareholders.
OTHER RIGHTS
Each share of The Bank of Hemet common stock has the same rights, privileges
and preferences as every other share and will share equally in The Bank of
Hemet's net assets upon liquidation or dissolution. The Bank of Hemet common
stock has no conversion or redemption rights or sinking fund provisions. Holders
of The Bank of Hemet common stock do not have preemptive rights to subscribe to
additional stock issued by The Bank of Hemet.
Each share of Valley Bank common stock has the same rights, privileges and
preferences as every other share and will share equally in Valley Bank's net
assets upon liquidation or dissolution. Valley Bank common stock has no
conversion or redemption rights or sinking fund provisions. Holders of Valley
Bank common stock have preemptive rights to subscribe to additional stock issued
by Valley Bank.
The holders of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock will have no
preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption, sinking
fund or conversion privileges applicable thereto. Upon Pacific Community Banking
Group's liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock are
entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities.
Pacific Community Banking Group has granted registration rights under
circumstances to the holders of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock
acquired upon conversion of the Series A and Series B preferred stock. Such
registration rights are subject to exclusion if the managing underwriter advises
Pacific Community Banking Group that marketing factors require a limitation on
the number of shares to be underwritten.
INDEMNIFICATION
Under the General Corporation Law, a corporation has the power to indemnify
present and former directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses,
judgments, fines and settlements if that person acted in good faith and in a
manner the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the
corporation and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause
to believe the conduct of the person was unlawful. A corporation also has the
power to indemnify a person who is a party to any action by or in the right of
the corporation, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that
person in connection with the defense or settlement of the action if the person
acted in good faith and in a manner the person believed to be in the best
interests of the corporation and its shareholders.
The indemnification authorized by the General Corporation Law is not
exclusive, and a corporation may grant its directors, officers, employees or
other agents additional rights to indemnification. The articles and bylaws of
The Bank of Hemet, Valley Bank and Pacific
190
<PAGE>
Community Banking Group provide that each shall indemnify its officers and
directors to the fullest extent permitted under California law.
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
The Pacific Community Banking Group's articles of incorporation contain
provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt
which is not approved by the board of directors but which individual Pacific
Community Banking Group shareholders may deem to be in their best interest or in
which shareholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then
current market prices. As a result, Pacific Community Banking Group shareholders
who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have an
opportunity to do so. These provisions also make it more difficult to remove an
incumbent board of directors and change the management of Pacific Community
Banking Group. Because any provision in the articles or bylaws that requires
more than a majority vote by the Pacific Community Banking Group's shareholders
is effective for a two year period from its effective time, unless renewed by
Pacific Community Banking Group's board of directors and the shareholders, some
of these anti-takeover provisions may expire unless renewed. The following
description of anti-takeover provisions is limited and should be read in
conjunction with the full text of the articles of incorporation, which is
available on request. Please refer to "Where You Can Find More Information" on
page 197. The anti-takeover provisions include the following:
- CLASSIFIED BOARD. So long as Pacific Community Banking Group's common
stock is listed on the Nasdaq stock market, the board of directors of
Pacific Community Banking Group will be divided into two classes, with
approximately one half of the seats open for election each year. The
classified board is intended to provide for continuity of the Pacific
Community Banking Group board of directors and to make it more difficult
and time consuming for a shareholder group to fully use its voting power
to gain control of the board of directors without consent of the incumbent
board of directors of Pacific Community Banking Group.
- BOARD AUTHORITY TO ISSUE PREFERRED STOCK. If another company or person
proposes a merger, tender offer or otherwise attempts to gain control of
Pacific Community Banking Group, and the board of directors opposes that
action, they could authorize the issuance to existing common stock holders
or others of preferred stock with rights, preferences and privileges that
impede the potential acquiror from taking control of Pacific Community
Banking Group. The potential acquiror might otherwise have paid a premium
over the market price for Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock.
Thus the ability of the board of directors to deter a takeover by issuing
preferred stock could reduce the price of Pacific Community Banking
Group's common stock.
- SUPER-MAJORITY VOTE FOR CERTAIN CHANGES IN CONTROL. A two-thirds majority
of shareholders must approve mergers, acquisitions and other changes in
control involving a person or company that directly or indirectly owns 10%
or more of Pacific Community Banking Group's capital stock unless the
transaction is approved by the board of directors. That requirement makes
it more difficult for a potential acquiror to get control over Pacific
Community Banking Group by purchasing a block of its stock and exercising
the related voting rights
191
<PAGE>
- ADVANCE NOTICE TO RAISE MATTERS AT SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS. A shareholder
may not present a matter for consideration at the meeting of shareholders
without notice to the secretary of the corporation at least 35 days in
advance.
Contractual arrangements that impede changes in control include severance
agreements for our executive officers and commitments to issue options.
Pacific Community Banking Group does not know of any potential mergers,
tender offers or other attempts to gain control at this time.
PURPOSE AND TAKEOVER DEFENSIVE EFFECTS OF PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP'S
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION. The board of directors of the Pacific Community
Banking Group believes that it is in the best interest of Pacific Community
Banking Group and its shareholders to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate
directly with the board of directors of Pacific Community Banking Group and that
these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile
takeover attempts. It is also the view of the board of directors that these
provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other
transaction at a price reflective of the true value of the Pacific Community
Banking Group and which is in the best interest of all shareholders.
Nevertheless, there may be cases where the anti-takeover provisions enacted by
the board of directors discourage an offer at a premium over market price, which
some shareholders would prefer to accept.
CAPITAL STOCK DESCRIPTION
COMMON STOCK. Holders of Pacific Community Banking Group common stock are
entitled to dividends when, as and if declared by Pacific Community Banking
Group board of directors out of funds legally available therefor (and after
satisfaction of any prior rights of holders of outstanding preferred stock)
subject to restrictions on payment of dividends imposed by the California
Corporations Code and other applicable regulatory limitations.
PREFERRED STOCK. Before the closing of the initial public offering of
Pacific Community Banking Group's common stock, all outstanding shares of
preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock. Pacific Community
Banking Group's board of directors has the authority to issue 100,000 additional
shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the powers,
designations, preferences and rights, and qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof, without any further vote or action by Pacific Community
Banking Group's shareholders.
If the board of directors issues preferred stock, the rights, preferences
and privileges of the preferred stock could adversely effect the rights of
holders of the common stock of Pacific Community Banking Group. For example:
- Common stock dividends may be restricted until the company pays preferred
stock dividends or makes payments to a sinking fund for the redemption of
preferred stock;
- Preferred stock holders may have voting rights that reduce the voting
power of holders of common stock, or conversion rights that dilute the
interest of common stock holders in the equity of Pacific Community
Banking Group;
- In a liquidation, current holders of common stock may not receive a share
in the assets of Pacific Community Banking Group's until liquidation
preferences granted to the holders of the preferred stock have been
satisfied.
192
<PAGE>
- Dividends payable on any newly issued series of Preferred Stock would
reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on
common stock.
- Failure to make scheduled dividend or sinking fund payments on preferred
stock could trigger special voting rights, shareholder consent rights or
board representation rights for the holders of preferred stock, whose
interests may be different than the interests of common stock holders.
As discussed under the heading "Anti-Takeover Provisions" above, the power
of the board of directors to issue preferred stock with newly designated rights
preferences and privileges may have an anti-takeover effect.
WARRANTS. Pacific Community Banking Group has agreed to issue ten year
warrants that are exercisable at a price equal to 122% of the offering price to
the shareholders and optionees of The Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank. For details
regarding the terms of these warrants, please refer to the section entitled "The
Bank of Hemet Agreement--Purchase Consideration" on page 36, or "Valley Bank
Agreement--Purchase Consideration on page 59. Based upon the number of The Bank
of Hemet and Valley Bank shares outstanding, and assuming that the initial
public offering price is $15.00 per share, Pacific Community Banking Group will
issue 1,307,395 warrants exercisable into the same number of shares of common
stock on the completion of the offering and the acquisitions, at an exercise
price of $18.30 per share.
DIVIDENDS. The ability of Pacific Community Banking Group to pay cash
dividends is limited by the provisions of Section 500 of the General Corporation
Law, which prohibits the payment of dividends unless one of the following
financial tests is satisfied:
- the retained earnings of the corporation immediately prior to the
distribution exceed the amount of the distribution; or
- the assets of the corporation exceed 1 1/4 times its liabilities; or
- the current assets of the corporation exceed its current liabilities, but
if the average pre-tax earnings of the corporation before interest expense
for the two years preceding the distribution was less than the average
interest expense of the corporation for those years, the current assets of
the corporation must exceed 1 1/4 times its current liabilities.
Because virtually all of Pacific Community Banking Group's earnings will be from
the banks that it owns, the ability of Pacific Community Banking Group to pay
dividends will further be limited by the provisions of Sections 642 and 643 of
the California Financial Code, which permits distributions from a bank to its
shareholder only in the following circumstances:
- without approval of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions, only up to
the lesser of the retained earnings of the bank or the net income of the
bank for the last three fiscal years, and
- with the prior approval of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions,
only up to the greatest of the retained earnings, the net income for the
last fiscal year, or the net income for the current fiscal year.
Pacific Community Banking Group does not expect to pay dividends for the
foreseeable future.
193
<PAGE>
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL
Shareholders of The Bank of Hemet who do not vote in favor of The Bank of
Hemet Agreement and shareholders at Valley Bank who do not vote in favor of the
Valley Bank agreement may be entitled to dissenters' rights of appraisal under
Chapter 13 of the General Corporation Law.
The following discussion is not meant to be a complete statement of the
General Corporation Law relating to dissenters' rights, but a summary of
Sections 1300 through 1312 of the General Corporation Law as they may apply to
dissenting shareholders of the banks. This discussion is qualified in its
entirety by reference to those sections of the General Corporation Law, which we
have attached to this proxy statement/prospectus as Appendix C. Any shareholder
of either bank who wishes to exercise statutory dissenters' rights, or who
thinks he or she may wish to preserve the right to do so, should carefully read
sections 1300 through 1312 of the General Corporation Law and this discussion.
FAILURE TO TAKE ANY NECESSARY STEP MAY RESULT IN THE LOSS OF THOSE RIGHTS.
Reference in this section to the "bank," "the acquisition" or "the common
stock" apply to either The Bank of Hemet or Valley Bank, as appropriate.
If the acquisition is completed, shareholders of the bank who elect to
exercise their dissenters' rights and who in a timely fashion take all the
necessary steps to perfect those rights may be entitled to receive the fair
market value of their shares in cash. Under section 1300(a) of the General
Corporation Law, fair market value is determined as of July 29, 1998, the day
before the first announcement of the terms of the acquisition. Fair market value
excludes any appreciation or depreciation that resulted from the proposed
acquisition, but is adjusted for any stock split, reverse stock split, or share
dividend that takes effect after the date of announcement. The average trading
price of The Bank of Hemet common stock on July 29, 1998 was $48.88. The last
trading price of Valley Bank common stock on July 29, 1998 was $8.375.
Management of each bank believes that those prices reflect the fair market value
of its common stock at that time.
Shares of common stock must satisfy each of the following requirements to
qualify as dissenting shares under the General Corporation Law:
- the shares of common stock must have been outstanding on the record date
for determination of the shares entitled to be voted at the meeting where
shareholders consider the agreement. The record date for The Bank of Hemet
is June 23, 1999. The record date for Valley Bank is June 23, 1999.
- the shares of common stock must not have been voted, by proxy or in
person, for approval and adoption of the agreement.
- the holder of the shares of common stock must submit the share
certificates for endorsement (as described below).
A HOLDER OF COMMON STOCK WHO VOTES IN FAVOR OF THE APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF
THE AGREEMENT, OR WHO EXECUTES AND RETURNS A PROXY WITH NO VOTING INSTRUCTIONS
INDICATED, WILL LOSE ANY DISSENTERS' RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THOSE SHARES.
If the shareholders approve the acquisition at the meeting, within ten days
of approval, the bank will send each shareholder who did not vote in favor of
the acquisition a "notice of
194
<PAGE>
approval." A copy of sections 1300 through 1304 of the General Corporation Law
will accompany the notice of approval. The notice of approval will state the
price determined by the bank to represent the fair market value of any
dissenting shares. The notice of approval will constitute an offer by the bank
to purchase the dissenting shares at that stated price. It will briefly describe
the procedures to be followed by shareholders who wish to exercise their
dissenters' rights.
Within 30 days after the mailing date of the notice of approval,
shareholders who wish to assert dissenters' rights must do the following:
1. The dissenting shareholder must deliver a written demand for payment in cash
of the fair market value of the dissenting shares. The bank must receive the
demand within 30 days of the mailing date of the notice of approval. By law,
the demand must state the number of shares of common stock that the
shareholder held of record and a statement of the dissenting shareholder's
claim of the fair market value of the dissenting shares as of the close of
business on July 29, 1998, the day immediately preceding the announcement of
the proposed acquisition. The statement of fair market value in the demand
by the dissenting shareholder constitutes an offer by the dissenting
shareholder to sell the dissenting shares at that price; and
2. The dissenting shareholder must submit share certificate(s) representing the
dissenting shares to the bank at the bank's principal office. The bank will
stamp or endorse the certificate(s) with a statement that the shares are
dissenting shares or exchange the shareholder's certificates for
certificates of appropriate denomination so stamped or endorsed. If the
price contained in the notice of approval is acceptable to the dissenting
shareholder, the dissenting shareholder may demand the same price. THIS
WOULD CONSTITUTE AN ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER BY THE BANK TO PURCHASE THE
DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER'S STOCK AT THE PRICE STATED IN THE NOTICE OF
APPROVAL.
If the bank and a dissenting shareholder agree on the price for the
Dissenting Shares, the bank must by law pay the agreed price (together with
interest at the legal rate on judgments from the date of the agreement between
the bank and the dissenting shareholder) to the dissenting shareholder within 30
days after the agreement or within 30 days after any statutory or contractual
conditions to the acquisition are satisfied, whichever is later. However,
Chapter 13 of the General Corporation Law places some restrictions on the bank's
ability to repurchase its outstanding shares. Also, the bank may withhold
payment until the dissenting shareholder surrenders the certificates for the
Dissenting Shares.
If the bank and a dissenting shareholder fail to agree on the price for the
dissenting shares or disagree as to whether the dissenting shareholder's shares
are entitled to be classified as dissenting shares, the holder may, within six
months after the notice of approval is mailed, file a complaint in the superior
court of the proper county requesting the court to make such determinations or,
alternatively, may intervene in any pending action brought by any other
dissenting shareholder. The court will assess the costs of such an action,
including compensation of appraisers in a manner the court considers equitable,
but the court must assess the costs against the bank of if the appraised value
determined by the court exceeds the price offered by the bank.
The court action to determine the fair market value of the shares will be
suspended if litigation is instituted to test the sufficiency or regularity of
the votes of the shareholders in
195
<PAGE>
authorizing the acquisition. Also, no shareholder who has appraisal rights under
Chapter 13 of the General Corporation Law will have any right to attack the
validity of the acquisition or to have the acquisition set aside or rescinded
except in an action to test whether the number of shares required to authorized
or approve the acquisition has been legally voted in favor of the acquisition.
Dissenting shares may lose their status as such, and the holders will lose
any right to demand payment if any of the following takes place:
- the acquisition is abandoned (in which case the bank will pay on demand to
any dissenting shareholder who has initiated proceedings in good faith as
provided under Chapter 13 of the General Corporation Law all necessary
expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in those proceedings);
- the shares are transferred before being submitted for endorsement or are
surrendered for conversion into shares of another class;
- the dissenting shareholder and the bank do not agree upon the status of
the dissenting shares or on the price of such shares, but the dissenting
shareholder fails to file suit against the bank, or to intervene in a
pending action within six months following the date on which the notice of
approval was mailed to the shareholder; or
- the dissenting shareholder withdraws his or her demand for the purchase of
the dissenting shares with the consent of the bank.
It is a condition to Pacific Community Banking Group's obligation to
consummate the acquisition that the aggregate number of Dissenting Shares not
exceed ten percent of the outstanding stock of the bank. Therefore, based on
outstanding shares of common stock of each bank on the date of this proxy
statement/prospectus, if shareholders holding in total more than 84,427 shares
of The Bank of Hemet common stock, or more than 117,190 shares of Valley Bank
common stock exercise dissenters' rights for those shares, the acquisition will
NOT be consummated unless Pacific Community Banking Group waives this condition.
If the acquisition fails to be consummated, all dissenters' rights would then
terminate.
EXPERTS
The financial statements for Pacific Community Banking Group and The Bank of
Hemet included in this proxy statement/prospectus and elsewhere in the
registration statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
public accountants, as indicated in their reports dated February 26, 1999 and
January 27, 1999, respectively, with respect thereto, and are included herein in
reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.
The opinion regarding the deferred tax treatment of amounts deferred under
the business combination plan referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus and
elsewhere in the registration statement has been rendered by Arthur Andersen
LLP, independent public accountants, and has been referred to herein in reliance
upon the authority of such firm as experts in giving said opinion.
The balance sheets of Valley Bank as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the
related statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the years in
196
<PAGE>
the three-year period ended December 31, 1998, and included in this Prospectus
have been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, independent certified public
accountants.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Pacific Community Banking Group common stock and
warrants issuable in the acquisitions will be passed upon by Morrison & Foerster
LLP, Irvine, California. Legal matters regarding the validity of the acquisition
agreements will be passed upon for Pacific Community Banking Group by Knecht &
Hansen, Newport Beach, California, counsel to Pacific Community Banking Group.
Mr. Loren Hansen of the firm of Knecht & Hansen has purchased 100,000 shares of
Pacific Community Banking Group's Series A preferred stock. When those shares
are converted upon completion of the acquisition and the offering, he will be
the beneficial owner of 8,064 shares of Pacific Community Banking Group's common
stock. Legal matters regarding the corporate affairs of the respective banks and
the validity of the acquisition agreements will be passed upon for The Bank of
Hemet by Gary Steven Findley & Associates, Anaheim, California and for Valley
Bank by Aldrich & Bonnefin, P.L.C., Irvine, California.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
Pacific Community Banking Group will begin to file annual, quarterly and
special reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission upon
the effective date of the acquisitions. You may read and copy any reports,
statements and other information filed by Pacific Community Banking Group at the
Commission's public reference rooms in Washington, D.C., New York, New York and
Chicago, Illinois. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further
information on the public reference rooms. You will also be able to obtain the
Commission filings from commercial document retrieval services and at the web
site maintained by the Commission at http://www.sec.gov. Shares of Pacific
Community Banking Group common stock are designated for quotation on the Nasdaq
National Market. Material filed with Nasdaq by Pacific Community Banking Group
can be inspected at the offices of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc., Reports Section, 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
Valley Bank's 1998 audited financial statements appear in the attached proxy
statement/ prospectus, beginning on page F-35. Valley Bank has also prepared an
Annual Disclosure Statement in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation's regulations. You may obtain a copy on request from Ms. Dianna
Williams, Secretary of Valley Bank, by mail at Valley Bank, P.O. Box 188, Moreno
Valley, CA 92556 or by calling (909) 242-1959.
The Bank of Hemet files with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation the
annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information
required by the Exchange Act. You may read and copy any reports, statements and
other information filed by The Bank of Hemet at the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation's public reference facilities at the Registration, Disclosure and
Operations Unit, Room F-6043, 500 17th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20429. You
may request copies from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation by telephone
at 1-202-898-8913 or by fax at 1-202-898-3909.
Pacific Community Banking Group has filed a registration statement on Form
S-4 to register with the Commission the common stock and warrants to be issued
to shareholders of Bank of Hemet and Valley Bank in the acquisitions. This proxy
statement/prospectus is a part
197
<PAGE>
of that Registration Statement and constitutes a prospectus of Pacific Community
Banking Group in addition to being an proxy statement for the annual meeting of
The Bank of Hemet and for the annual meeting of Valley Bank. As allowed by the
Commission's rules, this proxy statement/prospectus does not contain all of the
information you can find in the registration statement or the documents provided
as in the exhibits to the registration statement.
If you are a shareholder of The Bank of Hemet or Valley Bank, you may have
received some of the documents provided as exhibits to the registration
statement, but you can obtain any of them from the Commission, or without charge
from the appropriate company at the following addresses:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
Pacific Community Banking Group The Bank of Hemet Valley Bank
23332 Mill Creek Drive, Suite 230 3715 Sunnyside Drive 24010 Sunnymead Boulevard
Laguna Hills California 92653 Riverside, California 92506 Moreno Valley, California 92553
Attention: E. Lynn Caswell Attn: Mr. James B. Jaqua Attn: Mr. N. Douglas Mills
Chairman and President and President and
Chief Executive Officer Chief Executive Officer Chief Executive Officer
</TABLE>
IF YOU WOULD LIKE TO REQUEST DOCUMENTS FROM ANY COMPANY, PLEASE DO SO BY
JULY 16, 1999 TO RECEIVE THEM BEFORE THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE BANK OF HEMET OR
THE ANNUAL MEETING OF VALLEY BANK.
198
<PAGE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE NO.
-----------
<S> <C>
Pacific Community Banking Group
Report of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public Accountants....................................... F-2
Balance Sheets--December 31, 1998 and 1997 and March 31, 1999....................................... F-3
Statements of Operations............................................................................ F-4
Statements of Shareholders' Equity.................................................................. F-5
Statements of Cash Flow............................................................................. F-6
Notes to Financial Statements....................................................................... F-7
The Bank of Hemet
Report of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public Accountants....................................... F-11
Consolidated Balance Sheets--December 31, 1998 and 1997 and March 31, 1999.......................... F-12
Consolidated Statements of Operations............................................................... F-13
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity.......................................... F-14
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow................................................................ F-15
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................................... F-16
Valley Bank
Report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, Independent Auditors............................................. F-35
Balance Sheets--December 31, 1998 and 1997 and March 31, 1999....................................... F-36
Statements of Operations............................................................................ F-37
Statements of Stockholders' Equity.................................................................. F-38
Statements of Cash Flows............................................................................ F-39
Notes to Financial Statements....................................................................... F-40
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors of
Pacific Community Banking Group:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING
GROUP (a California corporation) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
related statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the
year ended December 31, 1998, and for the period from inception (October 17,
1997) to December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Pacific Community Banking
Group as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the period from
inception (October 17, 1997) to December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Orange County, California
February 26, 1999
F-2
<PAGE>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
BALANCE SHEETS--DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997 AND MARCH 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
MARCH 31, ------------ -----------
1999
------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash................................................................... $ 113,294 $ 395,948 $ 170,131
Prepaid expenses....................................................... -- 1,333 --
Capitalized acquisition and offering costs............................. 610,218 198,127 26,814
------------ ------------ -----------
Total current assets............................................... 723,512 595,408 196,945
------------ ------------ -----------
EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE, at cost......................................... 7,096 7,096 --
Less--accumulated depreciation......................................... 1,944 1,458 --
------------ ------------ -----------
5,152 5,638 --
------------ ------------ -----------
$ 728,664 $ 601,046 $ 196,945
------------ ------------ -----------
------------ ------------ -----------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable....................................................... $ 174,097 $ 94,429 $ 54,112
Refundable common stock subscriptions.................................. -- -- 85,000
------------ ------------ -----------
Total current liabilities................................................ 174,097 94,429 139,112
------------ ------------ -----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 5)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, no par value:
Authorized--100,000,000 shares
Series A: 1,085,000 shares authorized, 1,085,000 outstanding at March
31, 1999, 0 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, net of unpaid
subscriptions...................................................... 923,840 -- --
Series B: 375,000 shares authorized, 375,000 outstanding at March 31,
1999, 0 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, net of unpaid
subscriptions...................................................... $ 360,000 -- --
Common stock, no par value:
Authorized--100,000,000 shares
Issued and outstanding-10,000 shares................................. 2,500 2,500 2,500
Common stock subscriptions............................................. -- 1,305,000 680,000
Common stock subscriptions receivable.................................. -- (205,764) (542,990)
Accumulated deficit.................................................... (731,773) (595,119) (81,677)
------------ ------------ -----------
Total shareholders' equity............................................... 554,567 506,617 57,833
------------ ------------ -----------
$ 728,664 $ 601,046 $ 196,945
------------ ------------ -----------
------------ ------------ -----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.
F-3
<PAGE>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCEPTION
(OCTOBER 17,
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED 1997)
MARCH 31, MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, TO DECEMBER 31,
1999 1998 1998 1997
---------- ----------- ------------ ----------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES................................................. $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES...................... 140,222 77,141 525,568 82,477
---------- ----------- ------------ -------
Loss from operations................................. 140,222 77,141 525,568 82,477
INTEREST INCOME.......................................... 3,568 -- 11,326 --
---------- ----------- ------------ -------
Net loss before taxes................................ 136,654 77,141 514,242 82,477
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES............................... -- -- 800 800
---------- ----------- ------------ -------
Net loss............................................. $ 136,654 $ 77,141 $ 513,442 $ 81,677
---------- ----------- ------------ -------
---------- ----------- ------------ -------
Basic and diluted loss per share......................... $ 13.66 $ 7.71 $ 51.34 $ 8.17
---------- ----------- ------------ -------
---------- ----------- ------------ -------
Weighted average shares outstanding...................... 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
---------- ----------- ------------ -------
---------- ----------- ------------ -------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SERIES A SERIES B
PREFERRED STOCK PREFERRED STOCK COMMON STOCK COMMON
-------------------- -------------------- ------------------------ STOCK
SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT SUBSCRIPTIONS
--------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, October 17, 1997,
(inception)......................... -- $ -- -- $ -- -- $ -- $ --
Common stock issuance............. -- -- -- -- 10,000 2,500 --
Common stock subscriptions........ -- -- -- -- -- -- 680,000
Net loss.......................... -- -- -- -- -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997.......... -- -- -- -- 10,000 2,500 680,000
Common stock subscriptions........ -- -- -- -- -- -- 625,000
Net loss.......................... -- -- -- -- -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998.......... -- -- -- -- 10,000 2,500 1,305,000
--------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ------------
Common stock subscriptions........ -- -- -- -- -- -- 155,000
Conversion of subscriptions to
preferred stock (Note 7)........ 1,085,000 923,840 375,000 360,000 -- -- (1,460,000)
Net loss.......................... -- -- -- -- -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ------------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999
(unaudited)....................... 1,085,000 $ 923,840 375,000 $ 360,000 10,000 $ 2,500 $ --
--------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ------------
--------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------- ------------
<CAPTION>
COMMON
STOCK
SUBSCRIPTIONS ACCUMULATED TOTAL
RECEIVABLE DEFICIT EQUITY
------------ ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, October 17, 1997,
(inception)......................... $ -- $ -- $ --
Common stock issuance............. -- -- 2,500
Common stock subscriptions........ (542,990) -- 137,010
Net loss.......................... -- (81,677) (81,677)
------------ ------------ ----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997.......... (542,990) (81,677) 57,833
Common stock subscriptions........ 337,226 -- 962,226
Net loss.......................... -- (513,442) (513,442)
------------ ------------ ----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998.......... (205,764) (595,119) 506,617
------------ ------------ ----------
Common stock subscriptions........ 29,604 -- 184,604
Conversion of subscriptions to
preferred stock (Note 7)........ 176,160 -- --
Net loss.......................... -- (136,654) (136,654)
------------ ------------ ----------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999
(unaudited)....................... $ -- $ (731,773) $ 554,567
------------ ------------ ----------
------------ ------------ ----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCEPTION
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED (OCTOBER 17, 1997)
MARCH 31, MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, TO DECEMBER 31,
1999 1998 1998 1997
----------- ----------- ------------ -------------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss......................................... $ (136,654) $ (77,141) $ (513,442) $ (81,677)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
used in operating activities--
Depreciation and amortization.................. 486 153 1,458 --
Expenses recorded on issuance of stock
subscriptions in exchange for services....... -- 10,000 10,000 52,011
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Increase in capitalized acquisition and
offering costs............................... (287,091) (37,289) (171,313) (26,814)
Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses........ 1,333 -- (1,333) --
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable........ (45,332) (14,909) 40,317 54,112
----------- ----------- ------------ --------
Net cash used in operating activities........ (467,258) (119,186) (634,313) (2,368)
----------- ----------- ------------ --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of equipment and furniture............... -- (5,214) (7,096) --
----------- ----------- ------------ --------
Net cash used in investing activities........ -- (5,214) (7,096) --
----------- ----------- ------------ --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock,
common stock subscriptions, and refundable
common stock subscriptions..................... 184,604 367,401 867,226 172,499
----------- ----------- ------------ --------
Net cash provided by financing activities.... 184,604 367,401 867,226 172,499
----------- ----------- ------------ --------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH.................... (282,654) 243,001 225,817 170,131
CASH, beginning of year............................ 395,948 170,131 170,131 --
----------- ----------- ------------ --------
CASH, end of year.................................. $ 113,294 $ 413,132 $ 395,948 $ 170,131
----------- ----------- ------------ --------
----------- ----------- ------------ --------
</TABLE>
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
During 1997, common stock subscriptions in the amount of $52,011 were issued to
an investor in exchange for payment of certain expenses.
During 1998, common stock subscriptions in the amount of $10,000 were issued to
a third party in exchange for services.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
1. COMPANY BACKGROUND
Pacific Community Banking Group (the Company), a California corporation,
was formed on October 17, 1997, for the purpose of acquiring community
banking organizations in the Southern California region. The Company has
had no revenues to date.
2. ACQUISITION AGREEMENTS
During 1998, the Company entered into definitive agreements for the
acquisition of The Bank of Hemet ("Hemet") and Valley Bank ("Valley"),
which were amended subsequently during 1999. The agreements are
contingent upon the completion of an initial public offering ("IPO"). The
agreements provide for the exchange of all of the outstanding stock of
Hemet and Valley for common stock and for warrants to purchase common
stock of the Company. The shareholders of Hemet will receive 3.4 shares
of the Company's common stock and one warrant in exchange for each share
held of Hemet common stock. The Valley shareholders will receive
two-thirds of a share of Company common stock for each share held of
Valley common stock. Additionally, the Valley shareholders will receive
one warrant for the purchase of Company common stock for every three
shares held of Valley common stock. The Hemet and Valley warrants will be
exercisable at 122 percent of the IPO price, and have a contractual life
of ten years. There can be no assurance that the Company's proposed
public offering will be successful and that these acquisitions will be
completed.
3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
a. USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at
the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
b. EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE
The Company provides for depreciation based on the estimated useful lives
of depreciable assets using the straight-line method. Estimated useful
lives are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Computers and office equipment................. 3 years
Furniture and fixtures......................... 7 years
</TABLE>
Property additions are stated at acquisition cost. Upon retirement or
disposal of depreciable assets, the cost and related accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss
is reflected in operations.
F-7
<PAGE>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
c. CAPITALIZED ACQUISITION AND OFFERING COSTS
Certain legal, accounting and underwriting fees incurred in connection
with a proposed acquisition of certain businesses have been capitalized
as of December 31, 1997. During 1998, the Company expensed the balance of
these costs. In addition, the Company has capitalized costs related to
its planned IPO. Capitalized offering costs will be recorded as a
reduction of the proceeds received in the IPO or will be expensed should
the IPO not be consummated. Capitalized offering costs are approximately
$198,000 as of December 31, 1998.
d. INCOME TAXES
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability
method as prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under the asset and
liability method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are
determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and
tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the currently
enacted tax rates and laws.
e. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The Company accounts for earnings per share in accordance with SFAS No.
128, "Earnings Per Share." This Statement requires the presentation of
both basic and diluted net income per share for financial statement
purposes. Basic net income per share is computed by dividing income
available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding. Diluted net income per share includes the effect of
potential common shares, including dilutive stock options using the
treasury stock method. For the year ended December 31, 1998 and the
period ended December 31, 1997, potential common shares were excluded
from the calculation of diluted net income per share as their impact
would be anti-dilutive.
f. UNAUDITED INTERIM INFORMATION
The accompanying unaudited financial statements give effect to all
adjustments (which are normal recurring accruals) necessary in the
opinion of management to present fairly the financial statements for the
interim periods presented. The unaudited financial statements have been
prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission and do not include all the information and footnotes
required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete
financial statements and may be subject to year-end adjustments, which,
in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair statement of the
results of the interim periods.
4. INCOME TAXES
No provision for federal income taxes has been recorded as the Company
incurred net operating losses since inception. At December 31, 1998, the
Company had
F-8
<PAGE>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
approximately $595,000 and $297,000 of federal and state net operating
loss carryforwards, respectively, available to offset future taxable
income; which expire through 2017. Under the Tax Reform Act of 1986, the
benefits from net operating losses carried forward may be impaired or
limited in certain circumstances. Events which may cause limitations in
the amount of net operating losses that the Company may utilize in any
one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change
of more than 50 percent over a three year period.
Deferred tax assets totaling approximately $238,000 and $33,000 at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, consist primarily of the tax
effect of net operating loss carryforwards. The Company has provided a
full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets due to
uncertainty regarding the Company's ability to generate sufficient income
in future periods for such assets to be realized.
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
LEASES
The Company occupies its office premises under a noncancellable lease
agreement which expires in June 1999. At December 31, 1998, future
minimum lease commitments are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ending December 31:
1999............................................................. $ 11,520
Thereafter....................................................... --
---------
Total future minimum lease payments................................ $ 11,520
---------
---------
</TABLE>
Rental expense for the year ended December 31, 1998 and for the period
from inception to December 31, 1997 was approximately $32,000 and $7,000,
respectively.
EMPLOYMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENTS
The Company entered into a five-year, four-month employment agreement
with its Chief Executive Officer beginning on September 1, 1997. The
agreement provides for an annual base salary that is adjusted for the
Consumer Price Index, normal employee benefits, and an annual bonus at
the discretion of the Board of Directors. The agreement also entitles the
officer to 250,000 ten-year incentive stock options at an exercise price
equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock at the date
of issuance, which would be issued after the closing of the IPO.
Additionally, the agreement contains an income continuation provision,
which will provide for payments of $60,000 per year for fifteen years,
beginning at the employee's retirement date. This provision could take
effect at the successful closing of the Company's first acquisition or
merger. Upon implementation of this provision, the Company will accrue a
liability for the present value of the amounts to ultimately be
F-9
<PAGE>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
distributed. However, the employee has invoked a waiver clause within the
agreement, and thus has elected to defer the implementation of the income
continuation provision until such time as the Company can support such
provision.
On July 1, 1998, the Company entered into an agreement with a consultant
to review certain loans being made by banks with which the Company has
entered into definitive purchase agreements (Please refer to Note 2). The
agreement, as amended, calls for the payment of a monthly retainer of
$3,500 per month from July 1, 1998 through May 15, 1999, as well as
reimbursement for all out-of-pocket business expenses. Payments made
under this agreement have been recorded in capitalized acquisition and
offering costs in the accompanying financial statements.
6. COMMON STOCK SUBSCRIPTIONS
The Company has entered into common stock subscription agreements ("the
Agreements") with various investors who have contributed cash or services
to the Company. The Agreements provide for the conversion of funds
invested into shares of common stock of the Company. The conversion into
common stock would be at a price equal to eighty percent of the IPO
price, and the conversion will occur only under certain conditions,
including the successful acquisition of a financial institution and the
closing of an IPO. Under the terms of the Agreements, the funds invested
could only be disbursed by the Company under certain conditions, which
included the signing of a definitive acquisition agreement with a
financial institution. As of December 31, 1997, under the terms of the
Agreements, fifty percent of the invested funds were disbursable. The
remaining fifty percent of invested funds is reflected as a liability in
the accompanying financial statements. As of December 31, 1998, the
conditions for full disbursement of invested funds had been met.
As of the respective balance sheet dates, the total value of Agreements
that have been signed is included in common stock subscriptions in the
accompanying financial statements. The portion of the Agreements that has
not been paid is recorded as a subscription receivable, an offset to the
common stock subscriptions account.
7. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
During March 1999, the Company amended its common stock subscription
agreements. Funds that have been invested in the Company, which at March
31, 1999 totalled $1,283,840, will be exchanged for one share of
preferred stock for every dollar invested. Each share of preferred stock
will automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the closing
of the IPO. Initial founding investors will receive Series A Preferred
Stock for all contributions, while subsequent investors will receive
Series B Preferred Stock for their contributions. Series A Preferred
Stock shall convert to common stock at a per share price of eighty
percent of the IPO price per share. Series B Preferred Stock shall
convert at a per share price of eighty-five percent of the IPO price per
share.
F-10
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Shareholders and
Board of Directors of The Bank of Hemet:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of THE BANK OF
HEMET (a California corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and
1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1998. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Bank's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Bank of
Hemet and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Orange County, California
January 27, 1999
F-11
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997 AND MARCH 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
MARCH 31, -------------- --------------
1999
------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS............................................... $ 5,892,000 $ 6,496,000 $ 6,521,000
FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD.................................................... 10,000,000 10,500,000 13,000,000
------------ -------------- --------------
Total Cash and Cash Equivalents................................... 15,892,000 16,996,000 19,521,000
INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY
Market values of $24,884,000 in 1998 and
$24,842,000 in 1997, respectively............................... 24,892,000 24,882,000 24,833,000
LOANS AND LEASES...................................................... 209,503,000 207,802,000 192,287,000
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES................................... (2,230,000) (2,232,000) (2,116,000)
------------ -------------- --------------
Loans and Leases, net............................................. 207,273,000 205,570,000 190,171,000
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, net........................................... 1,613,000 1,541,000 1,637,000
ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE........................................... 1,285,000 1,140,000 1,921,000
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED............................................... 83,000 77,000 779,000
OTHER ASSETS.......................................................... 2,579,000 2,671,000 2,461,000
------------ -------------- --------------
$253,617,000 $ 252,877,000 $ 241,323,000
------------ -------------- --------------
------------ -------------- --------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
DEPOSITS
Noninterest bearing demand deposits................................. $ 33,664,000 $ 33,975,000 $ 29,307,000
Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits........................ 67,962,000 67,720,000 59,702,000
Money market deposits............................................... 3,523,000 3,669,000 4,251,000
Time deposits of $100,000 or more................................... 8,659,000 8,141,000 9,149,000
Time deposits less than $100,000.................................... 117,057,000 116,880,000 116,802,000
------------ -------------- --------------
Total Deposits.................................................... 230,865,000 230,385,000 219,211,000
ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE AND OTHER LIABILITIES........................ 1,548,000 1,468,000 1,884,000
------------ -------------- --------------
232,413,000 231,853,000 221,095,000
------------ -------------- --------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 6)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock, no par value--Authorized--20,000,000 shares--Issued
and outstanding--844,252.......................................... 3,666,000 3,666,000 3,666,000
Retained earnings................................................... 17,538,000 17,358,000 16,562,000
------------ -------------- --------------
Total Stockholders' Equity........................................ 21,204,000 21,024,000 20,228,000
------------ -------------- --------------
$253,617,000 $ 252,877,000 $ 241,323,000
------------ -------------- --------------
------------ -------------- --------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated balance sheets.
F-12
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
--------------------------
MARCH 31, MARCH 31,
1999 1998 1998 1997 1996
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INTEREST INCOME
Loans, including fees......................... $ 4,253,000 $ 4,308,000 $ 17,102,000 $ 16,795,000 $ 17,202,000
Investment securities......................... 322,000 385,000 1,610,000 1,633,000 1,416,000
Federal funds sold............................ 144,000 194,000 704,000 563,000 509,000
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
Total Interest Income....................... 4,719,000 4,887,000 19,416,000 18,991,000 19,127,000
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
INTEREST EXPENSE
Transaction and savings deposits.............. 544,000 532,000 2,216,000 2,228,000 2,029,000
Time deposits of $100,000 or more............. 104,000 126,000 501,000 489,000 891,000
Time deposits less than $100,000.............. 1,487,000 1,658,000 6,468,000 6,214,000 5,903,000
Other borrowings.............................. 0 0 0 15,000 0
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
Total Interest Expense...................... 2,135,000 2,316,000 9,185,000 8,946,000 8,823,000
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
Net Interest Income......................... 2,584,000 2,571,000 10,231,000 10,045,000 10,304,000
PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES............. 0 0 0 250,000 988,000
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan
and Lease Losses.......................... 2,584,000 2,571,000 10,231,000 9,795,000 9,316,000
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
NONINTEREST INCOME
Fees and service charges on deposits.......... 117,000 129,000 518,000 554,000 588,000
Other charges and fees........................ 30,000 26,000 118,000 149,000 205,000
Other income.................................. 237,000 150,000 727,000 501,000 455,000
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
Total Noninterest Income.................... 384,000 305,000 1,363,000 1,204,000 1,248,000
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries and employee benefits................ 1,037,000 933,000 3,735,000 3,462,000 3,640,000
Premises and equipment........................ 247,000 266,000 1,066,000 987,000 1,008,000
Other real estate owned, net.................. (3,000) 11,000 (101,000) (187,000) 1,237,000
Other expenses................................ 520,000 499,000 2,036,000 1,938,000 2,297,000
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
Total Noninterest Expense................... 1,801,000 1,709,000 6,736,000 6,200,000 8,182,000
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
Income before Provision for Income Taxes.... 1,167,000 1,167,000 4,858,000 4,799,000 2,382,000
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES...................... 481,000 488,000 2,035,000 1,997,000 1,009,000
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
Net Income.................................. $ 686,000 $ 679,000 $ 2,823,000 $ 2,802,000 $ 1,373,000
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic Earnings Per Share.................... $ 0.81 $ 0.80 $ 3.34 $ 3.25 $ 1.53
Diluted Earnings Per Share.................. $ 0.79 $ 0.78 $ 3.23 $ 3.15 $ 1.53
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated statements.
F-13
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK
------------------------ RETAINED
SHARES AMOUNT EARNINGS
--------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1995............................................... 828,395 $ 4,358,000 $ 14,721,000
Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit......................... 59,970 559,000 --
Amendment to preferred stock conversion (Note 9)......................... 6,536 147,000 (147,000)
Common stock cash dividend at $1.00 per share............................ -- -- (882,000)
Supplemental cash dividend at $0.19 per share (Note 9)................... -- -- (26,000)
Net income for the year.................................................. -- -- 1,373,000
--------- ------------- -------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996............................................... 894,901 5,064,000 15,039,000
Repurchased shares....................................................... (50,649) (1,398,000) --
Common stock cash dividend at $1.50 per share............................ -- -- (1,279,000)
Net income for the year.................................................. -- -- 2,802,000
--------- ------------- -------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997............................................... 844,252 3,666,000 16,562,000
Common stock cash dividend at $2.40 per share............................ -- -- (2,027,000)
Net income for the year.................................................. -- -- 2,823,000
--------- ------------- -------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998............................................... 844,252 3,666,000 17,358,000
Common stock cash dividend at $0.60 per share............................ -- -- (506,000)
Net income for the period................................................ -- -- 686,000
--------- ------------- -------------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999 (unaudited)...................................... 844,252 $ 3,666,000 $ 17,538,000
--------- ------------- -------------
--------- ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated statements.
F-14
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
THREE MONTHS ENDED ------------ ------------ ------------
--------------------------
MARCH 31, MARCH 31,
1999 1998
------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income.......................................... $ 686,000 $ 679,000 $ 2,823,000 $ 2,802,000 $ 1,373,000
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash
Provided by Operating Activities:
Depreciation and amortization..................... 70,000 74,000 299,000 259,000 287,000
Provision for possible loan and lease losses...... 0 0 0 250,000 988,000
Deferred income tax (benefit)..................... 120,000 328,000 199,000 513,000 (407,000)
Loss (gain) on sale and write-down of other real
estate owned.................................... (3,000) (21,000) (162,000) (310,000) 936,000
Accretion of discount on investments.............. (1,000) (22,000) (36,000) (259,000) (182,000)
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest
receivable...................................... (145,000) 682,000 781,000 1,000 (539,000)
Increase in other assets.......................... (27,000) (135,000) (409,000) (304,000) (43,000)
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable
and other liabilities........................... 81,000 (291,000) (417,000) (2,000) 435,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities....... 781,000 1,294,000 3,078,000 2,950,000 2,848,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from maturities of investment
securities...................................... 15,982,000 20,000,000 101,130,000 32,000,000 20,000,000
Purchases of investment securities................ (15,993,000) (20,276,000) (101,142,000) (31,794,000) (22,037,000)
Net increase in loans and leases.................. (1,787,000) (3,946,000) (16,125,000) (6,406,000) (3,453,000)
Purchases of premises and equipment............... (140,000) (63,000) (203,000) (373,000) (162,000)
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned.... 80,000 243,000 1,589,000 2,896,000 1,640,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities........... (1,858,000) (4,042,000) (14,751,000) (3,677,000) (4,012,000)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase (decrease) in demand, savings, and
money market deposits........................... (215,000) 2,864,000 12,104,000 1,699,000 10,676,000
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits.......... 694,000 441,000 (929,000) 5,244,000 (5,834,000)
Stock options exercised including tax benefit..... 0 0 0 0 559,000
Cash dividends paid............................... (506,000) (506,000) (2,027,000) (1,279,000) (908,000)
Cash paid for Tender Offer, including expenses.... 0 0 0 (1,398,000) 0
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities....... (27,000) 2,799,000 9,148,000 4,266,000 4,493,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS......................................... (1,104,000) 51,000 (2,525,000) 3,539,000 3,329,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, Beginning of Year.......... 16,996,000 19,521,000 19,521,000 15,982,000 12,653,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, End of Year................ $ 15,892,000 $ 19,572,000 $ 16,996,000 $ 19,521,000 $ 15,982,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Interest paid................................... $ 2,147,000 $ 2,319,000 $ 9,212,000 $ 8,919,000 $ 8,853,000
Income taxes paid............................... 180,000 180,000 $ 2,105,000 $ 1,160,000 $ 995,000
Loans to Facilitate Sale of Other Real Estate
Owned......................................... 0 0 $ 37,000 $ 949,000 $ 398,000
Transfer from Loans to Other Real Estate Owned.. 83,000 2,000 $ 726,000 $ 1,185,000 $ 847,000
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated statements.
F-15
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
A. PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Bank of
Hemet, and its primary wholly owned subsidiary, BankLink Corporation (BankLink)
(collectively referred to as "the Bank"). BankLink is a provider of data
processing services for banks. The Bank operates five branches in communities
located in the Inland Empire area of Southern California. The Bank's primary
source of revenue is providing commercial and industrial income-producing real
estate loans to small and middle-market businesses and individuals. The Bank
offers a full range of commercial banking services. All significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial
statements.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
B. INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY
Securities are classified as held to maturity and are carried at cost,
decreased by the amortization of premiums and increased by the accretion of
discounts, as applicable. Realized gains or losses recognized on sales of
securities are based upon the adjusted cost and computed on the specific
identification method and are booked in other income or other expense, as
applicable. The Bank's intention is to hold its investment securities to
maturity, and does not anticipate selling any portion of the investment
securities portfolio for liquidity or other purposes.
C. LOANS AND LEASES
Loans and leases are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by an
allowance for loan and lease losses and deferred net loan origination fees.
Interest on loans is recognized over the terms of the loans and is calculated on
principal amounts outstanding. Loan origination fees, offset by certain direct
loan origination costs, are deferred and recognized over the contractual life of
the loan as a yield adjustment. As unearned revenue, the net unrecognized fees
and costs are reported as reductions of the loan balance.
Accrual of interest on loans and leases is discontinued when management
believes, after considering economic and business conditions, and collection
efforts, that the borrower's financial condition is such that collection of
interest is doubtful. Income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash
payments are received until, in management's judgment, the borrower's ability to
make periodic interest and principal payments is no longer doubtful, in which
case the credit is returned to accrual status.
F-16
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
The Bank measures impairment on a loan by loan basis using either the
present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective
interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral
dependent. The Bank excludes from its impairment calculations smaller balance,
homogeneous loans such as consumer installment loans and lines of credit, and
direct finance leases. In determining whether a loan is impaired or not, the
Bank applies its normal loan review procedures. Loans for which an insignificant
delay, i.e., less than 90 days past due, or an insignificant shortfall in the
amount of payments is anticipated, but the Bank expects to collect all amounts
due, are not considered for impairment.
D. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level considered
adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Management
makes periodic credit reviews of the loan and lease portfolio and considers
current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, assessments of
problem credits and other factors in determining the adequacy of the allowance.
The allowance is based on estimates and ultimate losses may vary from the
current estimates. These estimates are reviewed periodically and, as adjustments
become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they
become known. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to operating
expense and reduced by net charge-offs.
E. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
The Bank's buildings, furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are
stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, which is charged
to expense on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the
assets or, in the case of leasehold improvements, over the life of the leases,
whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged directly to expense as
incurred. Improvements to premises and equipment which extend the useful lives
of the assets are capitalized. Gains and losses resulting from the disposal of
premises and equipment are included in current operations. Rates of depreciation
are based on the following depreciable lives: buildings, 30 years; furniture,
five to seven years; equipment, three to five years; and leasehold improvement,
the shorter of fifteen years or the lease term.
F. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash
on hand, amounts due from banks, and Federal funds sold. Generally, Federal
funds are sold for one-day periods.
As more fully described in Note 9, 134,917 shares of Series C Preferred
stock were automatically converted to 20,804 shares of the Bank's common stock
on September 15, 1995 with a stated value of $465,000. In November 1996, an
amendment to the conversion resulted
F-17
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
in the issuance of an additional 6,533 in common shares and an increase in the
stated value by $147,000. These are noncash transactions and are not reflected
in the consolidated statement of cash flows. As a result of this amendment, a
supplemental cash dividend and a special cash distribution to all former holders
of Preferred stock in the amount of $26,000 was paid in November 1996.
G. OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
Other real estate owned represents real estate acquired by foreclosure or
deed in lieu of foreclosure in satisfaction of commercial and residential real
estate loans and is carried at the lower of the recorded investment in the
property or its fair value, less estimated carrying costs and costs of
disposition. At the time of foreclosure, the value of the underlying loan is
written down to the fair value of the real estate to be acquired by a charge to
the allowance for loan and lease losses, if necessary. Any subsequent
write-downs are charged to noninterest expense. Operating expenses of such
properties, net of related income and gains or losses on their disposition, are
recorded in noninterest expense.
H. INCOME TAXES
The Bank applies an asset and liability approach in accounting for income
taxes payable or refundable at the date of the financial statements as a result
of all events that have been recognized in the financial statements and as
measured by the provisions of enacted tax laws. Additionally, deferred tax
assets are evaluated and a valuation allowance is established if it is "more
likely than not" that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be
realized.
I. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The FASB issued SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share" (EPS) effective for both
interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 1997. SFAS No.
128 replaces primary EPS with basic EPS, and fully diluted EPS with diluted EPS.
Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to
common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
for the period. Diluted EPS is computed in a similar manner as fully diluted
EPS, and reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other
contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or
resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the
Bank. All periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements have been restated to conform with SFAS No. 128. The following is a
reconciliation of the numerators and
F-18
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
denominators used in the calculation of basic EPS and diluted EPS for the years
ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EARNINGS SHARES EPS
------------ --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 1998
Net Income...................................................................... $ 2,823,000
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
Income available to Common Stockholders......................................... 2,823,000 844,252 $ 3.34
---------
---------
EFFECT OF DILUTIVE SECURITIES
Stock Options................................................................... 30,373
---------
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
Income available to Common Stockholders and assumed conversions................. $ 2,823,000 874,625 $ 3.23
------------ --------- ---------
------------ --------- ---------
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 1997
Net Income...................................................................... $ 2,802,000
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
Income available to Common Stockholders......................................... 2,802,000 863,262 $ 3.25
---------
---------
EFFECT OF DILUTIVE SECURITIES
Stock Options................................................................... 26,458
---------
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
Income available to Common Stockholders and assumed conversions................. $ 2,802,000 889,720 $ 3.15
------------ --------- ---------
------------ --------- ---------
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 1996
Net Income...................................................................... $ 1,373,000
Less: Preferred stock cash dividend............................................. (26,000)
------------
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
Income available to Common Stockholders......................................... 1,347,000 881,705 $ 1.53
---------
---------
EFFECT OF DILUTIVE SECURITIES
Stock Options................................................................... 12,118
Preferred Stock................................................................. 26,000
------------ ---------
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
Income available to Common Stockholders and assumed conversions................. $ 1,373,000 893,823 $ 1.53
------------ --------- ---------
------------ --------- ---------
</TABLE>
In May 1997, the Bank concluded a Tender Offer which resulted in the
repurchase of 50,626 shares of common stock at the offering price of $27.00 per
share. The decrease to common stock was $1,367,000 plus offering costs of
$31,000.
F-19
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
J. POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS AND STOCK OPTIONS
The Bank has a salary continuation plan for certain key management
personnel. The plan provides for payments for fifteen years commencing within 60
days upon reaching age 65, or death. The Bank measures the obligations to
provide these future postretirement benefits over the estimated remaining years
of benefit. Salary continuation expense was $39,000, $29,000, and $31,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The Bank is
committed to pay $1,875,000 over the pay out periods of the plan.
In 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation," which permits either adoption of the new standard's principles
for recording the estimated value of stock-based compensation over the
applicable vesting period, or permits continued application of existing
accounting standards, with disclosure of any unrecorded cost under the new
standard and the related effect on earnings per share. The Bank adopted SFAS No.
123 in 1996, and elected to adopt the disclosure provisions of the new standard
only. As the Bank issued no stock-based compensation in 1996, adoption of this
standard had no effect on the Bank's financial position or disclosures for the
year ended December 31, 1996. During 1997, the Bank granted stock options as
more fully described in Note 7. No stock-based compensation was issued in 1998.
The Bank established a 401(k) plan effective August 1, 1997. Employees who
have completed one year of service and meet certain other requirements are
eligible for enrollment. Employees may contribute a percentage of their salary
pursuant to IRS regulatory maximums, and under the plan, the Bank matches 40% of
the first 5% of salary contributed using forfeitures and cash. Participants vest
immediately in their own contributions with 100% vesting in Bank's contributions
occurring after five years of credited service. The Bank's expense for
contributions to this plan was $42,000 and $7,000 during 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
K. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND RECLASSIFICATIONS
In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS Nos. 130 and 131, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income" and "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information." The Bank adopted SFAS Nos. 130 and 131 in 1998. As none of
the Bank's accounts would create differences between reported net income and
comprehensive income as defined by SFAS No. 130, adoption of this new standard
has no impact on the Bank's results of operations or disclosures. Management
does not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 131 has a material impact on the
Bank's current disclosure of its one operating segment of banking as described
in Note 1.A.
In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement establishes accounting and
reporting standards for derivative instruments and for hedging activities. The
new standard is effective for 2000 and is not expected to have a material impact
on the Bank's financial statements.
F-20
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Certain reclassifications of prior years financial data have been made to
conform to the current reporting practices of the Bank.
2. INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities held to maturity
are as follows at December 31, 1998 and 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROSS GROSS
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
COST GAINS LOSSES FAIR VALUE
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
DECEMBER 31, 1998
U.S. government agencies................................... $ 24,882,000 $ 6,000 $ (4,000) $ 24,884,000
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
DECEMBER 31, 1997
U.S. government agencies................................... $ 24,833,000 $ 10,000 $ (1,000) $ 24,842,000
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
</TABLE>
Investment securities with a book value of $10,000,000 and $7,000,000 at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits
and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. The estimated fair
values of pledged securities were $10,003,000 and $7,001,000 at December 31,
1998 and 1997, respectively.
The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities held to maturity
at December 31, 1998, by contractual maturity, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMORTIZED ESTIMATED
COST FAIR VALUE
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less........................................ $ 18,000,000 $ 18,005,000
Due after one year through five years.......................... 6,000,000 5,997,000
Due after five years through ten years......................... -- --
Due after 10 years............................................. 882,000 882,000
------------- -------------
Total...................................................... $ 24,882,000 $ 24,884,000
------------- -------------
------------- -------------
</TABLE>
U.S. government agency securities of $882,000 at December 31, 1998 represent
preferred stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), which has no maturity
date.
3. LOANS AND LEASES, NET
The Bank's loans, commitments, and standby letters of credit have been
granted to customers primarily in the Inland Empire area of Southern California.
Prevailing economic conditions, including real estate values and other factors
may affect certain borrowers' ability to repay loans. Although management
believes the level of allowance for loan and lease losses is adequate to absorb
losses inherent in the loan portfolio, declines in the local economy and/or
F-21
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
3. LOANS AND LEASES, NET (CONTINUED)
increases in the interest rate charged on adjustable rate loans may result in
increasing loan and other real estate owned losses that cannot be reasonably
estimated at December 31, 1998. The most significant category of collateral is
real estate, principally commercial and industrial income-producing properties.
At December 31, 1998, the Bank's loan portfolio included approximately
$27,635,000 of fixed rate loans. The loan and lease portfolio consisted of the
following at December 31, 1998 and 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
-------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Commercial................................................... $ 10,016,000 $ 10,033,000
Real Estate.................................................. 197,189,000 181,524,000
Installment.................................................. 1,002,000 1,065,000
Lease finance receivables.................................... -- --
All other loans (including overdrafts)....................... 391,000 411,000
-------------- --------------
208,598,000 193,033,000
Deferred loan origination fees, net.......................... (796,000) (746,000)
-------------- --------------
207,802,000 192,287,000
Allowance for loan and lease losses.......................... (2,232,000) (2,116,000)
-------------- --------------
Total Loans and Leases, net.............................. $ 205,570,000 $ 190,171,000
-------------- --------------
-------------- --------------
</TABLE>
Non-accruing loans totaled approximately $1,578,000 and $2,902,000 at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Interest income that would have been
recognized on non-accrual loans if they had performed in accordance with the
terms of the loans was approximately $277,000, $391,000 and $302,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. At December 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively, the Bank had an insignificant amount of loans past due
90 days or more in interest or principal and still accruing interest.
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, loans that were considered impaired totaled
$3,312,000 and $4,708,000, respectively, all of which had a related allowance
for loan and lease loss aggregating $287,000 and $402,000, respectively.
Impaired loans amounting to $1,578,000 and $2,902,000 were on a non-accruing
basis at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Substantially all of the
impaired loans were collateral dependent and were measured using the fair value
of the collateral. For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, the
Bank recognized interest income on these impaired loans of $115,000, $390,000
and $159,000, respectively. The average outstanding principal balance of
impaired loans was $4,010,000, $4,770,000 and $4,585,000 during 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.
From time to time, the Bank has originated first and second mortgages for
resale on the secondary market to Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
(FHLMC), and Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA). Any gains or losses
on the sales of these loans are recognized at the time of sale. The Bank retains
servicing rights to these loans. Servicing arrangements provide for the Bank to
maintain all records related to the servicing agreement,
F-22
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
3. LOANS AND LEASES, NET (CONTINUED)
to assume responsibility for billing mortgagors, to collect periodic mortgage
payments, and to perform various other activities necessary to the mortgage
servicing function. The Bank receives as compensation a servicing fee based on
the principal balance of the outstanding loans. Servicing fee income amounted to
approximately $57,000 during 1998, $92,000 during 1997, and $108,000 during
1996. The total unpaid principal balance of the mortgage servicing portfolio
amounted to approximately $18,333,000 and $23,617,000 at December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively.
The Bank has pledged certain qualifying residential loans amounting to $0
and $5,794,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, to secure public
deposits, as required by state law.
The activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses is summarized as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at Beginning of Year........................ $ 2,116,000 $ 2,241,000 $ 2,135,000
Recoveries on loans previously charged off.......... 298,000 76,000 20,000
Loans charged off................................... (182,000) (451,000) (902,000)
Provision charged to operating expense.............. -- 250,000 988,000
------------ ------------ ------------
Balance at End of Year.............................. $ 2,232,000 $ 2,116,000 $ 2,241,000
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
As part of its normal banking activities, the Bank has extended credit to
certain directors and officers and the companies with which they are associated
(related parties). All related party loans were current as to principal and
interest as of December 31, 1998 and 1997. In management's opinion, these loans
were made in the ordinary course of business at prevailing rates and terms.
Total commitments for such loans amounted to $2,585,000 and $3,330,000 at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, of which $237,000 and $425,000 were undisbursed,
respectively. There were no new commitments on such loans, and expired loan
commitments amounted to $160,000. Advances on existing commitments were $28,000
in 1998, with repayments of $585,000.
F-23
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
4. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Major classifications of premises and equipment are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------
1998 1997
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Land.............................................................. $ 211,000 $ 211,000
Buildings......................................................... 985,000 983,000
Furniture and equipment........................................... 1,499,000 1,319,000
Leasehold improvements............................................ 355,000 343,000
------------ ------------
3,050,000 2,856,000
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization................... (1,509,000) (1,219,000)
------------ ------------
Total......................................................... $ 1,541,000 $ 1,637,000
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The amount of depreciation and amortization included in operating expense
was $299,000, $259,000, and $287,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997, and 1996, respectively.
The Bank occupies its office premises under separate long-term,
noncancellable leases which expire in various years through 2004. All leases are
accounted for as operating leases. At December 31, 1998, future minimum lease
commitments and future minimum sublease rental income under all noncancellable
leases are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LEASE
COMMITMENTS
-------------
<S> <C>
1999........................................................................... $ 355,000
2000........................................................................... 354,000
2001........................................................................... 312,000
2002........................................................................... 203,000
2003........................................................................... 95,000
Succeeding Years............................................................... 5,000
-------------
Total........................................................................ $ 1,324,000
-------------
-------------
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
5. INCOME TAXES
The current and deferred amounts of the provisions for (benefit from) income
taxes for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996 consisted of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current:
Federal........................................... $ 1,320,000 $ 1,106,000 $ 1,059,000
State............................................. 516,000 378,000 357,000
------------ ------------ ------------
Total........................................... 1,836,000 1,484,000 1,416,000
------------ ------------ ------------
Deferred:
Federal........................................... 197,000 353,000 (311,000)
State............................................. 2,000 160,000 (96,000)
------------ ------------ ------------
Total........................................... 199,000 513,000 (407,000)
------------ ------------ ------------
$ 2,035,000 $ 1,997,000 $ 1,009,000
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
Deferred taxes arise from temporary differences between income reported for
financial reporting purposes and that reported for federal and state income tax
purposes. The tax effects of the principal temporary differences resulting in
deferred taxes were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
---------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Expenses reported on a different basis for tax
purposes.............................................. $ 231,000 $ 443,000 $ (342,000)
Depreciation computed differently on tax returns than
for financial statements.............................. (16,000) (3,000) (18,000)
Deferred compensation................................... (16,000) (12,000) (13,000)
Provision for loan and lease losses deducted in tax
return over (under) amount charged for financial
statement purposes.................................... 0 85,000 (34,000)
---------- ---------- -----------
$ 199,000 $ 513,000 $ (407,000)
---------- ---------- -----------
---------- ---------- -----------
</TABLE>
F-25
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
5. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
Total tax expense differed from the amount computed using the federal
statutory rate as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
PERCENT OF PERCENT OF PERCENT OF
PRETAX PRETAX PRETAX
AMOUNT INCOME AMOUNT INCOME AMOUNT INCOME
------------ ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Tax expense at federal statutory
rate................................. $ 1,652,000 34.0% $ 1,632,000 34.0% $ 810,000 34.0%
State income tax, net of federal tax
benefit.............................. 342,000 7.0 355,000 7.4 172,000 7.2
Tax exempt interest.................... 0 0.0 (1,000) (0.0) (4,000) (0.2)
Other.................................. 41,000 0.9 11,000 0.2 31,000 1.4
------------ --- ------------ --- ------------ ---
Total................................ $ 2,035,000 41.9% $ 1,997,000 41.6% $ 1,009,000 42.4%
------------ --- ------------ --- ------------ ---
------------ --- ------------ --- ------------ ---
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the components of the net deferred tax asset
which is included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Allowance for loan and lease losses................................. $ 590,000 $ 590,000
Deferred compensation............................................... 245,000 229,000
Other real estate owned............................................. 0 13,000
State income tax.................................................... 175,000 128,000
Depreciation........................................................ 53,000 37,000
Other............................................................... (157,000) 108,000
---------- ------------
Total............................................................. $ 906,000 $ 1,105,000
---------- ------------
---------- ------------
</TABLE>
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
In order to meet the financing needs of its customers in the normal course
of business, the Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet
risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and
standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend
to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in
the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other
termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the
commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total
commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to
guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The Bank does not
enter into any interest rate swaps or caps, or forward or future contracts.
The nature of the off-balance sheet risk inherent in these instruments is
the possibility of accounting losses resulting from (1) the failure of another
party to perform according to the
F-26
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
terms of a contract that would cause a draw on a standby letter of credit, or
(2) changes in market rates of interest for those few commitments and
undisbursed loans which have fixed rates of interest. To minimize this risk, the
Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional
obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The decision as to
whether collateral should be required is based on the circumstances of each
specific commitment or conditional obligation.
To varying degrees, these instruments involve elements of credit and
interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated
balance sheets. The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of
non-performance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments
to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual
amount of those instruments. At December 31, 1998, the Bank had commitments to
extend credit of approximately $9,752,000 and obligations under standby letters
of credit of approximately $1,116,000. Management does not believe there will be
any material losses as a result of these letters of credit and loan commitments.
At December 31, 1998, the Bank has available a borrowing line of credit with
the FHLB in the amount of $14,163,000 using previously approved residential and
commercial real estate mortgage loans totaling $21,253,000 to secure the line of
credit. There was no utilization of this line of credit during 1998.
The Bank has available reverse repurchase lines of credit with two
broker/dealers aggregating $30,000,000 at December 31, 1998. These lines are
subject to normal terms for such arrangements. There was no utilization of these
lines during 1998. At December 31, 1998, investment securities with a market
value of approximately $14,000,000 were available for these reverse repurchase
lines of credit.
The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve
Bank. The amounts of these reserve balances at December 31, 1998 and 1997 were
$692,000 and $721,000, respectively.
In April 1997, litigation relating to the acquisition of Inland Savings and
Loan (Inland) was filed against the Bank and certain of its directors alleging
improper adjustments to the value of the Bank's Preferred stock (see Note 9).
The named plaintiffs have sued on behalf of a class consisting of former owners
of the Bank's Preferred stock. The action alleges breach of contract and breach
of fiduciary duty and seeks compensatory damages in excess of $2 million
together with punitive damages. The Bank contends that these allegations are
without merit, and intends to vigorously defend against these claims. Any
potential losses to the Bank as a result of this action are not reasonably
estimable, and accordingly no reserve for loss has been established in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements. Any losses which might be
suffered by the Bank related to this proceeding could impact the Bank's future
profitability.
F-27
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
In addition, the Bank is a defendant in various legal proceedings resulting
from normal banking business. In the opinion of management and the Bank's legal
counsel, the disposition of such litigation will not have a material effect on
the Bank's consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
7. STOCK OPTION PLAN
In January 1987, the former Hemet Bancorp established a stock option plan
(the 1987 Plan) which was assumed by the Bank that provides for the granting of
incentive and nonqualified stock options to certain full-time salaried officers
and management level employees. Additionally, in June 1994, the Bank established
a second stock option plan (the 1994 Plan) which authorized the issuance of
75,000 shares, of which 31,000 shares were granted in 1994 and 21,000 shares
were granted in 1997 to various officers of the Bank. As of December 31, 1998,
there were no shares of common stock granted under the 1987 Plan. At December
31, 1998, 27,000 shares of common stock were reserved for grant under the 1994
Plan which includes 4,000 shares forfeited during 1996. The stock options are
exercisable at a price equal to market value on the date of grant. Options
expire not more than ten years after the date of grant. Options are exercisable
at 20% of the options outstanding per year. Transactions for the three years
ended December 31, 1998, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
OPTIONS EXERCISE PRICE
OUTSTANDING PER SHARE
----------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995..................................... 89,938 $ 9.00
Options exercised (1987 Plan)................................ (58,938) $ 7.51
Options exercised (1994 Plan)................................ (1,032) $ 12.00
Options forfeited (1994 Plan)................................ (4,000) $ 12.00
Options granted.............................................. --
-----------
Balance, December 31, 1996..................................... 25,968 $ 12.00
Options exercised............................................ --
Options granted (1994 Plan).................................. 21,000 $ 22.50
-----------
Balance, December 31, 1997..................................... 46,968 $ 16.69
Options exercised............................................ --
Options granted (1994 Plan).................................. --
-----------
Balance, December 31, 1998..................................... 46,968 $ 16.69
-----------
-----------
Exercisable at December 31, 1998............................... 24,968 $ 13.77
-----------
-----------
</TABLE>
The Bank accounts for options according to Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, under which no compensation cost is recognized. The Bank's pro
forma net income and diluted earnings per share assuming the Bank recorded
compensation cost in 1998 and 1997 for the options granted in 1997 in accordance
with SFAS No. 123 would not have a material
F-28
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
7. STOCK OPTION PLAN (CONTINUED)
effect on the Bank's consolidated results of operations. Pro forma disclosures
are not presented for 1996 because there were no options granted during that
year. Because the method of accounting required under SFAS No. 123 is not
applicable for options granted prior to January 1, 1996, the pro forma impact of
compensation costs on net income and diluted earnings per share as presented
above may not be representative of the impact which could be realized in future
years. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions used for grants in 1997: risk-free interest rate of 6.25%, dividend
yield of 6%, expected life of 5 years, and expected volatility of 25%.
8. OTHER EXPENSES
The following is a breakdown of other expenses for the years ended December
31, 1998, 1997 and 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Data processing and other outside services.......... $ 326,000 $ 363,000 $ 357,000
Deposit insurance assessments....................... 84,000 87,000 191,000
Special SAIF assessment............................. -- -- 402,000
Professional fees................................... 418,000 383,000 318,000
Office supplies, postage and telephone.............. 488,000 435,000 433,000
Other............................................... 720,000 670,000 596,000
------------ ------------ ------------
Total............................................. $ 2,036,000 $ 1,938,000 $ 2,297,000
------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
9. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
On October 16, 1992, the Bank acquired Inland Savings and Loan Association
and subsidiaries in a business combination accounted for as a purchase under
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16. Inland Savings and Loan was
primarily engaged in banking services. The shareholders of Inland Savings and
Loan received .31474 shares of the Bank's Series 'C' Preferred stock (the
Preferred stock) and .31474 shares of the Bank's common stock, for each share of
Inland Savings and Loan stock. The Preferred stock had cumulative dividends of
5% per annum of the stock's stated value, payable semi-annually on the 15th of
March and September each year. The stated value of the Preferred stock
represented the original book value of the stock, less certain charges against
that value, as defined and provided for in the purchase agreement and as
detailed below. Charges against the stated value of the Preferred stock
subsequent to 1992 represented period costs that were charged to operations as
incurred and that were subsequently charged against the stated value of
Preferred stock through an equity transfer from Preferred stock to retained
earnings.
F-29
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
9. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
Voting rights for the Preferred stock equaled 1/10 of a share of the Bank's
common stock. The Preferred stock was automatically converted to the Bank's
common stock on September 15, 1995 using a ratio of the Preferred stock's stated
value to the Bank's adjusted net book value, as defined in the purchase
agreement. The number of shares of common stock delivered upon the automatic
conversion of Preferred stock was equal to .1542 shares of common stock for each
share of Preferred stock for a total of 20,804 shares of common stock. In
November 1996, an amendment to the conversion resulted in the issuance of an
additional 6,533 in common shares, an increase in the stated value by $147,000
(principally related to the reversal of tax assessments), and a revised exchange
ratio of .2027 shares of common stock for each share of Preferred stock. See
Note 6 for a discussion of litigation regarding adjustments to the value of the
Preferred stock.
As a result of the mark-to-market analysis of the Inland Savings and Loan
purchase, various asset and liability accounts were adjusted to appropriate
market values. The significant valuations were in the areas of loans, other real
estate owned, Bank premises, time deposits, other borrowings, and a core deposit
intangible. Amortization of each of the mark-to-market valuation accounts is
taken over their expected useful lives, as estimated in the original mark to
market analysis. The Bank periodically reviews the estimated useful lives of the
mark-to-market assets and liabilities and makes adjustments as necessary.
10. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair value estimates of financial instruments for both assets and
liabilities are made at a discrete point in time based on relevant market
information and information about the financial instruments. Because no active
market exists for a significant portion of the Bank's financial instruments,
fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding current economic
conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, prepayment
assumptions, future expected loss experience and other such factors. These
estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of
significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes
in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
The Bank intends to hold the majority of its assets and liabilities to their
stated maturities. Thus, management does not believe that the bulk sale concepts
applied to certain problem loans for purposes of measuring the impact of credit
risk on fair values of said assets is reasonable to the operations of the Bank
and does not fairly present the values realizable over the long term on assets
that will be retained by the Bank. Therefore, the Bank does not intend to
realize any significant differences between carrying value and fair value
through sale or other disposition. No attempt should be made to adjust
stockholders' equity to reflect the following fair value disclosures as
management believes them to be inconsistent with the philosophies and operations
of the Bank.
F-30
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
10. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
In addition, the fair value estimates are based on existing on-and
off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value
of existing and anticipated future customer relationships and the value of
assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments.
Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or
liabilities include the branch network, deferred tax assets, other real estate
owned, and premises and equipment.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of financial instruments.
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
For U.S. government agency securities, fair values are based on market
prices. For other investment securities, fair value equals quoted market price,
if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated
using quoted market prices for similar securities.
LOANS
The fair value for loans with variable interest rates is the carrying
amount. The fair value of fixed rate loans is derived by calculating the
discounted value of future cash flows expected to be received by the various
homogeneous categories of loans. All loans have been adjusted to reflect changes
in credit risk.
DEPOSITS
The fair value of demand deposits, savings deposits, and money market
deposits are defined as the amounts payable on demand at year end. The fair
value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated based on the
discounted value of the future cash flows expected to be paid on the deposits.
COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT AND STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT
The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged
to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the
agreements and the present creditworthiness of the parties involved. For fixed
rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current
levels of interest rates and committed rates. The fair value of these unrecorded
financial instruments is not material to the Bank's financial position or fair
value disclosures at December 31, 1998 and 1997 (see Note 6).
F-31
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
10. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
The estimated fair values of the Bank's financial instruments are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CARRYING VALUE FAIR VALUE
-------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
DECEMBER 31, 1998
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents.................................. $ 16,996,000 $ 16,996,000
Investment securities...................................... 24,882,000 24,884,000
Loans and leases, net...................................... 205,570,000 207,369,000
Financial Liabilities
Deposits................................................... 230,385,000 231,000,000
DECEMBER 31, 1997
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents.................................. $ 19,521,000 $ 19,521,000
Investment securities...................................... 24,833,000 24,842,000
Loans and leases, net...................................... 190,171,000 190,176,000
Financial Liabilities
Deposits................................................... 219,211,000 219,283,000
</TABLE>
11. REGULATORY MATTERS
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective action, the Bank is required to maintain certain minimum capital
levels in relation to Bank assets. Under regulations, banks are categorized as
critically undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, undercapitalized,
adequately capitalized and well capitalized. Failure to meet minimum capital
requirements can initiate certain mandatory--and possibly additional
discretionary--actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct
material effect on the Bank's financial statements. According to regulatory
guidelines, the Bank is considered well capitalized as measured using a leverage
ratio, as well as based on risk-weighting assets.
F-32
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
11. REGULATORY MATTERS (CONTINUED)
A comparison of the Bank's actual regulatory capital with minimum
requirements for adequately capitalized and well capitalized banks, as defined
by regulation, is shown below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TO BE ADEQUATELY
ACTUAL CAPITALIZED TO BE WELL CAPITALIZED
------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
AMOUNT RATIO AMOUNT RATIO AMOUNT RATIO
------------- --------- ------------- --------- ------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital (To Risk
Weighted Assets)..................... $ 21,024,000 9.99% $ 8,413,000 4.0% $ 12,621,000 6.0%
Total Risk-Based Capital (To Risk
Weighted Assets)..................... $ 23,257,000 11.06% $ 16,827,000 8.0% $ 21,036,000 10.0%
Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)..... $ 21,024,000 8.31% $ 10,115,000 4.0% $ 12,645,000 5.0%
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital (To Risk
Weighted Assets)..................... $ 20,228,000 10.43% $ 7,753,000 4.0% $ 11,630,000 6.0%
Total Risk-Based Capital (To Risk
Weighted Assets)..................... $ 22,344,000 11.53% $ 15,507,000 8.0% $ 19,384,000 10.0%
Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)..... $ 20,228,000 8.53% $ 9,486,000 4.0% $ 11,858,000 5.0%
</TABLE>
12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
A. The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of The Bank of Hemet and its wholly-owned subsidiary, BankLink
Corporation, and gives effect to all adjustments (which are normal recurring
accruals) necessary in the opinion of management to present fairly the
financial statements for the interim periods presented. All significant
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The unaudited
financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not include all
the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements and may be subject to year-end
adjustments, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair
statement of the results of the interim periods.
B. On January 5, 1999, the Bank announced the signing of a revised definitive
agreement with Pacific Community Banking Group ("PCBG") for the acquisition
by PCBG of the Bank. The agreement provides for total consideration of
$51.00 per share, as well as one PCBG warrant per share, upon consummation
of the acquisition. The warrant will allow the holder to purchase one share
of PCBG common stock during a ten-year period at an exercise price 22% above
the initial public offering price of PCBG common stock. The price to be paid
to each of the Bank's shareholders may be increased in accordance with
F-33
<PAGE>
THE BANK OF HEMET AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
a formula related to the aggregate net proceeds to be received by PCBG in
the underwritten initial public offering. The consummation of the
acquisition is subject to certain conditions including continuation of the
Bank's operating results, regulatory and shareholder approval and certain
other conditions. The acquisition is also subject to the successful
completion of an underwritten initial public offering by PCBG whereby the
proceeds of such offering will be used to make the cash payment to selling
shareholders of the Bank and to purchase the outstanding shares of Valley
Bank in Moreno Valley, California. The values allocated to the assets and
liabilities of the Bank could be different than those included in these
consolidated financial statements.
C. Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing
income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share
reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other
contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common
stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the
earnings of the Bank. The actual number of shares outstanding at March 31,
1999 was 844,252. The number of shares used in the calculation of basic
earnings per share was 844,252 for the three months ended March 31, 1999,
and 844,252 for the three months ended March 31, 1998. The number of shares
used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share was 871,364 for the
three months ended March 31, 1999, and 871,548 for the three months ended
March 31, 1998.
F-34
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
To the Board of Directors
Valley Bank
Moreno Valley, California
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Valley Bank as of
December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of operations,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Bank's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Valley Bank as of December
31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
McGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP
San Bernardino, California
January 15, 1999
F-35
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
BALANCE SHEETS
MARCH 31, 1999, DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
MARCH 31, ------------- -------------
1999
-------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks............................................. $ 6,111,000 $ 6,485,000 $ 5,487,000
Federal funds sold.................................................. 8,899,000 13,780,000 4,800,000
Held-to-maturity securities, fair value of 1999 $24,084,000; 1998
$15,642,000; 1997 $13,920,000 (Note 2)............................ 24,077,000 15,585,000 13,856,000
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of 1999 $1,115,000; 1998
$1,118,000; 1997 $1,058,000 (Notes 3, 4 and 10)................... 41,334,000 41,437,000 44,202,000
Loans held for sale (Note 3)........................................ 400,000 594,000 --
Bank premises and equipment, net (Note 5)........................... 2,126,000 2,158,000 2,160,000
Other real estate owned............................................. 1,611,000 1,749,000 1,711,000
Accrued interest receivable......................................... 555,000 611,000 561,000
Cash surrender value of life insurance (Note 9)..................... 712,000 712,000 661,000
Deferred tax assets (Note 7)........................................ 730,000 730,000 642,000
Other assets........................................................ 944,000 868,000 486,000
------------- ------------- -------------
TOTAL ASSETS.................................................. $ 87,499,000 $ 84,709,000 $ 74,566,000
------------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- -------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities
Deposits (Notes 2 and 6):
Noninterest-bearing demand...................................... $ 20,319,000 $ 20,061,000 $ 17,517,000
Interest bearing:
Demand........................................................ 29,143,000 27,618,000 23,964,000
Savings....................................................... 11,752,000 11,610,000 11,268,000
Other time.................................................... 17,216,000 16,450,000 13,490,000
------------- ------------- -------------
TOTAL DEPOSITS................................................ 78,430,000 75,739,000 66,239,000
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities (Note 9)........... 182,000 238,000 456,000
ESOP bank notes payable (Note 9).................................. 448,000 478,000 579,000
------------- ------------- -------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES............................................. 79,060,000 76,455,000 67,274,000
------------- ------------- -------------
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 8, 9 and 15)
Stockholders' Equity (Notes 9, 11 and 12)
Common stock, $5 par value; 2,400,000 shares authorized; issued
and outstanding 1,171,906 shares................................ 5,860,000 5,860,000 5,860,000
Surplus........................................................... 169,000 142,000 77,000
Retained earnings................................................. 2,815,000 2,684,000 1,895,000
------------- ------------- -------------
8,844,000 8,686,000 7,832,000
Less unearned ESOP shares 1999 82,308; 1998 87,794; 1997
109,410......................................................... 405,000 432,000 540,000
------------- ------------- -------------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.................................... 8,439,000 8,254,000 7,292,000
------------- ------------- -------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.................... $ 87,499,000 $ 84,709,000 $ 74,566,000
------------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
See Notes to Financial Statements.
F-36
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
31,
--------------------------
(UNAUDITED)
1999 1998 1998 1997 1996
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income on:
Loans.................................... $ 1,035,000 $ 1,259,000 $ 4,959,000 $ 4,784,000 $ 4,266,000
Securities, taxable...................... 267,000 190,000 724,000 764,000 703,000
Securities, nontaxable................... 8,000 15,000 54,000 76,000 100,000
Federal funds sold....................... 112,000 95,000 444,000 354,000 269,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME.................. 1,422,000 1,559,000 6,181,000 5,978,000 5,338,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Interest expense on:
Deposits................................. 355,000 328,000 1,387,000 1,227,000 1,109,000
Other borrowings......................... 11,000 14,000 51,000 55,000 10,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
366,000 342,000 1,438,000 1,282,000 1,119,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net interest income before provision
for loan losses...................... 1,056,000 1,217,000 4,743,000 4,696,000 4,219,000
Provision for loan losses (Note 4)......... 90,000 150,000 200,000 980,000 360,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR
LOAN LOSSES.......................... 966,000 1,067,000 4,543,000 3,716,000 3,859,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Other income:
Service charges and other fees........... 438,000 433,000 1,714,000 1,858,000 1,657,000
Gain on sale of loans.................... 220,000 -- 1,057,000 772,000 375,000
Other.................................... 54,000 26,000 144,000 89,000 103,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
712,000 459,000 2,915,000 2,719,000 2,135,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Other expenses:
Salaries, wages and employee benefits
(Note 9)............................... 831,000 743,000 3,272,000 3,019,000 2,639,000
Furniture and equipment.................. 112,000 109,000 441,000 426,000 452,000
Occupancy and expenses (Note 8).......... 106,000 111,000 480,000 476,000 451,000
Other real estate........................ 26,000 49,000 41,000 294,000 401,000
Legal and professional services.......... 166,000 208,000 892,000 558,000 560,000
Telephone and postage.................... 57,000 51,000 214,000 199,000 183,000
Office supplies.......................... 32,000 40,000 114,000 139,000 164,000
Other.................................... 122,000 242,000 631,000 526,000 361,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
1,452,000 1,553,000 6,085,000 5,637,000 5,211,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Income (loss) before income taxes...... 226,000 (27,000) 1,373,000 798,000 783,000
Income tax expense (Note 7)................ 95,000 (18,000) 584,000 242,000 329,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)...................... $ 131,000 $ (9,000) $ 789,000 $ 556,000 $ 454,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Basic earnings (loss) per share............ $ 0.12 $ (0.01) $ 0.73 $ 0.53 $ 0.41
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Diluted earnings (loss) per share.......... $ 0.12 $ (0.01) $ 0.65 $ 0.51 $ 0.41
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
See Notes to Financial Statements
F-37
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
AND THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK UNEARNED
------------------------ RETAINED ESOP SHARES
SHARES PAR VALUE SURPLUS EARNINGS (NOTE 9) TOTAL
---------- ------------ ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995....... 1,108,701 $ 5,544,000 $ -- $ 1,218,000 $ -- $ 6,762,000
Net income..................... -- -- -- 454,000 -- 454,000
Issuance of ESOP notes
payable...................... -- -- -- -- (327,000) (327,000)
ESOP shares committed to be
released..................... -- -- 3,000 -- 10,000 13,000
---------- ------------ ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------
Balance, December 31, 1996....... 1,108,701 5,544,000 3,000 1,672,000 (317,000) 6,902,000
Net income..................... -- -- -- 556,000 -- 556,000
Stock dividend declared........ 55,333 277,000 55,000 (332,000) -- --
Cash paid in lieu of fractional
shares....................... -- -- -- (1,000) -- (1,000)
Issuance of ESOP notes
payable...................... -- -- -- -- (278,000) (278,000)
ESOP shares committed to be
released..................... -- -- 16,000 -- 55,000 71,000
Stock options exercised........ 7,872 39,000 3,000 -- -- 42,000
---------- ------------ ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------
Balance, December 31, 1997....... 1,171,906 5,860,000 77,000 1,895,000 (540,000) 7,292,000
Net income..................... -- -- -- 789,000 -- 789,000
ESOP shares committed to be
released..................... -- -- 65,000 -- 108,000 173,000
---------- ------------ ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------
Balance, December 31, 1998....... 1,171,906 $ 5,860,000 $ 142,000 $ 2,684,000 $ (432,000) $ 8,254,000
Net income (unaudited)......... -- -- -- 131,000 -- 131,000
ESOP shares committed to be
released..................... -- -- 27,000 -- 27,000 54,000
---------- ------------ ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------
Balance March 31, 1999
(unaudited).................... 1,171,906 $ 5,860,000 $ 169,000 $ 2,815,000 $ (405,000) $ 8,439,000
---------- ------------ ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------
---------- ------------ ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------
</TABLE>
See Notes to Financial Statements.
F-38
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED 1999 AND 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
31,
------------------------
(UNAUDITED)
1999 1998 1998 1997 1996
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net income.......................................... $ 131,000 $ (9,000) $ 789,000 $ 556,000 $ 454,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization..................... 85,000 73,000 320,000 325,000 378,000
Provision for loan losses......................... 90,000 150,000 200,000 980,000 360,000
Net amortization and accretion of bond premiums
and discounts................................... 8,000 8,000 (38,000) 6,000 125,000
Amortization of deferred gain on SBA loan sales... (65,000) (12,000) (127,000) (69,000) (47,000)
Write-down of other real estate owned............. -- -- 58,000 64,000 119,000
Change in deferred taxes.......................... -- -- (88,000) (346,000) (143,000)
ESOP shares committed to be released.............. 27,000 1,000 173,000 71,000 13,000
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale......... 2,779,000 -- 14,626,000 12,059,000 7,725,000
Origination/transfer of loans held for sale....... (2,302,000) (3,147,000) (13,851,000) (10,111,000) (7,532,000)
Loss on sale of bank premises and equipment....... -- -- 26,000 -- --
(Gain) on sale of loans held for sale............. (220,000) -- (1,057,000) (772,000) (375,000)
(Gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned.... -- -- 8,000 (2,000) 244,000
(Increase) in interest receivable and other
assets.......................................... 120,000 (146,000) (510,000) (327,000) (193,000)
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest and other
liabilities..................................... (27,000) 116,000 (218,000) (98,000) 328,000
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES....... 624,000 (2,966,000) 311,000 2,336,000 1,456,000
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Purchase of securities held to maturity............. (30,000,000) (2,500,000) (14,000,000) (6,500,000) (5,500,000)
Proceeds from maturities of securities held to
maturity.......................................... 21,500,000 2,946,000 12,309,000 5,566,000 7,550,000
Change in loans made to customers, net.............. 13,000 (325,000) 1,748,000 (4,971,000) (695,000)
Purchase of residential lot loans................... -- -- (6,988,000) -- --
Net (increase) decrease in federal funds sold....... 4,881,000 (1,446,000) (8,980,000) 524,000 (222,000)
Proceeds from sale of bank premises and equipment... -- -- 5,000 -- 56,000
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned....... -- -- 555,000 277,000 156,000
Purchases of bank premises and equipment............ (53,000) (72,000) (349,000) (249,000) (249,000)
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
NET CASH (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES......... (3,659,000) (1,397,000) (8,712,000) (5,353,000) (5,892,000)
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net increase in deposits............................ 2,691,000 4,739,000 9,500,000 2,953,000 4,285,000
Dividends paid...................................... -- -- -- (1,000) --
Exercise of stock options........................... -- -- -- 42,000 --
Principal payments on ESOP bank note payable........ (30,000) (16,000) (101,000) (26,000) --
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES....... 2,661,000 4,723,000 9,399,000 2,968,000 4,285,000
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND DUE FROM
BANKS......................................... (374,000) 360,000 998,000 (49,000) (151,000)
Cash and Due from Banks
Beginning........................................... 6,485,000 5,487,000 5,487,000 5,536,000 5,687,000
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Ending.............................................. $ 6,111,000 $ 5,847,000 $6,485,000 $ 5,487,000 $5,536,000
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash payments for:
Interest.......................................... $ 372,000 $ 342,000 $1,382,000 $ 1,222,000 $1,104,000
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Income taxes paid................................. $ -- $ -- $1,037,000 $ 416,000 $ 323,000
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and
financing activities:
Issuance of ESOP notes payable to purchase Bank
stock............................................. $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 278,000 $ 327,000
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans... $ -- $ -- $ 710,000 $ 906,000 $ 108,000
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Loans acquired in exchange for other real estate
owned............................................. $ -- $ -- $ 50,000 $ -- $1,000,000
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Stock dividend declared............................. $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 332,000 $ --
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
</TABLE>
See Notes to Financial Statements
F-39
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 1. NATURE OF BANKING ACTIVITIES AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
NATURE OF OPERATIONS
Valley Bank (the Bank) provides a full range of banking services to its
commercial and consumer customers through seven branches located in the Inland
Empire and the low desert areas of Southern California and a lending office
located in Portland, Oregon.
The Bank grants commercial, residential and consumer loans to customers,
substantially all of whom are middle-market businesses or residents. The Bank's
business is concentrated in the Inland Empire, the low desert area of Southern
California and Portland, Oregon. The loan portfolio includes significant credit
exposure to the real estate industry (commercial and residential) of these
areas. As of December 31, 1998, real estate-related loans accounted for
approximately 69% of total loans. Substantially all of these loans are secured
by first liens with an initial loan-to-value ratio of generally not more than
70%. Less than 10% of commercial loans are unsecured. The loans are expected to
be repaid from cash flows or proceeds from the sale of selected assets of the
borrowers. The Bank's policy requires that collateral be obtained on
substantially all loans. Such collateral is primarily first trust deeds on
property.
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and due from banks includes cash
on hand and amounts due from banks. Cash flows from loans originated by the
Bank, deposits and federal funds sold are reported net.
The Bank maintains amounts due from banks which, at times, may exceed
federally insured limits. The Bank has not experienced any losses in such
accounts.
The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with
Federal Reserve Banks. The total of those reserve balances was approximately
$1,351,000 and $1,197,000 as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY
Securities classified as held to maturity are those debt securities the Bank
has both the intent and ability to hold to maturity regardless of changes in
market conditions, liquidity needs or changes in general economic conditions.
These securities are carried at cost adjusted
F-40
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 1. NATURE OF BANKING ACTIVITIES AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
for amortization of premiums and accretion of discount, computed by the interest
method over their contractual lives.
The sale of a security within three months of its maturity date or after at
least 85% of the principal outstanding has been collected is considered a
maturity for purposes of classification and disclosure.
LOANS
Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned fees
and an allowance for loan losses.
The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan
losses charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan
losses when management believes that collectibility of the principal is
unlikely. The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate
to absorb estimated losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible,
based on evaluation of the collectibility of loans and prior loan loss
experience. This evaluation also takes into consideration such factors as
changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio
quality, review of specific problem loans and current economic conditions that
may affect the borrower's ability to pay.
While management uses the best information available to make its evaluation,
future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant
changes in economic or other conditions. In addition, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and California Department of Financial
Institutions, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically
review the Bank's allowance for loan losses and may require the Bank to make
additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available
to them at the time of their examinations.
A loan is impaired when it is probable the creditor will be unable to
collect all contractual principal and interest payments due in accordance with
the terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the
present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective
interest rate or, as a practical expedient, at the loan's observable market
price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
The amount of impairment, if any, and any subsequent changes are included in the
allowance for loan losses.
INTEREST AND FEES ON LOANS
Interest on loans is recognized over the terms of the loans and is
calculated using the simple-interest method on principal amounts outstanding.
The accrual of interest on impaired loans is discontinued when, in management's
opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet
F-41
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 1. NATURE OF BANKING ACTIVITIES AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
payments as they become due. When the accrual of interest is discontinued, all
unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized
only to the extent cash payments are received.
Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination
costs are deferred and the net amount amortized as an adjustment of the related
loan's yield. The Bank is generally amortizing these amounts over the
contractual life.
SALE OF LOANS
The Bank sells the guaranteed and unguaranteed portion of Small Business
Administration (SBA) loans in the secondary market to provide funds for
additional lending and to generate servicing income. Under such agreements, the
Bank continues to service the loans and the buyer receives the principal
collected together with interest. Loans held for sale are valued at the lower of
cost or market value.
The Bank has issued various representations and warranties associated with
the sale of loans. These representations and warranties may require the Bank to
repurchase loans for a period of 90 days after the date of sale as defined per
the applicable sales agreement. The Bank experienced no losses during the years
ended December 31, 1998 and 1996 regarding these representations and warranties.
Reference should be made to Note 8 for losses incurred in 1997.
The Bank serviced approximately $28,594,000 and $22,425,000 of loans for SBA
as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, which are not included in the
accompanying balance sheets (see Note 8).
BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation
and amortization. Depreciation is computed principally by the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Improvements to leased
property are amortized over the lesser of the term of the lease or life of the
improvements.
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
Other real estate owned (OREO) represents properties acquired through
foreclosure or other proceedings. OREO is held for sale and is recorded at the
lower of the carrying amounts of the related loans or the estimated fair value
of the properties less estimated costs of disposal. Any write-down to estimated
fair value less cost to sell at the time of transfer to OREO is charged to the
allowance for loan losses. Property is evaluated regularly by management and
reduction of the carrying amounts to estimated fair value less estimated costs
to
F-42
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 1. NATURE OF BANKING ACTIVITIES AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
dispose are recorded as necessary. Revenue and expense from the operations of
OREO and changes in the valuation allowance are included in expenses.
INCOME TAXES
Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax
assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss
and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for
taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax
assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when management determines that it
is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will
not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the
effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Bank's
financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation
technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair
value estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts
the Bank could have realized in a sales transaction at December 31, 1998 or
1997. The estimated fair value amounts for 1998 and 1997 have been measured as
of year end, and have not been reevaluated or updated for purposes of these
financial statements subsequent to that date. As such, the estimated fair values
of these financial instruments subsequent to the reporting date may be different
than the amounts reported at year end.
The information in Note 13 should not be interpreted as an estimate of the
fair value of the entire Bank since a fair value calculation is only required
for a limited portion of the Bank's assets.
Due to the wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity
used in making the estimate, comparisons between the Bank's disclosures and
those of other banks may not be meaningful.
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Bank in estimating
the fair value of its financial instruments:
CASH
The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for cash and due
from banks and federal funds sold approximate their fair value.
F-43
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 1. NATURE OF BANKING ACTIVITIES AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
SECURITIES
Fair value for securities held to maturity is based on quoted market
prices.
LOANS
For variable rate loans that reprice frequently and that have
experienced no significant change in credit risk, fair value is based on
carrying value. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, variable rate loans comprised
approximately 90% and 86%, respectively, of the loan portfolio. Fair value
for all other loans is estimated based on discounted cash flows, using
interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to
borrowers with similar credit quality. Prepayments prior to the repricing
date are not expected to be significant. Loans are expected to be held to
maturity and any unrealized gains or losses are not expected to be realized.
LOANS HELD FOR SALE
Fair value is based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold on the
secondary market.
OFF-BALANCE-SHEET INSTRUMENTS
Fair value for off-balance-sheet instruments (guarantees, letters of
credit and lending commitments) is based on quoted fees currently charged to
enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of
the agreements and the counterparties' credit standing.
DEPOSIT LIABILITIES
Fair value disclosed for demand deposits equals their carrying amounts,
which represent the amount payable on demand. The carrying amounts for
variable rate money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate
their fair values at the reporting date. Fair value for fixed rate
certificates of deposit is estimated using a discounted cash flow
calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on
certificates to a schedule of aggregate expected monthly maturities on time
deposits. Early withdrawal of fixed rate certificates of deposit are not
expected to be significant.
ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE AND PAYABLE
The fair value of both accrued interest receivable and payable
approximates their carrying amounts.
F-44
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 1. NATURE OF BANKING ACTIVITIES AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
ESOP BANK NOTES PAYABLE
The fair value of the ESOP bank notes payable approximates their
carrying amounts.
OTHER OFF-BALANCE-SHEET INSTRUMENTS
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has entered into
off-balance-sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend
credit, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such
financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are
funded.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Components used in computing earnings per share (EPS) for the three months
ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 and the years ended December 31 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31,
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 1998
----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
INCOME SHARES PER- INCOME SHARES PER-
(NUMER- (DENOMI- SHARE (NUMER- (DENOMI- SHARE
ATOR) NATOR) AMOUNT ATOR) NATOR) AMOUNT
--------- ----------- ----------- --------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BASIC EPS
Income available to common stockholders................. $ 131,000 1,089,588 $ 0.12 $ (9,000) 1,084,112 $ (0.01)
EFFECT OF DILUTIVE SECURITIES
Options................................................. -- 36,388 -- --
--------- ----------- ----------- --------- ----------- -----------
DILUTED EPS
Income available to common stockholders + assumed
conversions............................................ $ 131,000 1,125,976 $ 0.12 $ (9,000) 1,084,112 $ (0.01)
--------- ----------- ----------- --------- ----------- -----------
--------- ----------- ----------- --------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
----------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ----------------------
INCOME SHARES PER- INCOME SHARES PER- INCOME SHARES
(NUMER- (DENOMI- SHARE (NUMER- (DENOMI- SHARE (NUMER- (DENOMI-
ATOR) NATOR) AMOUNT ATOR) NATOR) AMOUNT ATOR) NATOR)
--------- ----------- ----------- --------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BASIC EPS
Income available to common
stockholders.............. $ 789,000 1,084,112 $ 0.73 $ 556,000 1,055,293 $ 0.53 $ 454,000 1,094,211
EFFECT OF DILUTIVE
SECURITIES
Options.................... -- 129,740 -- 42,151 -- 23,543
--------- ----------- ----- --------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
DILUTED EPS
Income available to common
stockholders + assumed
conversions............... $ 789,000 1,213,852 $ 0.65 $ 556,000 1,097,444 $ 0.51 $ 454,000 1,117,754
--------- ----------- ----- --------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
--------- ----------- ----- --------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
<CAPTION>
PER-
SHARE
AMOUNT
-----------
<S> <C>
BASIC EPS
Income available to common
stockholders.............. $ 0.41
EFFECT OF DILUTIVE
SECURITIES
Options....................
-----------
DILUTED EPS
Income available to common
stockholders + assumed
conversions............... $ 0.41
-----------
-----------
</TABLE>
F-45
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 1. NATURE OF BANKING ACTIVITIES AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (CONTINUED)
The average number of common shares outstanding excludes 87,794, 109,410 and
69,823 shares owned by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) that have not
been committed to be released as of December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. See Note 9 for further information regarding the shares owned by
the ESOP.
CURRENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE
INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES. This Statement establishes accounting and
reporting standards for derivative instruments and for hedging activities. This
new standard is effective for the year 2000 and is not expected to have a
material impact on the financial statements of the Bank.
In October 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 134, ACCOUNTING FOR
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES RETAINED AFTER THE SECURITIZATION OF MORTGAGE LOANS
HELD FOR SALE BY A MORTGAGE BANKING ENTERPRISE (AN AMENDMENT OF FASB STATEMENT
NO. 65). This Statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for
certain activities of mortgage banking enterprises and other enterprises that
conduct operations that are substantially similar to the primary operations of a
mortgage banking enterprise. Statement No. 134 will be effective for the first
fiscal quarter beginning after December 15, 1998. The Bank does not engage in
mortgage banking activities.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain amounts in the prior year's financial statements and related
footnote disclosures were reclassified to conform to the current year
presentation, with no effect on net income or stockholders' equity.
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
The financial statements and notes related thereto as of March 31, 1999 and
1998 and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 are
unaudited. In the opinion of management, the interim financial statements are
prepared on a basis consistent with the Company's annual financial statements
and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of
operations. The operating results for the interim periods are not indicative of
the operating results to be expected for a full year or for other interim
periods. Not all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting
principles necessary for a complete presentation have been included.
F-46
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 2. SECURITIES
Carrying amounts and fair value of securities being held to maturity as of
March 31, 1999 and December 31 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999
------------------------------------------------------
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
COST GAINS LOSSES FAIR VALUE
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of other U.S.
government corporations and agencies..................... $ 23,496,000 $ -- $ (9,000) $ 23,487,000
Municipal obligations...................................... 581,000 16,000 -- 597,000
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
$ 24,077,000 $ 16,000 $ (9,000) $ 24,084,000
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
------------------------------------------------------
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
COST GAINS LOSSES FAIR VALUE
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of other U.S.
government corporations and agencies..................... $ 15,004,000 $ 39,000 $ (1,000) $ 15,042,000
Municipal obligations...................................... 581,000 19,000 -- 600,000
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
$ 15,585,000 $ 58,000 $ (1,000) $ 15,642,000
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
------------------------------------------------------
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
COST GAINS LOSSES FAIR VALUE
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of other U.S.
government corporations and agencies..................... $ 11,957,000 $ 39,000 $ (4,000) $ 11,992,000
Mortgage-backed securities................................. 781,000 1,000 -- 782,000
Municipal obligations...................................... 1,118,000 37,000 (9,000) 1,146,000
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
$ 13,856,000 $ 77,000 $ (13,000) $ 13,920,000
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
------------- ----------- ----------- -------------
</TABLE>
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities as of March 31,
1999 by contractual maturities are shown below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMORTIZED
COST FAIR VALUE
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less........................................ $ 16,142,000 $ 16,146,000
Due after one year through five years.......................... 7,935,000 7,938,000
------------- -------------
$ 24,077,000 $ 24,084,000
------------- -------------
------------- -------------
</TABLE>
Securities being held to maturity with carrying amounts of $6,585,000 and
$8,070,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, were pledged as
collateral on public deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes as
required or permitted by law.
F-47
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 3. LOANS
The composition of the Bank's loan portfolio as of March 31, 1999 and
December 31, 1998 and 1997 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Real estate loans:
Construction.................................. $ 7,395,000 $ 6,733,000 $ 6,873,000
Residential................................... 4,716,000 4,848,000 7,116,000
Unimproved residential lots................... 4,476,000 4,898,000 6,369,000
Commercial.................................... 14,968,000 13,910,000 14,535,000
------------- ------------- -------------
31,555,000 30,389,000 34,893,000
Commercial and industrial loans................. 2,031,000 2,653,000 1,746,000
Government guaranteed loans..................... 8,636,000 9,173,000 8,377,000
Loans to individuals............................ 401,000 504,000 435,000
------------- ------------- -------------
42,623,000 42,719,000 45,451,000
Deduct:
Unearned net loan fees and discounts.......... 174,000 164,000 191,000
Allowance for loan losses..................... 1,115,000 1,118,000 1,058,000
------------- ------------- -------------
$ 41,334,000 $ 41,437,000 $ 44,202,000
------------- ------------- -------------
------------- ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
IMPAIRED LOANS
Information about impaired loans as of and for the years ended December 31
is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Impaired loans for which there is a related allowance for loan
losses.......................................................... $ 3,934,000 $ 1,763,000
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Related allowance for loan losses................................. $ 502,000 $ 317,000
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Average balance (based on month-end balances)..................... $ 2,644,000 $ 1,447,000
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Interest income recognized........................................ $ -- $ --
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The Bank is not committed to lend additional funds to debtors whose loans
have been modified due to an impairment.
The Bank had nonaccrual loans of $4,827,000 and $3,227,000 as of December
31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Interest income that would have been earned on
such nonaccrual loans, had such loans performed according to their loan terms,
would have been $424,000,
F-48
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 3. LOANS (CONTINUED)
$147,000 and $307,000 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Management estimates
that certain nonaccrual loans, which are not classified as impaired, will
ultimately be collected in full in accordance with the original terms.
LOANS HELD FOR SALE
Information about loans held for sale as of and for the years ended December
31 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
-------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Balance, beginning............................................ $ -- $ 670,000
Loans transferred from loan portfolio....................... 13,851,000 10,111,000
Loans sold.................................................. (13,257,000) (10,781,000)
-------------- --------------
Balance, ending............................................... $ 594,000 $ --
-------------- --------------
-------------- --------------
</TABLE>
There were no outstanding commitments to sell loans at December 31, 1997.
NOTE 4. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the three months ended March
31, 1999 and 1998, and the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------
--------------------------
1999 1998 1998 1997 1996
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, beginning......................... $ 1,118,000 $ 1,105,000 $ 1,058,000 $ 756,000 $ 497,000
Provision charged to operating expense... 90,000 150,000 200,000 980,000 360,000
Recoveries of amounts charged off........ 6,000 41,000 272,000 81,000 20,000
Amounts charged off...................... (99,000) (97,000) (412,000) (759,000) (121,000)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Balance, ending............................ $ 1,115,000 $ 1,152,000 $ 1,118,000 $ 1,058,000 $ 756,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
F-49
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 5. BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
The major classes of bank premises and equipment and the total accumulated
depreciation and amortization as of December 31 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Land.............................................................. $ 579,000 $ 579,000
Buildings and leasehold improvements.............................. 2,259,000 2,309,000
Equipment and furnishings......................................... 2,322,000 2,611,000
Construction in progress.......................................... 31,000 52,000
------------ ------------
5,191,000 5,551,000
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.................... 3,033,000 3,391,000
------------ ------------
$ 2,158,000 $ 2,160,000
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 6. DEPOSITS
The aggregate amount of jumbo certificates of deposit, each with a minimum
denomination of $100,000, was approximately $2,443,000 and $2,103,000 in 1998
and 1997, respectively. Substantially all certificates of deposit mature in the
year ending December 31, 1999.
NOTE 7. INCOME TAXES
The cumulative tax effects of temporary differences as of December 31 are
shown in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Credit loss allowance............................................... $ 189,000 $ 149,000
Deferred loan fees.................................................. 73,000 86,000
Other real estate owned............................................. 26,000 29,000
Nonaccrual interest................................................. 44,000 26,000
Gain recognized on sale of loans.................................... 409,000 380,000
Other............................................................... 30,000 --
---------- ----------
Total deferred tax assets......................................... 771,000 670,000
---------- ----------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment.............................................. 41,000 17,000
Other............................................................... -- 11,000
---------- ----------
Total deferred tax liabilities.................................... 41,000 28,000
---------- ----------
Net deferred tax asset............................................ $ 730,000 $ 642,000
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1998, no valuation reserve was considered necessary as
management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will
be realized due to taxes paid in prior years or future operations.
F-50
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 7. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The provision for income taxes charged to operations for the years ended
December 31 consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
---------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax expense.................................... $ 672,000 $ 588,000 $ 472,000
Deferred tax (benefit)................................. (88,000) (346,000) (143,000)
---------- ----------- -----------
$ 584,000 $ 242,000 $ 329,000
---------- ----------- -----------
---------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
The income tax provision differs from the amount of income tax determined by
applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income for the years ended
December 31 as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
---------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense......................... $ 481,000 $ 279,000 $ 274,000
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit........ 98,000 58,000 55,000
Change in valuation allowance......................... -- (134,000) --
Other................................................. 5,000 39,000 --
---------- ----------- ----------
$ 584,000 $ 242,000 $ 329,000
---------- ----------- ----------
---------- ----------- ----------
</TABLE>
NOTE 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
CONTINGENCIES
In the normal course of business, the Bank is involved in various legal
proceedings. In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such
proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on the financial
statements.
In the normal course of business, the Bank makes loans which are partially
guaranteed by third parties, primarily the SBA. These guarantees are conditional
upon satisfactory underwriting and loan monitoring standards which are agreed
upon in advance by both parties. During the year ended December 31, 1997, the
Bank experienced a loss of approximately $380,000 on a loan on which the SBA did
not honor its guarantee due to unsatisfactory underwriting standards. The Bank's
existing loan portfolio contains approximately $28,594,000 of loans serviced for
others, of which $26,794,000 are guaranteed by the governmental agencies, and
excluded from the accompanying balance sheet. The Bank's management believes it
is generally in compliance with the required underwriting and loan monitoring
standards.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK
The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in
the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.
These financial instruments
F-51
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. They
involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of amounts
recognized on the balance sheets.
The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other parties to the financial instruments for these commitments is represented
by the contractual amounts of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit
policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for
on-balance-sheet instruments.
A summary of the contract amount of the Bank's exposure to off-balance-sheet
risk as of December 31 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Commitments to extend credit, including unsecured loan commitments
of 1998 $368,000; 1997 $167,000................................. $ 2,582,000 $ 6,664,000
Standby letters of credit......................................... 178,000 212,000
------------ ------------
$ 2,760,000 $ 6,876,000
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may
require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire
without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer's
creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. If deemed necessary upon extension of
credit, the amount of collateral obtained is based on management's credit
evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts
receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and income-producing commercial
properties.
STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to
guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are
primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The
credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as
that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Collateral held varies
as specified above and is required in instances which the Bank deems necessary.
At December 31, 1998, approximately 17% of the standby letters of credit were
collateralized.
F-52
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
INTEREST RATE RISK
The Bank assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate
levels will change) as a result of its normal operations. Management attempts to
match maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to
minimize interest rate risk. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are
more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment and less likely to prepay in
a rising rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates
are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment
and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Management monitors
rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest
rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans and deposits and by investing in
securities with terms that mitigate the Bank's overall interest rate risk.
LEASE COMMITMENTS
The Bank leases the facilities for two of its branch offices and its Data
Processing Center under noncancelable operating lease agreements expiring
through the year 2000. The leases contain renewal options of various five- and
ten-year terms with various rental increases based on the Consumer Price Index.
In addition, the Bank has the option to purchase the Perris branch property at
certain agreed-upon terms. The leases require the Bank to pay property taxes,
utilities, insurance and normal maintenance on the premises. The following is a
schedule of future minimum rental payments under this lease:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31, AMOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------
<S> <C>
1999............................................................................... $ 53,000
2000............................................................................... 6,000
---------
$ 59,000
---------
---------
</TABLE>
Total rent expense under these leases for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996 was $101,000, $99,000 and $80,000, respectively.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
CONCENTRATION BY GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: The Bank makes commercial,
residential and consumer loans to customers primarily in the Inland Empire,
the low desert areas of Southern California and in Portland, Oregon. In
addition, the Bank has a concentration of residential lot loans located in
Fort Mojave, Arizona.
A substantial portion of the Bank's customers' abilities to honor their
contracts is dependent on the business economy in the Inland Empire, low
desert areas of Southern California, its surrounding areas, Portland,
Oregon, and Fort Mojave, Arizona.
F-53
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
CONCENTRATION BY INDUSTRY: The loan portfolio has a concentration of
loans related to real estate, primarily loans for commercial and residential
operations. These concentrations are reflected in Note 3 to these financial
statements.
COMMITMENT TO IMPROVE FINANCIAL CONDITION
In response to an examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
in February 1998, the Board of Directors passed a resolution to increase the
Bank's earnings and reduce adversely classified assets. As a result of the
Bank's efforts in these areas, earnings after tax increased from $556,000 in
1997 to $860,000 in 1998. Adversely classified assets as a percentage of Tier 1
capital plus loan loss reserves were reduced from 43.7% in 1997 to 15.4% in
1998. In addition, the resolution addressed certain commitments regarding Year
2000 compliance issues.
NOTE 9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
EMPLOYEE BONUS PLAN
The Bank has an employee bonus plan for all employees. Employee bonuses are
based on a percentage of beginning equity ranging from 6% to 20% depending upon
the level of the Bank's profitability for the year. Total disbursements to
employees were $146,000, $54,000 and $29,000 for the years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
PROFIT SHARING/SALARY DEFERRAL PLAN
The Bank has a salary deferral 401(k) plan for all employees who have
completed one year and 1,000 hours of service. Annual contributions are limited
to the maximum deductible percentage of covered employee compensation. The Bank
contributes matching funds at its option which amounted to $99,000, $71,000 and
$76,000 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
The Bank offered a stock purchase plan to eligible officers and employees,
which was terminated in 1998. The plan provided for a voluntary payroll
deduction on the part of the eligible officer or employee up to 15% of their
gross salary. The amount of funds set aside was used to purchase Bank stock as
it became available on the open market. The Bank has agreed to supplement up to
25% of the payroll deduction by a contribution to this plan. Contributions for
this plan amounted to $5,000, $6,000 and $5,000 in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
SALARY CONTINUATION PLAN
In April 1995, the Board of Directors authorized the Bank to enter an
agreement with the Bank's president to provide for annual cash payments to the
officer for a period not to
F-54
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
exceed 15 years, beginning at his normal retirement age (age 65). In the event
of death prior to normal retirement age, annual cash payments would be made to
beneficiaries for a period of ten years following the date of death. The present
value of the Bank's liability under this agreement was approximately $160,000
and $109,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The Bank purchased
life insurance policies in 1995 which are intended to ultimately fund all costs
of this agreement. The cash surrender value related to these insurance policies
was approximately $712,000 and $661,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
CONTINGENCY CONTRACTS
Certain officers of the Bank have contingency contracts which provide for
benefits upon termination or in the event the Bank experiences a merger,
acquisition or other act.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
The Bank sponsors a leveraged ESOP covering substantially all employees.
Contributions to the ESOP are at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The
Bank makes annual contributions to the ESOP equal to the ESOP's debt service
less dividends received by the ESOP, if any. The ESOP shares initially were
pledged as collateral for the debt. As the debt is repaid, shares are released
from collateral and allocated to active employees, based on the proportion of
debt service paid in the year. The debt of the ESOP is recorded as debt and the
shares pledged as collateral are deducted from stockholders' equity as unearned
ESOP shares in the accompanying balance sheets.
The notes payable referred to in the preceding paragraph require annual
principal payments plus interest at rates ranging from 1% to 1.25% over the
reference rate (7.75% at December 31, 1998). Future principal payments are due
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31, AMOUNT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
1999.............................................................................. $ 118,000
2000.............................................................................. 120,000
2001.............................................................................. 122,000
2002.............................................................................. 93,000
2003.............................................................................. 25,000
----------
$ 478,000
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The ESOP did not purchase any shares of the Bank's common stock for the year
ended of December 31, 1998 and purchased a total of 118,214 shares of the Bank's
common stock through December 31, 1997. The ESOP financed a portion of the
purchase price by issuing notes payable which are guaranteed by the Bank.
F-55
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
As shares are released from collateral, the Bank reports compensation
expense equal to management's estimate of the fair value price of the shares,
and the shares become outstanding for EPS computations. ESOP compensation
expense was $173,000, $71,000 and $13,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively.
In the event a terminated ESOP participant desires to sell his or her shares
of the Bank's stock, the Bank may be required to purchase the shares from the
participant at their fair market value.
Shares of the Bank held by the ESOP at December 31 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES
--------------------
1998 1997
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Allocated shares..................................................... 13,842 2,280
Shares released for allocation....................................... 21,616 11,562
Unreleased (unearned) shares......................................... 87,794 109,410
--------- ---------
123,252 123,252
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1998, based on management's estimate, the fair value of the
shares allocated and released for allocation amounted to $284,000 and the fair
value of the unreleased shares amounted to $702,000.
NOTE 10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Stockholders of the Bank, and officers and directors, including their
families and companies of which they are principal owners, are considered to be
related parties. These related parties were loan customers of, and had other
transactions with, the Bank in the ordinary course of business. In management's
opinion, these loans and transactions were on the same terms as those for
comparable loans and transactions with nonrelated parties.
Total loans to related parties were approximately $65,000 at December 31,
1998. None of these loans are past due, nonaccrual or restructured to provide a
reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of deterioration in the
financial position of borrower. There were no loans to a related party which
were considered classified loans at December 31, 1998. There were no related
party loans at December 31, 1997.
NOTE 11. RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS AND REGULATORY MATTERS
In October 1998, the Bank's Board of Directors adopted a resolution with
certain compliance criteria of the California Department of Financial
Institutions and the FDIC which
F-56
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 11. RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS AND REGULATORY MATTERS (CONTINUED)
replaced the resolution dated June 1996. The Bank's Board of Directors'
resolution requires the Bank to perform the following:
- Develop, approve and submit a formal written testing plan to the FDIC by
January 10, 1999 in full compliance with the Interagency Guidance of
Testing for Year 2000 Readiness.
- Complete testing of its mission-critical systems by March 31, 1999.
- Maintain qualified senior management and notify the FDIC when they propose
to add an individual to the Board of Directors or to the senior management
of the Bank.
- Provide quarterly progress reports to the FDIC.
In addition, the Bank fulfilled or complied with the following resolutions as of
December 31, 1998:
- Corrected all data processing deficiencies identified in the April 1, 1998
Report of Examination of Information Systems.
- Revised, adopted and implemented written lending and collection policies
to provide effective guidance and control over the Bank's lending
function.
- Established asset quality improvement plans and goals for the reduction of
each classified loan and parcel of OREO over $50,000.
- Revised, adopted and implemented a plan to improve earnings, including a
formal budget for 1999
- Adopt procedures to ensure future compliance with all applicable laws and
regulations.
- Maintain Tier I capital of at least 8.0% of the Bank's adjusted total
assets.
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered
by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements
can initiate certain mandatory--and possibly additional discretionary--actions
by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the
Bank's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific
capital guidelines that involve qualitative measures of the Bank's assets,
liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classification are also
subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk
weightings and other factors.
As of December 31, 1998, the most recent notification from the FDIC
categorized the Bank as adequately capitalized under the regulatory framework
for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank
must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage
ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since
that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's category.
F-57
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 11. RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS AND REGULATORY MATTERS (CONTINUED)
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table
below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to
risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average
assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 1998, that the Bank
meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
At March 31, 1999 and December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Bank's actual capital
amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR CAPITAL
ACTUAL ADEQUACY PURPOSES
----------------- -----------------
AMOUNT RATIO AMOUNT RATIO
---------- ----- ---------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
As of March 31, 1999:
Total capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... $9,143,000 16.4% Greater than or equal to $4,473,000 8.0% Greater than or equal to
Tier I capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 8,439,000 15.1 Greater than or equal to 2,236,000 4.0 Greater than or equal to
Tier I capital (to average
assets)................... 8,439,000 9.7 Greater than or equal to 3,470,000 4.0 Greater than or equal to
As of March 31, 1998:
Total capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 8,033,000 13.9 Greater than or equal to 4,553,000 8.0 Greater than or equal to
Tier I capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 7,307,000 12.8 Greater than or equal to 2,276,000 4.0 Greater than or equal to
Tier I capital (to average
assets)................... 7,307,000 9.4 Greater than or equal to 3,099,000 4.0 Greater than or equal to
As of December 31, 1998:
Total capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... $8,927,000 16.7% Greater than or equal to $4,270,000 8.0% Greater than or equal to
Tier I capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 8,254,000 15.5 Greater than or equal to 2,135,000 4.0 Greater than or equal to
Tier I capital (to average
assets)................... 8,254,000 10.2 Greater than or equal to 3,250,000 4.0 Greater than or equal to
As of December 31, 1997:
Total capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 7,981,000 14.5 Greater than or equal to 4,383,000 8.0 Greater than or equal to
Tier I capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 7,292,000 13.5 Greater than or equal to 2,164,000 4.0 Greater than or equal to
Tier I capital (to average
assets)................... 7,292,000 9.8 Greater than or equal to 2,977,000 4.0 Greater than or equal to
<CAPTION>
TO BE WELL
CAPITALIZED UNDER
PROMPT CORRECTIVE
ACTION PROVISIONS
-----------------
AMOUNT RATIO
---------- -----
<S> <C> <C>
As of March 31, 1999:
Total capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... $5,591,000 10.0%
Tier I capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 3,355,000 6.0
Tier I capital (to average
assets)................... 4,337,000 5.0
As of March 31, 1998:
Total capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 5,691,000 10.0
Tier I capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 3,414,000 6.0
Tier I capital (to average
assets)................... 3,874,000 5.0
As of December 31, 1998:
Total capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... $5,338,000 10.0%
Tier I capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 3,203,000 6.0
Tier I capital (to average
assets)................... 4,062,000 5.0
As of December 31, 1997:
Total capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 5,479,000 10.0
Tier I capital (to
risk-weighted assets)..... 3,264,000 6.0
Tier I capital (to average
assets)................... 3,721,000 5.0
</TABLE>
F-58
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 12. STOCK OPTION PLANS
EMPLOYEES' INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN
The Bank maintains a compensatory incentive stock option plan in which
options to purchase shares of the Bank's common stock are granted at the Board
of Directors' discretion to certain management and other key personnel. The plan
was originally established for a maximum of 240,000 shares (264,600 after stock
dividends) of the Bank's common stock. Additional shares were authorized and
granted as a result of stock dividends in subsequent years. All options expire
ten years from date of grant and vest over a five-year period with 20% in each
year. Upon certain change of control events, these options will become fully
vested. Other pertinent information relating to the plan follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED
NUMBER OF AVERAGE NUMBER OF AVERAGE NUMBER OF AVERAGE
SHARES PRICE SHARES PRICE SHARES PRICE
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding, beginning of
year...................... 189,834 $ 5.49 161,750 $ 5.40 141,750 $ 5.63
Granted................... -- -- 20,000 6.25 20,000 3.75
5% stock dividend......... -- -- 8,084 5.40 -- --
----------- ----------- -----------
Outstanding, end of year.... 189,834 5.49 189,834 5.49 161,750 5.40
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
Exercisable, end of year.... 143,595 5.62 123,270 5.71 85,050 5.83
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
Additional option information for the year ended December 31, 1998 is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED
WEIGHTED AVERAGE WEIGHTED
AVERAGE CONTRACTUAL AVERAGE
PRICE RANGE OUTSTANDING PRICE LIFE IN YEARS EXERCISABLE PRICE
- -------------------------------- ----------- ----------- --------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$3.75-$5.375.................... 81,634 $ 4.75 6.1 51,395 $ 4.91
$6.00-$6.25..................... 108,200 6.05 4.7 92,200 6.01
----------- -----------
189,834 $ 5.49 5.3 143,595 $ 5.62
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
In March 1994, the Bank's stockholders approved the 1993 Directors' Option
Plan. This is a compensatory incentive stock option plan in which options to
purchase shares of the Bank's common stock are granted at the discretion of the
Board of Directors or a committee appointed by the Board of Directors. The Bank
originally reserved 76,800 shares (84,672 after stock dividends) of common stock
for issuance under this plan. Additional shares were authorized and granted as a
result of stock dividends in subsequent years. All options expire ten years from
date of grant and vest over a five-year period with 20% in each year. Upon
certain change of control events, these options will become fully vested.
F-59
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 12. STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
Other pertinent information relating to the plan follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED
NUMBER OF AVERAGE NUMBER OF AVERAGE NUMBER OF AVERAGE
SHARES PRICE SHARES PRICE SHARES PRICE
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding, beginning of year.................. 75,792 $ 4.94 79,680 $ 4.98 70,080 $ 5.38
Granted....................................... -- -- -- 19,200 3.75
Terminated and canceled....................... (2,712) 5.38 -- (9,600) 5.38
5% stock dividend............................. -- -- 3,984 4.98 -- --
Options exercised............................. -- -- (7,872) 5.38 -- --
----------- ----------- -----------
Outstanding, end of year........................ 73,080 4.93 75,792 4.94 79,680 $ 4.98
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
Exercisable, end of year........................ 57,816 5.15 51,072 4.93 35,136 $ 5.38
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
As of December 31, 1998
Price of outstanding options...................................................................... $3.75-$5.37
Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options................................ 6.0 years
</TABLE>
The Bank applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, ACCOUNTING FOR
STOCK ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES, and related Interpretations in accounting for its
plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized. The Bank has
elected not to adopt FASB Statement No. 123, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED
COMPENSATION. Had compensation cost for the Bank's stock option plan been
determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under this plan
consistent with the method of Statement No. 123, the Bank's net income and net
income per common share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts
indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net income
As reported............................................ $ 789,000 $ 556,000 $ 454,000
Pro forma.............................................. 768,000 532,000 437,000
Basic earnings per share
As reported............................................ 0.73 0.53 0.41
Pro forma.............................................. 0.71 0.50 0.40
Diluted earnings per share
As reported............................................ 0.65 0.51 0.41
Pro forma.............................................. 0.63 0.48 0.39
</TABLE>
The pro forma compensation cost was recognized for the fair value of the
stock options granted, which was estimated using the minimum-value method,
including a risk-free interest rate of 5.69% and 5.59% for 1997 and 1996,
respectively, an estimated life of the options of ten years and no dividend rate
or volatility on the stock. The weighted average fair value of
F-60
<PAGE>
VALLEY BANK
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
INFORMATION RELATING TO MARCH 1999 IS UNAUDITED
NOTE 12. STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
these stock options granted in 1997 and 1996 was $2.67 and $1.58, respectively.
There were no stock options granted in 1998.
NOTE 13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair value of the Bank's financial instruments is as follows at December
31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---------------------------- ----------------------------
CARRYING CARRYING
AMOUNT FAIR VALUE AMOUNT FAIR VALUE
------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Financial assets:
Cash and federal funds sold... $ 20,265,000 $ 20,265,000 $ 10,287,000 $ 10,287,000
Securities.................... 15,585,000 15,642,000 13,856,000 13,920,000
Loans and loans held for sale,
net......................... 42,031,000 42,843,000 44,202,000 44,902,000
Accrued interest receivable... 611,000 611,000 561,000 561,000
Financial liabilities:
Deposits...................... 75,739,000 75,698,000 66,239,000 66,209,000
Interest payable.............. 47,000 47,000 42,000 42,000
ESOP bank note payable........ 478,000 478,000 579,000 579,000
</TABLE>
FAIR VALUE OF COMMITMENTS
The estimated fair value of fee income on letters of credit at December 31,
1998 and 1997 is insignificant. Loan commitments on which the committed interest
rate is less than the current market rate are also insignificant at December 31,
1998 and 1997.
NOTE 14. POTENTIAL SALE OF THE BANK
The management of the Bank has entered into a definitive agreement to sell
100% of the common stock of the Bank to a bank holding company in 1999. The
potential sale is pending regulatory and shareholder approval. The sale, if
completed, is expected to close in June 1999.
NOTE 15. SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
On April 30, 1999 the Bank became a defendant in a countersuit, in
connection with the Bank's foreclosure proceedings, in which damages of $1.5
million are claimed. This claim relates to a loan on which the Bank is a 53%
participant. Management is vigorously defending itself against this claim and
believes that the claim has no merit. It is not possible to determine the
outcome of the lawsuit at this time and, therefore, there is no accrual for the
claim included in the accompanying financial statements.
F-61
<PAGE>
FIRST RESTATEMENT OF
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
THIS FIRST RESTATEMENT OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (hereinafter
referred to as the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of January 5, 1999,
[as amended March 24, 1999 and April 2, 1999] by and between THE BANK OF HEMET
(the "Bank"), a California banking corporation, and PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING
GROUP (the "Company"), a California corporation.
R E C I T A L S
A. The Bank is a California banking corporation duly organized and existing
under the laws of the State of California with its principal office in the City
of Hemet, County of Riverside, State of California. The Company is a proposed
bank holding company duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of
California with its principal office in the City of Laguna Hills, County of
Orange, State of California;
B. The parties desire to provide for the acquisition by the Company of all
of the outstanding shares of the common stock, no par value of the Bank ("Bank
Stock") pursuant to the Merger (as defined below), subject to the terms and
conditions specified herein, as follows:
(a) The Company will establish PCBG Merger Corporation (as defined
below) as a wholly-owned subsidiary; and
(b) The Bank and PCBG Merger Corporation will enter into an Agreement of
Merger (as defined below) providing for the merger of PCBG Merger
Corporation and the Bank under the state charter of the Bank;
C. At the Effective Time (hereinafter defined below) of the Merger, all of
the issued and outstanding shares of Bank Stock, except for shares of Bank Stock
held by Dissenting Shareholders (as hereinafter defined below), shall be
converted into and exchanged for a combination of shares of Company Stock and
Warrants exercisable into shares of Company Stock, all upon the terms and
subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;
D. As a condition and inducement to the Company's willingness to enter into
this Agreement, the Bank and the Company are entering into, immediately after
the execution and delivery hereof, a Warrant Purchase Agreement (the "Warrant
Agreement") dated as of the date hereof and attached hereto as EXHIBIT "C",
pursuant to which the Bank shall grant to the Company an option to purchase
shares of the common stock, no par value, of the Bank representing 19.9% of Bank
stock to be outstanding after giving pro forma effect to the issuance of such
shares at a price of $46.50 per Bank Stock;
E. The Merger requires certain shareholder and regulatory approvals and may
be effected only after the necessary approvals have been obtained;
F. The parties desire to make certain representations, warranties and
agreements in connection with the Merger and also to prescribe certain
conditions to the Merger; and
G. Subject to any specific provisions of this Agreement, it is the intent of
the parties that the Company by reason of this Agreement shall not (until
consummation of the Merger) control, and shall not be deemed to control the Bank
or any of its subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, and shall not exercise or be
deemed to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the
management or policies of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries;
H. The Company and the Bank desire that this First Restatement of the
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization now govern the rights and obligations of
the Parties in place of that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated
July 30, 1998;
I. For federal income tax purposes, it is intended that the Merger shall
qualify as a "reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the Bank, the Company and
PCBG Merger Corporation will each be "a party to a reorganization," within the
meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code, with respect to the Merger.
A-1
<PAGE>
Accordingly, to consummate the transactions set forth above and in
consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements, representations and
warranties contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.1 DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the
meanings set forth below unless the context otherwise requires:
"Affiliate" means any Person (as defined below) that directly, or through
one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common
control with, the Person specified.
"Aggregate Option Price" shall have the meaning given such term in Section
2.8.
"Aggregate Purchase Consideration" shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 2.4.
"Agreement of Merger" shall mean the Agreement of Merger to be entered into
by and between PCBG Merger Corporation and the Bank substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT "A" hereto, but subject to any changes that may be necessary to conform
to any requirements of any Governmental Entity having authority over the Merger.
"Alternative Transaction" shall have the meaning given such term in Section
6.5.
"Audited Bank Financial Statements" shall have the meaning given such term
in Section 4.4.
"BHC Act" shall mean the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.
"Bank" shall mean The Bank of Hemet.
"Bank Corporate Governance Changes" shall have the meaning given such term
in Section 2.1 (d).
"Bank Dissenting Shares" means shares of Bank Stock held by "Dissenting
shareholders" within the meaning of Chapter 13 of the CGCL.
"Bank Employment Agreements" shall mean any employment agreement, severance
agreement, "golden parachute" agreement or any other agreement which provides
for payments to employees of the Bank upon termination of employment, including
termination after a change in control.
"Bank Filings" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4.18.
"Bank Options" shall mean options to purchase Bank Stock (as defined below)
pursuant to the Bank Stock Option Plan (as defined below).
"Bank Perfected Dissenting Shares" means Dissenting Shares which the holders
thereof have not withdrawn or caused to lose their status as Bank Dissenting
Shares.
"Bank Representatives" shall have the meaning given such term in Section
7.3.
"Bank Shareholder" shall mean any holder of Bank Stock or an option to
purchase Bank Stock immediately prior to the Merger.
"Bank Stock" shall mean the meaning given such term in Recital B.
"Bank Stock Option Plan" shall mean The Bank of Hemet 1994 Stock Option
Plan.
"Baxter" shall mean Baxter, Fentriss and Company, who shall serve as the
financial advisor to the Bank.
"Benefit Arrangement" means any plan or arrangement maintained or
contributed to by a Party, including an "employee benefit plan" within the
meaning of ERISA (as defined below), (but exclusive of base salary and base
wages) which provides for any form of current or deferred compensation, bonus,
stock option, profit sharing, benefit, retirement, incentive, group health or
insurance, welfare or similar plan or arrangement for the benefit of any
employee or class of employee, whether active or retired, of a Party.
"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on
which commercial banks in California are authorized or required to be closed.
"Caswell" shall mean Mr. E. Lynn Caswell, Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company.
A-2
<PAGE>
"CERCLA" shall have the meaning given such term in the definition of
Environmental Law.
"CFC" means the California Financial Code.
"CGCL" means the California General Corporations Law.
"Charter Documents" shall mean, with respect to any business organization,
any certificate or articles of incorporation or association, any bylaws, any
partnership agreement and any other similar documents that regulate the basic
organization of the business organization and its internal relations.
"Classified Credit" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 6.6.
"Closing" shall mean the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement on the Closing Date (as defined below) at the law offices of
Knecht & Hansen, 1301 Dove Street, Suite 900, Newport Beach, California 92660,
or at such other place as the Parties (as defined below) may agree upon.
"Closing Date" shall mean, unless the Parties (as defined below) agree on
another date, the first Friday or as soon as possible following the
Determination Date, and in no case more than 30 days following the receipt of
the approvals and consents and expiration of the waiting periods specified in
Section 9.1 have occurred and/or have been obtained, the receipt of the
necessary cash capital by the Company in order to complete the transaction as
contemplated by this Agreement, and satisfaction of the remaining conditions to
the transaction as contemplated by this Agreement.
"Code" shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, and all regulations thereunder.
"Commissioner" shall mean the California Commissioner of Financial
Institutions.
"Company" shall mean Pacific Community Banking Group, a California
corporation.
"Company Corporate Governance Changes" shall have the meaning given such
term in Section 2.1(e).
"Company Filings" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 5.13.
"Company Representatives" shall have the meaning given such term in Section
6.3.
"Company Stock Option Plan" shall mean the proposed Pacific Community
Banking Group 1998 Stock Option Plan.
"Company Financial Statements" shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 5.4.
"Company Stock" shall mean the common stock, no par value, of the Company.
"Confidential Information" shall mean all information exchanged heretofore
or hereafter between the Company, its affiliates and agents, on the one hand,
and the Bank, its affiliates and agents, on the other hand, which is information
related to the business, financial position or operations of the Person
responsible for furnishing the information or an Affiliate of such Person (such
information to include, by way of example only and not of limitation, client
lists, pricing information, company manuals, internal memoranda, strategic
plans, budgets, forecasts, projections, computer models, marketing plans, files
relating to loans originated by such Person, loans and loan participation
purchased by such Person from others, investments, deposits, leases, contracts,
employment records, minutes of board meetings (and committees thereof) and
stockholder meetings, legal proceedings, reports of examination by any
Governmental Entity, and such other records or documents such Person may supply
to the other Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or as contemplated
hereby). Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Confidential Information" shall not
include any information that (i) at the time of disclosure or thereafter is
generally available to and known by the public (other than as a result of an
improper disclosure directly or indirectly by the Company or the Bank, as the
case may be, or any of their officers, directors, employees or other
representatives), (ii) was available to the recipients on a non-confidential
basis from a source other than from the Persons responsible for furnishing the
information, provided that such source learned the information independently and
is not and was not bound by a confidentiality agreement with respect to the
information, or (iii) has been independently acquired or developed by the
recipients without violating any obligations under this Agreement.
"Consents" shall mean every consent, approval, absence of disapproval,
waiver or authorization from, or notice to, or registration or filing with, any
Person (as defined below).
A-3
<PAGE>
"CRA" shall mean the Community Reinvestment Act.
"Deposit" shall mean any deposit as defined in Section 3(l) of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, to the date of this Agreement (12 USC Section
1813(l)).
"Determination Date" shall mean the last day of the month preceding the
Closing Date.
"Directors' Agreement" shall mean an agreement, substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT "B" hereto, pursuant to which each signatory shall agree to vote or
cause to be voted all shares of Bank Stock with respect to which such Person has
voting power on the date hereof or hereafter acquires to approve the Agreement
and the transactions contemplated hereby and all requisite matters related
thereto.
"DPC Property" shall mean voting securities, other personal property and
real property acquired by foreclosure or otherwise, in the ordinary course of
collecting a debt previously contracted in good faith, retained with the object
of sale for a period not longer than one year, or any applicable statutory
holding period, and recorded in the holder's business records as such.
"Effective Day" shall mean the day on which the Effective Time occurs.
"Effective Time" shall mean the date and time of the filing of the Agreement
of Merger with the Secretary of State (as defined below).
"Employee Plan" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4.11(c).
"Encumbrance" shall mean any option, pledge, security interest, lien,
mechanic's lien, charge, encumbrance or restriction (whether on voting,
disposition or otherwise), whether imposed by agreement, understanding, law or
otherwise.
"Environmental Law" shall mean any federal, state, provincial or local
statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, consent, decree, judicial or
administrative decision or directive of the United States or other jurisdiction
whether now existing or as hereinafter promulgated, issued or enacted relating
to: (A) pollution or protection of the environment, including natural resources;
(B) exposure of persons, including employees, to Hazardous Substances (as
defined below) or other products, materials or chemicals; (C) protection of the
public health or welfare from the effects of products, by-products, wastes,
emissions, discharges or releases of chemical or other substances from
industrial or commercial activities; or (D) regulation of the manufacture, use
or introduction into commerce of substances, including, without limitation,
their manufacture, formulation, packaging, labeling, distribution,
transportation, handling, storage and disposal. For the purposes of this
definition the term "Environmental Law" shall include, without limiting the
foregoing, the following statutes, as amended from time to time: (1) the Clean
Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section7401 ET SEQ.; (2) the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. Section1251 ET SEQ.; (3) the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, 42 U.S.C.
Section6901 ET SEQ., (4) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (including the Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act of 1986), 42 U.S.C. Section9601 ET SEQ. ("CERCLA"); (5) the
Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. Section2601 ET SEQ.; (6) the
Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section65; (7) the
Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C.
Section11001 ET SEQ.; (8) the Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, as amended, 30
U.S.C. Section801 ET SEQ.; (9) the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C.
Section300f ET SEQ.; (10) the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended
(33 U.S.C. 1251, ET SEQ.; and (11) all comparable state and local laws, laws of
other jurisdictions or orders and regulations including, but not limited to, the
Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act, Cal. Health & Safety
Code Section25300 ET SEQ., the Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Action,
25140, 25501(j) and (k); 255501.1.25281 and 25250.1 of the California Health and
Safety Code and/or Article I or Title 22 of the California Code of Regulations,
Division 4, Chapter 30 (the "State Acts"); laws of other jurisdictions or orders
and regulations; or the presence of which causes or threatens to cause a
nuisance, trespass or other common law tort upon real property or adjacent
properties or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of
persons or without limitation, which contains gasoline, diesel fuel or other
petroleum hydrocarbons; polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's), asbestos or urea
formaldehyde foam insulation.
"Equity Securities" shall mean the capital stock of Bank or any options,
rights, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase, or any plans,
contracts or commitments that are exercisable in, such capital stock or that
provide for the issuance of, or grant the right to acquire, or are convertible
into, or exchangeable for, such capital stock.
A-4
<PAGE>
"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, and all regulations thereunder.
"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and all rules and regulations thereunder.
"Exchange Agent" shall mean U. S. Stock Transfer Corporation, or, subject to
the reasonable approval of the Bank, any other financial institution or company
appointed by the Company to effect the exchange contemplated by Section 2.5.
"Executive Officer" shall mean a natural person who participates or has the
authority to participate (other than in the capacity of a director) in major
policy making functions, whether or not such person has a title or is serving
with salary or other compensation.
"Expenses" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 13.1.
"FDIC" shall mean the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
"FRB" shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
"GAAP" shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, consistently
applied from period to period, applicable to banks and bank holding companies,
as appropriate, for the period in question.
"Governmental Entity" shall mean any court or tribunal in any jurisdiction
or any United States federal, state, municipal, domestic, foreign or other
administrative agency, department, commission, board, bureau or other regulatory
or governmental authority or instrumentality.
"Hazardous Substances" shall mean (1) any "hazardous waste" as defined by
CERCLA and the State Acts, as such acts are in effect on the date hereof, and
any and all regulations promulgated thereunder; (2) any "hazardous substance" as
such term is defined by CERCLA; (3) any "regulated substance" as defined by the
State Acts; (4) asbestos requiring abatement, removal or encapsulation pursuant
to the requirements of any Governmental Entity; (5) polychlorinated biphenyls;
(6) petroleum products; (7) "hazardous chemicals" or "extremely hazardous
substances" in quantities sufficient to require reporting, registration,
notification and/or optional treatment or handling under the Emergency Planning
and Community Right to Know Act of 1986; (8) any "hazardous chemical" in levels
that would result in exposure greater than is allowed by permissible exposure
limits established pursuant to the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970;
(9) any substance that requires reporting, registration, notification, removal,
abatement and/or special treatment, storage, handling or disposal, under Section
6, 7 and 8 of the Toxic Substance Control Act (15 U.S.C. Section 2601); (10) any
toxic or hazardous chemical described in 29 C.F.R. 1910.1000-1047 in levels that
would result in exposure greater than those allowed by the permissible exposure
limits pursuant to such regulations; and (11) any (A) "hazardous waste", (B)
"solid waste" capable of causing a "release or threatened release" that present
an "imminent and substantial endangerment" to the public health and safety of
the environment, (C) "solid waste" that is capable of causing a "hazardous
substance incident" (D) "solid waste" with respect to which special requirements
are imposed by any applicable Governmental Entity upon the generation and
transportation thereof as such terms are defined and used within the meaning of
the State Acts, or (E) any "pollutant" or "toxic pollutant" as such term is
defined in the Federal Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 1251-1376, as amended,
by Public Law 100-4, February 4, 1987, and the regulations promulgated
thereunder, including 40 C.F.R. Sections 122.1 and 122.26.
"Managing Underwriter" shall mean Sutro (as defined below).
"Managing Underwriters" shall mean the Managing Underwriter and such other
firm or firms as the Company and the Managing Underwriter shall agree.
"Material Adverse Change" shall have the meaning given such term in Sections
4.17 and 5.9.
"Material Contract" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4.12.
"Merger" shall mean the merger of the PCBG Merger Corporation with and into
the Bank.
"Offering" shall mean a public offering underwritten by the Underwriters (as
defined below), as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, of a
certain number of shares of Company Stock as determined by the Company in its
sole discretion, of shares of the Company held by shareholders of the Bank and
Valley Bank and newly issued shares, at a gross offering price of not less than
$15.00 per share, as described in Section 7.14.
A-5
<PAGE>
"Offering Price" shall mean the gross offering price per share of Company
Stock in the Offering.
"OREO" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 6.2(xx).
"Party" shall mean either the Company or the Bank and "Parties" shall mean
both the Company and Bank.
"Per Share Consideration" shall have the meaning given such term in Section
2.4.
"Permit" shall mean any United States federal, foreign, state, local or
other license, permit, franchise, certificate of authority, order or approval
necessary or appropriate under any applicable Rule (as defined below).
"Person" shall mean any natural person, corporation, trust, association,
unincorporated body, partnership, joint venture, Governmental Entity,
statutorily or regulatory sanctioned unit or any other person or organization.
"Proxy Statement" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 6.8.
"RAP" shall mean regulatory accounting principles, if any, applicable to a
particular person.
"Real Property" shall have the meaning given such term in subsection (a) of
Section 4.6.
"Representatives" shall have the meaning given such term in subsection (a)
of Section 6.3.
"Rule" shall mean any statute or law or any judgment, decree, injunction,
order, regulation or rule of any Governmental Entity, including, without
limitation, those relating to disclosure, usury, equal credit opportunity, equal
employment, fair credit reporting and anticompetitive activities.
"S-1" means the registration statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the SEC
relating to the registration under the Securities Act of the shares of Company
Stock held by shareholders of the Bank and Valley Bank to be sold, and shares of
Company Stock to be issued, in the Offering.
"S-4" means the registration statement on Form S-4, and such amendments
thereto, that is filed with the SEC to register the Warrants to be issued in the
Merger under the Securities Act and to clear use of the Proxy Statement in
connection with the Company Shareholders' Meeting and the Bank Shareholders'
Meeting pursuant to the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.
"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"SEC Reports" shall mean all reports filed by a Party hereto pursuant to the
Exchange Act with the SEC or the FDIC.
"Secretary of State" shall mean the Secretary of State of the State of
California.
"Section 1300" shall mean Section 1300 ET SEQ. of the California
Corporations Code.
"Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all
rules and regulations thereunder.
"Selling Shareholder" shall mean any Bank shareholder or holder of a Bank
stock option who elects to sell his or her shares of Bank Stock or to exchange
his or her options and sell the Company Stock received in exchange therefor in
the Offering.
"State Acts" shall have the meaning given such term in the definition of
"Environmental Law."
"Surviving Bank" shall mean the bank surviving the Merger.
"Surviving Bank Stock" shall mean the common stock, no par value, of the
Surviving Bank.
"Sutro" shall mean Sutro & Company who may also act as a financial advisor
to the Company and as an underwriter in the Offering.
"Tax Filings" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4.8.
"Third Party Consent" shall have the meaning given such term in Sections
6.17 and 7.8.
"To the knowledge" and "to the best knowledge" shall have the meanings given
such terms in Section 15.15.
"Unaudited Bank Financial Statements" shall have the meaning given such term
in Section 4.4.
"Understanding" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4.11(m) or
4.12.
"Undesignated Shares" shall have the meaning given such term in Section
2.10.
A-6
<PAGE>
"Underwriter" shall mean a group of broker/dealers that include the Managing
Underwriters as assembled by the Managing Underwriter with the consent of the
Company.
"Warrant" shall mean a warrant issuable by the Company at the Closing
exercisable into one (1) share of the Company for each share of Bank Stock
exchanged for a ten year period from the Closing Date with an exercise price
equal to 122% of the Offering Price.
"Warrant Agreement" shall mean the warrant agreement attached hereto as
Exhibit "D."
ARTICLE II
THE MERGER AND RELATED MATTERS
2.1 THE MERGER. The Company agrees that it will use its best efforts, with
all necessary cooperation of the Bank, to perfect the organization of PCBG
Merger Corporation in accordance with the CGCL prior to the Closing Date. The
directors and officers of PCBG Merger Corporation, and the Articles of
Incorporation and Bylaws of PCBG Merger Corporation, shall be determined by the
Company. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties agree to
request that the approval of the Merger to be issued by the Commissioner, the
FDIC, the FRB and any other necessary regulatory agency on or prior to the
Closing Date shall provide that the Merger shall become effective (the
"Effective Time") as of the Closing Date. The Bank shall cause its officers to
execute the Agreement of Merger, as well as all other necessary documents, in
order to effect the Merger in accordance with the terms hereof as requested by
the Company. At the Effective Time of the Merger, the following transactions
will occur simultaneously:
(a) MERGER OF THE BANK AND PCBG MERGER CORPORATION. The Bank and PCBG
Merger Corporation shall be merged under the certificate of authority of the
Bank, with the Bank being the Surviving Bank pursuant to the provisions of, and
with the effect provided in, the CGCL and the CFC, and shall continue its
corporate existence under the laws of the State of California. The name of the
Surviving Bank shall be "The Bank of Hemet." Upon the consummation of the
Merger, the separate corporate existence of PCBG Merger Corporation shall cease.
(b) EFFECT ON BANK STOCK. Subject to Section 2.3, each share of Bank Stock
issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time of the Merger
shall, on and at the Effective Time of the Merger, pursuant to the Agreement of
Merger and without any further action on the part of the Bank or the holders of
Bank Stock, be automatically cancelled and cease to be an issued and outstanding
share of Bank Stock, and shall be exchanged for and converted into the right to
receive the Per Share Consideration.
Holders of Bank Stock shall have a right to sell in the Offering all the
shares of Company Stock received in exchange for Bank Stock as they so elect, as
provided in Section 2.10, provided that if more than 88% or less than 75% of the
shares of Company Stock received by the Bank Shareholders (including, for this
purpose, holders of Bank stock options, as provided in Section 2.8) is elected
to be sold in the Offering, the shares sold in the Offering by each Selling
Shareholder shall be adjusted. If more than 88% of the shares of Company Stock
received by the Bank Shareholders (including, for this purpose, holders of Bank
stock options, as provided in Section 2.8) is elected to be sold in the
Offering, the shares sold in the Offering by each Selling Shareholders shall be
decreased ratably in proportion to the number of shares requested to be sold, so
that the total number of shares retained (i.e., not sold in the Offering) by the
Bank Shareholders in the aggregate is equal to at least 12% of the Company Stock
received by the Bank Shareholders. If less than 75% of the shares of Company
Stock received by the Bank Shareholders (including, for this purpose, holders of
Bank stocks options, as provided in Section 2.8) is elected to be sold in the
Offering, the shares sold in the Offering by each Selling Shareholder so
electing shall be increased ratably in proportion to the number of shares
requested to be sold, so that the total number of shares retained (i.e., not
sold in the Offering) by the Bank Shareholders in the aggregate is equal to no
more than 25% of the Company Stock received by the Bank Shareholders. If, after
such proration, the number of shares to be retained by all Bank Shareholders in
the aggregate remains more than 25%, then each of the Directors hereby agrees to
decrease the number of shares retained by them, ratably in proportion to their
total shareholdings, to the extent necessary to aggregate retention of 25%. The
Selling Shareholder shall receive, for each share of Company Stock sold in the
Offering, the price at which shares are sold in the Offering, without reduction
for expenses or commissions of the Offering, it being understood that the
Company shall bear such expenses and commissions.
A-7
<PAGE>
(c) EFFECT ON PCBG MERGER CORPORATION STOCK. Each share of PCBG Merger
Corporation Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time
of the Merger shall, on and at the Effective Time of the Merger, pursuant to the
Agreement of Merger and without any further action on the part of the Bank or
the holder of the PCBG Merger Corporation Stock be converted into, and shall for
all purposes be deemed to represent, one share of Surviving Bank Stock, and one
certificate representing one share of the Surviving Bank Stock will be issued to
the Company.
(d) BANK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHANGES. The Charter Document of the Bank as
in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall continue in effect after
the Merger until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable law and the
operations of the Bank shall continue in effect after the Merger; except that
the Bank shall have taken prior to the Effective Time all necessary steps so
that at the Effective Time (i) James B. Jaqua, President, Chief Executive
Officer and a director of the Bank, shall have tendered his resignation from his
positions at the Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company,
without incurring any liability on the part of any Party; the Bank and the
Company will honor Mr. Jaqua's Executive Salary Continuation Agreement dated
March 22, 1995; Mr. Jaqua will continue as Chairman of Banklink for a one (1)
year period, with no management authority and no additional compensation,
subject to possible annual reappointment as Chairman of Banklink in the sole
discretion of the Company; the Company intends to appoint Mr. Jaqua as the
Bank's representative on the Company's Board of Directors as described in
Section 2.1(e), and any such Bank representation on the Company's Board of
Directors shall be for a minimum three (3) year period; and the Company in its
sole discretion may extend such time period. Mr. Jaqua's appointments as
Chairman of Banklink and as a director of the Company shall be annual
appointments to be made by the Company in its sole discretion; and Mr. Jaqua and
the Company will enter into a noncompetition agreement and a consulting
agreement, the forms of which are attached hereto as part of Exhibit 2.1(d)(1);
(ii) Caswell shall have been appointed Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of the Bank; (iii) John J. McDonough, Chairman of the Board of the Bank,
shall resign as Chairman of the Board of the Bank but shall remain a member of
the Board of Directors of the Bank unless and until a successor is chosen by the
Company, the Bank shall honor Mr. McDonough's Executive Salary Continuation
Agreement dated August 17, 1981; and the Company and Mr. McDonough will enter
into a noncompetition agreement and a consulting agreement, the forms of which
are attached hereto as part of Exhibit 2.1(d)(2), (iv) except for the persons
set forth on Exhibit 2.1(d), which Exhibit shall be delivered by the Company to
the Bank within sixty (60) days of the date of the Agreement, each of the
directors of the Bank shall have tendered his resignation as a director of the
Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, without incurring any
liability on the part of any Party; (v) the number of authorized directors, and
the specific members of the Board of Directors, of the Bank shall be changed as
determined in the sole discretion of the Company; and (vi) the Company shall
name additional directors in its sole discretion who shall be duly elected and
appointed to the Board of Directors of the Bank (or if any such persons is
unable to serve, such other person designated by the Company) and shall serve
until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective
successors are duly elected and qualified (clauses (i)-(vi) being hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Bank Corporate Governance Changes.").
(e) COMPANY CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CHANGES. The Charter Documents of the
Company as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall continue in
effect after the Merger until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable
law and the members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Officers of the
Company immediately prior to the Merger shall continue in their respective
positions after the Merger and be the Board of Directors and the Executive
Officers of the Company, except that the Company shall have taken prior to the
Effective Time all necessary steps so that, (i) two (2) individuals from the
Board of Directors or executive staff of the Bank, which are intended to be Mr.
Jaqua and Mr. Harold Williams, shall be appointed to the Board of Directors of
the Company, shall be renominated by the Board of Directors for election at the
Company's yearly annual meetings for a minimum of (3) three years; (ii) two (2)
individuals from the Board of Directors of Valley Bank shall be appointed to the
Board of Directors of the Company; and (iii) the individuals elected to fill
such four (4) directorships shall be annual appointments as selected in the sole
discretion of the Company; (clauses (i)-(iii) being hereinafter collectively
referred to as the "Company Corporate Governance Changes").
2.2 EFFECT OF THE MERGER. At the Effective Time of the Merger, the
corporate existence of PCBG Merger Corporation and the Bank shall be merged into
and continued in the Surviving Bank, and the Surviving Bank shall be deemed the
same corporation as each corporation participating in the Merger. All rights,
franchises, and interests of PCBG Merger Corporation and Bank in and to every
type of property (real, personal and mixed) and choses in action shall be
transferred to and vested in the Surviving Bank by virtue of the Merger without
any deed
A-8
<PAGE>
or other transfer and the Surviving Bank shall hold and enjoy all rights of
property, franchises and interests, in the same manner and to the same extent as
such rights, franchises and interests were held or enjoyed by any one of the
consolidating corporations at the Effective Time of the Merger.
2.3 DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS. (a) Any Bank Perfected Dissenting Shares
shall not be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Consideration,
but the holders thereof shall be entitled only to such rights as are granted
them by Section 1300. Each dissenting shareholder who is entitled to payment for
his shares of Bank Stock under Section 1300 shall receive such payment in an
amount as determined pursuant to Section 1300.
(b) If any shareholder of the Bank shall fail to perfect, or shall
effectively withdraw or lose, his or her rights under Section 1300, the Bank
Dissenting Shares of such holder shall be treated for purposes of this Article
II as any other shares of outstanding Bank Stock. If any holder of Bank Stock
shall fail to perfect, or shall effectively withdraw or lose, his or her right
to appraisal of and payment for his or her Bank Dissenting Shares under Section
1300, each share of Bank Dissenting Shares shall be converted into the right to
receive the Per Share Consideration.
2.4 THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE CONSIDERATION AND PER SHARE CONSIDERATION. The
Aggregate Purchase Consideration shall be equal to the sum of (i) the product of
844,278 and the Per Share Consideration and (ii) the Aggregate Option Price. The
Per Share Consideration shall be equal to 3.4 shares of Company Stock for each
share of Bank Stock, plus one (1) Warrant.
2.5 DELIVERY OF CONSIDERATION. At the Closing, the Company will deliver to
the Exchange Agent an amount of Company Stock and Warrants equal to the
Aggregate Purchase Consideration, plus any cash payment for a fractional share
of Company Stock. In the case of shares of Company Stock to be sold in the
Offering, as provided in Section 2.1(b), the Exchange Agent shall deliver such
shares to, or pursuant to the direction of, the Underwriters. In the case of all
other shares of Company Stock, and the cash and Warrants, the Exchange Agent
shall deliver the same to the Selling Shareholders, provided that share
certificates formerly evidencing Bank Stock (duly executed and in proper form
for transfer, or a lost certificate affidavit acceptable to the Company) shall
have been delivered to the Exchange Agent in accordance with this Section 2.5,
Section 2.10 and an agreement to be entered into between the Company and the
Exchange Agent.
2.6 NAME OF SURVIVING BANK. The name of the Surviving Bank shall be "The
Bank of Hemet," unless the Company proposes to change such name following the
Closing Date, and the Board of Directors of the Bank agrees to support such name
change.
2.7 (Reserved)
2.8 STOCK OPTIONS. Immediately prior to the Effective Time of the Merger,
all stock options will be fully vested and each holder of a Bank Option will be
given the opportunity to, in whole or in part, cancel such option and receive
Company Stock equal to the number of shares of Bank Stock covered by such option
multiplied by the number obtained by subtracting the exercise price of such
option from the Per Share Consideration in effect on the Closing Date (i.e.,
shares subject to option times ($51.00 minus exercise price of option), all
divided by $15.00) (the total of sum of such payments for all Bank Options so
cancelled shall be defined as the "Aggregate Option Price"). Holders of Bank
Options who elect to cancel their options in exchange for Company Stock (and
Warrants, as provided in the next sentence) will have their Bank Options
cancelled immediately prior to the Effective Time. For each 3.4 shares of
Company Stock paid by the Company in exchange for options on Bank Stock as
provided in the previous two sentences, each holder of a bank option will also
receive one (1) Warrant. Such payment may be made either by the Bank, the
Company or a combination of both as determined in the sole discretion of the
Company. Each such option holder shall be afforded an election to have the
shares so received in the Offering, upon substantially identical terms as the
Selling Shareholders, and subject to proration together with and on the same
terms as the Selling Shareholders. All remaining Bank Options which are entitled
to participate in the Aggregate Option Price but the holder of a Bank Option
elects not to participate in the Aggregate Option Price shall be cancelled
immediately prior to the Effective Time of the Merger.
2.9 DIRECTORS' AGREEMENTS. The Directors' Agreements previously entered
into by each of the Directors of the Bank continue to be in full force and
effect, and shall apply to the Agreement as amended pursuant to this Second
Amendment. By signing [the] Second Amendment [to this Agreement], each of the
Directors of the Bank so agrees.
A-9
<PAGE>
2.10 (a) TRANSMITTAL LETTER. On or about the mailing date of the Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the Company, the Bank or the Company's Exchange
Agent shall mail appropriate transmittal materials to the stockholders of Bank
Stock, in form acceptable to the Company. The transmittal materials shall
include documentation by which stockholders may indicate their election
regarding the sale of shares in the Offering, subject to the possible adjustment
as provided in Section 2.1(b), and shall provide that sale in the Offering will
be contingent on the completion of the Offering. The transmittal letter shall
also contain a power of attorney authorizing an authorized representative of the
Company to exchange the Bank's shares for Company shares, and then immediately
deliver the Company shares to the Underwriter for sale in the Offering. The
transmittal letter shall also require a signature guarantee, from a bank or
brokerage with medallion capability. The holder of Bank Stock shall be
instructed to send to the Company, or to the entity designated by the Company
(which may be the Bank or the Exchange Agent), the holder's Bank Stock
certificates with the properly completed letter of transmittal. The transmittal
letter shall contain an election box and other appropriate and customary
transmittal materials (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and
risk of loss and title to the certificates theretofore representing shares of
Bank Stock shall pass, only upon proper delivery of such certificates to the
Exchange Agent in such form as Company requires). The transmittal materials
shall identify the Election Deadline established by the Company, which shall not
be less than 30 days from the date of mailing of such transmittal letter to the
holder (or such shorter time as the Bank may approve), and shall state that any
share of Bank Stock (other than Dissenting Common Stock) with respect to which
the holder (or the Beneficial Owner, as the case may be) shall not have
submitted an effective, properly completed letter of transmittal together with
the Bank Stock certificates (or customary affidavits and indemnification
regarding the loss or destruction of such certificates or the guaranteed
delivery of such certificates) prior to the Election Deadline shall be deemed to
be "Undesignated Shares" hereunder, and shall not sell Company Stock in the
Offering. The Bank shall provide to the Exchange Agent all information
reasonably necessary for it to perform its obligations as specified herein.
(b) PROPER AND TIMELY ELECTION. Any Election shall have been properly made
and effective only if the Company or its designee shall have actually received a
properly completed letter of transmittal by the date and time established by the
Company and specified in the transmittal materials, as such date and time may be
extended by the Company in its discretion (the "Election Deadline"). A letter of
transmittal shall be deemed properly completed only if an Election is indicated
for each share of Bank Stock covered by such letter of transmittal and if
accompanied by one or more certificates (or customary affidavits and
indemnification regarding the loss or destruction of such certificates or the
guaranteed delivery of such certificates) representing all shares of Bank Stock
owned by the holder of Bank Stock, together with duly executed transmittal
materials included in or required by the letter of transmittal. Any Election may
be revoked or changed by the person submitting a revised, properly completed
letter of transmittal at or prior to the Election Deadline. In the event a
letter of transmittal is revoked prior to the Election Deadline, the shares of
Bank Stock represented by such Election shall automatically become Undesignated
Shares unless and until a new Election is properly made with respect to such
shares on or before the Election Deadline, and the Company shall cause the
certificates representing such shares of Bank Stock to be promptly returned
without charge to the person submitting the revoked Election upon written
request to that effect from the holder who submitted such Election Form. Subject
to the terms of this Agreement and of the Election, the Company or the Exchange
Agent shall have reasonable discretion to determine whether any election,
revocation or change has been properly or timely made and to disregard
immaterial defects in the letter of transmittal, and any decisions of the
Company and Bank required by the Exchange Agent and made in good faith in
determining such matters shall be binding and conclusive. Neither the Company
nor the Exchange Agent shall be liable for the failure to notify any person of
any defect in an Election or the letter of transmittal, provided that the
Company uses its reasonable best efforts promptly to notify (or to cause the
Exchange Agent promptly to notify) any holder of Bank Stock of any defect in an
Election or the Letter of Transmittal.
(c) If the aggregate number of shares of Bank Stock as to which Elections to
sell shall have effectively been submitted would, absent proration, result in
the sale in the Offering of more or less shares than are permitted pursuant to
Section 2.1(b), then the sales in the Offering shall be increased or reduced pro
rata as provided in Section 2.1(b) in order to ensure that the shares sold by
Selling Shareholders in the Offering do not exceed or are not less than the
amounts provided in Section 2.1(b).
(d) CALCULATIONS. The calculations required by this Section 2.10 shall be
prepared by the Company prior to the Effective Time and shall be set forth in a
certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Executive Officer
of the Company and furnished to the Bank at least two Business Days prior to the
Closing Date showing the manner of calculation in reasonable detail. Any cash
payment shall be rounded to the nearest cent.
A-10
<PAGE>
(e) NO FRACTIONAL SHARES OR WARRANTS. Notwithstanding any other provisions
of this Agreement, each holder of shares of Bank Stock exchanged pursuant to the
Merger who would otherwise have been entitled to receive a fraction of a share
of Company Stock (after taking into account all certificates delivered by such
holder) shall receive, in lieu thereof, cash (without interest) in an amount
equal to such fractional part of a share of Company Stock multiplied by $15.00.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no fractional warrants
shall be issued, and no cash or other consideration shall be paid in lieu of
fractional warrants. No holder will be entitled to dividends, voting rights or
any other rights as a shareholder in respect of any fractional share of Company
Stock.
ARTICLE III
THE CLOSING
3.1 CLOSING DATE. Consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement shall take place at the office of the Bank, 3715 Sunnyside Drive,
Riverside, California, or such other location as may be agreed upon by the
parties, on the Closing Date. The Effective Time shall occur following the last
to occur of (i) the receipt of all approvals and consents specified in this
Agreement and the expiration of the applicable waiting periods specified in
Article IX, and (ii) satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in
Articles IX, X and XI or written waiver of such conditions as provided herein
(the "Closing Date", "Effective Time of the Merger" or "Effective Time").
3.2 EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER. Prior to the Closing Date, and as
soon as practicable after the organization of PCBG Merger Corporation, the
Agreement of Merger (as amended, if necessary, to conform to any requirements of
any Governmental Entity having authority over the Merger) shall be executed by
Bank and PCBG Merger Corporation. On the Closing Date, the Merger shall become
effective in accordance with the approvals granted by the Commissioner, the FDIC
and the FRB, and the Agreement of Merger, together with all requisite
certificates, shall be duly filed with the California Secretary of State.
3.3 DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED. At the Closing the Parties shall deliver,
or cause to be delivered, such documents or certificates as may be necessary in
the reasonable opinion of counsel for any of the parties, to effectuate the
transactions called for in this Agreement. If, at any time after the Effective
Time of the Merger, the Company or its successors or assigns shall determine
that any further conveyance, assignment or other documents or any further action
is necessary or desirable to further effectuate the transactions set forth
herein or contemplated hereby, the officers and directors of the Parties hereto
shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such
documents as may be reasonably required to effectuate such transactions.
3.4 EXCHANGE PROCEDURES.
(a) EXCHANGE AGENT. Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall deposit
with the Exchange Agent shares of Company Stock and Warrants to be issued to
selling shareholders of the Bank, such shares being the number of shares of
Company Stock equal to the Aggregate Purchase Consideration issuable in the
Merger. The Exchange Agent shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Underwriter those of such shares to be sold in the Offering. Upon completion of
the Offering, the Underwriter will deposit with the Exchange Agent the gross
proceeds of the sale of shares by selling shareholders in the Offering. The
Exchange Agent shall distribute to each selling shareholder the cash proceeds,
shares of Company Stock and Warrants to which such selling shareholder is
entitled, provided that the selling shareholder shall have delivered the
requisite letter of transmittal and Bank share certificates (or customary
affidavits and indemnification regarding the loss or destruction of such
certificates or the guaranteed delivery of such certificates). The Exchange
Agent shall not be entitled to vote or exercise any rights of ownership with
respect to Company Stock held by it from time to time hereunder, except that it
shall receive and hold all dividends or other distributions paid or distributed
with respect to such shares for the account of the persons entitled thereto.
(b) EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES. Each holder of a certificate formerly
representing Bank Stock (other than Dissenting Common Stock) who surrenders or
has surrendered such certificate (or customary affidavits and indemnification
regarding the loss or destruction of such certificate), together with duly
executed transmittal materials required by Section 2.10, to the Exchange Agent
shall, upon acceptance thereof, be entitled to the Per Share Consideration of a
certificate representing Company Stock or the proceeds of the sale of such stock
in the Offering and Warrants into which the shares of Bank Stock shall have been
converted pursuant hereto, as well as cash in lieu of any fractional shares of
Company Stock to which such holder would otherwise be entitled. The Exchange
Agent shall accept such Bank certificate upon compliance with such reasonable
and customary terms and conditions as the Exchange Agent may impose to effect an
orderly exchange thereof in accordance with normal
A-11
<PAGE>
practices. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 3.4, each
certificate representing Bank Stock shall be deemed from and after the Effective
Time to evidence only the right to receive the Per Share Consideration Company
Stock and a Warrant, as the case may be, upon such surrender. The Company shall
not be obligated to deliver the consideration to which any former holder of Bank
Stock is entitled as a result of the Merger until such holder surrenders his
certificate or certificates representing shares of Bank Stock for exchange as
provided in this Article III. If any certificate for shares of Company Stock, or
any check representing declared but unpaid dividends, is to be issued in a name
other than that in which a certificate surrendered for exchange is issued, the
certificate so surrendered shall be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper
form for transfer and the person requesting such exchange shall affix any
requisite stock transfer tax stamps to the certificate surrendered or provide
funds for their purchase or establish to the satisfaction of the Exchange Agent
that such taxes are not payable.
(c) PAYMENT TO HOLDERS OF A BANK OPTION. Each holder of a Bank Option who
presents a demand for cancellation and payment of such Bank Option as provided
in Section 2.8 of the Agreement to the Exchange Agent prior to the Closing
shall, upon acceptance thereof, be entitled to the per share equivalent of the
Aggregate Option Price. Upon receipt of the Aggregate Purchase Consideration and
as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing, the Exchange Agent shall
deliver to each former holder of a Bank Option the consideration due each such
holder under Section 2.8 of the Agreement, in the form of shares of Company
Stock and Warrants as provided therein, or in the form of cash, if the shares
received in exchange for the cancellation of the Bank Option were submitted for
sale in the Offering as provided in Section 7.14(b). The Exchange Agent shall be
entitled to rely upon the records of the Bank and the information provided in
such demand for cancellation documentation provided by any such holder of a Bank
Option, as verified by the Company as to the method and means of payment and
disposition of such consideration.
(d) AFFILIATES. Certificates surrendered for exchange by any person
constituting an "affiliate" of Bank for purposes of Rule 144(a) under the
Securities Act shall not be exchanged for certificates representing whole shares
of Company Stock until the Company has received a written agreement from such
person as provided in Section 6.25.
3.5 VOTING AND DIVIDENDS. Former shareholders of record of Bank shall not
be entitled to vote after the Effective Time at any meeting of Company
shareholders the number of whole shares of Company Stock into which their
respective shares of Bank Stock are converted, until such holders have exchanged
their certificates representing Bank Stock for certificates representing Company
Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Until surrendered for
exchange in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.10 and 3.4 of this
Agreement, each certificate theretofore representing shares of Bank Stock (other
than shares to be canceled pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement) shall from
and after the Effective Time represent for all purposes only the right to
receive the Per Share Consideration consisting of shares of Company Stock and a
Warrant, and cash in lieu of fractional shares, as set forth in this Agreement.
No dividends or other distributions declared or made after the Effective Time
with respect to Company Stock with a record date after the Effective Time shall
be paid to the holder of any unsurrendered certificate of Bank Stock with
respect to the shares of Company Stock represented thereby, until the holder of
such certificate of Common Stock shall surrender such certificate. Subject to
the effect of applicable laws, following surrender of any such certificates of
Bank Stock for which shares of Company Stock are to be issued, there shall be
paid to the holder of the certificates, without interest, (i) the amount of any
cash payable with respect to a fractional share of Company Stock to which such
holder is entitled pursuant to Section 2.1 and the amount of dividends or other
distributions with a record date after the Effective Time theretofore paid with
respect to such whole shares of Company Stock, and (ii) at the appropriate
payment date, the amount of dividends or other distributions with a record date
after the Effective Time but prior to surrender and a payment date subsequent to
surrender payable with respect to such whole shares of Company Stock."
3.6 NO LIABILITY. Neither the Company, the Bank nor the Exchange Agent
shall be liable to any holder of shares of Bank Stock for any shares of Company
Stock (or dividends or distributions with respect thereto) or cash delivered to
a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or
similar law.
3.7 WITHHOLDING RIGHTS. The Company or the Exchange Agent shall be
entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable
pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of shares of Company Stock such amounts
as the Company or the Exchange Agent is required to deduct and withhold with
respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state,
local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by the
Company or the Exchange Agent, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all
purposes of this
A-12
<PAGE>
Agreement as having been paid to the holder of the shares of Bank Stock in
respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by the Company or the
Exchange Agent.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BANK
The Bank represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
4.1 ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING. The Bank is a California banking
corporation duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws
of the State of California and it has the corporate power and authority to carry
on its business as presently conducted, and is authorized to transact business
as a bank. The Bank is a not a member of the Federal Reserve System and its
deposits are insured by the FDIC in the manner and to the extent provided by
law. The Bank has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and
operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently
conducted. The nature of its operations and the business transacted by it as of
the date hereof make licensing and qualification in any other state or
jurisdiction unnecessary. The Bank has delivered to the Company true and correct
copies of its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, as amended and in effect as
of the date hereof.
4.2 CAPITALIZATION. The authorized capital stock of Bank consists of
20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, no par value, of which 844,278 shares are
outstanding on the date hereof, all validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, none of which are
outstanding. Except for stock options covering 46,968 shares of Bank Stock
granted pursuant to the Bank Stock Option Plan and the Warrant Agreement, no
unissued shares of Bank Stock or any other securities of the Bank are subject to
any warrants, options, rights or commitments of any character, kind or nature
and the Bank is not obligated to issue or repurchase any shares of Bank Stock or
any other security to or from any person except in accordance with the terms of
the Bank Stock Option Plan and Agreements pursuant thereto, and true and correct
copies, as amended and in effect as of the date hereof have been delivered to
the Company. Exhibit 4.2 sets forth the name of each holder of a Bank Option,
the number of shares of Bank Stock covered by each such holder's option, the
date of grant of each such holder's option, the exercise price per share, the
vesting schedule for each such holder's option, and the expiration date of each
such holder's option.
4.3 SUBSIDIARIES. Except as indicated in Exhibit 4.3, the Bank does not
own, directly or indirectly (except as pledgee pursuant to loans which are not
in default), any equity position or other voting interest in any corporation,
partnership, joint venture or other entity.
4.4 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Bank has delivered to the Company copies of
the audited Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Bank as of December 31, 1997 and
1996; Consolidated Statements of Operations, Stockholders' Equity and Cash Flows
for each of the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, and the related
notes and related opinions thereon of Arthur Andersen LLP, certified public
accountants, with respect to such financial statements (the "Audited Bank
Financial Statements"). The Bank has delivered to the Company copies of the
unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet of the Bank as of September 30, 1998;
Consolidated Statement of Operations, Stockholders' Equity and Cash Flows for
the nine month period ended September 30, 1998, and the related notes thereon
(the "Unaudited Bank Financial Statements"). The Bank has furnished the Company
with true and correct copies of each management letter or other letter delivered
to the Bank by Arthur Andersen LLP in connection with the Audited Bank Financial
Statements or relating to any review of the internal controls of the Bank by
Arthur Andersen LLP since January 1, 1996. The Audited Bank Financial Statements
and the Unaudited Bank Financial Statements: (i) present fairly the financial
condition and results of operations of the Bank as of and for the dates or
periods covered thereby in accordance with GAAP and RAP consistently applied
throughout the periods involved; (ii) are based on the books and records of the
Bank; (iii) contain and reflect reserves for all material accrued liabilities
and for all reasonably anticipated losses, and set forth adequate reserves for
loan losses and other contingencies to the extent required by GAAP and RAP; and
(iv) none of the Audited Bank Financial Statements or Unaudited Bank Financial
Statements contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not
misleading under GAAP or RAP. The books and records of the Bank have been, and
are being, maintained in all material respects in accordance with GAAP and RAP
and other applicable legal and accounting requirements and reflect only actual
transactions.
A-13
<PAGE>
4.5 BOOKS AND RECORDS.
(a) The minute books of the Bank which have been made available to the
Company contain (i) true, accurate and complete records of all meetings and
actions taken by the Board of Directors, Board committees and shareholders of
the Bank, and (ii) true and complete copies of its Charter Documents.
(b) The Bank has records which accurately and validly reflect, in all
material respects, its transactions and accounting controls sufficient to insure
that such transactions are (i) in all material respects, executed in accordance
with management's general or specific authorization, and (ii) recorded in
conformity with GAAP or RAP; such records, to the extent they contain important
information pertaining to the Bank which is not easily and readily available
elsewhere, have been duplicated, and such duplicates are stored safely and
securely pursuant to procedures and techniques reasonably adequate for companies
of the size of the Bank and in the businesses in which the Bank is engaged; and
the data processing equipment and software used by the Bank in the operation of
its businesses (including any disaster recovery facility) to generate and
retrieve such records are reasonably adequate for companies of the size of the
Bank and in the businesses in which the Bank is engaged.
4.6 PROPERTY AND ASSETS (a) Exhibit 4.6(a) sets forth a general
description (including the character of the ownership of the Bank) of all real
property of the Bank, including fees, leaseholds and all other interest in real
property (including real property that is DPC Property) ("Real Property").
Except as set forth on Exhibit 4.6(a), (i) the Bank has good and marketable
title, free and clear of any encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind or nature
(except liens for taxes not yet due) to all of the property, real, mixed or
intangible, reflected on the Audited Bank Financial Statements, except as
reflected therein or in the notes thereto (except property sold or transferred
or Encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date
thereof except (a) Encumbrances in the aggregate which do not materially detract
from the value, interfere with the use, or restrict the sale, transfer or
disposition, of such properties and assets or otherwise materially and adversely
affect the Bank; (b) any lien for taxes not yet due; and (c) any Encumbrances
arising under the document that created the interest in the Real Property (other
than Encumbrances arising as a result of any breach or default of the Bank);
(ii) all leasehold interests for Real Property and any material personal
property used by the Bank in its business are held pursuant to lease agreements
which are valid and enforceable, except as the enforceability thereof may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or
other laws of general application relating to or affecting enforcement of
creditors rights and the application of equitable principles in any action,
legal or equitable in accordance with their terms; (iii) all such properties
comply in all material respects with all applicable private agreements, zoning
requirements and other governmental laws and regulations relating thereto and
there are no condemnation proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Bank,
threatened with respect to such properties; (iv) the Bank has valid title or
other ownership rights under licenses to all material intangible personal or
intellectual property used by the Bank in its business, free and clear of any
claim, defense or right of any other person or entity which is material to such
property, subject only to rights of the licensors pursuant to applicable license
agreements, which rights do not materially adversely interfere with the use of
such property; and (v) all material insurable properties owned or held by the
Bank are adequately insured in such amounts and against such risks as is
customary with banks of similar size. The Bank has furnished the Company with
true and correct copies of all leases included on Exhibit 4.6(a) delivered as of
the date of the Agreement.
(b) CONDITION OF PROPERTIES. All tangible properties of the Bank that are
material to the business, financial condition, or results of operations of the
Bank are in a good state of maintenance and repair, except for ordinary wear and
tear, and are adequate for the conduct of the business of the Bank as presently
conducted, and comply with all applicable Rules related thereto. Except as set
forth in Exhibit 4.6(a), (i) the execution of this Agreement, the performance of
the obligations of the Bank hereunder and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated herein, including the Merger, does not conflict with and will not
result in a breach or default under any lease, agreement or contract described
in Exhibit 4.6(a), or give any other party thereto a right to terminate or
modify any term thereof; (ii) the Bank has no obligation to improve any Real
Property; (iii) each lease and agreement under which the Bank is a lessor is in
full force and effect and is a valid and legally binding obligation of the Bank,
and, to the best knowledge of the Bank, each other party thereto; and (iv) the
Bank, and to the best knowledge of the Bank, each other party to any such lease
or agreement have performed in all material respects all the obligations
required to be performed by them to date under such lease or agreement and are
not in default in any material respect under any such lease or agreement and
there is no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, threatened
proceeding, or proceeding which the Bank has reason to believe may be
threatened, with respect to such property or any such lease.
A-14
<PAGE>
4.7 LITIGATION PROCEEDINGS AND AGREEMENTS WITH GOVERNMENTAL ENTITIES.
(a) The Bank is not engaged as a defendant in any legal or other proceedings
before any court, administrative agency or other Governmental Entity except as
is shown on Exhibit 4.7. Except as set forth on Exhibit 4.7, the Bank is not
aware of any "threatened or pending litigation" (within the meaning of Paragraph
5 of the American Bar Association Statement of Policy Regarding Lawyers'
Responses to Auditors' Requests for Information adopted December 8, 1975)
against the Bank. The Bank is not subject to any agreement, order, writ,
injunction or decree of any federal, state or local court, out of a proceeding
involving the Bank or any of its business or properties except as described in
Exhibit 4.7. The Bank has not been served with notice of, nor, to best of Bank's
knowledge is it currently under investigation with respect to, any violation of
federal, state or local law or administrative regulation. Except as set forth on
Exhibit 4.7, there is no (i) outstanding judgment, order, writ, injunction or
decree, stipulation or award of any Governmental Entity or by arbitration,
against, or to the knowledge of the Bank, affecting the Bank or its assets or
business that (a) has had or may have a material adverse effect on the assets,
liabilities, business, financial condition or results of operations of the Bank,
(b) requires any payment by, or excuses a material obligation of a third party
to make any payment to, the Bank, or (c) has the effect of prohibiting any
business practice of, or the acquisition, retention or disposition of property
by, the Bank; or (ii) legal, administrative, arbitration, investigatory or other
proceeding pending or, to the best knowledge of the Bank that has been
threatened, or which the Bank has reason to believe may be threatened, against
or affecting any director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the
Bank, in connection with which any such person has or may have rights to be
indemnified by the Bank.
(b) Except as set forth in Exhibit 4.7, the Bank is not a party to, or
otherwise subject to, any agreement or memorandum of understanding with or order
of any Governmental Entity charged with the supervision or regulation of banks
or engaged in the insurance of bank deposits, that restricts the conduct of its
business, or in any manner relates to its capital adequacy, its credit or
investment policies or its management.
4.8 TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS. The Bank has timely filed all federal income
and state franchise tax returns and all tax reports or returns which it is
required to file with applicable federal, state, county or local authorities and
agencies except (a) where the failure to make any such filing would not have any
materially adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of
operations of the Bank taken as a whole, and (b) where the required filing date
has been lawfully extended, and the Bank has paid all taxes provided for and to
be due in such returns and reports ("Tax Filings"). Except as set forth in
Exhibit 4.8, the Bank's Tax Filings have not been examined by a Governmental
Entity in the past five (5) years. As of December 31, 1997, to the extent
required by GAAP, the Bank had paid, or set up adequate accruals for the payment
of, all taxes, penalties and assessments for which it was liable as of such
date, whether or not disputed, with respect to any and all United Sates federal,
foreign, state, local, environmental (including under any Environmental Law) and
other taxes for the periods covered by the financial statements of the Bank and
for all prior and subsequent periods. Except as set forth in Exhibit 4.8 the
Bank has no knowledge of any deficiency proposed to be assessed against it. The
Bank has paid all assessments made by the FDIC and the Commissioner required to
be paid prior the date hereof. There is currently no federal or state income tax
audit or investigation in process or to the best knowledge of the Bank any other
pending investigation by any authorized body of the taxes paid or to be paid by
the Bank, and the Bank has not been informed that any such audit or
investigation is proposed.
4.9 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS.
(a) Except as set forth in Exhibit 4.9, the Bank is not in default under or
in breach of any law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree
applicable to it promulgated by any Governmental Entity having authority over
it, where such default or breach would have a material adverse effect on its
financial condition, results of operations, or business.
(b) The Bank has conducted in all material respects its businesses in
accordance with all applicable federal, foreign, state and local laws,
regulations and orders, including without limitation disclosure, usury, equal
credit opportunity, equal employment, fair credit reporting, antitrust,
licensing and other laws, regulations and orders, and the forms, procedures and
practices used by the Bank are in compliance with such laws, regulations, and
orders, except for such violations or noncompliance as will not have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, or business of
the Bank.
4.10 PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS. Except as set forth in Exhibit 4.10, the
Bank has performed in all respects all of the obligations required to be
performed by it to date and is not in default under or in breach of any term or
provision of any covenant, contract, lease, indenture or any other agreement to
which the Bank is a party or is subject or is otherwise bound, and no event has
occurred which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or
A-15
<PAGE>
both, would constitute such default or breach, where such default or breach
would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of
operations, or business of the Bank, except for loans of the Bank in default on
the date of this Agreement. No party with whom the Bank has an agreement which
is material to the financial condition, results of operations or business of the
Bank is in default thereunder.
4.11 EMPLOYEES.
(a) Except as set forth in Exhibit 4.11(a), there are no understandings for
the employment of any officer or employee of the Bank which are not terminable
by the Bank without liability on not more than 30 days' notice. Except as set
forth in Exhibit 4.11(a), the Bank is not a party to an oral or written
consultant agreement not terminable upon 60 days' or less notice or involving
the payment of more than $10,000 per annum. Except as set forth in Exhibit
4.11(a), there are no material controversies pending or threatened between the
Bank and any of its employees. Except as disclosed in the Audited Bank Financial
Statements, the Unaudited Bank Financial Statement or in Exhibit 4.11(a), all
material sums due for employee compensation and benefits have been duly and
adequately paid or provided, and all deferred compensation obligations are fully
funded. The Bank is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement with
respect to any of its employees or any labor organization to which its employees
or any of them belong. Except as set forth in Exhibit 4.11(a), no director,
officer or employee of the Bank is entitled to receive any payment of any amount
under any employment agreement, severance plan or other benefit plan as a result
of the consummation of any transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
(b) Except as disclosed in Exhibit 4.11(b), (i) the Bank is and has been in
material compliance with all applicable laws respecting employment and
employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours,
including, without limitation, any such laws respecting employment
discrimination and occupational safety and health requirements, and in any
unfair labor practice; (ii) there is no material unfair labor practice complaint
against the Bank pending or, to the knowledge of the Bank, threatened before the
National Labor Relations Board; (iii) there is no labor dispute, strike,
slowdown or stoppage actually pending or, to the knowledge of the Bank,
threatened against or directly affecting the Bank; and (iv) the Bank has not
experienced any material work stoppage or other material labor difficulty during
the past five years, except in each case which would not result in a Material
Adverse Change.
(c) Except as disclosed in Exhibit 4.11(c), the Bank does not maintain,
contribute to or participate in or have any material liability under any
employee benefit plans, as defined in ERISA, or any nonqualified employee
benefit plans or deferred compensation, bonus, stock or incentive plans, or
other employee benefit or fringe benefit programs for the benefit of former or
current employees of the Bank (the "Employee Plans"). To the best knowledge of
the Bank, no present or former employee of the Bank has been charged with
breaching nor has breached a fiduciary duty under any of the Employee Plans. The
Bank does not participate in, nor has it in the past five years participated in,
nor has it any present or future obligation or liability under, any
multiemployer plan (as defined at Section 3(37) of ERISA). Except as may be
separately disclosed in Exhibit 4.11(c), the Bank does not maintain, contribute
to, or participate in, any plan that provides health, major medical, disability
or life insurance benefits to former employees of the Bank.
(d) Exhibit 4.11 (d) sets forth and describes all Employee Plans in which
the Bank participates, or by which it is bound, including, without limitation;
(i) any profit sharing, deferred compensation, bonus, stock option, stock
purchase, pension, retainer, consulting, retirement, welfare or incentive plan
or agreement whether legally binding or not; (ii) any plan providing for "fringe
benefits" to its employees, including but not limited to vacation, sick leave,
medical, hospitalization, life insurance and other insurance plans, and related
benefits; (iii) any written employment agreement and any other employment
agreement not terminable at will; or (iv) any other "employee benefit plan"
(within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) (collectively, the "Employee
Plans"). Except as set forth in Exhibit 4.11(d), (i) there are no negotiations,
demands or proposals that are pending or threatened that concern matters now
covered, or that would be covered, by any employment agreements or Employee Plan
other than amendments to plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code that are
required by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and later legislation; (ii) the Bank is
in compliance with the material reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1
of Subtitle IB of ERISA and the corresponding provisions of the Code to the
extent applicable to all such Employee Plans; (iii) the Bank has substantially
performed all of its obligations under all such Employee Plans and employment
agreements required to be performed heretofore; and (iv) there are no actions,
suits or claims (other than routine claims for benefits) pending or, to the best
knowledge of the Bank, threatened against any such Employee Plans and employment
agreements or the assets of such plans, and to the best knowledge of the Bank,
no facts exist which could give rise to any actions, suits or claims (other than
routine claims for benefits) against such plans or the assets of such plans.
A-16
<PAGE>
(E) THE "EMPLOYEE PLANS" (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(2) OF ERISA)
DESCRIBED ON EXHIBIT 4.11(D) HAVE BEEN DULY AUTHORIZED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
OF THE BANK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN EXHIBIT 4.11(D), EACH SUCH PLAN AND
ASSOCIATED TRUST INTENDED TO BE QUALIFIED UNDER SECTION 401(A) AND TO BE EXEMPT
FROM TAX UNDER SECTION 501(A) OF THE CODE, RESPECTIVELY, HAS EITHER RECEIVED A
FAVORABLE DETERMINATION LETTER FROM THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (THE "IRS"),
HAS APPLIED FOR SUCH A DETERMINATION LETTER OR WILL APPLY FOR SUCH A
DETERMINATION LETTER BEFORE THE EXPIRATION OF THE REMEDIAL AMENDMENT PERIOD SET
FORTH IN SECTION 401(B) OF THE CODE, AS THE IRS MAY EXTEND SUCH PERIOD, AND TO
THE BEST KNOWLEDGE OF THE BANK, NO EVENT HAS OCCURRED THAT WILL OR COULD GIVE
RISE TO DISQUALIFICATION OF ANY SUCH PLAN WHICH IS INTENDED TO BE QUALIFIED
UNDER SECTION 401(A) OF THE CODE OR LOSS OF THE EXEMPTION FROM TAX OF ANY SUCH
TRUST WHICH IS INTENDED TO BE EXEMPT FROM TAX UNDER SECTION 501(A) OF THE CODE.
NO EVENT HAS OCCURRED THAT WILL OR COULD SUBJECT ANY SUCH PLANS TO TAX UNDER
SECTION 511 OF THE CODE. NONE OF SUCH PLANS HAS ENGAGED IN A MERGER OR
CONSOLIDATION WITH ANY OTHER PLAN OR TRANSFERRED ASSETS OR LIABILITIES FROM ANY
OTHER PLAN. TO THE BEST OF THE BANK'S KNOWLEDGE, NO PROHIBITED TRANSACTION
(WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 409 OR 502(I) OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE
CODE) OR PARTY-IN-INTEREST TRANSACTION (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 406 OF
ERISA) HAS OCCURRED WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF SUCH PLANS WHICH COULD SUBJECT THE
BANK TO AN EXCISE TAX OR PENALTY. TO THE BEST KNOWLEDGE OF THE BANK, NO EMPLOYEE
OF THE BANK HAS ENGAGED IN ANY TRANSACTIONS WHICH COULD SUBJECT THE BANK TO
INDEMNIFY SUCH PERSON AGAINST LIABILITY. ALL COSTS OF PLANS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED
FOR ON THE BASIS OF CONSISTENT METHODS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SOUND ACTUARIAL
ASSUMPTIONS AND PRACTICES. NO EMPLOYEE PLAN HAS INCURRED ANY "ACCUMULATED
FUNDING DEFICIENCY" (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 302(2) OF ERISA), WHETHER OR NOT
WAIVED, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT CONTRIBUTIONS MADE WITHIN THE PERIOD DESCRIBED IN
SECTION 412(C)(10) OF THE CODE; NOR ARE THERE ANY UNFUNDED AMOUNTS UNDER ANY
EMPLOYEE PLAN WHICH IS REQUIRED TO BE FUNDED UNDER PART 3 OF SUBTITLE IB OF
ERISA AND SECTION 412 OF THE CODE); NOR HAS THE BANK FAILED TO MAKE ANY
CONTRIBUTIONS OR PAY ANY AMOUNT DUE AND OWING AS REQUIRED BY LAW OR THE TERMS OF
ANY EMPLOYEE PLAN OR EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT. SUBJECT TO AMENDMENTS THAT ARE
REQUIRED BY THE TAX REFORM ACT OF 1986 AND LATER LEGISLATION, SINCE THE LAST
VALUATION DATE FOR EACH EMPLOYEE PLAN, THERE HAS BEEN NO AMENDMENT OR CHANGE TO
SUCH PLAN THAT WOULD INCREASE THE AMOUNT OF BENEFITS THEREUNDER.
(F) THE BANK DOES NOT SPONSOR OR PARTICIPATE IN, OR HAS NOT SPONSORED OR
PARTICIPATED IN, ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PENSION PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4021 OF
ERISA APPLIES THAT WOULD CREATE A LIABILITY UNDER TITLE IV OF ERISA.
(G) THE BANK DOES NOT SPONSOR OR PARTICIPATE IN, OR HAS NOT SPONSORED OR
PARTICIPATED IN, ANY EMPLOYEE PLAN THAT IS A "MULTI-EMPLOYER PLAN" (WITHIN THE
MEANING OF SECTION 3(37) OF ERISA) THAT WOULD SUBJECT SUCH PERSON TO ANY
LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH PLAN.
(H) ALL GROUP HEALTH PLANS OF THE BANK (INCLUDING ANY PLANS OF AFFILIATES OF
THE BANK THAT MUST BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT UNDER SECTION 162(I) OR (K) OF THE CODE
AS IN EFFECT IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE TECHNICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS REVENUE ACT OF
1988 AND SECTION 4980B OF THE CODE) HAVE BEEN OPERATED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
GROUP HEALTH PLAN CONTINUATION COVERAGE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 4980B OF THE
CODE TO THE EXTENT SUCH REQUIREMENTS ARE APPLICABLE.
(I) THERE HAVE BEEN NO ACTS OR OMISSIONS BY THE BANK THAT HAVE GIVEN RISE TO
OR MAY GIVE RISE TO FINES, PENALTIES, TAXES, OR RELATED CHARGES UNDER SECTIONS
502(C) OR (I) OR 4071 OF ERISA OR CHAPTER 43 OF THE CODE WHICH COULD BE IMPOSED
ON THE BANK.
(J) EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4.11(J), THE BANK DOES NOT MAINTAIN ANY
EMPLOYEE PLAN OR EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO WHICH ANY EMPLOYEE PLAN OR
OTHER PAYMENT WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE MADE BY THE BANK OR PURSUANT TO WHICH ANY
OTHER BENEFIT WILL ACCRUE OR VEST IN ANY DIRECTOR, OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE THE BANK,
IN EITHER CASE AS A RESULT OF THE CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
BY THE AGREEMENT.
(K) NO "REPORTABLE EVENT," AS DEFINED IN ERISA, HAS OCCURRED WITH RESPECT TO
ANY OF THE EMPLOYEE PLANS.
(L) ALL AMENDMENTS REQUIRED TO BRING EACH OF THE EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS INTO
CONFORMITY WITH ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF ERISA AND THE CODE AND ALL OTHER
APPLICABLE LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE, OR WILL BE MADE BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION OF THE REMEDIAL AMENDMENT PERIOD SET FORTH UNDER SECTION 401(B)
OF THE CODE, AS SUCH PERIOD MAY BE EXTENDED BY THE IRS.
(M) EXHIBIT 4.11(M) SETS FORTH THE NAME OF EACH DIRECTOR, OFFICER, EMPLOYEE,
AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BANK AND EVERY OTHER PERSON ENTITLED TO RECEIVE
ANY BENEFIT OR ANY PAYMENT OF ANY AMOUNT UNDER ANY EXISTING EMPLOYMENT
AGREEMENT, SEVERANCE PLAN OR OTHER BENEFIT PLAN OR UNDERSTANDING AS A RESULT OF
THE CONSUMMATION OF ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND WITH
RESPECT TO EACH SUCH PERSON, THE NATURE OF SUCH BENEFIT OR THE AMOUNT OF SUCH
PAYMENT, THE EVENT TRIGGERING THE BENEFIT OR PAYMENT, AND THE DATE OF, AND
PARTIES TO, SUCH EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, SEVERANCE OR OTHER BENEFIT PLAN OR
UNDERSTANDING. THE BANK HAS FURNISHED THE COMPANY WITH TRUE AND CORRECT COPIES
OF ALL DOCUMENTS WITH RESPECT TO THE PLANS AND AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN EXHIBIT
4.11(D) DELIVERED AS OF THE DATE OF THE
A-17
<PAGE>
AGREEMENT, INCLUDING ALL AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS THERETO, AND ALL RELATED
SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTIONS. FOR EACH OF THE EMPLOYEE PENSION BENEFIT PLANS OF THE
BANK REFERRED TO IN EXHIBIT 4.11(D) DELIVERED AS OF THE DATE OF THE AGREEMENT,
THE BANK HAS FURNISHED THE COMPANY WITH TRUE AND CORRECT COPIES OF (I) THE FORM
5500 WHICH WAS FILED IN EACH OF THE THREE MOST RECENT PLAN YEARS, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL SCHEDULES THERETO AND ALL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS WITH
ATTACHED OPINIONS OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED; (II) THE
MOST RECENT DETERMINATION LETTER FROM THE IRS; (III) THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND
LIABILITIES AS OF THE MOST RECENT VALUATION DATE; AND (IV) THE STATEMENT OF
CHANGES IN FUND BALANCE AND IN FINANCIAL POSITION OR THE STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN
NET ASSETS AVAILABLE FOR BENEFITS UNDER EACH OF SAID PLANS FOR THE MOST RECENTLY
ENDED PLAN YEAR. THE DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO IN SUBDIVISIONS (III) AND (IV) FAIRLY
PRESENT THE FINANCIAL CONDITION OF EACH OF SAID PLANS AS OF AND AT SUCH DATES
AND THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF EACH OF SAID PLANS, ALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH GAAP
OR ON THE CASH METHOD OF ACCOUNTING APPLIED ON A CONSISTENT BASIS.
4.12 CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS. Except as listed in Exhibit 4.12, the Bank
is not a party to any oral or written agreement, commitment, or obligation
(hereinafter referred to as an "Understanding" or "Material Contract") which
individually, or with all other similar Understandings relating to the same or
similar subject matter, falls within any of the following classifications:
(i) any Understanding dealing with advertising, brokerage, licensing,
dealership, representative or agency relationship;
(ii) any Understanding with any labor or collective bargaining
organization or association;
(iii) any mortgage, pledge, conditional sales contract, security
agreement, or any other similar Understanding with respect to any real or
personal property in an amount in excess of $25,000, under which the Bank is
a debtor or to which any of its property is subject;
(iv) any profit sharing, group insurance, bonus, deferred compensation,
stock option, severance pay, pension, retirement, or any other similar
Understanding which might provide benefits to the employees, officers or
directors of the Bank;
(v) any Understanding for the future purchase of materials, supplies,
services, merchandise or equipment, the price of which exceeds $20,000 and
which will not be terminable without liability as to future purchases as of
the Effective Time; it being understood that materials, supplies, service,
merchandise or equipment shall not be deemed to include loans, repurchase or
reverse repurchase agreements, securities or other financial transactions
incurred by the Bank in the ordinary course of its banking business;
(vi) any Understanding for the sale of any of its assets, or for the
grant of any right to purchase any of its assets, properties or rights, or
which requires the consent of any third party to the transfer and assignment
of any of its assets, properties or rights; it being understood that the
foregoing shall not be deemed to include any Understanding for the sale of
mortgage loans, repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements, securities or
other financial transactions incurred by the Bank in the ordinary course of
its banking business;
(vii) any guarantee, subordination or other similar or related types of
Understanding except where the Bank is a beneficiary;
(viii) any Understanding for the borrowing of any money by the Bank (other
than time savings or demand deposits) or for a line of credit to it;
(ix) any Understanding for any one capital expenditure or series of
related capital expenditures in excess of $25,000 individually or $100,000
in the aggregate;
(x) any real property lease, whether as lessor or lessee; or any
personal property lease, whether as lessor or lessee, involving payments in
excess of $1000 per month;
(xi) any Understanding to make or participate in a loan (not yet fully
disbursed or funded) to any borrower or related group of borrowers, which
undisbursed or unfunded amount would exceed $500,000 unsecured or secured;
(xii) any Understanding of any kind (other than contracts relating to
demand or time deposits or otherwise made in the ordinary course of
business) with any director or officer of the Bank or with any member of the
immediate family of any such director of officer or with any partnership,
corporation, associate or entity of which any such person is an Affiliate;
A-18
<PAGE>
(xiii) any Understanding for insurance other than as described in Section
4.13 below; or
(xiv) any Understanding, the purpose or effect of which could encompass
(a) merging with any person or bank or bank holding company other than with
the Company (b) the selling of any of its assets (except in the ordinary
course of business) or stock to any person, (c) recommending to any of its
shareholders that their Bank Stock be sold to any person or bank other than
the Company, or causing any other person to make such recommendations or
acquiescing in any such recommendations made by any other person, or (d) in
any other way transferring, directly or indirectly, control of the Bank.
Except as stated in Exhibit 4.12, true and correct copies of all documents
relating to the foregoing Understandings have been delivered by the Bank prior
to the date hereof.
As used in this Section 4.12, "immediate family" of a person shall mean his
or her spouse, parents, children, and siblings.
4.13 INSURANCE. The Bank has and at all times within three years of the
date of this Agreement has had, in full force and effect policies of insurance
and bonds (including without limitation Bankers' blanket bond, fidelity
coverage, director and officer liability, fire, third party liability, use and
occupancy) with respect to its assets and business and against such casualties
and contingencies and of such amounts, types and forms which are customary in
the banking industry and are adequate or appropriate to cover its assets and
businesses as set forth in Exhibit 4.13. Set forth in Exhibit 4.13 is a schedule
of all policies of insurance (other than title or credit insurance) carried and
owned by the Bank, showing the name of the insurance or bonding company, a
summary of the coverage, the amounts, the deductible features, the annual
premiums and the expiration dates. If any such policy or bond is changed,
terminated or modified following the date of this Agreement, such termination,
change or modification shall be promptly disclosed to the Company in writing.
The Bank is not in default under any such policy of insurance or bond such that
it could be canceled, and all material claims thereunder have been filed in a
timely fashion. The Bank has filed claims with or given notice of claim to its
insurers or bonding companies with respect to all material matters and
occurrences for which it believes it has coverage.
4.14 BROKERS. Except as indicated in Exhibit 4.14, no agent, broker,
investment banker, person or firm acting on behalf or under authority of the
Bank (except for any payments for fairness opinions as required in Section 10.9)
is or will be entitled to any broker's or finder's fee or any other commission
or similar fee directly or indirectly in connection with any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.
4.15 AUTHORIZATION. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized
by the Board of Directors of the Bank. Assuming due and proper execution and
delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement constitutes a legal,
valid and binding agreement of the Bank in accordance with its respective terms,
except as the enforceability hereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other laws of general application
relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors rights and the application of
equitable principles in any action, legal or equitable, and by Section 8(b) 6(D)
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(b)(6)(D). Subject
to obtaining the requisite approval of this Agreement by the shareholders of the
Bank, the Bank has full corporate power and authority to perform its obligations
under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
4.16 NO CONFLICTS; DEFAULTS. The execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein,
including the Merger, and compliance by the Bank with any provision hereof and
thereof will not (a) conflict with or result in a breach of, or default or loss
of any benefit under, any provision of its Charter Documents or, except as set
forth in Exhibit 4.16 any material agreement, instrument or obligation to which
it is a party or by which the property of the Bank is bound or give any other
party to any such agreement, instrument or obligation the right to terminate or
modify any term thereof; (b) except for the prior approval of the FRB,
Commissioner, any other required Governmental Entity and as set forth in Exhibit
4.16, require any Consents; or (c) result in the creation or imposition of any
Encumbrance on any of the properties or assets of the Bank; or (d) violate the
Charter Documents or any Rules to which the Bank is subject.
4.17 MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGES. Except as specifically required, permitted
or effected by this Agreement, and except as set forth on Exhibit 4.17, since
December 31, 1997 there has not been, occurred or arisen any of the
A-19
<PAGE>
following (whether or not in the ordinary course of business unless otherwise
indicated) ("Material Adverse Changes"):
(a) Any materially adverse change in any of the assets, liabilities,
permits, methods of accounting or accounting practice, or manner of conducting
business, of the Bank or any other event or development that has had or may
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets,
liabilities, Permits, business, financial condition, or results of operations of
the Bank or which should be disclosed in order to make the Audited Bank
Financial Statements not misleading;
(b) Any damage, destruction or other casualty loss (whether or not covered
by insurance) that has had or may reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on the assets, liabilities, business, financial condition, or
results of operations of the Bank or that may involve a loss of more than
$20,000 in excess of applicable insurance coverage;
(c) Any amendment, modification or termination of any existing, or entry
into any new Material Contract or Permit that has had or may reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets, liabilities, business,
financial condition, or results of operations of the Bank;
(d) Any disposition by the Bank of an asset the lack of which has had or may
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business,
financial condition, or results of operations of the Bank;
(e) Any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition by the
Bank of any Equity Securities or any declaration, setting aside or payment of
any dividend or other distribution on or in respect of Bank Stock whether
consisting of money, other personal property, real property or other things of
value;
(f) Any changes by the Bank in accounting principles or methods or tax
methods, except as required or permitted by, the Financial Accounting Standards
Board or by any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the Bank;
(g) A reduction in the Bank's CAMELS rating;
(h) A reduction in the Bank's CRA rating to less than satisfactory;
(i) A reduction in shareholders' equity to less than 100% of the Bank's
shareholders' equity at December 31, 1998 as reduced for any cash dividends paid
in 1999 or as authorized by Section 6.2(vii) and as determined in accordance
with GAAP or RAP; and/or a reduction in the Bank's 1999 net income to less than
85% of the Bank's 1999 projected net income, as agreed between the Bank and
Company;
(j) Any event of which the Bank obtains knowledge which may materially and
adversely affect the business, financial condition, results of operations or
prospects of the Bank; or
(k) Any event, development or circumstance that, to the best knowledge of
the Bank, will or, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, is
reasonably expected to result in the loss to the Bank of the services of any
Executive Officers of the Bank.
4.18 REPORTS AND FILINGS. Since January 1, 1995, the Bank has filed all
reports, returns, registrations and statements (such reports and filings
referred to as "Bank Filings"), together with any amendments required to be made
with respect thereto, that were required to be filed with (a) the FDIC, (b) the
Commissioner and (c) any other applicable Governmental Entity, including taxing
authorities, except where the failure to file such reports, returns,
registrations and statements has not had and is not reasonably expected to have
a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, or results of
operations of the Bank. No administrative actions have been taken or orders
issued in connection with such Bank Filings. As of their respective dates, each
of such Bank Filings complied in all material respects with all Rules enforced
or promulgated by the Governmental Entity with which it was filed (or was
amended so as to be so promptly following discovery of any such noncompliance).
Any financial statement contained in any of such Bank Filings that was intended
to present the financial position of Bank fairly and was prepared in accordance
with GAAP or RAP consistently applied, except as stated therein, during the
periods involved. The Bank has made available to the Company true and correct
copies of all Bank Filings filed by the Bank since January 1, 1995.
4.19 INFORMATION REGARDING LOANS. The Bank has provided the Company access
to all of the information in its possession concerning its loans, and such
information was true and correct in all material respects as of the date
A-20
<PAGE>
access was provided. Except as may be disclosed in Exhibit 4.19, (i) all loans
and discounts shown on the Audited Bank Financial Statements at December 31,
1997 or which were entered into after December 31, 1997, but before the Closing
Date, were and will be made in all material respects for good, valuable and
adequate consideration in the ordinary course of the business of the Bank, in
accordance in all material respects with the Bank's lending practices, and are
not subject to any material known defenses, setoffs or counterclaims, including
without limitation any such as are afforded by usury or truth in lending laws,
except as may be provided by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
or other laws of general application relating to or enforcement of creditor
rights and the application of equitable principles in any action, legal or
equitable; (ii) the notes or other evidences of indebtedness evidencing such
loans and all forms of pledges, mortgages and other collateral documents and
security agreements constituting the Bank's loan portfolio, taken as a whole,
are and will be, in all material respects, enforceable except as the
enforceability hereof and thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other laws of general application
relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors rights and the application of
equitable principles; and (iii) the Bank has complied in all material respects,
and will prior to the Closing Date comply with all laws and regulations relating
to such loans, or to the extent there has not been such compliance, such failure
to comply will not materially interfere with the collection of any such loan.
All loans and loan commitments extended by the Bank and any extensions, renewals
or continuations of such loans and loan commitments that are on the Bank's books
were made in accordance with customary lending standards of the Bank in the
ordinary course of business. Such loans are evidenced by documentation based
upon customary and ordinary past practices of the Bank. Prior to the date
hereof, the Bank has provided the Company with a schedule which sets forth a
description (a) by type and classification, if any, of each loan, lease or other
extension of credit and commitment to extend credit; (b) by type and
classification, if any, of all loans, leases, other extensions of credit and
commitments to extend credit that have been classified by any Governmental
Entity or auditors (external or internal) as "Watch List," "Substandard,"
"Doubtful," "Loss" or any comparable classification; and (c) all consumer loans
as to which any payment of principal, interest or other amount is 90 days or
more past due.
(b) As of (i) the date of this Agreement, (ii) the Determination Date and
(iii) the Closing Date, the allowance for loan and lease losses for the Bank is
adequate and in accordance with GAAP and RAP.
4.20 COMPLIANCE WITH CRA. To the best knowledge of the Bank, the Bank's
compliance under the CRA should not constitute grounds for either the denial by
any Governmental Entity of any application to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or the imposition of a materially burdensome
condition in connection with the approval of any such application.
4.21 CERTAIN INTERESTS. Except as described in Exhibit 4.12(xii), Exhibit
4.21 sets forth a description of each instance in which an executive officer or
director of the Bank (a) has any material interest in any property, real or
personal, tangible or intangible, used by or in connection with the business of
the Bank; (b) is indebted to the Bank except for normal business expense
advances; or (c) is a creditor (other than as a Deposit holder) of the Bank
except for amounts due under normal salary and related benefits or reimbursement
of ordinary business expenses. Except as set forth in Exhibit 4.21, all such
arrangements are arm's length transactions pursuant to normal commercial terms
and conditions.
4.22 BRANCHES. Exhibit 4.22 hereto sets forth the common name and location
of each office of the Bank, an indication of whether such office is a branch,
service center, or other place of business, whether such premises are owned or
leased, the basic terms of such leases, the common name and location of each
approved but unopened office, and a description of each application for
additional offices of the Bank, and the status of each such application. The
Bank has received appropriate and effective permits and governmental authority
where any Permit, approval or notice was required by law or regulation prior to
the establishment and operation of each such office now in operation. Except for
the offices described on Exhibit 4.22, the Bank does not operate or conduct
business out of any other location and the Bank does not have any current
application for, and the Bank has not received permission to open, any other
branch or to operate out of any other location.
4.23 UNDISCLOSED LIABILITY. The Bank has no liabilities or obligations,
either accrued or contingent, which are in excess of Twenty Thousand Dollars
($20,000) individually or in the aggregate, which have not been:
(i) reflected or disclosed in the Audited Bank Financial Statements or
Unaudited Bank Financial Statements;
(ii) incurred subsequent to December 31, 1997, in the ordinary course of
business; or
A-21
<PAGE>
(iii) disclosed on Exhibit 4.23 or any other exhibit to this Agreement.
To the best of the Bank's knowledge and the knowledge of their executive
officers and directors, after due investigation, there is no basis for the
assertion against the Bank of any liability, obligation or claim that is likely
to result in or cause any material adverse change in the business or financial
condition of the Bank, taken as a whole, which is not fairly reflected in the
Audited Bank Financial Statements, the Unaudited Bank Financial Statements or
otherwise disclosed on Exhibit 4.23 hereto.
4.24 ACCURACY OF INFORMATION FURNISHED. Except as to any statements or
information which shall include projections or forecasts, none of the statements
or information made or contained in any of the covenants, representations or
warranties of the Bank set forth in this Agreement or in any of the schedules,
exhibits, lists, certificates or other documents furnished herewith taken as a
whole contains any untrue statement of a material fact required to be stated
herein or therein or necessary to make the statements or information contained
herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not
misleading. As to any such information or statements which include projections
or forecast, such information or statements are based upon assumptions believed
by the Bank to be reasonable.
4.25 ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. Except as may be disclosed in Exhibit 4.25, to
the best of the Bank's knowledge (and without conducting any site investigation
or other analysis for the purpose of making this representation), neither the
conduct nor operation of the Bank nor any condition of any Real Property
presently or previously owned, leased or operated by the Bank violates or
violated Environmental Laws in any respect material to the business of Bank
taken as a whole and no condition or event has occurred with respect to the Bank
or any Real Property that, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would
constitute a violation material to the business of the Bank taken as a whole of
Environmental Laws or obligate (or potentially obligate) the Bank to remedy,
stabilize, neutralize or otherwise alter the environmental condition of any such
Real Property where the aggregate cost of such actions would be material to the
Bank taken as a whole. Except as may be disclosed in Exhibit 4.25, the Bank has
not received any notice from any person or entity that the Bank or the operation
or condition of any Real Property ever owned, leased or operated by the Bank is
or was in violation of any Environmental Laws or that the Bank is responsible
(or potentially responsible) for remedying, or the cleanup of, any pollutants,
contaminants, or hazardous or toxic wastes, substances or materials at, on or
beneath any such Real Property.
4.26 COMMISSIONER AND FDIC EXAMINATIONS. (a) The Commissioner has
completed an examination of the Bank as of November 30, 1996, and (i) the
Commissioner believes the Bank's allowance for loan losses is adequate and the
Commissioner required no material adjustments, and (ii) the Bank's CAMELS rating
did not adversely change and the Bank's financial condition is deemed by the
Commissioner to be satisfactory.
(b) The FDIC has completed an examination of the Bank as of December 31,
1997, and (i) the FDIC believes the Bank's allowance for loan losses is adequate
and the FDIC required no material adjustments, and (ii) the Bank's CAMELS rating
did not adversely change and the Bank's financial condition is deemed by the
FDIC to be satisfactory.
(c) The FDIC has completed an examination of the Bank and Banklink
Corporation, the Bank's data processing subsidiary, for compliance with Year
2000 safety and soundness issues as of February 3, 1998, and the FDIC has rated
the Bank and Banklink Corporation at least satisfactory regarding the Bank's and
Banklink Corporation's progress in addressing Year 2000 Safety and Soundness
Progress Standards established by the FDIC. Further, Banklink Corporation has
also been rated satisfactory regarding its progress in addressing Year 2000
Safety and Soundness issues.
4.27 INSIDER LOANS; OTHER TRANSACTIONS. The Bank has previously provided
the Company with a listing, current as of November 30, 1998, of all extensions
of credit made to the Bank and each of its Executive Officers and directors and
their related interests (all as defined under Federal Reserve Board Regulation
"O"), all of which have been made in compliance with Regulation O, which listing
is true, correct and complete in all material respects. The Bank does not owe
any amount to, nor does it have any contract or lease with or commitment to, any
of the present Executive Officers or directors of the Bank (other than for
compensation for current services not yet due and payable, and reimbursement of
expenses arising in the ordinary course of business).
4.28 DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS. The Bank is not a party to a transaction in
or involving forwards, futures, options on futures, swaps or other derivative
instruments.
A-22
<PAGE>
4.29 TRUST ADMINISTRATION. The Bank presently does not exercise trust
powers, including, but not limited to, trust administration, and has not
exercised such trust powers for a period of at least 3 years prior to the date
hereof. The term "trusts" as used in this Section 4.29 includes (i) any and all
common law or other trusts between an individual, corporation or other entities
and the Bank, as trustee or co-trustee, including, without limitation, pension
or other qualified or nonqualified employee benefit plans, compensation,
testamentary, intervivos, and charitable trust indentures; (ii) any and all
decedents' estates where the Bank is serving or has served as a co-executor or
sole executor, personal representative or administrator, administrator de bonis
non, administrator de bonis non with will annexed, or in any similar fiduciary
capacity; (iii) any and all guardianships, conservatorships or similar positions
where the Bank is serving or has served as a co-grantor or a sole grantor or a
conservator or a co-conservator of the estate, or any similar fiduciary
capacity; and (iv) any and all agency and/or custodial accounts and/or similar
arrangements, including plan administrator for employee benefit accounts, under
which the Bank is serving or has served as an agent or custodian for the owner
or other party establishing the account with or without investment authority.
4.30 STATEMENTS TRUE AND CORRECT. None of the information supplied or to
be supplied by the Bank for inclusion in the S-1, the S-4 or the Proxy
Statement, or incorporated by reference therein, or any other document to be
filed with any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby will, in the case of the S-1, the S-4 and the Proxy
Statement, when it is first mailed to the shareholders of the Bank, contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary
in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances
under which such statements are made, not misleading or, in the case of the S-1
and the S-4, when it becomes effective, be false or misleading with respect to
any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make
the statements therein not misleading, or, in the case of the S-1, the S-4 and
Proxy Statement or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, at the time of
the meeting of shareholders of the Bank, be false or misleading with respect to
any material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to correct any
statement or remedy any omission in any earlier communication with respect to
the solicitation of any proxy of the Bank shareholders' meeting.
4.31 ACCURATE DISCLOSURE. The Bank agrees that through the Effective Time
of the Merger, each of its reports, and other filings required to be filed with
any applicable Governmental Entity will comply in all material respects with all
of the applicable statutes, Rules and regulations enforced or promulgated by the
Governmental Entity with which it will be filed and none will contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they will be made, not misleading. Any financial
statement contained in any such report, or other filing that is intended to
present the financial position of the Bank will fairly present the financial
position of the Bank and will be prepared in accordance with GAAP or RAP
consistently applied during the periods involved. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary set forth in this Section 4.31, the Bank makes no representation or
warranty with respect to any information supplied by the Company.
4.32 YEAR 2000. The Bank and Banklink Corporation have formed a Year 2000
management committee to identify potential problems associated with the Year
2000 issues and to develop resolutions to any problems. The Bank and Banklink
Corporation are making satisfactory progress for compliance with Year 2000
safety and soundness issues in order to ensure that the Bank's and Banklink
Corporation's existing computer systems are Year 2000 compliant.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
The Company represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:
5.1 ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING. The Company is a California
corporation duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws
of the State of California, is proposed to be registered with the FRB to become
a bank holding company and it has the corporate power and authority to carry on
its business as presently conducted. The Company has all requisite corporate
power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to
carry on its business as presently conducted. The nature of its operations and
the business transacted by it as of the date hereof make licensing and
qualification in any other state or jurisdiction unnecessary. The Company has
delivered to the Bank true and correct copies of its Articles of Incorporation
and Bylaws, as amended and in effect as of the date hereof.
A-23
<PAGE>
5.2 CAPITALIZATION. The authorized capital stock of the Company consists
of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, no par value, of which 10,000 shares are
outstanding on the date hereof, all validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable, and 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which not more than
2 million shares have been issued or are to be issued before the Closing Date.
Except as provided in Exhibit 5.2, no unissued shares of Company Stock or any
other securities of the Company are subject to any warrants, options, rights or
commitments of any character, kind or nature and the Company is not obligated to
issue or repurchase any shares of Company Stock or any other security to or from
any person except in accordance with the terms of the proposed Company Stock
Option Plan and Agreements pursuant thereto. Exhibit 5.2 sets forth the name of
each holder of a Company stock option, the number of shares of Company Stock
covered by each such holder's option, the date of grant of each such holder's
option, the exercise price per share, the vesting schedule for each such
holder's option and the expiration date of each such holder's option.
5.3 SUBSIDIARIES. Except for PCBG Merger Corporation, which the Company
intends to own prior to the Closing Date, the Company does not own, directly or
indirectly (except as pledgee pursuant to loans which are not in default), any
equity position or other voting interest in any corporation, partnership, joint
venture or other entity.
5.4 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Company has delivered to the Bank copies of
the unaudited Statements of Financial Condition of the Company as of December
31, 1997 (the "Company Financial Statements"). The Company Financial Statements:
(i) present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company as of and for the dates or periods covered thereby in accordance with
GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved; (ii) are based on the
books and records of the Company; (iii) contain and reflect reserves for all
material accrued liabilities and for all reasonably anticipated losses, and set
forth adequate reserves loan losses and other contingencies to the extent
required by GAAP; and (iv) none of the Company Financial Statements contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading under GAAP. The
books and records of the Company have been, and are being, maintained in all
material respects in accordance with GAAP and other applicable legal and
accounting requirements and reflect any actual transactions. Since the Company
was recently incorporated, there are no audited financial statements of the
Company for December 31, 1997 or previous years.
5.5 LITIGATION PROCEEDINGS AND AGREEMENTS WITH GOVERNMENTAL ENTITIES.
(a) The Company is not engaged as a defendant in any legal or other
proceedings before any court, administrative agency or other Governmental Entity
except as is shown on Exhibit 5.5. Except as set forth on Exhibit 5.5, the
Company is not aware of any "threatened or pending litigation" (within the
meaning of Paragraph 5 of the American Bar Association Statement of Policy
Regarding Lawyers' Responses to Auditors' Requests for Information adopted
December 8, 1975) against the Company. The Company is not subject to any
agreement, order, writ, injunction or decree of any federal, state or local
court, out of a proceeding involving the Company or any of its business or
properties except as described in Exhibit 5.5. The Company has not been served
with notice of, nor, to best of the Company's knowledge is it currently under
investigation with respect to, any violation of federal, state or local law or
administrative regulation. Except as set forth on Exhibit 5.5, there is no (i)
outstanding judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree, stipulation or award of
any Governmental Entity or by arbitration, against, or to the knowledge of the
Company, affecting the Company or its assets or business that (a) has had or may
have a material adverse effect on the assets, liabilities, business, financial
condition or results of operations of the Company, (b) requires any payment by,
or excuses a material obligation of a third party to make any payment to, the
Company, or (c) has the effect of prohibiting any business practice of, or the
acquisition, retention or disposition of property by, the Company; or (ii)
legal, administrative, arbitration, investigatory or other proceeding pending
or, to the best knowledge of the Company that has been threatened, or which the
Company has reason to believe may be threatened, against or affecting any
director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Company, in
connection with which any such person has or may have rights to be indemnified
by the Company.
(b) Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.5, the Company is not a party to, or
otherwise subject to, any agreement or memorandum of understanding with or order
of any Governmental Entity charged with the supervision or regulation of bank
holding companies or banks or engaged in the insurance of bank deposits, that
restricts the conduct of its business, or in any manner relates to its capital
adequacy, its credit or investment policies or its management.
A-24
<PAGE>
5.6 PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS. Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.6, the
Company has performed in all respects all of obligations required to be
performed by it to date and is not in default under or in breach of any term or
provision of any covenant, contract, lease, indenture or any other agreement to
which the Company is a party or is subject or is otherwise bound, and no event
has occurred which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both,
would constitute such default or breach, where such default or breach would have
a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, or
business of the Company. No party with whom the Company has an agreement which
is material to the financial condition, results of operations or business of the
Company is in default thereunder.
5.7 BROKERS. Except as indicated in Exhibit 5.7, no agent, broker,
investment banker, person or firm acting on behalf or under authority of the
Company (except for any payments for fairness opinions as required in Section
11.14) is or will be entitled to any broker's or finder's fee or any other
commission or similar fee directly or indirectly in connection with any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
5.8 INSURANCE. The Company has in full force and effect policies of
insurance and bonds with respect to its assets and business and against such
casualties and contingencies and of such amounts, types and forms which in the
judgment of the Company are adequate or appropriate to cover its assets and
businesses as set forth in Exhibit 5.8. Set forth in Exhibit 5.8 is a schedule
of all policies of insurance (other than title or credit insurance) carried and
owned by the Company, showing the name of the insurance or bonding company, a
summary of the coverage, the amounts, the deductible features, the annual
premiums and the expiration dates. If any such policy or bond is changed,
terminated or modified following the date of this Agreement, such termination,
change or modification shall be promptly disclosed to the Bank in writing. The
Company is not in default under any such policy of insurance or bond such that
it could be canceled, and all material claims thereunder have been filed in a
timely fashion. The Company has filed claims with or given notice of claim to
its insurers or bonding companies with respect to all material matters and
occurrences for which it believes it has coverage.
5.9 MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGES. Except as specifically required, permitted
or effected by this Agreement, and except as set forth on Exhibit 5.9 since
inception there has not been, occurred or arisen any of the following (whether
or not in the ordinary course of business unless otherwise indicated)("Material
Adverse Changes"):
(a) Any materially adverse change in any of the assets, liabilities,
permits, methods of accounting or accounting practice, or manner of conducting
business, of the Company or any other event or development that has had or may
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets,
liabilities, Permits, business, financial condition, or results of operations of
the Company or which should be disclosed in order to make the Company Financial
Statements not misleading.
(b) Any damage, destruction or other casualty loss (whether or not covered
by insurance) that has had or may reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on the assets, liabilities, business, financial condition, or
results of operations of the Company or that may involve a loss of more than
$10,000 in excess of applicable insurance coverage;
(c) Any amendment, modification or termination of any existing, or entry
into any new, Material Contract or Permit that has had or may reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets, liabilities, business,
financial condition, or results of operations of the Company;
(d) Any disposition by the Company of an asset the lack of which has had or
may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business,
financial condition, or results of operations of the Company; or
(e) Any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition by the
Company of any Equity Securities or any declaration, setting aside or payment of
any dividend or other distribution on or in respect of the Company Stock whether
consisting of money, other personal property, real property or other things of
value.
5.10 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS.
(a) Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.10, the Company is not in default under
or in breach of any law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree
applicable to it promulgated by any Governmental Entity having authority over
it, where such default or breach would have a material adverse effect on its
financial condition, results of operations, or business.
(b) To the best of its knowledge, the Company has conducted in all material
respects its businesses in accordance with all applicable federal, foreign,
state and local laws, regulations and orders, including without
A-25
<PAGE>
limitation disclosure, usury, equal credit opportunity, equal employment, fair
credit reporting, antitrust, licensing and other laws, regulations and orders,
and the forms, procedures and practices used by the Company are in compliance
with such laws, regulations, and orders, except for such violations or
noncompliance as will not have a material adverse effect on the financial
condition, results of operations, or business of the Company.
5.11 AUTHORIZATION. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized
by the Board of Directors of the Company. Assuming due and proper execution and
delivery of this Agreement by the Bank, this Agreement constitutes a legal,
valid and binding agreement of the Company in accordance with its respective
terms, except as the enforceability hereof may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other laws of general
application relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors rights and the
application of equitable principles in any action, legal or equitable. Subject
to obtaining requisite approval of this Agreement by the shareholders of the
Company, if required, the Company has full corporate power and authority to
perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby.
5.12 NO CONFLICTS; DEFAULTS. The execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein,
including the Merger, and compliance by the Company with any provision hereof
will not (a) conflict with or result in a breach of, or default or loss of any
benefit under, any provision of its Charter Documents or, except as set forth in
Exhibit 5.12 any material agreement, instrument or obligation to which it is a
party or by which the property of the Company is bound or give any other party
to any such agreement, instrument or obligation the right to terminate or modify
any term thereof; (b) except for the prior approval of the FRB, the Commissioner
and any other required Governmental Entity, and as set forth in Exhibit 5.12,
require any Consents; (c) result in the creation or imposition of any
Encumbrance on any of the properties or assets or the Company; or (d) violate
the Charter Documents or any Rules to which the Company is subject.
5.13 REPORTS AND FILINGS. Since inception, the Company has filed all
reports, returns, registrations and statements (such reports and filings
referred to as "the Company Filings"), together with any amendments required to
be made with respect thereto, that were required to be filed with (a) the FRB,
(b) the Commissioner and (c) any other applicable Governmental Entity, including
taxing authorities, except where the failure to file such reports, returns,
registrations and statements has not had and is not reasonably expected to have
a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, or results of
operations of the Company. No administrative actions have been taken or orders
issued in connection with the Company Filings. As of their respective dates,
each of the Company Filings complied in all material respects with all Rules
enforced or promulgated by the Governmental Entity with which it was filed (or
was amended so as to be so promptly following discovery of any such
noncompliance). Any financial statement contained in any of the Company Filings
that was intended to present the financial position of the Company fairly and
was prepared in accordance with GAAP or RAP consistently applied, except as
stated therein, during the periods involved.
5.14 (reserved)
5.15 UNDISCLOSED LIABILITY. The Company has no liabilities or obligations,
either accrued or contingent, which are in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars
($10,000) individually or in the aggregate, which have not been:
(i) reflected or disclosed in the Company Financial Statements;
(ii) incurred since inception, in the ordinary course of business; or
(iii) disclosed on Exhibit 5.15 or any other exhibit to this Agreement.
To the best of the Company's knowledge and the knowledge of its officers and
directors, after due investigation, there is no basis for the assertion against
the Company of any liability, obligation or claim that is likely to result in or
cause any material adverse change in the business or financial condition of the
Company, taken as a whole, which is not fairly reflected in the Company
Financial Statements, or otherwise disclosed on Exhibit 5.15 hereto.
5.16 ACCURACY OF INFORMATION FURNISHED. Except as to any statements or
information which shall include projections or forecasts, none of the statements
or information made or contained in any of the covenants, representations or
warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement or in any of the
schedules, exhibits, lists, certificates or other documents furnished herewith
taken as a whole contains any untrue statement of a material
A-26
<PAGE>
fact required to be stated herein or therein or necessary to make the statements
or information contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in
which they were made, not misleading. As to any such information or statements
which include projections or forecast, such information or statements are based
upon assumptions believed by the Company to be reasonable.
5.17 AUTHORITY OF PCBG MERGER CORPORATION. The execution and delivery by
PCBG Merger Corporation of the Agreement of Merger and, subject to the requisite
approval of the shareholder of PCBG Merger Corporation, the consummation of the
transactions completed thereby will be duly and validly authorized by all
necessary corporate action on the part of PCBG Merger Corporation, and the
Agreement of Merger will be, upon execution by the parties thereto, a valid and
binding obligation of PCBG Merger Corporation, enforceable in accordance with
its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors
generally, by general equitable principles. Except as set forth in Exhibit 5.17,
neither the execution and delivery by PCBG Merger Corporation of the Agreement
of Merger, nor the consummation of the transaction contemplated therein, nor
compliance by PCBG Merger Corporation with any of the provisions thereof will
(a) conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of its Charter
Documents; (b) except for approval by the shareholder of PCBG Merger Corporation
and the prior approval of the Commissioner or the FRB, require any Consents; (c)
result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance on any of the properties
or assets of PCBG Merger Corporation; or (d) subject to obtaining the Consents
referred to in subsection (b) of this Section 5.17, and the expiration of any
waiting period, violate any Rules to which PCBG Merger Corporation is subject.
5.18 CAPITAL OF COMPANY, OFFERING AND COMMITMENTS. The Company intends to
use its best efforts to conduct the Offering in order to permit stockholders of
the Bank and Valley Bank, to sell shares of Company Stock and to provide capital
for expenses, growth and operations of the Company. As of the date of this
Agreement, the Company and Sutro have entered into the Engagement Agreement, a
copy of which has been provided to the Bank and which has not been terminated or
materially altered, except that the Company can change its relationship with
Sutro, or increase or decrease the number of underwriters or co-mangers of the
Offering, in the Company's sole discretion. The Company shall not impose any
cost or expense of the Offering, including Underwriter costs and expenses, on
any selling shareholder.
5.19 REGULATORY APPROVALS. To the best knowledge of the Company, except as
described in Section 5.19 of this Agreement, the Company has no reason to
believe that it would not receive all required approvals from any Governmental
Entity of any application to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement without the imposition of a materially burdensome condition in
connection with the approval of any such application.
5.20 STATEMENTS TRUE AND CORRECT. None of the information supplied or to
be supplied by the Company for inclusion in the S-1, the S-4 or the Proxy
Statement, or incorporated by reference therein, or any other document to be
filed with any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby will, in the case of the S-1, S-4 and the Proxy Statement
(or incorporated by reference therein), contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the
statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements are made, not misleading, or, in the case of the S-1 and the S-4,
when it becomes effective, be false or misleading with respect to any material
fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein not misleading.
5.21 ACCURATE DISCLOSURE. The Company agrees that through the Effective
Time of the Merger, each of its reports, and other filings required to be filed
with any applicable Governmental Entity will comply in all material respects
with all of the applicable statutes, Rules and regulations enforced or
promulgated by the Governmental Entity with which it will be filed and none will
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they will be made, not misleading. Any
financial statement contained in any such report, or other filing that is
intended to present the financial position of the Company will fairly present
the financial position of the Company and will be prepared in accordance with
GAAP or RAP consistently applied during the periods involved. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5.21, the Company makes no
representation or warranty with respect to any information supplied by the Bank.
A-27
<PAGE>
5.22 OTHER TRANSACTIONS. The Company has informed the Bank of all other
acquisition transactions that the Company is contemplating or reviewing as of
the date of this Agreement.
5.23 DUE DILIGENCE. The Company and its representatives have had the
opportunity to conduct a due diligence of the Bank, and such due diligence has
been shared with the Managing Underwriter. As of December 15, 1998, the Company
and its agents have completed a primary review of the financial condition of the
Bank, and to the best knowledge of the Company and its agents, no item
concerning the financial condition of the Bank has come to the attention of the
Company or its agents that would preclude the consummation of the Merger as
described herein.
ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS OF THE BANK
The Bank covenants and agrees with the Company as follows:
6.1 BEST EFFORTS. The Bank shall use its best efforts to bring about the
satisfaction of the conditions specified in Articles IX and XI hereof.
6.2 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS. Unless the Company shall give its prior consent,
which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, or unless otherwise indicated,
until the Effective Time, the Bank will:
(i) conduct its affairs and business in the usual and ordinary course,
generally consistent with past practice, and in accordance with safe and
sound practices;
(ii) refrain from (a) creating, incurring, or suffering to exist, any
encumbrance or restriction of any kind against or in respect of any property
or right of the Bank except for such which are not material in amount or
nature to the financial condition or results of operations of the Bank,
except for a pledge or security interest given in connection with the
acceptance of government or public deposits; it being understood that the
foregoing shall not be deemed to preclude loans, repurchase or reverse
repurchase agreements, securities or other financial transactions incurred
in the ordinary course of the Bank's banking business, and (b) borrowing or
agreeing to borrow any amount of funds except in the ordinary course of
business, or directly or indirectly guaranteeing or agreeing to guarantee
any obligations of others except for such which are not material in amount
or nature to the financial condition or results of operations of the Bank;
(iii) refrain from making or becoming a party to any Material Contract or
material commitment, or renewing, extending, amending or modifying any such
contract or commitment except for loan and deposit transactions, in the
usual and ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice; and
refrain from making any loan or other extension of credit, or entering into
any commitment to make any loan or other extension of credit, to any Bank
director, executive officer or employee or 5% or more shareholder, except in
accordance with existing practice or policy; and refrain from extending any
lease;
(iv) refrain from making any capital expenditures or commitments to do
so, except for ordinary repairs and replacements, exceeding $50,000 for any
one item or $200,000 for all items in the aggregate;
(v) refrain from paying or agreeing to pay any bonus, extra
compensation, pension or severance pay, under any pension plan or otherwise,
or increasing the rate of compensation paid by the Bank at June 30, 1998, to
any officer, director, agent, consultant, or employee (except for raises and
bonuses consistent with past practices accrued and paid prior to the
Determination Date and except as contemplated by this Agreement), and any
such amounts shall be accrued or paid in accordance with GAAP prior to the
Determination Date; or agreeing to enter into any employment agreements or
hire any officer level staff where such agreements or arrangements cannot be
terminated without any liability upon not more than 90 days notice; or
agreeing to hire any president of Banklink;
(vi) maintain its assets and properties in good condition and repair
(ordinary wear and tear excepted) and refrain from selling or otherwise
disposing of any of its assets or properties, except in the usual and
ordinary course, consistent with prior customary practice, and in accordance
with safe and sound practices, and maintain the Bank's present branch
operations unless changed by mutual agreement;
(vii) refrain from declaring or paying any dividend on or making any
other distribution upon, or purchasing or redeeming, any shares of the Bank
Stock;
A-28
<PAGE>
(viii) refrain from (a) issuing or selling or obligating itself to issue
or sell any shares of the Bank Stock or any other securities or any
warrants, rights or options to acquire Bank Stock or other securities,
except for the exercise of the Warrant Agreement, (b) effecting a
reclassification, recapitalization, split-up, exchange of shares,
readjustment or other similar change in or to any capital stock or otherwise
reorganize or recapitalize;
(ix) refrain from directly or indirectly redeeming, purchasing or
otherwise acquiring any Bank Stock or stock of any corporation or any
interest in any business enterprise except as it relates to a foreclosure in
the usual and ordinary course of its business;
(x) refrain from amending its Charter Documents except to the extent as
may be required or contemplated by this Agreement;
(xi) use its best efforts to preserve its business organization intact
and to retain its present officers and employees in a manner consistent with
the Bank's other obligations under this Agreement;
(xii) use its best efforts to preserve the goodwill of its depositors,
customers and those having business relations with it, refrain from
materially changing the make-up of the Bank's deposit structure, refrain
from amending, modifying, terminating or failing to renew or preserve its
business organization, material rights, franchises, Permits, and refrain
from taking any action which would jeopardize the continuance of the
goodwill of its customers where such action would have a material adverse
effect, taken as a whole, on the financial condition, or results of
operations of the Bank in a manner consistent with the Bank's other
obligations under this Agreement;
(xiii) use its best efforts to maintain insurance and bond coverage at
least equal to that now in effect on all its properties and all properties
for which it is responsible and on its business operations, and carry the
same coverage for public liability, personal injury and property damage that
is now in effect, except if such insurance and coverage (a) is not available
except at extraordinary rates, or (b) is not available except under
materially different terms which are inconsistent with those in effect as of
the date of this Agreement, and following the receipt of the consent of the
Company, renew the Bank's directors and officers liability insurance policy;
(xiv) meet its material contractual obligations and not become in default
in any material respect on any thereof;
(xv) duly observe and conform to lawful requirements applicable to its
business in all material respects;
(xvi) duly and timely file all reports and returns required to be filed
with any federal, state or local Governmental Entity unless any extensions
have been duly granted by such authorities;
(xvii) refrain from commencing any proceeding to merge, consolidate or
liquidate or dissolve (except as contemplated by this Agreement) or
obligating itself to do so;
(xviii) maintain its books of account and records in the regular manner
substantially in accordance with all applicable statutory and regulatory
requirements applied on a consistent basis;
(xix) except for instituting actions against borrowers of the Bank to
collect loans in default, refrain from instituting, settling, or agreeing to
any material claim, action or proceeding before any court or Governmental
Entity unless not instituting, settling or agreeing to any material claim,
action or proceeding would result in a Material Adverse Change to the Bank;
(xx) refrain from making its credit underwriting policies, standards or
practices applicable to all loans relating to the making of loans and other
extensions of credit, or commitments to make loans and other extensions of
credit, less stringent than those in effect on the date hereof. The Bank
shall not grant or commit to grant, without receiving the Company's Consent,
(i) any loan or other extension of credit, including renewals, to an
existing customer of the Bank, if such loan or other extension of credit,
together with all other credit then outstanding to the same Person and all
Affiliates of such Person, would exceed $1,000,000, irrespective of any
plans or intentions to sell or participate all or a portion of such loans,
on an unsecured basis or $1,500,000 secured by a lien on real estate, cash
or readily marketable collateral, as that term is used in section 1220 ET
SEQ. of the CFC, (ii) any participation loans purchased or sold, or (iii)
any renewals or other extensions of credit to any borrower whose loans or
other extensions of credit have been classified by any Governmental Entity.
In addition, Bank shall not take any property into Other Real Estate Owned
A-29
<PAGE>
("OREO"), or sell any OREO property, not in the ordinary course of the
Bank's business or not in accordance with the Bank's policy concerning OREO
without receiving the Company's Consent. Consent shall be deemed granted if
within three Business Days of written notice received by the Company's
designee, notice of objection in writing is not received by Bank;
(xxi) refrain from making special or extraordinary material payments to
any Person other than as contemplated and as disclosed in this Agreement as
of the date hereof;
(xxii) except for transactions in accordance with safe and sound banking
practices, refrain from making any material investments, by purchase of
stock or securities, contributions to capital, property transfers, purchases
of any property or assets or otherwise, in any other individual, corporation
or other entity;
(xxiii) advise the Company promptly in writing of any Material Adverse
Change known to the Bank in the capital structure, financial condition,
results of operations or of any event or condition which with the passage of
time is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Change to the
Bank, or of any other materially adverse change known to the Bank respecting
the business and operations of the Bank, or in the event the Bank determines
that the Merger will not be consummated because of any inability to meet the
conditions to the performance of the Company set forth in Article XI or of
any matter which would make the representations and warranties set forth in
Article IV hereof not true and correct in any material respect at the
Closing;
(xxiv) promptly advise the Company in writing of any event or any other
transaction within the Bank's knowledge whereby any person or related group
of persons acquires, directly or indirectly, record or beneficial ownership
(as defined in Rule 13d3 promulgated by the Exchange Act or control of 5% or
more of the outstanding shares of Bank Stock prior to the record date fixed
for the Bank shareholders' meeting or any adjourned meeting thereof to
approve the transactions contemplated herein;
(xxv) charge-off all loans, receivables and other assets, or portions
thereof, deemed uncollectible in accordance with GAAP or RAP, applicable law
or regulation, or classified as "loss" or as directed by any Governmental
Entity; and maintain the allowance for loan losses of the Bank at a level
which in the reasonable opinion of the Bank's management is adequate to
provide for all known and estimated credit losses on loans and leases
outstanding and other inherent risks in the Bank's loan portfolio, but in no
case less than the level which in the reasonable opinion of the Bank's
management is adequate to provide for all known and reasonably expected
losses on assets outstanding in accordance with GAAP and RAP;
(xxvi) furnish to the Company, as soon as practicable, and in any event
within ten (10) days after it is prepared (except for the reports submitted
to the Board of Directors of the Bank, as described in clause (i) below,
which shall be furnished to the Company within ten (10) days after the
Bank's Board of Directors has reviewed the report), (i) a copy of any report
submitted to the Board of Directors of the Bank and access to the working
papers related thereto and copies of other operating or financial reports
prepared for management of any of their businesses and access to the working
papers thereto, provided, however, that the Bank need not furnish the
Company communications of the Bank's legal counsel regarding the Bank's
rights against and obligations to the Company or its Affiliates under this
Agreement, (ii) to the extent permitted by law, copies of all reports,
renewals, filings, certificates, statements and other documents filed with
or received from the FDIC and/or the Commissioner or any other Governmental
Entity, (iii) monthly unaudited statements of condition and statements of
operations for the Bank, and quarterly unaudited statements of condition and
statements of operations for the Bank and statements of changes in
stockholders' equity for the Bank, in each case prepared in a manner
consistent with past practice, and (iv) such other reports as the Company
may reasonably request relating to the Bank. Each of the financial
statements delivered pursuant to this Section 6.2(xxvi), except as stated
therein, shall be prepared in accordance with the Bank's normal practices;
(xxvii) consistent with the standards set forth in this subsection 6.2
(xxvii), the Bank agrees that through the Effective Time of the Merger, as
of their respective dates, (i) each of the Bank Filings will be true and
complete in all material respects; and (ii) each of the Bank Filings will
comply in all material respects with all of the statutes, rules and
regulations enforced or promulgated by the Governmental Entity with which it
will be filed and none will contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
they will be made, not misleading. Any financial statement contained in any
of such Bank Filings that is intended to present the financial position of
the Bank will be prepared in accordance with GAAP or RAP consistently
applied, except as stated therein, during the periods involved;
A-30
<PAGE>
(xxviii) maintain reserves for contingent liabilities in accordance with
GAAP and RAP;
(xxix) promptly notify the Company of the filing of any material
litigation, governmental or regulatory action, or similar proceeding or
notice of any claims against the Bank or any of its assets;
(xxx) Except for the Donohoe litigation previously described or those
matters described in Exhibit 4.11(b), conduct good faith settlement
negotiations, and, with the written consent of the Company, settle when
deemed prudent by the Parties, of all existing or threatened litigation as
specified in Exhibits 4.7, or for any new litigation filed or threatened
from the date hereof to the Closing Date;
(xxxi) except in the ordinary course of business, refrain from canceling
or accelerating any material indebtedness owing to the Bank or any claims
which the Bank may possess or waive any material rights of substantial
value;
(xxxii) refrain from selling or otherwise disposing of any Real Property or
any material amount of any tangible or intangible personal property other
than properties acquired in foreclosure or otherwise in the ordinary
collection of indebtedness to the Bank;
(xxxiii) refrain from foreclosing upon or otherwise taking title to or
possession or control of any real property without first obtaining a phase
one environmental report thereon which indicates that the property is free
of pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic waste materials; provided,
however, that the Bank shall not be required to obtain such a report with
respect to single family, non-agricultural residential property of one acre
or less to be foreclosed upon unless it has reason to believe that such
property might contain any such waste materials or otherwise might be
contaminated;
(xxxiv) refrain from committing any act or failing to do any act which will
cause a breach of any agreement, contract or commitment and which will have
a material adverse effect on the Bank's business, financial condition, or
results of operations; and
(xxxv) duly observe and conform, and Banklink Corporation shall duly
observe and conform, to all compliance requirements for Year 2000 safety and
soundness issues.
For purposes of this Section 6.2, the Company shall be deemed to have given
its consent to any action which is contrary to any specified covenant set forth
in this Section if, within five (5) Business Days, or three (3) Business Days
for loans, after actual receipt by the Company of written notice from the Bank
of the Bank's intention to act contrary to any of the specified covenants set
forth in this Section, the Company shall not have delivered to the Bank written
objection to any such action.
6.3 ACCESS TO INFORMATION. (a) As long as the transaction contemplated
herein has not been terminated, the Bank will afford the Company, its
representatives, counsel, accountants, agents and employees including the
underwriter selected to assist in the issuance of the common stock contemplated
in Section 9.1(iii) and its counsel (collectively "Company Representatives"),
access during normal business hours to all of its business, operations,
properties, personnel books, files and records and will do everything reasonably
necessary to enable the Company and the Company Representatives to make a
complete examination of the financial statements, books, records, loans and
leases, operating reports, audit reports, contracts and documents, and all other
information with respect to assets and properties of the Bank and the condition
thereof, and to update such examination at such intervals as the Company shall
deem appropriate. Such access shall include reasonable access by the Company and
the Company Representatives to auditors' work papers with respect to the
business and properties of the Bank, other than (i) books, records and documents
covered by the attorney-client privilege, or which are attorneys' work product,
and (ii) books, records and documents that the Bank is legally obligated to keep
confidential. Such examination shall be conducted in cooperation with the
officers of the Bank and in such a manner as to minimize, to the extent possible
consistent with the conducting of a comprehensive examination, any disruption
of, or interference with, the normal business operations of the Bank. No such
examination, however, shall constitute a waiver or relinquishment on the part of
the Company to rely upon the representations and warranties made by the Bank
herein or pursuant hereto; provided, that the Company shall disclose any fact or
circumstance it may discover which it believes renders any representation or
warranty made by the Bank hereunder incorrect in any respect. The Company will
hold in strict confidence all documents and information concerning the Bank so
obtained (except to the extent that such documents or information are a matter
of public record or require disclosure in the Proxy Statement or as may be
necessary for the accomplishment of the purposes of such examination) and, if
the
A-31
<PAGE>
transactions contemplated herein are not consummated, such confidence shall be
maintained and all such documents including all copies shall be returned to the
Bank.
(b) As long as the transaction contemplated hereunder has not been
terminated, (i) one Company Representative, selected by the Company in its sole
discretion, shall be invited by the Bank to attend all regular and special Board
of Directors' meetings of the Bank from the date hereof until the Effective Time
of the Merger and (ii) one representative of Sutro shall be invited by the Bank
to attend all regular and special Board of Director meetings of the Bank from
the date hereof until the Effective Time of the Merger for the purpose of
discussing the condition of the market for the Offering. The Bank shall inform
the Company of such Board of Director meeting at least five (5) days in advance
of such meeting; provided, however, that the attendance of such Company
Representative shall not be permitted at any meeting, or portion thereof, for
the sole purpose of discussing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
on the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement.
6.4 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. In the event the following have not been
previously delivered prior to the date hereof, within three (3) days of receipt
from Arthur Andersen LLP, the Bank will deliver to the Company a copy of the
audited Statements of Financial Condition of the Bank as of December 31, 1998;
Statements of Earnings, Stockholders' Equity and Cash Flows for the year ended
December 31, 1998, the related notes and related opinions thereon of Arthur
Andersen LLP, with respect to such financial statements (the "1998 Audited Bank
Financial Statements"). The Bank will furnish to the Company with a true and
correct copy of the management letter or other letter delivered to the Bank by
Arthur Andersen LLP in connection with the 1998 Audited Bank Financial
Statements relating to any review of the internal controls of the Bank by Arthur
Andersen LLP. The 1998 Audited Bank Financial Statements will: (i) present
fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank as of and
for the dates or periods covered thereby in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved; (ii)
be based on the books and records of the Bank; (iii) contain and reflect
reserves for all material accrued liabilities and for all reasonably anticipated
losses, and set forth adequate reserves for loan losses and other contingencies,
to the extent required by GAAP; and (iv) none of the 1998 Audited Bank Financial
Statements will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not
misleading under GAAP.
6.5 NO SOLICITATION.
(a) The Bank shall not, and will cause each of its officers, directors,
employees, agents, legal and financial advisors and Affiliates not to, directly
or indirectly, make, solicit, encourage, initiate or, except as permitted in
this Section 6.5, enter into any agreement or agreement in principle, or
announce any intention to do any of the foregoing, concerning the acquisition of
the Bank, or substantially all of the Bank's business and properties or a
majority of Bank Stock or debt securities, whether by purchase, merger (other
than by the Company), purchase of assets, tender offer or otherwise (an
"Alternative Transaction").
(b) The Bank shall not, and will cause each of its officers, directors,
legal and financial advisors, agents and Affiliates not to, directly or
indirectly, participate in any negotiations or discussions regarding, or furnish
any information with respect to, or otherwise cooperate in any way in connection
with, or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage, any effort or
attempt to effect or seek to effect, any Alternative Transaction with or
involving any Person other than the Company, unless the Bank shall have received
an unsolicited written offer from a Person other than the Company to effect an
Alternative Transaction and the Board of Directors of the Bank is advised in
writing by outside legal counsel that in the exercise of the fiduciary
obligations of the Bank's Board of Directors such information should be provided
to or such discussions or negotiations undertaken with the Person submitting
such unsolicited written offer.
(c) The Bank will promptly communicate to the Company the receipt of any
proposal with respect to any Alternative Transaction, and will keep the Company
informed as to the status of any such proposal; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,that the Bank
shall not be required to disclose any matters which, in the written opinion of
outside legal counsel, may not be disclosed in the exercise of the fiduciary
obligations of the Bank's Board of Directors.
6.6 CERTAIN LOANS AND OTHER EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT. The Bank will promptly
inform the Company of the amounts and categories of any loans, leases or other
extensions of credit that have been criticized special mention or classified by
any bank regulatory authority or deemed by the Bank to require special attention
pursuant to its internal policies (collectively "Classified Credits"). In
addition, the Bank will furnish to the Company, as soon as practicable, and in
any event within seven days after receipt by the Bank's Board of Directors,
schedules including
A-32
<PAGE>
the following: (a) Classified Credits; (b) nonaccrual credits; (c) accrual
exception credits that are delinquent 90 or more days and have not been placed
on nonaccrual status; (d) participating loans and leases, stating, with respect
to each, whether it is purchased or sold, the loan or lease type, and the
originating unit; (e) loans or leases (including any commitments) by the Bank to
any director, officer or shareholder holding 5% or more of the capital stock of
such party; (f) letters of credit; (g) loans or leases charged-off during the
previous month; (h) loans or leases written down during the previous month; and
(i) OREO or assets owned, stating with respect to each its type.
6.7 BREACHES. The Bank shall, in event it becomes aware of the impending
or threatened occurrence of any event or condition which would cause or
constitute a breach (or would have caused or constituted a breach had such event
occurred or been known prior to the date hereof) of any of its representations
or agreements contained or referred to herein, give prompt written notice
thereof to the Company and, without limiting the Company's rights under
paragraph 14.1(a)(ii), the Bank shall use its best efforts to prevent or
promptly remedy the same.
6.8 SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. As soon as practicable, the Company and the Bank
shall prepare the S-4 and the proxy statement ("Proxy Statement") and take all
action necessary in accordance with applicable Rules and its Charter Documents
to submit the Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby to its
shareholders for approval by June 21, 1999, or as otherwise reasonably directed
by the Company. In connection with such submission, subject to its fiduciary
obligations specified in Section 6.5(b) the Bank's Board of Directors shall
recommend shareholder approval of all the matters referred to in this Section
6.8 and the Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain such shareholder approval.
6.9 COMPLIANCE WITH RULES. The Bank shall comply with the requirements of
all applicable Rules, the noncompliance with which would materially and
adversely affect the assets, liabilities, business, financial condition, results
of operations or prospects of the Bank.
6.10 TERMINATION OF THE BANK STOCK OPTION PLAN AND AGREEMENTS. The Bank
will take all steps necessary to cause the Bank Stock Option Plan to be
terminated as of or prior to the Effective Time of the Merger, will grant no
additional options under said plan prior to the Effective Time of the Merger,
and the Bank will not permit any options to be exercised as of or prior to the
Effective Time of the Merger.
6.11 OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES. Following the Closing Date, the Company and
the Bank will agree to consolidate and/or reduce certain back office and
administrative functions, and other overhead, of the Bank in order to reduce
Bank expense. Other than officers with employment contracts, the Bank will use
its best efforts to cause each officer and employee of the Bank to indicate in
writing to the Company that such officers and employees will agree to the Bank's
employment policies, procedures and handbook, acknowledge his or her at-will
employment status while employed by the Bank, and acknowledge his or her salary
or compensation and title while employed by the Bank, in the form similar to
that attached as EXHIBIT 6.11(A). The Company also will honor all Bank
Employment Agreements specified in EXHIBIT 4.11(A). The Bank will cancel by the
Closing Date the keyman life insurance policy and the disability insurance
policy for Mr. Jaqua.
6.12 TERMINATION OF CONTRACTS AND ACCRUAL OF LIABILITIES. Upon
determination by the Company, the Bank shall obtain the termination of any
contracts, commitments or Understanding as defined in Section 4.12(v), and pay
or accrue as of the Closing Date for any termination fees, for the future
purchase of materials, supplies, services, merchandise or equipment, the price
of which exceeds $20,000. The Bank shall also cancel the consulting contract
with Mr. Cockrum effective as of the Closing Date. Before the Determination
Date, the Bank shall have paid, or set-up adequate accruals for the payment of,
all expenses, including, but not limited to, professional fees as outlined in
Section 11.18, and expenses as outlined in Section 13.1, but only to the extent
that such fees and expenses shall be chargeable to the after tax net income of
the Bank up to the Determination Date in accordance with GAAP.
6.13 EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER. As soon as possible after
organization of PCBG Merger Corporation, subject to receipt of any and all
necessary approvals and Permits by any Governmental Entity and approval by the
Bank's shareholders, the Bank shall execute the Agreement of Merger and any and
all related documents.
6.14 ACCOUNTANTS. Promptly upon request of the Company, the Bank will ask
its accountants to permit the Company or the Company Representatives to review
and examine the work papers relating to the Audited Bank Financial Statements
for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, 1997 and 1998, and the Bank will
permit such accountants to discuss with the Company any matter relating to the
audits of the Bank. In addition, the Bank will
A-33
<PAGE>
make available to the Company copies of each management letter or other letter
delivered to the Bank by its accountants in connection with such financial
statements or relating to any review by its accountants of the internal controls
of the Bank since January 1, 1995, unless previously provided to the Company and
the Bank has instructed its accountants to make available for inspection by the
Company or the Company Representatives all reports and working papers produced
or developed by its accountants in connection with their examination of such
financial statements, as well as all such reports and working papers for any
periods for which any tax of the party has not been finally determined or barred
by applicable statutes of limitation.
6.15 CORPORATE ACTION. The Bank shall take or cause to be taken all
necessary corporate action required to carry out the transactions contemplated
in this Agreement.
6.16 REGULATORY APPROVALS. Promptly following execution of this Agreement,
the parties hereto shall prepare, submit and file, or cause to be prepared,
submitted and filed, all applications for approvals and consents as may be
required of any of them, respectively, by applicable law and regulations with
respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without
limitation any and all applications required to be filed with the Commissioner,
the FRB, the FDIC and such other Governmental Entity as the Company or the Bank
may reasonably believe necessary. Each party shall cooperate with the other in
the preparation of all of such applications and will furnish promptly upon
request all documents, information, financial statements or other materials as
may be required in order to complete such applications. Each party shall afford
the other a reasonable opportunity to review all such applications (except
confidential portions thereof) and all amendments and supplements thereto before
filing. The Company and the Bank each covenant and agree that any and all
information furnished by it to the other for inclusion in such applications will
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and will not omit to state
any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading.
6.17 NECESSARY CONSENTS. In addition to the regulatory approvals referred
to in Section 6.16, the parties hereto shall each apply for and diligently seek
to obtain all other third party consents or approvals which may be necessary for
the consummation of the Merger, including, without limitation, the written
consent of any lessors of real and personal property which property cannot be
assigned without the written consent of the other such lessors ("Third Party
Consent").
6.18 FURTHER ASSURANCES. The parties agree that from time to time, whether
prior to, at or after the Effective Time of the Merger, they will execute and
deliver such further instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other
action as may reasonably be expected to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby. The Company and the Bank each agrees to take such further action as may
reasonably be requested by the other in order to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and that are not inconsistent with the other
provisions hereof, including compliance with all of the terms of Article II.
6.19 BANK EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. Upon the mutual agreement of the Bank and the
Company, the Bank shall cause all Employee Plans of the Bank to be terminated
except as otherwise provided by applicable labor laws as of the Effective Time
of the Merger.
6.20 ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS. Except for the Banklink leases, the 1600
Florida Avenue lease, and foreclosed OREO, and except as otherwise agreed to in
writing by the Company, the Bank shall provide to the Company, as soon as
reasonably practical, but not later than 45 days after the date hereof, a report
of a phase one environmental investigation on all Real Property owned, leased or
operated by Bank as of the date hereof (other than space in retail and similar
establishments leased by the Bank for automatic teller machines) and within ten
days after the acquisition or lease of any Real Property acquired or leased by
the Bank after the date hereof (other than space in retail and similar
establishments leased or operated by the Bank for automatic teller machines),
except as otherwise provided in Section 6.2(xxxiii). If required by the phase
one investigation in the Company's reasonable opinion, the Bank shall provide to
the Company a report of a phase two investigation on the Real Property or Real
Properties requiring such additional study. The Company shall have 15 business
days from the receipt of any such phase two investigation report to notify the
Bank of any objection to the contents of such report. If the cost of taking all
remedial and corrective actions and measures (i) required by applicable law, or
(ii) recommended or suggested by such report or reports or prudent in light of
serious life, health or safety concerns, in the aggregate, is in excess of the
sum of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) as reasonably estimated by an
environmental expert retained for such purpose by the Company and reasonably
acceptable to the Bank, or if the cost of such actions and measures cannot be so
reasonably estimated by such expert to be, in the aggregate, $300,000 or less
A-34
<PAGE>
with any reasonable degree of certainty, the Company shall have the right to
terminate the Agreement pursuant to Article IV, Section 14.1(e) hereof, for a
period of 10 business days following receipt of such estimate or indication that
the cost of such actions and measures.
6.21 NO CONFLICTS; DEFAULTS. The execution, delivery and performance of
the Agreement of Merger and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
therein, and compliance by the Bank with any provision thereof will not (a)
conflict with or result in a breach of, or default or loss of any benefit under,
any provision of its Charter Documents or, except as set forth in Exhibit 6.21
any material agreement, instrument or obligation to which the Surviving Bank
will become a party or by which the property of the Surviving Bank will become
bound or give any other party to any such agreement, instrument or obligation
the right to terminate or modify any term thereof; (b) except for the prior
approval of the FRB, the FDIC and the Commissioner and as set forth in Exhibit
6.21, require any Consents; (c) result in the creation or imposition of any
Encumbrance on any of the properties or assets of the Surviving Bank; or (d)
violate the Charter Documents or any Rules to which the Surviving Bank is
subject.
6.22 THE OFFERING. The Bank will assist the Company in connection with the
preparation of the offering materials for the issuance of the Company Stock
contemplated by this Agreement, and such assistance will include, but not
necessarily be limited to, the preparation or provision, as appropriate, of
information concerning the business, properties and personnel of the Bank needed
in connection with the issuance of the Company Stock and the closing of the
Offering, as well as any and all comfort letters from Arthur Andersen LLP, and
any and all necessary opinions from Gary Steven Findley & Associates, with
respect to the Offering as specified by the Underwriters. Such information to be
supplied by the Bank will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not intentionally misleading.
6.23 S-4, PROXY STATEMENT AND THE OFFERING. The Company and the Bank will
prepare the S-4 and the Proxy Statement, and the Bank will assist the Company in
connection with preparation of the S-1, contemplated by this Agreement, and such
preparation and assistance will include, but not necessarily be limited to, the
preparation or provision, as appropriate, of information concerning the
business, properties and personnel of the Bank needed in connection with the
issuance of the Company Stock, the S-4 and the Proxy Statement and the closing
of the Merger. Such information to be prepared by the Bank including any and all
information furnished by the Bank for inclusion in all applications and
statements filed with the appropriate regulatory authorities for approval of, or
consent to, the Merger will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.
6.24 PUBLICITY. The initial press release announcing this Agreement shall
be a joint press release and thereafter the Company and the Bank shall consult
with each other in issuing any press releases or otherwise making public
statements with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and in making
any filings with any Governmental Entity or with any national securities
exchange with respect thereto. If any party hereto, on the advice of counsel,
determines that a disclosure is required by law, it may make such disclosure
without the consent of the other parties, but only after affording the other
party a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon the disclosure. The
parties hereby agree that all public statements after the initial press release
announcing this Agreement referring to the Bank shall be made by Mr. James B.
Jaqua, and all public statements made after the initial press release announcing
this Agreement referring to the Company shall be made by Mr. E. Lynn Caswell,
and both parties agree that all public statements shall be made by mutual
agreement with consultation with the Managing Underwriter.
6.25 AFFILIATES AND FIVE PERCENT SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENTS. Within thirty
(30) days of the execution of this Agreement, (a) the Bank shall deliver to the
Company a letter identifying all persons who are then "affiliates" of the Bank
for purposes of Rule 145 under the Securities Act and (b) the Bank shall advise
the persons identified in such letter of the resale restrictions imposed by
applicable securities laws and shall use reasonable efforts to obtain from each
person identified in such letter a written agreement substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit 6.25. The Bank shall use reasonable efforts to obtain
from any person who becomes an affiliate of the Bank after the Bank's delivery
of the letter referred to above, and on or prior to the date of the Bank's
Shareholders' Meeting to approve this Agreement, a written agreement
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 6.25 hereto as soon as practicable
after obtaining such status. At least 10 Business Days prior to the filing of
the S-4, the Bank shall use its best efforts to cause each person or group of
persons who holds more than five percent
A-35
<PAGE>
(5%) of Bank Stock (regardless of whether such person is an "affiliate" under
Rule 145) to deliver to the Company's accountants and Knecht & Hansen, a letter
stating that such shareholder(s) has no present plan or intention to dispose of
Bank Stock and committing that such shareholder(s) will not dispose of Bank
Stock in a manner to cause a violation of the "continuity of shareholder
interest" requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.368-1.
ARTICLE VII
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
The Company covenants and agrees with the Bank as follows:
7.1 BEST EFFORTS. The Company shall use its best efforts to bring about
the satisfaction of the conditions specified in Articles IX and X hereof.
7.2 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS. Unless the Bank shall give its prior consent,
which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, or unless otherwise indicated,
until the Effective Time, the Company will:
(i) conduct its affairs and business in the usual and ordinary course,
generally consistent with past practice, and in accordance with safe and
sound practices;
(ii) refrain from amending its Charter Documents except to the extent as
may be required or contemplated by this Agreement, and except as the Company
proposes to amend its articles of incorporation and bylaws as attached to
this Agreement as EXHIBIT 7.2(II);
(iii) use its best efforts to preserve its business organization intact
and to retain its present officers and employees in a manner consistent with
the Company's other obligations under this Agreement;
(iv) use its best efforts to preserve the goodwill of those having
business relations with the Company, refrain from amending, modifying,
terminating or failing to renew or preserve its business organization,
material rights, franchises, Permits, and refrain from taking any action
which would jeopardize the continuance of the goodwill of its customers
where such action would have, taken as a whole, a material adverse effect on
the financial condition, or results of operations of the Company in a manner
consistent with the Company's other obligations under this Agreement;
(v) duly and timely file all reports and returns required to be filed
with any federal, state or local Governmental Entity unless any extensions
have been duly granted by such authorities;
(vi) maintain its books of account and records in the regular manner
substantially in accordance with all applicable statutory and regulatory
requirements applied on a consistent basis;
(vii) advise the Bank promptly in writing of any material adverse change
known to the Company in the capital structure, financial condition, results
of operations, or of any event or condition which with the passage of time
is reasonably likely to result in a material adverse change in the capital
structure, financial condition or results of operations of the Company, or
in the event the Company determines that the Merger will not be consummated
because of any inability to meet the conditions to the performance of the
Bank set forth in Article X or of any matter which would make the
representations and warranties set forth in Article V hereof not true and
correct in any material respect at the Closing;
(viii) the Company agrees that through the Effective Time of the Merger,
as of their respective dates, (i) each of the Company Filings will be true
and complete in all material respects; and (ii) each of the filings with any
regulatory agency will comply in all material respects with all of the
statutes, rules and regulations enforced or promulgated by the Governmental
Entity with which it will be filed and none will contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they will be made, not misleading. Any financial
statement contained in any of such Company Filings that is intended to
present the financial position of the entities or entity to which it relates
will fairly present the financial position of such entities or entity and
will be prepared in accordance with GAAP or RAP consistently applied, except
as stated therein, during the periods involved;
A-36
<PAGE>
For purposes of this Section 7.2, the Bank shall be deemed to have given its
consent to any action which is contrary to any specified covenant set forth in
this Section if, within five (5) Business Days, after actual receipt by the Bank
of written notice from the Company of the Company's intention to act contrary to
any of the specified covenants set forth in this Section, the Bank shall not
have delivered to the Company written objection to any such action.
7.3 ACCESS TO INFORMATION. The Company will afford the Bank, its
representatives, counsel, accountants, agents and employees (collectively "Bank
Representatives"), access during normal business hours to all of its business,
operations, properties, books, files and records and will do everything
reasonably necessary to enable the Bank and the Bank Representatives to make a
complete examination of the financial statements, books, records, loans and
leases, operating reports, audit reports, contracts and documents, and all other
information with respect to assets and properties of the Company and the
condition thereof, and to update such examination at such intervals as the Bank
shall deem appropriate. Such access shall include reasonable access by the Bank
and the Bank Representatives to auditors' work papers with respect to the
business and properties of the Company, other than (i) books, records and
documents covered by the attorney-client privilege, or which are attorneys' work
product, and (ii) books, records and documents that the Company is legally
obligated to keep confidential. Such examination shall be conducted in
cooperation with the officers of the Company and in such a manner as to
minimize, to the extent possible consistent with the conducting of a
comprehensive examination, any disruption of, or interference with, the normal
business operations of the Company. No such examination, however, shall
constitute a waiver or relinquishment on the part of the Bank to rely upon the
representations and warranties made by the Company herein or pursuant hereto;
provided, that the Bank shall disclose any fact or circumstance it may discover
which it believes renders any representation or warranty made by the Company
hereunder incorrect in any respect. The Bank will hold in strict confidence all
documents and information concerning the Company so obtained (except to the
extent that such documents or information are a matter of public record or
require disclosure in the Proxy Statement or as may be necessary for the
accomplishment of the purposes of such examination) and, if the transactions
contemplated herein are not consummated, such confidence shall be maintained and
all such documents including all copies shall be returned to the Company.
7.4 BREACHES. The Company shall, in event it becomes aware of the
impending or threatened occurrence of any event or condition which would cause
or constitute a breach (or would have caused or constituted a breach had such
event occurred or been known prior to the date hereof) of any of its
representations or agreements contained or referred to herein, given prompt
written notice thereof to the Bank and, without limiting the Bank's rights under
paragraph 14.1(a)(ii), the Company shall use its best efforts to prevent or
promptly remedy the same.
7.5 COMPLIANCE WITH RULES. The Company shall comply with the requirements
of all applicable Rules, the noncompliance with which would materially and
adversely affect the assets, liabilities, business, financial condition, or
results of operations of the Company taken as a whole. The Company shall also
comply with all securities statutes, rules and regulations, whether federal or
state, in connection with the Offering. Except for information supplied by the
Bank pursuant to Section 6.22, the information contained in the Offering
disclosure documents shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.
7.6 CORPORATE ACTION. The Company shall take or cause to be taken all
necessary corporate action required to carry out the transactions contemplated
in this Agreement and the Agreement of Merger, including without limitation, all
necessary action required to organize and fund PCBG Merger Corporation.
7.7 REGULATORY APPROVALS. Promptly following execution of this Agreement,
the parties hereto shall prepare, submit and file, or cause to be prepared,
submitted and filed, all applications for approvals and consents as may be
required of any of them, respectively, by applicable law and regulations with
respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without
limitation any and all applications required to be filed with the Commissioner,
the FRB, the FDIC and such other Governmental Entity as the Company or the Bank
may reasonably believe necessary. Each party shall cooperate with the other in
the preparation of all of such applications and will furnish promptly upon
request all documents, information, financial statements or other materials as
may be required in order to complete such applications. Each party shall afford
the other a reasonable opportunity to review all such applications (except
confidential portions thereof) and all amendments and supplements thereto before
filing. The Company and the Bank each covenant and agree that any and all
information furnished by it to the other for inclusion in such applications will
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and will not
A-37
<PAGE>
omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading.
7.8 NECESSARY CONSENTS. In addition to the regulatory approvals referred
to in Section 7.7, the parties hereto shall each apply for and diligently seek
to obtain all other third party consents or approvals which may be necessary for
the consummation of the Merger, including, without limitation, the written
consent of any lessors of real and personal property which property cannot be
assigned without the written consent of the other such lessors ("Third Party
Consent").
7.9 FURTHER ASSURANCES. The parties agree that from time to time, whether
prior to, at or after the Effective Time of the Merger, they will execute and
deliver such further instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other
action as may reasonably be expected to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby. The Company and the Bank each agree to take such further action as may
reasonably be requested by the other in order to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and that are not inconsistent with the other
provisions hereof, including compliance with the terms of Article II.
7.10 (reserved).
7.11 (reserved).
7.12 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.
(a) The Company will cause the Bank to maintain in effect policies of
directors' and officers' liability insurance (with such coverage, terms and
conditions as are no less advantageous than the insurance presently maintained
by the Bank with respect to the officers and directors) with respect to all
matters arising from facts or events which occurred before the Effective Time of
the Merger, and for a three (3) year period thereafter, for which the Bank would
have had an obligation to indemnify its directors and officers.
(b) If the Company or any of its successors or assigns (i) shall consolidate
with or merge into any other corporation or entity and shall not be the
continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or
(ii) shall transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any
individual, corporation or other entity, then and in each such case, the Company
shall take no action to impair the rights provided in this Section 7.12.
7.13 EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER. As soon as practicable after the
organization of PCBG Merger Corporation, the Company as the sole shareholder of
PCBG Merger Corporation, shall approve the Merger and shall cause PCBG Merger
Corporation to execute the Agreement of Merger.
7.14 THE OFFERING.
(a) The Company intends to conduct the Offering in order to permit
stockholders of the Bank and Valley Bank, to sell shares of Company Stock and to
provide capital for expenses, growth and operations of the Company. All
shareholders of the Bank will be given the opportunity to sell shares of the
Company (whether in exchange for Bank Stock or Bank Options) in the Offering,
subject to proration as provided in Section 2.1(b). Shares of Company Stock sold
by the selling shareholders will not incur any cost and expenses of the
Offering, and that pursuant to the terms of this Section 7.14, the amount of
cash from the Offering to be received by a Selling Shareholder will not be less
than $15.00 per share.
(b) All holders of Bank Options who exchange their options for shares
Company Stock and elect to sell the shares of Company Stock so received may do
so without having to first exercise such options. Such option holders wishing to
sell shares of Company Stock underlying their options to be received in exchange
for the Bank Options may do so by depositing with the Exchange Agent the options
with respect to the shares of Bank Stock to be exchanged prior to the Offering,
together with appropriate Letters of Transmittal properly completed and
executed. At the time of the Merger, the Bank Options will be deemed exchanged
for the number of shares of Company Stock and Warrants as provided in Section
2.8, and, upon completion of the Offering, the Exchange Agent will distribute to
each former option holder (a) the proceeds of sale of those of such shares that
are sold in the Offering, and (b) the shares and cash to which the former option
holder is entitled.
(c) All Directors and officers of the Company and the Surviving Bank have
undertaken in writing with the Underwriters not to sell any Warrants or shares
of Company Stock held by them for a period of six months following the
completion of the Offering unless specifically granted permission to do so by
the Underwriters, such
A-38
<PAGE>
undertaking is in full force and effect. It is understood that the Underwriters
will (a) reduce the period from six months to ninety (90) days, and (b) exclude
from the effect of these undertakings those shares sold in the Offering.
(d) Simultaneously with, and upon the condition of, the consummation of the
acquisition of the Bank, the Company through the Underwriters intends to
consummate the Offering at a gross public offering price of at least $15.00 per
share. If the Offering cannot be consummated at a gross public offering price of
at least $15.00 per share, the Company will not be obligated to proceed with the
Offering and the acquisition of the Bank and Valley Bank.
7.15 AUTHORIZATION. The execution and delivery of the Agreement of Merger
and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will have been
duly authorized by the Board of Directors of PCBG Merger Corporation. The
Agreement of Merger will constitute a legal, valid and binding agreement of PCBG
Merger Corporation in accordance with its respective terms, except as the
enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium, or other laws of general application relating to or
affecting enforcement of creditors rights and the application of equitable
principles in any action, legal or equitable. PCBG Merger Corporation will have
full corporate power and authority to perform its obligations under the
Agreement of Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby.
7.16 NO CONFLICTS; DEFAULTS. The execution, delivery and performance of
the Agreement of Merger and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
therein, and compliance by PCBG Merger Corporation with any provision thereof
will not (a) conflict with or result in a breach of, or default or loss of any
benefit under, any provision of its Charter Documents or, except as set forth in
Exhibit 7.16 any material agreement, instrument or obligation to which PCBG
Merger Corporation will become a party or by which the property of PCBG Merger
Corporation will become bound or give any other party to any such agreement,
instrument or obligation the right to terminate or modify any term thereof; (b)
except for the prior approval of the FRB, the FDIC and the Commissioner and as
set forth in Exhibit 7.16, require any Consents; (c) result in the creation or
imposition of any Encumbrance on any of the properties or assets of PCBG Merger
Corporation; or (d) violate the Charter Documents or any Rules to which PCBG
Merger Corporation is subject.
7.17 ACCURACY OF INFORMATION FURNISHED. Except as to any statements or
information which shall include projections or forecasts, none of the statements
or information made or contained in any of the covenants, representations or
warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement or in any of the
schedules, exhibits, lists, certificates or other documents furnished herewith
contains any untrue statement of a material fact required to be stated herein or
therein or necessary to make the statements or information contained herein or
therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.
As to any such information or statements which include projections or forecast,
such information or statements are based upon assumptions believed by the
Company to be reasonable. The Company shall further amend or supplement the
schedules as of the Closing Date if necessary to reflect any additional changes
in the status of the Company.
7.18 1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN. Prior to or following the completion of the
transactions contemplated herein, the Company will use its best efforts to
establish the Company's 1999 Stock Option Plan for the benefit of directors,
officers and key employees of the Company and the Bank.
7.19 FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Company knows of no reason that the
transaction would not consummate. Without the prior approval of the Bank, the
Company will not enter into any further agreements to acquire another financial
institution that would materially and adversely affect the transaction or the
timing contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII
FURTHER COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE BANK
The parties covenant and agree as follows:
8.1 S-4, PROXY STATEMENT AND REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE OFFERING.
(a) As promptly as practicable, the Company and the Bank shall use their
best efforts to prepare and file the S-4, in which the Proxy Statement will be
included as a prospectus, and the S-1 with the SEC and any other Governmental
Entity. The Bank agrees to provide the information necessary for inclusion in
the S-4, the Proxy
A-39
<PAGE>
Statement and the S-1. The Company will use its best efforts to have the S-4 and
the Proxy Statement declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as
practicable after it is filed and to satisfy the requirements of the SEC and any
other Governmental Entity.
(b) After the date of the filing of the S-4 and the S-1 with the SEC and any
other Governmental Entity, each of the Parties agrees to promptly notify the
other of and to correct any information furnished by such party that shall have
become false or misleading in any material respect and to cooperate with the
other to take all steps necessary to file with the SEC and any other
Governmental Entity and have declared effective or cleared by the SEC and any
other Governmental Entity any amendment or supplement to the S-1 and the S-4 so
as to correct such information and to cause the S-4 and the S-1 as so corrected
to be disseminated to the shareholders of the Company and the Bank to the extent
required by applicable Rules. All documents that the Company files with the SEC
or any other Governmental Entity in connection with this Agreement will comply
as to form in all material respects with the provisions of applicable Rules.
(c) The Company shall take all required action with appropriate Governmental
Entities under state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the issuance
of Company Stock pursuant to this Agreement.
(d) The Bank and the Company, through their Board of Directors, will
recommend that its shareholders approve the transactions contemplated hereby,
and both parties will use their best efforts to obtain the affirmative votes of
the holders of the largest possible percentage of its outstanding Common Stock,
so long as it is consistent with its fiduciary obligation to do so.
8.2 FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS. In obtaining the consent of its shareholders
of the matters described in Section 8.1 hereof, the Company, the Bank and their
respective officers, directors and controlling shareholders will, in all
respects, comply with the Rules and regulations of the SEC and any other
Governmental Entity promulgated under the Exchange Act applicable to commercial
banks which are reporting companies, other applicable provisions of the United
States Code, the Rules and regulations of the SEC and the securities laws of all
states in which shareholders of the parties reside as applicable.
Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and
the Bank agrees that the Notice of Meeting, Proxy Statement submitted in
connection therewith, form of Proxy and other solicitation materials that will
be used in soliciting the aforesaid shareholder approvals and authorizations and
the S-1:
(i) will be filed with, and not be used before the same are cleared for
use by, the SEC, other Governmental Entities having jurisdiction over the
Company and the Bank, and this transaction, and the securities
administrators of all states in which their respective shareholders reside
as applicable;
(ii) will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, except that neither party warrants
the accuracy or completeness of any information contained therein which is
furnished to it by the other relating to the business, assets, properties,
financial condition or management of the other or any corporation or person
affiliated or contractually obligated to become affiliated therewith,
whether by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;
(iii) the Company and the Bank will use their best efforts to obtain
clearance by all appropriate Governmental Entities for the use of its Notice
of Meeting, Proxy Statement, form of Proxy and other solicitation materials.
Each party will consult and cooperate with the other in the preparation of
all such proxy solicitation materials for the Bank Shareholders' Meeting and
the Company's Shareholders Meeting, and the Bank and the Company agree not
to transmit any proxy materials without the prior consent of the other party
and its counsel; and
(iv) the Company and the Bank shall each covenant and agree and each pay
their own expenses in connection with the preparation and filing, including
attorney fees, of the Notice of Meeting, Proxy Statement, form of Proxy and
other solicitation materials.
8.3 MAILING OF PROXY STATEMENT. The Bank and the Company each covenant and
agree that they will use their best efforts and shall cooperate with each other
in the preparation, filing and mailing of the Proxy Statement as soon as is
reasonably practicable and is permitted under applicable law; it being the
intention of the Bank to include its December 31, 1998 financial statements and
information, and any necessary quarterly financial statements and information,
in the financial disclosures contained in the Proxy Statement.
A-40
<PAGE>
8.4 MATERIALS TO BE FURNISHED PRIOR TO MAILING DATES. On or prior to the
mailing date of the Proxy Statement ("Bank Mailing Date"), the Bank (a) shall
use its best efforts to cause an appropriate firm that shall be selected by the
Bank in its discretion, subject to the reasonable approval of the Company, to
deliver to the Company a copy of any letter to the Board of Directors of Bank,
dated as of a date not more than five days prior to such mailing date, in form
and substance satisfactory to the Company to the effect set forth in Section
10.9 hereof, (b) shall have received a letter by a date not more than five days
prior to the Bank Mailing Date, to the effect that the consideration to be
received by the shareholders of the Bank in the Merger is fair from a financial
point of view, and (c) shall have received a letter by a date not more than five
days prior to the Bank Mailing Date, of the valuation of dissenters rights
shares as described in Section 1300.
8.5 REGULATORY APPROVALS. The Bank and the Company each agree to use their
best efforts to provide promptly such information and reasonable assistance as
may be requested by the other party to this Agreement and to take promptly such
other actions as shall be necessary or appropriate in order to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby. Without limiting the foregoing, the Bank and
the Company will each (a) prepare, submit and file, or cause to be prepared,
submitted and filed, all applications for all authorizations, consents, orders
and approvals of federal, state, local and other Governmental Entities and
officials necessary under applicable law for the performance of its obligations
pursuant to this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, (b) use their best efforts to obtain all such authorizations, consents,
orders and approvals as expeditiously as possible in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement, and (c) cooperate fully with each other in promptly seeking
to obtain such authorizations, consents, orders and approvals, including without
limitation, in each case, the approval of the FRB, the FDIC and the
Commissioner. The Bank and the Company each agree to promptly provide the other
with copies of all applications referred to in clause (a) above and copies of
all written communications, letters, reports or other documents delivered to or
received from any Governmental Entity, and copies of all memoranda relating to
discussions with such Governmental Entity, if any, with respect to the Merger,
except that the Company and the Bank shall not be required to provide the other
with any of the foregoing documents submitted or received on a confidential
basis or which incorporate confidential information relating to other financial
institutions. The Parties agree that through the Effective Time of the Merger,
each of its reports, registration statements and other filings required to be
filed with any applicable Governmental Entity will comply in all material
respects with the applicable statutes, rules and regulations enforced or
promulgated by the Governmental Entity with which it will be filed and none will
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Any
financial statement contained in any such report, registration statement or
other filing that is intended to represent the financial position of the Party
to which it relates will fairly present the financial position of such Party and
will be prepared in accordance with GAAP or RAP consistently applied during the
periods involved.
8.6 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
(a) Prior to the Effective Time, the Bank shall take all necessary steps to
effect the Bank Corporate Governance Changes at the Effective Time.
(b) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall take all necessary steps
to effect the Company Corporate Governance Changes at the Effective Time.
8.7 NASDAQ. The Company's Stock will be listed on the Nasdaq National
Market System at the Effective Time of the Merger.
ARTICLE IX
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS
The obligations of the Parties to consummate the transactions as provided
for herein are subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Effective Time, of
the following conditions:
9.1 PERMITS AND APPROVALS. Appropriate permits or approvals from the
Commissioner, the FRB, the FDIC and/or any other Governmental Entities which are
necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, shall
have been received, the United States Department of Justice shall not have taken
any adverse
A-41
<PAGE>
action within the period allowed under 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(c)(6), and all
other statutory or regulatory requirements for the valid completion of the
transactions contemplated hereby shall have been satisfied. Said permits and
approvals shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
(i) prior written approval from the Commissioner pursuant to the CFC,
the FDIC pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(c)(2) and the FRB pursuant to
the Federal Reserve Act and the BHC Act;
(ii) to the extent required by applicable Rule, all Consents of any
Governmental Entity, including, without limitation, those of the FRB, the
FDIC and the Commissioner, shall have been obtained, granted or waived for
organization of PCBG Merger Corporation and the Merger, and all applicable
waiting periods under all rules shall have expired; and
(iii) all approvals, orders and/or permits necessary for the Offering and
any other necessary regulatory approvals and the issuance of approvals or
assurances from the Commissioner, the FRB, the FDIC, the SEC, any blue sky
authority and any other necessary Governmental Entity having authority over
the Merger that the approval of the Merger will be forthcoming that are
satisfactory to the Company, that would allow the Company to commence the
marketing of the Offering by the Company to complete the Merger as described
in this Agreement.
9.2 ABSENCE OF LITIGATION. On the Closing Date and at the Effective Time:
(i) there shall be no action pending before any court of competent jurisdiction
in which any injunction is sought by any Governmental Entity against the
transactions contemplated hereby; and (ii) there shall be in effect no order,
writ, injunction or decree of any court or Governmental Entity prohibiting the
consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.
9.3 SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The Agreement, the Merger, and the other
transactions contemplated hereby, shall have been approved by the holders of at
least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Bank Stock entitled to
vote and the requisite approval of the Company as the sole shareholder of PCBG
Merger Corporation as soon as practicable. Any and all other action required by
the shareholders of the Bank or the Company to authorize or effect the
transactions called for herein shall have been duly and validly taken.
9.4 STOCK OFFERING. An election to sell shares in the Offering shall have
been made, and proper documentation submitted, with respect to not less than 75%
of the shares of Company Stock received by holders of Bank Stock. The Company
shall have entered into a firm commitment underwriting agreement for the
Offering, and all conditions to the consummation of the Offering, other than the
completion of the mergers of PCBG Merger Corporation with the Bank and of
Interim Valley Bank with Valley Bank, shall have been satisfied or waived.
9.5 S-1, S-4 AND PROXY STATEMENT. The S-4, Proxy Statement and the S-1
shall have been declared effective by the SEC or the FDIC, as appropriate, and
shall not be the subject of any stop order or proceeding seeking or threatening
a stop order. The Company shall have received all state securities or "Blue Sky"
permits and other authorization necessary to issue the Company Stock in the
Offering and the S-4 in order to consummate the Merger.
9.6 NASDAQ. The Company's Common Stock issued in the Offering will be
listed on the Nasdaq National Market System at the Effective Time.
9.7 SEVERANCE POLICY. The Bank and the Company shall continue the Bank's
present severance policy.
9.8 TAX OPINION. The Company shall have received from its accountants an
opinion for the benefit of the holders of Bank Stock reasonably satisfactory to
the Company and the Bank to the effect that the Merger shall not result in the
recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes to the Company or
the Bank, the issuance of Company Stock or Warrants shall not result in the
recognition of gain or loss by the holders of Bank Stock who receive Company
Stock and Warrants in connection with the Merger, and shall state that the
holding period for Company Stock, for purposes of capital gains taxation, shall
include the period during which Bank Stock was held. This opinion shall be dated
prior to the date the Proxy Statement is first mailed to the shareholders of the
Company and the Bank and such opinions shall not have been withdrawn or modified
in any respect.
A-42
<PAGE>
ARTICLE X
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BANK
All of the obligations of the Bank to consummate the transactions
contemplated herein shall be subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the
Closing Date, of the following conditions, or their waiver by resolution of the
Board of Directors of the Bank:
10.1 LEGAL OPINION. The Bank shall have received the opinion of Knecht &
Hansen, acting as counsel for the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, in
substantially the form of EXHIBIT 10.1.
10.2 CERTIFICATE OF NO DEFAULT. All covenants, terms and conditions of
this Agreement to be complied with and performed by the Company at or before the
Closing Date shall have been complied with and performed in all material
respects and the representations and warranties of the Company contained in
Article V hereof shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of
the Effective Time, with the same effect as though such representations and
warranties had been made on and as of the Effective Time, except as otherwise
specified in, or permitted or contemplated by, this Agreement. The Company shall
have delivered to the Bank, a certificate dated the Closing Date, signed by the
President, certifying the fulfillment of this condition.
10.3 CLOSING DOCUMENTS. The Company shall have delivered to the Bank all
items required by the Bank pursuant to Section 3.3, all of which documents shall
be properly executed and, if required by the Bank, acknowledged before a notary.
10.4 EFFECTIVE S-4 AND PROXY STATEMENT. The S-4 and the Proxy Statement
shall have been approved or otherwise become effective and no stop order
suspending the effectiveness thereof shall be in effect and no proceedings
therefor shall be pending or threatened by any Governmental Entity at the
Closing Date.
10.5 REGULATORY APPROVALS AND RELATED CONDITIONS. Any and all governmental
and regulatory approvals and Consents referred to in Article IX and any other
section of this Agreement shall have been granted without the imposition of
conditions, or with conditions subject to the approval of the Company and the
Bank, that are or would have become applicable to the Company or the Surviving
Bank, and that the Company reasonably and in good faith concludes would
materially adversely affect the financial condition or operations of the Company
or the Surviving Bank, or otherwise would be materially burdensome; provided,
however, that conditions or requirements which are imposed on purchasers or
acquired institutions by Governmental Entities in comparable transactions shall
not be deemed to be a basis for excuse of performance under this Agreement. All
actions necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the
Agreement by the Company and consummation of the Merger by the Company and PCBG
Merger Corporation shall have been duly and validly taken by the Board of
Directors of the Company and the PCBG Merger Corporation.
10.6 THIRD PARTY CONSENTS. The Company shall have obtained all consents of
other parties to the Company's material mortgages, notes, leases, franchises,
agreements, licenses and permits as may be necessary to permit the transactions
contemplated herein to be consummated, without default, acceleration, breach or
loss of rights or benefits thereunder.
10.7 ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES. As of the Closing Date there shall not
exist any of the following:
(i) any change(s) in the financial condition or results of operation of
the Company since inception which individually is or in the aggregate are
materially adverse to the Company; or
(ii) any damage, destruction, loss or event materially and adversely
affecting the properties, business or prospects of the Company on a
consolidated basis.
10.8 VALIDITY OF TRANSACTIONS. The validity of all transactions herein
contemplated, as well as the form and substance of all opinions, certificates,
instruments of transfer and other documents to be delivered to the Bank
hereunder, shall be subject to the approval, to be reasonably exercised, of
counsel for the Bank.
10.9 FAIRNESS OPINION. Prior to solicitation of shareholder approval, the
Bank shall have received an opinion pursuant to Section 8.4 confirming the
fairness of the terms of the Merger from a financial perspective, and such
opinion shall not have been withdrawn prior to the mailing date of the Proxy
Statement.
10.10 NASDAQ LISTING. The Company will have the shares of Company Stock
issuable pursuant to this transaction duly authorized for listing, subject to
notice of issuance, on the Nasdaq National Market System.
A-43
<PAGE>
ARTICLE XI
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS
OF THE COMPANY
All of the obligations of the Company to consummate the transactions
contemplated herein shall be subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the
Closing Date, of the following conditions, or their waiver by resolution of the
Board of Directors of the Company, as appropriate:
11.1 LEGAL OPINION. The Company shall have received the opinion of Gary
Steven Findley & Associates acting as counsel for the Bank, dated as of the
Closing Date, in substantially the form of EXHIBIT 11.1.
11.2 CERTIFICATE OF NO DEFAULT. All covenants, terms and conditions of
this Agreement to be complied with and performed by the Bank at or before the
Closing Date shall have been complied with and performed in all material
respects and the representations and warranties of the Bank contained in Article
IV hereof shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of the
Effective Time, with the same effect as though such representations and
warranties had been made on and as of the Effective Time, except as otherwise
specified in, or permitted or contemplated by, this Agreement. The Bank shall
have delivered to the Company a certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed by
the President of the Bank, certifying the fulfillment of this condition.
11.3 CLOSING DOCUMENTS. The Bank shall have delivered to the Company all
items required by the Company pursuant to Section 3.3, all of which documents
shall be properly executed and, if required by the Company, acknowledged before
a notary.
11.4 EFFECTIVE S-1, S-4 AND PROXY STATEMENT. The S-1, the S-4 and the
Proxy Statement shall have become effective and no stop order suspending the
effectiveness thereof shall be in effect and no proceedings therefor shall be
pending or threatened by the SEC, FDIC, the Commissioner, the FRB or any blue
sky authority at the Closing Date.
11.5 BANK DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS AGAINST MERGER. The Bank's shareholders
voting against the Merger or the Bank's shareholders giving notice in writing to
the Bank at or before the Bank's meeting that such shareholder dissents from the
Merger, on a combined basis, shall hold not more than ten percent (10%) of the
outstanding shares of the Bank.
11.6 REGULATORY APPROVALS AND RELATED CONDITIONS. Any and all governmental
and regulatory approvals and Consents referred to in Article IX and any other
section of this Agreement shall have been granted without the imposition of
conditions, or with conditions subject to the approval of the Company, that are
or would have become applicable to the Company or the Surviving Bank and that
the Company reasonably and in good faith concludes would materially adversely
affect the financial condition or operations of the Company or the Surviving
Bank, or otherwise would be materially burdensome; provided, however, that
conditions or requirements which are imposed on purchasers or acquired
institutions by Governmental Entities in comparable transactions shall not be
deemed to be a basis for excuse of performance under this Agreement.
11.7 THIRD PARTY CONSENTS. The Company shall have obtained all consents of
other parties to the Company's material mortgages, notes, leases, franchises,
agreements, licenses and permits as may be necessary to permit the transactions
contemplated herein to be consummated, without default, acceleration, breach or
loss of rights or benefits thereunder.
11.8 ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES. As of the Closing Date, there shall not
exist any of the following: (i) any change(s) in the consolidated financial
condition, or results of operation of the Bank since December 31, 1997, which
individually is or in the aggregate are materially adverse to the Bank; (ii) any
damage, destruction, loss or event materially and adversely affecting the
properties, business or prospects of the Bank; or (iii) any material adverse
change in the deposit structure of the Bank from the date of this Agreement to
the Closing Date.
11.9 BANK STOCK OPTION PLAN; AND OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES. The Bank shall
have caused the Bank Stock Option Plan to be terminated as of or prior to the
Effective Time of the Merger and shall have obtained the consents or agreements
specified in, and otherwise shall have complied with the terms of, Section 6.10.
Pursuant to California Law and its employment policies and practices, the Bank
shall have complied with Section 6.11 of this Agreement as of the Effective Time
of the Merger.
A-44
<PAGE>
11.10 DIRECTOR AGREEMENTS. Pursuant to Section 2.9, concurrently with the
execution of this Agreement, each director of the Bank shall enter into separate
agreements with the Company in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT "B".
11.11 TERMINATION OF CONTRACTS. As determined by the Company under Section
6.12, the Bank shall have obtained the terminations of any contracts,
commitments or Understandings as defined in Section 4.12(v), and paid or accrued
as of the Closing Date for any termination fees for the future purchases of
materials, supplies, services, merchandise or equipment, the price of which
exceeds $20,000.
11.12 VALIDITY OF TRANSACTIONS. The validity of all transactions herein
contemplated, as well as the form and substance of all opinions, certificates,
instruments of transfer and other documents to be delivered to the Company
hereunder, shall be subject to the approval, to be reasonably exercised, of
counsel for the Company.
11.13 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. Upon the mutual agreement of the Company and
the Bank regarding whether any Employee Plan should be terminated, the Company
shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Bank has caused such Employee
Plan to be terminated, except as otherwise provided by applicable labor laws, as
of the effective Time of the Merger, and that all benefits payable under such
plans, programs and arrangements have been paid or accrued as of the Closing
Date.
11.14 FAIRNESS OPINION. Prior to commencement of the marketing of the
Offering described in Sections 9.1(iii) and 9.4, the Company in its discretion
may receive an opinion concerning the fairness of the terms of the Merger to the
shareholders of the Company from a financial point of view.
11.15 STOCK OFFERING. The Bank shall have provided such information as
deemed necessary by the Company in connection with the sale of stock including
but not limited to, certificates of its officers and directors attesting to,
among other things, the truthfulness and correctness of the representations
contained in this Agreement, opinions of legal counsel and comfort letters from
the Bank's accountants.
11.16 S-4, PROXY STATEMENT AND REGULATORY APPLICATIONS. The Bank shall
have provided such information as deemed necessary by the Company in connection
with the S-4 and the Proxy Statement and any other regulatory applications
including but not limited to, certificates of its officers and directors
attesting to, among other things, the truthfulness and correctness of the
representations contained in this Agreement, opinions of legal counsel and
comfort letters from the Bank's accountants.
11.17 BLUE SKY MATTERS. The issuance of the Company Stock in the Offering
and the S-4 shall have been qualified or registered with the appropriate
Governmental Entity under state securities or Blue Sky laws, and such
qualification or registrations are in effect on the Closing Date.
11.18 PROFESSIONAL FEES. The Bank's costs and expenses for professional
expenses in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement,
including investment banking, accounting, attorney and any related costs and
expenses, shall not exceed the amount that would be reasonable and customary for
a transaction as described in this Agreement. Investment banking fees are as set
forth in Exhibit 4.14. The accounting and attorney fees, and related costs and
expenses thereto, of the Bank shall not exceed $200,000 in the aggregate. The
Company agrees that it will promptly reimburse the Bank at the close or
termination for the first $75,000 of legal and attorney fees and expenses
incurred by the Bank since November 15, 1998 directly related to this
transaction with the Company, and the Bank shall pay for any additional
accounting and attorney fees and expenses incurred by the Bank thereafter. The
Company also consents to the Bank paying at the close up to $25,000 to William
Cockrum for his investment banking services to the Bank related to this
transaction with the Company.
11.19 YEAR 2000. The Bank shall certify that the Bank and Banklink
Corporation are making satisfactory progress toward compliance with Year 2000
safety and soundness issues with respect to their own computer systems.
ARTICLE XII
DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS OF BANK
Any shareholder of the Bank who lawfully dissents shall be entitled to
receive cash for the fair market value of his or her shares determined in
accordance with Section 1300.
A-45
<PAGE>
ARTICLE XIII
EXPENSES
13.1 EXPENSES. All fees and out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited
to legal, accounting, investment banking fees and cost reimbursements, fees and
cost of consultants, costs of proxy statements and shareholder action on the
Merger, shall be paid by the party incurring such costs.
ARTICLE XIV
TERMINATION
14.1 TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.
(a) Notwithstanding that this Agreement and the Agreement of Merger may have
already been approved by shareholders of one or both of constituent corporations
to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, this Agreement may be
terminated prior to the Effective Time of the Merger:
(i) by mutual agreement of the parties, in writing;
(ii) by (A) the Company immediately upon the expiration of 30 days from
the date that the Company has given notice to the Bank of a material breach
or default by the Bank in the performance of any covenant, agreement,
representation, warranty, duty or obligation hereunder or (B) the Bank
immediately upon the expiration of 30 days from the date that the Bank has
given notice to the Company of a breach or default by the Company in the
performance of any covenant, agreement, representation, warranty, duty or
obligation hereunder, except for Sections 5.18 and 7.14; and
(iii) by the Company or the Bank if any Governmental Entity denies or
refuses to grant the approvals, consents or authorizations required to be
obtained, or if any Governmental Entity approves the transaction covered and
contemplated by this Agreement upon conditions not reasonably acceptable to
the Company, in order to consummate the transactions covered and
contemplated by this Agreement. If any regulatory application filed pursuant
to this Agreement hereof should be finally denied or disapproved by the
respective Governmental Entity, then this Agreement thereupon shall be
deemed terminated and canceled; provided, however, that a request for
additional information or undertaking by the Company, as a condition for
approval, shall not be deemed to be a denial or disapproval so long as the
Company diligently provides the requested information or undertaking. In the
event an application is denied pending an appeal, petition for review, or
similar such act on the part of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the
"appeal") then the application will be deemed denied unless the Company
prepares and timely files such appeal and continues the appellate process
for purposes of obtaining the necessary approval.
(iv) by the Company or the Bank if (A) the Board of Directors of the
Bank approves a transaction (or the Bank executes a letter of intent or
other agreement) pursuant to which any person or entity or related group of
persons or entities acquires, directly or indirectly, record or beneficial
ownership (as defined in Rule 13d3 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the
Exchange Act) or control of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of Bank
Stock or other securities of the Bank; (B) any person or entity or related
group of persons or entities seeks to acquire 10% or more of the outstanding
shares of Bank Stock by tender offer or otherwise, and the Board of
Directors of the Bank does not advise the Bank's shareholders that the
Bank's Board of Directors does not support such tender offer or acquisition
and that it supports the Merger; (C) if the Bank violates its covenant
pursuant to Section 6.2 (xxiii) and (xxiv); (D) the Merger does not receive
the requisite approval of the Bank's shareholders; or (E) any Person or
entity commences an Alternative Transaction pursuant to the terms of Section
6.5;
(v) by the Company or the Bank immediately upon the expiration of 15
days from the date that the Bank or the Company has given notice to the
Company of a default by the Company in the performance of Sections 5.18 and
7.14;
(vi) by the Company or the Bank by June 28, 1999, unless regulatory
approvals and/or completion of the Offering is relatively imminent and is
expected to be completed in the near future, in which case the date in this
subsection shall be automatically extended for up to an additional 30 days.
A-46
<PAGE>
(b) Notwithstanding that this Agreement and the Agreement of Merger may have
already been approved by shareholders of one or both of the constituent
corporations to the Merger, this Agreement shall be terminated prior to the
Effective Time of the Merger if any conditions specified in Articles IX, X or XI
have not been satisfied or waived in writing by the party authorized to waive
such conditions unless mutually extended by the parties hereto.
(c) Regulatory Enforcement Matters. In the event that Bank or the Company or
any of their respective subsidiaries shall, after the date of this Agreement,
become a party or subject to any new or amended written agreement, memorandum of
understanding, cease and desist order, imposition of civil money penalties or
other regulatory enforcement action or proceeding with any federal or state
agency charged with the supervision or regulation of banks or bank holding
companies which is material to the Bank or the Company and their respective
subsidiaries taken as a whole, then either the Company or the Bank may terminate
this Agreement.
(d) (reserved)
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:
(i) If this Agreement is terminated by the Bank before the Closing Date
pursuant to Sections 14.1(a)(ii)(B), (not including Sections 5.18 or 7.14)
hereof, the Company shall pay to the Bank, as reasonable and full liquidated
damages and reasonable compensation for the loss sustained thereby and not
as a penalty or forfeiture, the expenses incurred by the Bank in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, but not
limited to, those costs and expenses outlined in Section 11.18, plus 50% of
such expenses, up to a maximum of $500,000, within ten (10) Business Days of
such termination;
(ii) If this Agreement is terminated by the Company before the Closing
Date pursuant to Sections 14.1(a)(ii)(A) hereof, the Bank shall pay to the
Company, as reasonable and full liquidated damages and reasonable
compensation for the loss sustained thereby, and not as a penalty or
forfeiture, the expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, plus 50% of such expenses, up
to a maximum of $500,000 within ten (10) Business Days of such termination;
and
(iii) If this Agreement is terminated by the Company before the Closing
pursuant to Section 14.1(a)(iv) hereof, and the Warrant is not exercised by
the Company, the Bank will pay to the Company, as reasonable and full
liquidated damages and reasonable compensation for the loss sustained
thereby, and not as a penalty or forfeiture, the expenses incurred by the
Company in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement,
plus 50% of such expenses, within ten (10) Business Days of such
termination.
(iv) If this Agreement is terminated by the Company before the Closing
as a result of a default by the Company in the performance of Sections 5.18
and 7.14, no costs, expenses, fees or other liability or damages will be
accrued or incurred by the Company or any of its representatives or agents.
ARTICLE XV
GENERAL PROVISIONS
15.1 CONFIDENTIALITY. All Confidential Information disclosed heretofore or
hereafter by either Party to this Agreement to the other Party to this Agreement
shall be kept confidential by such other Party and shall not be used by such
other Party otherwise than as herein contemplated, except to the extent that (a)
it is necessary or appropriate to disclose to the Bank or the Company or as may
otherwise be required by Rule (any disclosure of Confidential Information to a
Governmental Entity shall be accompanied by a request that such Governmental
Entity preserve the confidentiality of such Confidential Information); or (b) to
the extent such duty as to confidentiality is waived by the other Party. Such
obligation as to confidentiality and nonuse shall survive the termination of
this Agreement pursuant to Article XIV. In the event of such termination and on
request of the other Party, such Party shall use all reasonable efforts to (y)
return to the other Party all documents (and reproductions thereof) received
from such other Party that contain Confidential Information (and, in the case of
reproductions, all such reproductions made by the receiving Party); and (z)
destroy the originals and all copies of any analyses, computations, studies or
other documents prepared for the internal use of such Party that include
Confidential Information, unless otherwise advised by counsel in connection with
any controversy under the Agreement.
15.2 PUBLICITY. The Parties shall coordinate all publicity relating to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and no Party shall issue any press
release, publicity statement, shareholder communication or other
A-47
<PAGE>
public notice relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated
hereby without obtaining the prior consent of the other Party except to the
extent that independent legal counsel to the Party, as the case may be, shall
deliver a written opinion to the Party that a particular action is required by
applicable Rules. The Parties hereby agree that all public statements after the
initial press release announcing this Agreement referring to the Bank shall be
made by Mr. James B. Jaqua, and all public statements made after the initial
press release announcing this Agreement referring to the Company shall be made
by Mr. E. Lynn Caswell, and both Parties agree that all public statements shall
be made by mutual agreement.
15.3 INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) The Bank agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its
officers and directors, attorneys, accountants and each person who controls the
Company within the meaning of the Securities Act from and against any costs,
damages, liabilities and expenses of any nature, insofar as any such costs,
damages, liabilities and expenses arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the
Proxy Statement, the Company's Offering disclosure documents or any amendments
or supplements thereto, or arise out of or are based solely upon the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading based upon
information with respect to the Bank furnished to the Company by or on behalf of
the Bank specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the Bank shall
not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such cost, damage,
liability or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Proxy
Statement, the Company's Offering disclosure documents or amendments or
supplements thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with information with
respect to the Company furnished to the Bank by or on behalf of the Company
specifically for use therein.
(b) The Company agrees to defend indemnify and hold harmless the Bank, its
officers and directors, attorneys, accountants and each person who controls the
Bank within the meaning of the Securities Act from and against any costs,
damages, liabilities and expenses of any nature, insofar as any such costs,
damages, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the
Proxy Statement, the Company's Offering disclosure documents or any amendments
or supplements thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make statements therein not misleading based solely upon
information with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries furnished to the
Bank by or on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries specifically for use
therein; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such
case to the extent that any such cost, damage, liability or expense arises out
of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission made in the Proxy Statement, the Company's Offering
disclosure documents or amendments or supplements thereto, in reliance upon and
in conformity with information with respect to the Bank furnished to the Company
by or on behalf of the Bank specifically for use therein.
(c) Promptly after receipt by the Party to be indemnified pursuant to this
section ("Indemnified Party") of notice of (i) any claim or (ii) the
commencement of any action or proceeding, Indemnified Party will give the other
Party "(Indemnifying Party") written notice of such claim or the commencement of
such action or proceeding. Indemnifying Party shall have the right, at its
option, to compromise or defend, by its own counsel, any such matter involving
Indemnified Party's asserted liability, at the expense of the Indemnifying
Party. In the event that Indemnifying Party shall undertake to compromise or
defend any such asserted liability, it shall promptly notify Indemnified Party
of its intention to do so, and Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate fully with
Indemnifying Party and its counsel in the compromise of, or defense against, any
such asserted liability. In any event, Indemnifying Party shall have the right
to participate in the defense of such asserted liability. In any event
Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate in the defense of such
asserted liability.
15.4 NOTICES. All notices, demands or other communications hereunder shall
be in writing and be made by (a) hand delivery; (b) overnight mail; (c) United
States mail, first class, certified or registered, postage prepaid; or (d)
facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) on the
date of service if delivered by hand or facsimile transmission (provided that
telecopied notices are also mailed by United States mail, first class, certified
or registered, postage prepaid); (ii) on the next day if delivered by overnight
mail or delivery service; or
A-48
<PAGE>
(iii) 72 hours after mailing if mailed by United States mail, first class,
certified or registered, postage prepaid, and properly addressed as follows:
(a) If to the Bank:
James B. Jaqua, President and Chief Executive Officer
The Bank of Hemet
3715 Sunnyside Drive
Riverside, California 92506
Telecopier No.: (909) 784-5791
With a copy to:
Gary S. Findley, Esq.
Gary Steven Findley & Associates
1470 North Hundley Street
Anaheim, California 92806
Telecopier No.: (714) 630-7910
(b) If to the Company:
Mr. E. Lynn Caswell, Chairman and CEO
Pacific Community Banking Group
23332 Mill Creek Drive, Suite 230
Laguna Hills, California 92653
Telecopier No.: (949) 458-2086
With a copy to:
Loren P. Hansen, Esquire
Knecht & Hansen
1301 Dove Street, Suite 900
Newport Beach, California 92660
Telecopier No.: (949) 851-1732
The persons or addresses to which mailings or deliveries shall be made may
change from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 15.4.
15.5 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to Section 7.12 and 15.3, all terms
and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the Parties hereto and their respective transferees, successors and assigns;
provided, however, that, except as otherwise contemplated herein, this Agreement
and all rights, privileges, duties and obligations of the Parties hereto may not
be assigned or delegated by any party hereto without the prior written consent
of the other Party to this Agreement and any purported assignment in violation
of this Section 15.5 shall be null and void.
15.6 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Except as provided in Section 7.12, each
party hereto intends that this Agreement shall not benefit, or create any right
or cause of action in or on behalf of, any Person other than the Parties
hereto.
15.7 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.
15.8 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is made and entered into in the State
of California and the laws of the State of California shall govern the validity
and interpretation hereof and the performance of the parties hereto of their
respective duties and obligations hereunder.
15.9 CAPTIONS. The captions contained in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.
15.10 WAIVER AND MODIFICATION. No waiver of any term, provision or
condition of this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more
instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing
A-49
<PAGE>
waiver of any such term, provision or condition of this Agreement. This
Agreement and the Agreement of Merger, when executed and delivered, may be
modified or amended by action of the Board of Directors of the Company and the
Bank without action by their respective shareholders to the extent permitted by
law. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by an instrument of equal
formality signed by the Parties of their duly authorized agents.
15.11 ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event either of the Parties to this
Agreement brings an action or suit against the other Party by reason of any
breach of any covenant, agreement, representation, warranty or other provision
hereof, or any breach of any duty or obligation created hereunder by such other
Party, the prevailing Party, as determined by the court or other body having
jurisdiction, shall be entitled to have and recover of and from the losing
Party, as determined by the court or other body have jurisdiction, all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred or sustained by such prevailing Party in
connection with such suit or action, including, without limitation, legal fees
and court costs (whether or not taxable as such).
15.12 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. The making, execution and delivery of this
Agreement by the Parties hereto have not been induced by any representations,
statements, warranties or agreements other than those herein expressed. This
Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the Parties and there are no
further or other agreements or understandings, written or oral, in effect
between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof, unless expressly
referred to by reference herein.
15.13 SEVERABILITY. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement
and every related document shall be interpreted in such manner as to be valid
under applicable law. However, if any provision of any of the foregoing shall be
invalid or prohibited under said applicable law, it shall be construed,
interpreted and limited to effectuate its purpose to the maximum legally
permissible extent. If it cannot be so construed and interpreted so as to be
valid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such
invalidity or prohibition without invalidating the remainder of such provision
or the remaining provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be
construed to the maximum extent possible to carry out its terms without such
invalid or unenforceable provision or portion thereof.
15.14 EFFECT OF DISCLOSURE. Any list, statement, document, writing or
other information set forth in, referenced to or attached to any schedule or
exhibit delivered pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to
constitute disclosure for purposes of any other schedule or exhibit required to
be delivered pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.
15.15 KNOWLEDGE. Whenever any statement herein or in any schedule,
exhibit, certificate or other documents delivered to any Party pursuant to this
Agreement is made "to the knowledge" or "to the best knowledge" of any Party or
other person, such Party or other person, who shall be an officer of a Party,
shall make such statement only after conducting an investigation which such
person determines in good faith to be reasonable under the circumstances of the
subject matter thereof, and each such statement shall constitute a
representation that such investigation has been conducted.
15.16 TERMINATION OF REPRESENTATION, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. The
representations, warranties and covenants of each Party contained herein or in
any certificate or other writing delivered by such Party pursuant hereto or in
connection herewith shall not survive the Merger other than those provided for
in Sections 7.12, 13.1, 14.1(e), 15.1, 15.3, and 15.11 which shall survive a
termination.
A-50
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on
the day and year first above written.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
PACIFIC COMMUNITY BANKING GROUP
By: /s/ E. LYNN CASWELL
------------------------------------------
E. Lynn Caswell,
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
OFFICER
THE BANK OF HEMET
By: /s/ JOHN J. MCDONOUGH
------------------------------------------
John J. McDonough
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
By: /s/ JAMES JAQUA
------------------------------------------
James Jaqua,
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
By: /s/ JOHN B. BRUDIN
------------------------------------------
John B. Brudin,
DIRECTOR
By: /s/ JACK E. GOSCH
------------------------------------------
Jack E. Gosch,
DIRECTOR
By: /s/ E. KENNETH HYATT
------------------------------------------
E. Kenneth Hyatt,
DIRECTOR
By: /s/ JOSEPH D. PEHL
------------------------------------------
Joseph D. Pehl,
DIRECTOR
By: /s/ CLAYTON A. RECORD, JR.
------------------------------------------
Clayton A. Record, Jr.,
DIRECTOR
</TABLE>
A-51
<PAGE>
APPENDIX B
THE BANK OF HEMET FAIRNESS OPINION
BAXTER FENTRISS AND COMPANY
9100 ARBORETUM PARKWAY SUITE 280 RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 23266
(804) 323-7540 FAX (804) 323-7457
MARCH 24, 1999
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
THE BANK OF HEMET
1600 E. FLORIDA AVENUE
HEMET, CA 92544
The Bank of Hemet, Hemet, CA ("Hemet"), Valley Bank, Moreno Valley, CA
("Valley"), and Pacific Community Banking Group, Laguna Hills, CA ("PCBG") have
entered into an agreement providing for the merger of Hemet, Valley, and PCBG
("Merger"). The terms of the Merger are set forth in the First Restatement of
the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization ("Agreement") dated January 5, 1999 and
as amended in March of 1999.
The terms of the Merger provide that, with the possible exception of those
shares as to which dissenter's rights may be perfected, the per share
consideration of Hemet common stock to be (i) the sum of $51.00 in a combination
of cash and or PCBG common stock, and (ii) one warrant to purchase 1.00 share of
PCBG common stock ("Consideration").
You have asked our opinion as to whether the proposed transaction pursuant
to the terms of the Agreement is fair to the respective shareholders of Hemet
from a financial point of view.
In rendering our opinion, we have evaluated the proforma consolidated
financial statements of Hemet, Valley and PCBG, including PCBG's pending
acquisition of Valley. In addition, we have, among other things: (a) to the
extent deemed relevant, analyzed selected public information of certain other
financial institutions and compared Hemet from a financial point of view to the
other financial institutions; (b) compared the terms of the Agreement with the
terms of certain other comparable transactions to the extent information
concerning such acquisitions was publicly available; (c) reviewed the drafts of
the Agreement and related documents; and (d) made such other analyses and
examinations as described below and deemed necessary. We also met with various
senior officers of Hemet, Valley and PCBG to discuss the foregoing as well as
other matters that may be relevant. However we have not completed a formal due
diligence of PCBG and our opinion is based upon representations made by senior
officers of Hemet, Valley, and PCBG. We have not independently verified the
financial and other information concerning Hemet, Valley, or PCBG, or other data
which we have considered in our review. We have assumed the accuracy and
completeness of all such information; however, we have no reason to believe that
such information is not accurate and complete. Our conclusion is rendered on the
basis of securities market conditions prevailing as of the date hereof and on
the conditions and prospects, financial and otherwise, of Hemet, Valley, and
PCBG as they exist and are known to us as of December 31, 1998.
We have acted as financial advisor to Hemet and Valley in connection with
the Merger and will receive from both a fee for our services, a significant
portion of which is contingent upon the consummation of the Merger.
B-1
<PAGE>
It is understood that this opinion may be included in its entirety in any
communication by Hemet or the Board of Directors to the stockholders of Hemet or
PCBG. The opinion may not, however, be summarized, excerpted from or otherwise
publicly referred to without our prior written consent.
Based on the foregoing, and subject to the limitations described above, we
are of the opinion that the Consideration is fair to the shareholders of Hemet
from a financial point of view.
Sincerely,
Baxter Fentriss and Company
B-2
<PAGE>
APPENDIX C
CALIFORNIA GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
CHAPTER 13. Dissenters' Rights
SECTION 1300. SHAREHOLDER IN SHORT-FORM MERGER; PURCHASE AT FAIR MARKET VALUE;
"DISSENTING SHARES"; "DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER"
(a) If the approval of the outstanding shares (Section 152) of a corporation
is required for a reorganization under subdivisions (a) and (b) or subdivision
(e) or (f) of Section 1201, each shareholder of the corporation entitled to vote
on the transaction and each shareholder of a subsidiary corporation in a
short-form merger may, by complying with this chapter, require the corporation
in which the shareholder holds shares to purchase for cash at their fair market
value the shares owned by the shareholder which are dissenting shares as defined
in subdivision (b). The fair market value shall be determined as of the day
before the first announcement of the terms of the proposed reorganization or
short-form merger, excluding any appreciation or depreciation in consequence of
the proposed action, but adjusted for any stock split, reverse stock split or
share dividend which becomes effective thereafter.
(b) As used in this chapter, "dissenting shares" means shares which come
within all of the following descriptions:
(1) Which were not immediately prior to the reorganization or short-form
merger either (A) listed on any national securities exchange certified by
the Commissioner of Corporations under subdivision (o) of Section 25100 or
(B) listed on the list of OTC margin stocks issued by the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, and the notice of meeting of shareholders to
act upon the reorganization summarizes this section and Sections 1301, 1302,
1303 and 1304; provided, however, that this provision does not apply to any
shares with respect to which there exists any restriction on transfer
imposed by the corporation or by any law or regulation; and provided,
further, that this provision does not apply to any class of shares described
in subparagraph (A) or (B) if demands for payment are filed with respect to
5 percent or more of the outstanding shares of that class.
(2) Which were outstanding on the date for the determination of
shareholders entitled to vote on the reorganization and (A) were not voted
in favor of the reorganization or, (B) if described in subparagraph (A) or
(B) of paragraph (1) (without regard to the provisos in that paragraph),
were voted against the reorganization, or which were held of record on the
effective date of a short-form merger; provided, however, that subparagraph
(A) rather than subparagraph (B) of this paragraph applies in any case where
the approval required by Section 1201 is sought by written consent rather
than at a meeting.
(3) Which the dissenting shareholder has demanded that the corporation
purchase at their fair market value, in accordance with Section 1301.
(4) Which the dissenting shareholder has submitted for endorsement, in
accordance with Section 1302.
(c) As used in this chapter, "dissenting shareholder" means the recordholder
of dissenting shares and includes a transferee of record.
SECTION 1301. NOTICE TO HOLDER OF DISSENTING SHARES OF REORGANIZATION APPROVAL;
DEMAND FOR PURCHASE OF SHARES; CONTENTS OF DEMAND
(a) If, in the case of a reorganization, any shareholders of a corporation
have a right under Section 1300, subject to compliance with paragraphs (3) and
(4) of subdivision (b) thereof, to require the corporation to purchase their
shares for cash, such corporation shall mail to each such shareholder a notice
of the approval of the reorganization by its outstanding shares (Section 152)
within 10 days after the date of such approval, accompanied
C-1
<PAGE>
by a copy of Sections 1300, 1302, 1303, 1304 and this section, a statement of
the price determined by the corporation to represent the fair market value of
the dissenting shares, and a brief description of the procedure to be followed
if the shareholder desires to exercise the shareholder's right under such
sections. The statement of price constitutes an offer by the corporation to
purchase at the price stated any dissenting shares as defined in subdivision (b)
of Section 1300, unless they lose their status as dissenting shares under
Section 1309.
(b) Any shareholder who has a right to require the corporation to purchase
the shareholder's shares for cash under Section 1300, subject to compliance with
paragraphs (3) and (4) of subdivision (b) thereof, and who desires the
corporation to purchase such shares shall make written demand upon the
corporation for the purchase of such shares and payment to the shareholder in
cash of their fair market value. The demand is not effective for any purpose
unless it is received by the corporation or any transfer agent thereof (1) in
the case of shares described in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (1) of
subdivision (b) of Section 1300 (without regard to the provisos in that
paragraph), not later than the date of the shareholders' meeting to vote upon
the reorganization, or (2) in any other case within 30 days after the date on
which the notice of the approval by the outstanding shares pursuant to
subdivision (a) or the notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was
mailed to the shareholder.
(c) The demand shall state the number and class of the shares held of record
by the shareholder which the shareholder demands that the corporation purchase
and shall contain a statement of what such shareholder claims to be the fair
market value of those shares as of the day before the announcement of the
proposed reorganization or short-form merger. The statement of fair market value
constitutes an offer by the shareholder to sell the shares at such price.
SECTION 1302. STAMPING OR ENDORSING DISSENTING SHARES
Within 30 days after the date on which notice of the approval by the
outstanding shares or the notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was
mailed to the shareholder, the shareholder shall submit to the corporation at
its principal office or at the office of any transfer agent thereof, (a) if the
shares are certificated securities, the shareholder's certificates representing
any shares which the shareholder demands that the corporation purchase, to be
stamped or endorsed with a statement that the shares are dissenting shares or to
be exchanged for certificates of appropriate denomination so stamped or endorsed
or (b) if the shares are uncertificated securities, written notice of the number
of shares which the shareholder demands that the corporation purchase. Upon
subsequent transfers of the dissenting shares on the books of the corporation,
the new certificates, initial transaction statement, and other written
statements issued therefor shall bear a like statement, together with the name
of the original dissenting holder of the shares.
SECTION 1303. DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER ENTITLED TO AGREED PRICE WITH INTEREST
THEREON; WHEN PRICE TO BE PAID
(a) If the corporation and the shareholder agree that the shares are
dissenting shares and agree upon the price of the shares, the dissenting
shareholder is entitled to the agreed price with interest thereon at the legal
rate on judgments from the date of the agreement. Any agreements fixing the fair
market value of any dissenting shares as between the corporation and the holders
thereof shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 1306, payment of the fair market
value of dissenting shares shall be made within 30 days after the amount thereof
has been agreed or within 30 days after any statutory or contractual conditions
to the reorganization are satisfied, whichever is later, and in the case of
certificated securities, subject to surrender of the certificates therefor,
unless provided otherwise by agreement.
SECTION 1304. ACTION BY DISSENTERS TO DETERMINE WHETHER SHARES ARE DISSENTING
SHARES OR FAIR MARKET VALUE OF DISSENTING SHARES OR BOTH; JOINDER OF
SHAREHOLDERS; CONSOLIDATION OF ACTIONS; DETERMINATION OF ISSUES; APPOINTMENT
OF APPRAISERS
(a) If the corporation denies that the shares are dissenting shares, or the
corporation and the shareholder fail to agree upon the fair market value of the
shares, then the shareholder demanding purchase of such shares as dissenting
shares or any interested corporation, within six months after the date on which
notice of the approval by the outstanding shares (Section 152) or notice
pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was mailed to the shareholder, but
not thereafter, may file a complaint in the superior court of the proper county
praying the court
C-2
<PAGE>
to determine whether the shares are dissenting shares or the fair market value
of the dissenting shares or both or may intervene in any action pending on such
a complaint.
(b) Two or more dissenting shareholders may join as plaintiffs or be joined
as defendants in any such action and two or more such actions may be
consolidated.
(c) On the trial of the action, the court shall determine the issues. If the
status of the shares as dissenting shares is in issue, the court shall first
determine that issue. If the fair market value of the dissenting shares is in
issue, the court shall determine, or shall appoint one or more impartial
appraisers to determine, the fair market value of the shares.
SECTION 1305. DUTY AND REPORT OF APPRAISERS; COURT'S CONFIRMATION OF REPORT;
DETERMINATION OF FAIR MARKET VALUE BY COURT; JUDGMENT, AND PAYMENT; APPEAL;
COSTS OF ACTION
(a) If the court appoints an appraiser or appraisers, they shall proceed
forthwith to determine the fair market value per share. Within the time fixed by
the court, the appraisers, or a majority of them, shall make and file a report
in the office of the clerk of the court. Thereupon, on the motion of any party,
the report shall be submitted to the court and considered on such evidence as
the court considers relevant. If the court finds the report reasonable, the
court may confirm it.
(b) If a majority of the appraisers appointed fail to make and file a report
within 10 days from the date of their appointment or within such further time as
may be allowed by the court or the report is not confirmed by the court, the
court shall determine the fair market value of the dissenting shares.
(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 1306, judgment shall be rendered
against the corporation for payment of an amount equal to the fair market value
of each dissenting share multiplied by the number of dissenting shares which any
dissenting shareholder who is a party, or who has intervened, is entitled to
require the corporation to purchase, with interest thereon at the legal rate
from the date on which judgment was entered.
(d) Any such judgment shall be payable forthwith with respect to
uncertificated securities and, with respect to certificated securities, only
upon the endorsement and delivery to the corporation of the certificates for the
shares described in the judgment. Any party may appeal from the judgment.
(e) The costs of the action, including reasonable compensation to the
appraisers to be fixed by the court, shall be assessed or apportioned as the
court considers equitable, but, if the appraisal exceeds the price offered by
the corporation, the corporation shall pay the costs (including in the
discretion of the court attorneys' fees, fees of expert witnesses and interest
at the legal rate on judgments from the date of compliance with Sections 1300,
1301 and 1302 if the value awarded by the court for the shares is more than 125
percent of the price offered by the corporation under subdivision (a) of Section
1301).
SECTION 1306. PREVENTION OF PAYMENT TO HOLDERS OF DISSENTING SHARES OF FAIR
MARKET VALUE; EFFECT
To the extent that the provisions of Chapter 5 prevent the payment to any
holders of dissenting shares of their fair market value, they shall become
creditors of the corporation for the amount thereof together with interest at
the legal rate on judgments until the date of payment, but subordinate to all
other creditors in any liquidation proceeding, such debt to be payable when
permissible under the provisions of Chapter 5.
SECTION 1307. DISPOSITION OF DIVIDENDS UPON DISSENTING SHARES
Cash dividends declared and paid by the corporation upon the dissenting
shares after the date of approval of the reorganization by the outstanding
shares (Section 152) and prior to payment for the shares by the corporation
shall be credited against the total amount to be paid by the corporation
therefor.
SECTION 1308. RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES OF DISSENTING SHARES; WITHDRAWAL OF DEMAND
FOR PAYMENT
Except as expressly limited in this chapter, holders of dissenting shares
continue to have all the rights and privileges incident to their shares, until
the fair market value of their shares is agreed upon or determined. A dissenting
shareholder may not withdraw a demand for payment unless the corporation
consents thereto.
C-3
<PAGE>
SECTION 1309. WHEN DISSENTING SHARES LOSE THEIR STATUS
Dissenting shares lose their status as dissenting shares and the holders
thereof cease to be dissenting shareholders and cease to be entitled to require
the corporation to purchase their shares upon the happening of any of the
following:
(a) The corporation abandons the reorganization. Upon abandonment of the
reorganization, the corporation shall pay on demand to any dissenting
shareholder who has initiated proceedings in good faith under this chapter all
necessary expenses incurred in such proceedings and reasonable attorneys' fees.
(b) The shares are transferred prior to their submission for endorsement in
accordance with Section 1302 or are surrendered for conversion into shares of
another class in accordance with the articles.
(c) The dissenting shareholder and the corporation do not agree upon the
status of the shares as dissenting shares or upon the purchase price of the
shares, and neither files a complaint or intervenes in a pending action as
provided in Section 1304, within six months after the date on which notice of
the approval by the outstanding shares or notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of
Section 1110 was mailed to the shareholder.
(d) The dissenting shareholder, with the consent of the corporation,
withdraws the shareholder's demand for purchase of the dissenting shares.
SECTION 1310. SUSPENSION OF PROCEEDINGS FOR COMPENSATION OR VALUATION PENDING
LITIGATION
If litigation is instituted to test the sufficiency or regularity of the
votes of the shareholders in authorizing a reorganization, any proceedings under
Sections 1304 and 1305 shall be suspended until final determination of such
litigation.
SECTION 1311. SHARES TO WHICH CHAPTER INAPPLICABLE
This chapter, except Section 1312, does not apply to classes of shares whose
terms and provisions specifically set forth the amount to be paid in respect to
such shares in the event of a reorganization or merger.
SECTION 1312. ATTACK ON VALIDITY OF REORGANIZATION OR SHORT-FORM MERGER; RIGHTS
OF SHAREHOLDERS; BURDEN OF PROOF
(a) No shareholder of a corporation who has a right under this chapter to
demand payment of cash for the shares held by the shareholder shall have any
right at law or in equity to attack the validity of the reorganization or
short-form merger, or to have the reorganization or short-form merger set aside
or rescinded, except in an action to test whether the number of shares required
to authorize or approve the reorganization have been legally voted in favor
thereof; but any holder of shares of a class whose terms and provisions
specifically set forth the amount to be paid in respect to them in the event of
a reorganization or short-form merger is entitled to payment in accordance with
those terms and provisions or, if the principal terms of the reorganization are
approved pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 1202, is entitled to payment in
accordance with the terms and provisions of the approved reorganization.
(b) If one of the parties to a reorganization or short-form merger is
directly or indirectly controlled by, or under common control with, another
party to the reorganization or short-form merger, subdivision (a) shall not
apply to any shareholder of such party who has not demanded payment of cash for
such shareholder's shares pursuant to this chapter; but if the shareholder
institutes any action to attack the validity of the reorganization or short-form
merger or to have the reorganization or short-form merger set aside or
rescinded, the shareholder shall not thereafter have any right to demand payment
of cash for the shareholder's shares pursuant to this chapter. The court in any
action attacking the validity of the reorganization or short-form merger or to
have the reorganization or short-form merger set aside or rescinded shall not
restrain or enjoin the consummation of the transaction except upon 10 days'
prior notice to the corporation and upon a determination by the court that
clearly no other remedy will adequately protect the complaining shareholder or
the class of shareholders of which such shareholder is a member.
(c) If one of the parties to a reorganization or short-form merger is
directly or indirectly controlled by, or under common control with, another
party to the reorganization or short-form merger, in any action to attack the
validity of the reorganization or short-form merger or to have the
reorganization or short-form merger set aside or rescinded, (1) a party to a
reorganization or short-form merger which controls another party to the
reorganization or short-form merger shall have the burden of proving that the
transaction is just and reasonable as to the shareholders of the controlled
party, and (2) a person who controls two or more parties to a reorganization
shall have the burden of proving that the transaction is just and reasonable as
to the shareholders of any party so controlled.
C-4
